|
Education and Treatment of Children Editorial Board Meeting |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Skyway 273, Hyatt Regency, Blue East |
Chair: Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University) |
Presenting Authors: |
The purpose of this meeting is to review the annual report of the journal, Education and Treatment of Children, and to discuss the overall goals, performance, and directions of the journal. This is an open meeting and all interested individuals (potential authors and reviewers) are invited to attend, in addition to Editorial Review Board members. |
Keyword(s): children, editorial board, Education, treatment |
|
|
|
|
Kentucky Association for Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Zurich C, Swissotel |
Chair: Stephen Foreman (Lee Specialty Clinic) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Kentucky Association for Behavior (KYABA) meets each year at the ABAI annual convention to review and update members and potential members on the chapter’s recent accomplishments, update on current issues and activities concerning the state and practice of behavior analysis in Kentucky, and the focus for the upcoming year. This year, there will be continued emphasis on increased membership involvement, events with top-notch presenters, and dissemination of behavior analysis across the Commonwealth of Kentucky. If unable to attend, please check out our website kentuckyaba.org |
Keyword(s): Kentucky KYABA |
|
|
|
|
Hawai'i Association for Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Columbus Hall GH, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Chair: Amanda N. Kelly (Hawaii Association for Behavior Analysis ) |
Presenting Authors: |
Aloha! The Hawaii Association for Behavior Analysis (HABA) is a professional organization dedicated to the practice, research, and dissemination of applied behavior analysis (ABA). HABA’s mission is to expand behavioral knowledge, advocate for community needs, support service providers, educate community leaders and promote the advancement of behavior analysis locally. HABA works diligently on legislative and policy issues that impact our community (e.g., autism insurance, behavior analyst licensure, sustainability initiatives) and aims to educate local policymakers about our science. HABA offers several in person- and online- workshops for educators, parents, students, and practitioners. In addition, every Fall HABA hosts an annual convention, located on Oahu. We hope you will stop by and talk story with us for a bit. We would love to hear what you've been up to! |
Keyword(s): Autism Insurance, Hawaii ABA, Legislative Initiatives, State Licensure |
|
|
|
|
Neuroscience Special Interest Group |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Vevey 3 & 4, Swissotel |
Chair: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Presenting Authors: |
We will highlight the main objective and the four missions of our SIG. That is, to bring together researchers, academics, clinicians, and students interested in the intersections of behavior analysis and neuroscience and to: (1) introduce behavior analytic research to the neurosciences and vice versa; (2) provide a meeting place and training environment for students and professionals alike interested in basic and applied neuroscience research; (3) provide a forum for collaborative relationships and the sharing best practices; and (4) advocate for and promote high standards in the application of behavior analytic treatments for individuals with neurological dysfunction. Those interested in contributing to our efforts in increasing the relevance and visibility of this SIG or with ideas for initiatives to do this are encouraged to attend the business meeting. |
Keyword(s): brain injury, neurodevelopmental disorders, neuroimaging, neurotransmitter |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Development Special Interest Group |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Alpine, Swissotel |
Chair: Per Holth (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
Presenting Authors: |
The SIG promotes behavior analytic empirical and conceptual analyses of issues related to behavioral development, and it encourages examination of how methodological and theoretical positions outside behavior analysis approach these issues empirically and conceptually. These kinds of analyses have often dealt with complex kinds of behavior such as stimulus equivalence, relational frames, language, and problem solving, as well as normal and problematic feeding behaviors and social interactions, and with historical bases of behaviorism and behavior analysis as basic science and applied practice. The Business Meeting will review activities over the last year and discuss plans for the next. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Columbus Hall CD, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Chair: Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Behavioral Gerontology SIG (https://bgsig.wordpress.com/) provides an open forum for students, practitioners, and researchers who have an interest in applying the science, practice, and philosophy of behavior analysis to problems encountered by adults in later life, typically referring to ages 65 and older. The goal is to promote the development, implementation, and evaluation of behavior analytic approaches to a wide variety of topics of high public health significance in this population, such as self-management for health promotion and disease prevention, and functional assessments of and interventions for behavioral changes commonly associated with neurocognitive disorders (e.g., due to Alzheimer's disease). The meeting will explore attendees’ interests and needs and foster collaborations and the sharing of information, to encourage education, training, practice, and research. Further business items consist of the selection of officers, and feedback on student presentations in the area of behavioral gerontology to help determine the recipient of the annual Student Researcher Award. |
Keyword(s): aging, gerontology, neurocognitive disorders, older adults |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis and Technology Special Interest Group (BAT SIG) |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Zurich AB, Swissotel |
Chair: Kenneth J. Killingsworth (Killingsworth Consulting) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Behavior Analysis and Technology SIG (BATech SIG) mission is to advance the science of behavior through the development, dissemination, and application of technology in basic and applied settings. Technology can refer to developments in behavioral science, as well as developments in computer science, information technology, and related fields. Technology is defined as “…the use and knowledge of tools, techniques, systems or methods in order to solve a problem or serve some purpose” (Twyman, 2011). The organization will also serve as an outlet for open-source hardware and software technologies relevant to behavioral research and application. Membership is open to researchers, practitioners, parents, academicians, students, and others who are actively engaged or have a vested interest in the dissemination, development, and application of technology. The BAT SIG will consist of three classes of members: voting, affiliate, and student. The members of all classes are entitled to the rights and privileges as they correspond to their membership category. |
Keyword(s): Computer Programming, Modern Technology |
|
|
|
|
Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Vevey 1 & 2, Swissotel |
Chair: Genevieve M. DeBernardis (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Presenting Authors: |
We welcome current and new members to attend the Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis business meeting. Business items will be reviewed along with updates on our Chapters' events. This meeting is open to all current members of Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis and those who are interested in joining! |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis Association of Mississippi |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Columbus Hall IJ, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Chair: Neelima Duncan (Mississippi Children's Home Services) |
Presenting Authors: |
The meeting will serve has the annual business meeting for the chapter. All necessary and pertinent chapter business will be discussed, included membership, conference development, and updates to the constitution and bi-laws. |
Keyword(s): Behavior Analysis, Chapter Affliate |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group of ABAI Annual Business Meeting |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Columbus Hall AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Chair: Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons College) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Behavioral Medicine SIG of ABA-I focuses on the application of behavior analytic methodology to the prevention and treatment of behaviors associated with chronic illness and disease, and the promotion of behaviors associated with improved health and treatment adherence. The role of behavior analysis is important in the field of behavioral medicine. It is the mission of the SIG to encourage interdisciplinary research in the areas of behavioral health promotion, emphasizing the need for function-based and empirically validated treatments for chronic health disorders. The Behavioral Medicine SIG offers students, researchers, practitioners, and consumers opportunities to discuss issues related to public health promotion and disease prevention. All are welcome to join the Behavioral Medicine SIG. We hope that the SIG will help consumers and practitioners better understand the role of behavior analysis in the field of behavioral medicine, and provide an outlet for discussions of current and developing research within the field. The annual business meeting is open to all conference attendees interested in behavioral health and medicine. The meeting will be conducted to discuss various administrative matters relevant to the Behavioral Medicine SIG. Goals include: voting on SIG officers, discussing methods to increase communication and research collaboration among SIG members, and enhancing benefits of SIG membership. |
Keyword(s): Behavioral Health, Behavioral Medicine, Health Psychology |
|
|
|
|
Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
St. Gallen, Swissotel |
Chair: Elizabeth Hughes Fong (Fielding Graduate University and Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts) |
Presenting Authors: |
Annual business meeting |
Keyword(s): diversity, multicultural |
|
|
|
|
Association for Science in Autism Treatment: Opportunities for Collaboration |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Columbus Hall KL, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Chair: David A. Celiberti (Association for Science in Autism Treatment) |
Presenting Authors: |
A business meeting will be held to provide a forum for networking, to outline the Association for Science and Autism Treatment (ASAT)’s current goals and objectives, and to discuss collaboration opportunities between ASAT and ABAI members. All interested individuals are encouraged to attend this meeting. As there is not a shared commitment to empirical validation, research, and data-based decision making amongst provider, ASAT strives to be an important resource for individuals with autism, family members, professionals, and paraprofessionals interested in reliable, science-based and accurate information about autism and its treatments. Founded in 1998, the mission of the ASAT is to promote safe, effective, science-based treatments for individuals with autism by disseminating accurate, timely, and scientifically-sound information; advocating for the use of scientific methods to guide treatment; and, combating unsubstantiated, inaccurate and false information about autism and its treatment. For more information please visit ASAT's website at www.asatonline.org. To receive Science in Autism Treatment, ASAT's free quarterly newsletter, subscribe at www.asatonline.org/signup |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies (BASS) Special Interest Group |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Columbus Hall EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Chair: Julia H. Fiebig (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Presenting Authors: |
The behavior analysis for sustainable societies (BASS) special interest group was formed to advance applications of behavior analysis to environmental issues that contribute to the development of solutions to climate change, pollution, over-consumption of resources, and imbalances in environmental sustainability. Objectives include to (a) encourage and support research that promotes the application of behavior analysis to green/environmental issues, (b) collaborate with environmental scientists, environmental groups, and other SIGs within ABAI who have an interest in addressing behavior change and sustainability/environmental issues, (c) disseminate research and practices that support solutions to environmental issues through the application of behavioral interventions, (d) develop curriculum, textbooks, and additional educational resources that address sustainability and the application of behavior analysis, (e) compile resources for individuals interested in behavior change and environmental issues, and (f) develop an information base of current effective practices/initiatives, government policies, and employment for behavior analysts interested in behavior change and environmental issues The business meeting is open to anyone interested in sustainability and environmental issues. |
Keyword(s): sustainability, environment |
|
|
|
|
Yoga: Revive and Refresh (Sponsored by the HSF SIG) |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Monte Rosa, Swissotel |
|
|
JOYCE C. TU (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.) |
|
Revive and refresh from the busy conference with this yoga session open to all. No experience necessary to participate. A certified instructor will take you through this 1 hour long mixed level yoga class. Bring a mat or towel and wear comfortable clothes (no shoes). |
|
|
|
|
New Non-U.S. Program Accreditation |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Randolph, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East |
Chair: Erick M. Dubuque (Association for Behavior Analysis International) |
Presenting Authors: |
This is an open meeting sponsored by the Behavior Analysis Accreditation Board (BAAB) to disseminate information to non-U.S. programs interested in pursuing accreditation with the BAAB. All are welcome to attend. |
|
|
|
|
ABAI Program Board Meeting |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Michigan ABC, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East |
Domain: Theory |
Chair: Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: A meeting of board members to discuss the annual convention program. |
Keyword(s): ABAI Program, Program Committee |
|
AAB Applied Animal Behavior |
SUSAN D. KAPLA (Northern Michigan University) |
|
AUT Autism |
Jennifer Lynn Hammond (Intercare Therapy, Inc.), JESSICA L. THOMASON-SASSI (New England Center for Children), Nicole Heal (Melmark New England) |
|
BPN Behavioral Pharmacology and Neuroscience |
PAUL L. SOTO (Texas Tech University), Matthew W. Johnson (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
|
CBM Clinical, Family, Behavioral Medicine |
STEVEN R. LAWYER (Idaho State University), Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University) |
|
CSE Community Interventions; Social and Ethical Issues |
ANGELA SANGUINETTI (University of California, Davis), Todd A. Ward (bSci21 Media, LLC) |
|
DDA Developmental Disabilities |
ANDREW W. GARDNER (Northern Arizona University), Eric Boelter (Seattle Children's Autism Center) |
|
DEV Human Development |
PER HOLTH (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
|
EAB Experimental Analysis of Behavior |
ERIC S. MURPHY (University of Alaska Anchorage), Elizabeth Kyonka (West Virginia University) |
|
EDC Education |
FLORENCE D. DIGENNARO REED (University of Kansas), Scott P. Ardoin (University of Georgia) |
|
OBM Organizational Behavior Management |
JULIE M. SLOWIAK (University of Minnesota Duluth), Doug Johnson (Western Michigan University) |
|
PRA Practice |
MARK D. SHRIVER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), John M. Guercio (Benchmark Human Services) |
|
SCI Science |
M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Auburn University) |
|
TBA Teaching Behavior Analysis |
NICOLE LUKE (Surrey Place Centre), Amoy Kito Hugh-Pennie (The Harbour School-Hong Kong) |
|
TPC Theoretical, Philosophical, and Conceptual Issues |
EDWARD K. MORRIS (The University of Kansas), Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University) |
|
VRB Verbal Behavior |
BARBARA E. ESCH (Esch Behavior Consultants, LLC), Judah B. Axe (Simmons College) |
|
|
|
|
Classroom Assessment of Behavioral Attributes and Competencies |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–8:20 AM |
Regency Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Gold West |
Area: EDC |
Chair: Francis Mechner (The Mechner Foundation) |
|
Classroom Assessment of Behavioral Attributes and Competencies |
Domain: Service Delivery |
FRANCIS MECHNER (The Mechner Foundation), Laurilyn Dianne Jones (The Mechner Foundation) |
|
Abstract: 20 behavioral competencies and attributes, covering social interaction, self-management, classroom performance, subject matter competency, and certain thinking skills and learning skills are assessed by means of teacher ratings. The research was conducted in three small schools. Most of the data were based on ratings by multiple teachers, each of whom had daily individualized contact with each of the students, and rated every student on the 20 categories on a ten-point scale. The ratings were then analyzed statistically to determine the probability that they were due only to chance, and the degree to which different raters agreed. A consensus is said to exist when there is a probability of less than 5% that a number of ratings for a given student on a given behavioral category, can be considered as being due to chance. When the ratings of a category for a student do not reflect a statistical consensus, the definition of the category was considered inadequate for a reliable assessment of that category and the category was considered unsatisfactory. This method of assessment is made possible by a team approach, in which several teachers have daily contact with every student. The results of applying this assessment method will be presented. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Advancements in Activity Schedule Research |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Grand Ballroom EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jessica Akers (Utah State University) |
CE Instructor: Jessica Akers, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Activity schedules consist of visual and/or auditory supports that function as discriminative stimuli to engage in an activity or a series of activities. Lately, the utility of activity schedules has been extended beyond teaching individuals with autism to complete basic tasks, and this symposium highlights three examples of such innovation. The first study assessed whether four 15 to 17- year old individuals diagnosed with autism remained on-task and completed tasks independently when using self-reinforcement compared to teacher-delivered reinforcement in the presence of an activity schedule. The second study examined the effectiveness of an activity schedule, embedded within an iPad, in promoting varied engagement with academic applications. The final study used activity schedules to train children with autism to play hide-and-seek in a group with typically developing peers. Researchers were able to fade several components of the activity schedules, and responding maintained in a novel environment and during a 2-weeks follow-up session. |
Keyword(s): activity schedule, script training, technology |
|
Self-Reinforcement Compared to Teacher-Delivered Reinforcement During Activity
Schedules on the iPod Touch |
BRITTANY BEAVER (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: The present study assessed whether four 15 to 17- year old individuals diagnosed with autism remained on-task and completed tasks independently when using self-reinforcement compared to teacher-delivered reinforcement in the presence of an activity schedule. The three conditions were teacher-delivered reinforcement, self-reinforcement, and a control. An adapted alternating treatments design with a control condition was used. The participants followed a text-based activity schedule on the iPod touch to complete a vocational, daily living, and, leisure task. To promote independence, the proximity of the instructor was increased until the instructor was completely removed during self-reinforcement. Results of this study demonstrated high percentages of on-task behavior and schedule completion for both conditions. Overall, during the self-reinforcement condition, proximity of the instructor was increased in the same number or fewer sessions than during the teacher-delivered reinforcement condition. The results of this study established a novel method for implementing self-reinforcement and expanded upon past research on activity schedules and the use of portable technology by presenting schedules on an iPod touch. |
|
An Evaluation of Group Activity Schedules to Train Children With Autism to Play Hide-and-Seek With Their Typically Developing Peers |
JESSICA AKERS (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Kristina Gerencser (Utah State University), Azure Pellegrino (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Children with autism often avoid engaging in play activities with typically developing peers. The purpose of this study was to identify the utility of photographic activity schedules, with embedded scripts, to teach three children with autism to play a complex social game. In this study we used activity schedules to train children with autism to play hide-and-seek in a group with typically developing peers. Once the activity schedules were introduced all of the participants were able to play hide-and-seek. A secondary purpose of this study was to systematically fade the activity schedules to the least intrusive version necessary. We were able to fade all of the scripts and several components of the activity schedules. The participants were able to continue to play hide-and-seek with the faded versions of the schedules, in a novel environment and 2-weeks after treatment concluded. |
|
The Use of an Electronic Visual Activity Schedule to Promote Engagement and Varied Application Play With Children With Autism |
WILLIAM TIM COURTNEY (Little Star Center), Matthew T. Brodhead (Purdue University), Jackie Thaxton (Little Star Center) |
Abstract: Children with autism often engage in repetitive behaviors and often have restricted interests. In the classroom, these features may inhibit a child's ability to vary the types of academic games they engage in. This may be particularly difficult for a child when he or she has access to items that are more preferred than academic games, such as an iPad. The purpose of this study was to embed an activity schedule within an iPad and examine the effects of that activity schedule on promoting varied application engagement with three children with autism. During baseline, participants engaged in only one application and did not vary their play. When participants were taught how to follow the activity schedule, which was embedded within the iPad, they varied their play between four applications. When the activity schedule was removed, all three participants engaged in responding that was similar to baseline. Responding increased and maintained when the activity schedule was re-introduced. |
|
|
|
|
Outcomes of Behavioral Intervention in School Settings and Adolescence |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Columbus Hall EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Dean Smith (UK Young Autism Project) |
CE Instructor: Sigmund Eldevik, Ph.D. |
Abstract: We will present outcome data on behavioral interventions for children with autism in school settings. One school in the United Kingdom reports outcome on children between 4 and 7 years at intake receiving low-intensity behavioral interventions based in the British Early Special School Teaching Model. We will also present outcome data from a school base behavioral intervention model in Norway. All children received early intervention in pre-schools. One group have continued to receive intervention well into school age, while another group was provided with generic special education when they started school. Outcome at the age of 9 years will be compared between these groups. We will also present long-term outcome data - at the age of about 15 years - from the Young Autism Project in the United Kingdom. We report long-term outcome for 19 children with ASD who initially received EIBI and subsequently received long-term school- and home-based behavioral intervention. |
Keyword(s): intervention school, long-term outcome |
|
Outcomes of the BESST Special Education Model in the United Kingdom |
DENISE FORAN (Bangor University), Marguerite L. Hoerger (Bangor University), Hannah Philpott (Bangor University), Elin Mair Walker Jones (Bangor University, North Wales Trust, GwyneddLEA) |
Abstract: The current research describes the evidence for the British Early Special School Teaching Model (BESST), which aims to provide an education based on the principles of ABA to all young children enrolled in a special needs school.TheBESSTmodelcanbeimplementedeffectively and affordably making it available to all children who would benefit. Behaviour analysts work in a multi-disciplinary context to provide an education based on the principals of Applied Behaviour Analysis to children under the age of seven years old. Children receive 7 hours a week of 1:1 teaching, which is supplemented by group teaching. Each child has an individualised behaviour plan. Interventions are designed by Behaviour Analysts and implemented by teaching staff. Outcome data from the Vinelands Adaptive Behavior Scales, the Stanford Binet Intelligence Scales, and the Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills Revised will be presented for 13 children ages 4-7 years old. Results show that children make statistically and clinically significant gains within this model. We will discuss the data in context of providing cost effective behavioural interventions in maintained special educational needs school in the United Kingdom. |
|
Effects of Continued Behavioral Intervention Well Into School Age for Children With Autism |
SIGMUND ELDEVIK (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Cathrine Olsson (Centre for Early Intervention (STI)), Astri Valmo (Centre for Early Intervention (STI)) |
Abstract: Effects of continued behavioral intervention into school age for children with developmental disorders We found better outcome in intelligence and adaptive behavior scores for those children who continued to receive behavioral intervention in school compared to those children who ended their intervention. We compare the two groups of children during intervention in preschool, at eight and nine years of age. The group of children (n=12) who received behavioral intervention in school continued to gain in intelligence and adaptive behavior scores, whereas the group that stopped (n=10) lost points. This finding supports the hypotheses that behavioral intervention can continue to benefit some children with autism and other developmental disorders well into school age. We have not been able to detect any clear indications for stopping behavioral intervention, although it appears that children with scores in the normal range have more stable scores. |
|
Outcome in Adolescence for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder Who received Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention |
DEAN SMITH (UK Young Autism Project), Svein Eikeseth (Oslo and Akershus University College), Diane W. Hayward (UK Young Autism Project), Catherine Gale (UK Young Autism Project) |
Abstract: This paper reports long-term outcome for 19 children with ASD who initially received EIBI and subsequently received long-term school- and home-based behavioral intervention. Mean intake age was 2 years and 11 months and mean follow-up age was 14 years and 11 months. Mean intake IQ was 55, IQ after one year of EIBI was 78, and mean follow-up IQ was 68. Mean intake Vineland Adaptive Behavior (VABS) Score was 64, VABS after one year of EIBI was 74, and VABS at follow-up was 70. Eleven of the 19 children received an IQ score and VABS score of 70 or above (Mean IQ 94 and mean VABS 86). Autism symptoms at follow-up (as assessed by the ADI-R and the CARS) is presented, so is data on the type of services the children had received after EIBI. |
|
|
|
|
Widescale Implementation for Children With Autism and Adults With Intellectual Disabilities Using the PEAK Relational Training System |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Randolph, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Leah Verkuylen (Southern Illinois University- Carbondale) |
CE Instructor: Karen R. Harper, M.A. |
Abstract: Several treatment protocols that are applied behavior analytic have become available to consumers over the past decade, conferring the advantages of large scale implementation and dissemination of behavior analytic techniques for teaching a variety of skills. The Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Relational Training System (PEAK) is one such protocol that incorporates aspects of verbal behavior therapy and contemporary advances in the application of Stimulus Equivalence and Relational Frame Theory. Several studies have recently been published that support the psychometric reliability and validity of the PEAK assessments, as well as the effectiveness of the corresponding PEAK curricula. The present set of studies will outline how to modify the PEAK curriculum for implementation at an agency level, how to use empirical evaluations of PEAK to maximize insurance reimbursement, and how to train staff at an agency in order to improve implementation fidelity and increase corresponding participant outcomes. |
Keyword(s): Insurance, OBM, PEAK, Procedural Integrity |
|
PEAK for IBI: Effectiveness of the PEAK Relational Training System Guides on Strengthening Procedural Integrity in Intensive Behavioral Intervention in Ontario |
SARAH M. DUNKEL-JACKSON (Kinark Child and Family Services) |
Abstract: In Ontario, the Ministry of Children and Youth Services (MCYS) funds Intensive Behavioural Intervention (IBI) for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder aged 0 to 18 years. By utilizing evidence- based best practices founded upon the principles of behavior analysis (ABA), IBI service providers implement intervention programs to increase the developmental trajectory of children diagnosed with ASD. Curriculum assessments based primarily on Skinner’s (1957) Verbal Behavior and procedures such as discrete trial training (DTT) have proven useful to service providers when designing IBI programming. A new curriculum guide based on a contemporary behavior-analytic approach, the PEAK Relational Training System, may prove to further enhance quality IBI services for children with ASD in Ontario. The current study will provide an examination of the effectiveness of the PEAK curriculum and assessment guides on the procedural integrity of IBI staff conducting PEAK DTT sessions. Supplemental staff training resources and data management systems will also be discussed. |
|
PEAK on the Front Lines: A System-Wide Roll Out in a Large Organization |
MARK R. DIXON (Southern Illinois University), Brooke Diane Walker (Easter Seals Bay Area), Puja Chocha (Easter Seals Bay Area), Liza Marquie (Easter Seals Bay Area) |
Abstract: When ABA providers seek financial reimbursement from insurance companies, they must justify the need for services as well as the intensity of such services. Less than optimal funding may occur when behavior analysts rely on single case designs, assessments with little to no reliability or validity, or clinical opinion about treatment intensity. This presentation will walk through how our agency was able to maximize insurance authorizations using service requests built upon data via PEAK's correlations with IQ, randomized control trials, and norm referencing data. Sample authorization requests will be presented along with a brief review of PEAK's extensive psychometric evidence as an effective ABA assessment and curriculum. |
|
Real World Implementation of PEAK With Adults in a Large Multi-State Community-Based ABA Provider |
KAREN R. HARPER (ABA of Illinois, LLC), Dena Kime (Southern Illinois University), Jaime A. Rische (ABA of Illinois, LLC), Jamie Matas (ABA of Illinois, LLC) |
Abstract: Transferring ABA technologies from laboratory to practice is a daunting task. Too often the clinician on the front line is left with either a complex experimental procedure to extract utility, or an overly basic practice technique which fails to account for the complete needs of the client. This presentation will tell the tale of a large multiple-state organization who has successfully implemented the PEAK Relational Training System to teach new skills to adults with intellectual disabilities. Using a series of randomized controlled trials we were able to produce effective clinical outcomes for our consumers by implementing PEAK and comparing it to treatment as usual. These data suggest that learning does not stop when an individual ages out of the educational system, and also suggests that the curriculum presented in PEAK has utility for adults with disabilities. |
|
|
|
|
Being Part of the Solution: Antecedent Interventions for Students With Anxiety-Related Behaviors |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Crystal Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Green West |
Area: CBM/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Jeannie A. Golden, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University) |
Presenting Authors: : JESSICA MINAHAN (Boston University) |
Abstract: The National Institutes of Health (NIH) reports that one in four thirteen-eighteen year olds has had an anxiety disorder in their lifetime. In 1998, Friman and colleagues encouraged behavior analysts to study anxiety but very few behavior analysts have done so. Anxiety creates a unique set of prior learning experiences, discriminative stimuli for reinforcement and punishment, and establishing operations. In this tutorial, a behavioral analysis of anxiety-related behaviors including the identification of: the effect of prior learning history of reinforcement and punishment for anxiety-related behaviors, discriminative stimuli that signal anxiety-related behaviors and establishing operations for anxiety-related behaviors will be provided. When anxiety-related behaviors are due to skill deficits, explicitly teaching coping skills, self-monitoring, and alternative responses is crucial. Using antecedent interventions with these children may be more effective than reward and punishment-based consequences from traditional behavior plans. The reduction of self-reported anxiety-related behavior by use of antecedent management and explicit instruction in self-regulation and self-monitoring strategies will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: BCBAs, psychologists, counselors, health care providers, social workers and/or teachers who serve children with developmental disabilities or children who are typically-developing who exhibit anxiety-related and challenging behaviors. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the tutorial, the participant will be able to: (1) explain why antecedent interventions for children with anxiety-related behaviors may be more effective than reward and punishment-based consequences from traditional behavior plans; (2) describe how to explicitly teach coping skills, self-monitoring, and alternative responses for anxiety-related behaviors; (3) describe how to implement antecedent strategies and interventions for reducing anxiety-related behaviors. |
|
JESSICA MINAHAN (Boston University) |
Jessica Minahan, BCBA, is an author and special educator with experience in both urban and suburban public school systems. She has worked with students who exhibit challenging behavior at home and in school; she specializes in creating behavior intervention plans for students who demonstrate explosive and unsafe behavior. She also works with students who have emotional and behavioral disabilities, anxiety disorders, or high-functioning autism. Jessica is currently an adjunct professor at Boston University and offers independent consultations to schools nationwide. |
|
|
|
|
Advancements in the Area of Functional Analysis: Complex Models in Public School Settings |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Grand Ballroom CD South, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Mark J. Palmieri (The Center for Children with Speical Needs) |
CE Instructor: Amanda P. Laprime, Ph.D. |
Abstract: With the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) requiring public school settings to provide least restrictive environments for students with disabilities, behavior analytic work within these settings is impacted by the increased complexity of clinical cases. In addition, IDEA requires the use of evidence-based practices in public school systems. Consequently, it is important for clinicians to utilize the most contemporary, effective, and efficient assessment and treatment tools available. Functional analysis methodology has time and time again proven to provide conclusive results regarding the function of behavior, and led to interventions informed by this clear understanding of behavior. Recent research in the area of functional analysis has included modified functional analyses, latency-based functional analyses, analyses of response classes and precursor behaviors, as well as methods for training public school staff to be involved in assessment. The expansion of the literature has made functional analyses more efficient and accessible in public school environments. With easier to access methods and clear conclusions regarding behavior, the role of functional analysis models and their effects on treatment decisions in public school settings is an important issue for behavior analysts to consider in their practice. |
Keyword(s): Education, Functional analysis |
|
Functional Analysis and Treatment of Precursor Behavior for Self-Injury in a Student With Angelman Syndrome |
AMANDA P. LAPRIME (The Center for Children with Special Needs; Northeastern University), Solandy Forte (The Center for Children with Special Needs; Endicott College) |
Abstract: Precursor behaviors are those which both precede, and often predict the occurrence of a target response (Fahmie & Iwata, 2011). It is frequently assumed that precursor behaviors are part of the same response class as those behaviors that they precede. The role of precursors in treating potentially dangerous behavior such as self-injury, has received high levels of attention in the research, as responding to precursor responses may interrupt or decrease the probability of higher intensity behaviors (Herscovitch et al., 2009). In the current study, a brief functional analysis with a latency analysis, was conducted in a public school setting, to evaluate the degree to which precursor behaviors were part of the same response class as self-biting in a 9-year-student with Angelman syndrome. Data showed that precursor behaviors functioned as part of the same response class as self-biting. The shortest latencies to pre-cursor responses occurred during the tangible condition as compared to the attention, demand, and control conditions. While many other treatments had failed to effectively reduce self-biting, these data led to a treatment in which pre-cursor behaviors were reinforced as a method to effectively decrease self-biting across environments. These data show the importance of both assessing and treating precursor responses, particularly when faced with dangerous behaviors. |
|
Assessing the Role of Attention in the Functional Analysis and Treatment of Problem Behavior |
SHAUNESSY M. EGAN (The Center for Children with Special Needs) |
Abstract: When given complex problem behavior, procedural modifications to functional analysis (FA) methodology has led to a better understanding of the environmental variables that maintain behavior. One area, specifically, the parameters of positive reinforcement in the form of attention, has been the focus of several studies (e.g., Broussard & Northup, 1997; Mueller et al., 2001). In the current study, a functional analysis with a latency analysis was conducted to assess behavioral episodes in a 6-year old boy with Fragile-X syndrome. A previous functional behavior assessment hypothesized that behavioral episodes functioned due to both escape from demands and staff attention. The FA included four phases; control, test, standard reinforcement, and a secondary reinforcement, which evaluated the role of attention combined with the standard reinforcement for the demand and tangible conditions. Data showed that in both demand and tangible conditions, the standard consequence paired with preferred types of attention, reinforced behavior, as compared to the demand and tangible conditions without the addition of attention as a consequence. These data, in conjunction with a preference assessment of specific types of adult attention, were used to inform a clinical treatment program that was assessed using a multiple baseline across settings design. |
|
Teacher-Led Functional Analysis and Treatment of Stereotypic Behavior in a Public School Setting |
KIMBERLY MARSHALL (The Center for Children with Special Needs) |
Abstract: As functional analyses (FA) expand to applied settings there is an increased need for school teams to use this well-researched technology to improve their assessment and treatment of problem behavior. In the current study, a special education teacher was trained to run all conditions of a brief FA with a latency analysis to assess the function of motor and vocal stereotypy in an 11-year old boy with an autism spectrum disorder. A functional behavior assessment, which preceded the FA, concluded that stereotypic behavior was automatically maintained; consequently the team was utilizing response interruption and redirection to decrease stereotypy. The present analysis allowed the school team to consider that behavior which may appear to be automatically-maintained, may still be differentiated across environmental variables, which could be of significant importance in treatment selection. Treatment will be informed by the results of the functional analysis and implemented by school staff. These data show the importance of training school staff to run assessment and intervention for complex behaviors in a school system with the oversight of a Board Certified Behavior Analyst© to assess treatment fidelity. |
|
|
|
|
How to Improve Learning in Every Classroom: Right Here, Right Now |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Regency Ballroom A, Hyatt Regency, Gold West |
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: William L. Heward (The Ohio State University) |
CE Instructor: William L. Heward, Ed.D. |
Abstract: How can behavior analysts best help the world’s 60 million teachers and 1.4 billion students? How would you answer a teacher who asks, “How I can improve learning in my classroom tomorrow?” Attendees in this interactive symposium will experience as students strategies and tactics teachers can use to immediately improve learning by 1 student or 100 students. Cost-free strategies applicable in any classroom--dirt floor and windowless or digitally wired--and effective regardless of students' age and skill levels or curriculum content will be presented. |
|
Using Low-Tech Teaching Tools to Improve Learning in Non-Digital Classrooms |
WILLIAM L. HEWARD (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Group instruction, whether an entire class or smaller groups, presents teachers with five major challenges: maintaining students’ attention, giving every student sufficient opportunities to respond, providing feedback for students’ responses, monitoring students’ learning, and preventing and dealing with disruptive behavior. Several, research-based tactics that help teachers meet these challenges will be presented. The featured tactics are low-tech (i.e., inexpensive, easy to use, no equipment to breakdown or software to maintain), can be implemented immediately in any classroom, and effective from preschool to graduate school. |
|
Maximizing the Effectiveness of Digital Technology in the Classroom |
JANET S. TWYMAN (University of Massachusetts Medical School; Center on Innovations in Learning) |
Abstract: This presentation will show how teachers can incorporate tenets of behaviorally informed instruction to maximize the effectiveness of digital technology in the classroom. Several free technology tools that help teachers meet the same challenges of group instruction described in the preceding presentation will be demonstrated with audience members as students. Attendees will receive information for accessing each of the tools presented. |
|
Some Critical Variables Influencing Technology Adoption in the Classroom |
SATORU SHIMAMUNE (Hosei University) |
Abstract: Technology adoption is often a slow and, for developers certain their mousetrap is far and away the best ever, frustrating process. Behavior analysts working in education are no different than most technology developers in lamenting the research-to-practice gap. This presentation will highlight critical variables to increase the adoption and use of evidence-based practices in the classroom. |
|
|
|
|
PDS: Breaking the Barriers to Inclusion: Educating Students in the General Education Setting |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Regency Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Gold West |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Kelly Mercorella (Teachers College Columbia University) |
R. DOUGLAS GREER (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
JOANN PEREIRA DELGADO (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
JENNIFER WEBER (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: In the United States, every student has the right to a free and appropriate education in the least restrictive environment possible. The least restrictive environment, inclusion into the general education setting, allows for students to learn the academic and social repertoires necessary for educational success in the presence of general education peers. However, for students with disabilities, there are many obstacles that prevent them from fully accessing the general education curriculum. The CABAS Accelerated Independent Learner Model (AIL) has identified verbal developmental cups/capabilities and academic literacy skills that increase the likelihood of academic and social success for students with disabilities in an inclusive setting. Through implementing protocols to induce the relevant cusps, capabilities, and skills, the AIL model has created procedures through which students are taught the necessary skills to be successfully included into the general education setting. The purpose of the present discussion is to explain the cusps/capabilities necessary for inclusion, the ways in which students are instructed in order to increase their likelihood of success, and the criterion utilized to allow students access to the general education setting. |
Keyword(s): CABAS AIL, Cusps/Capabilities, Elementary Education, Inclusion |
|
|
|
|
Organizational Behavior Management Meets Supervision: A Perfect Match for Effective Supervision |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
St. Gallen, Swissotel |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Janet Vasquez, M.S. |
Chair: Janet Vasquez (World Evolve Therapy, Inc.) |
ANA LIMIA (World Evolve Therapy, Inc.) |
AILEEN MADERAL (World Evolve Therapy, Inc.) |
JANET VASQUEZ (World Evolve Therapy, Inc.) |
Abstract: Effective supervision is vital when delivering quality applied behavior analysis services. However, understanding and adhering to the BACB experience standards in addition to providing effective supervision can be a challenging endeavor for behavioral practitioners at all levels. This panel will discuss two critical levels in which the provision of quality supervision is required, line therapists and supervisors. Important questions will be reviewed, such as how to select the right therapists for an ABA organization and how to ensure that supervisors are providing quality supervision. Moreover, the panel will discuss the utility of organizational behavior management and the role of a leadership team in building and implementing performance management systems that can significantly impact the efficacy of supervision, which in turn, can impact the quality of service. Each member of the panel will present systems used at each respective level, discuss findings, and contribute their own unique experiences as they pertain to each of these key areas. |
Keyword(s): OBM, performance management, supervision |
|
|
|
|
Final Fusillade |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Montreux, Swissotel |
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Julie M. Slowiak, Ph.D. |
Chair: Julie M. Slowiak (University of Minnesota Duluth) |
BRADLEY E. HUITEMA (Western Michigan University) |
Dr. Brad Huitema is professor of psychology, a member of the general faculty, and statistical consultant for businesses and several units of Western Michigan University. His 1980 text, The Analysis of Covariance and Alternatives, has been well received in the field. He is a member of the editorial board for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and the Journal of Behavioral Assessment. He is also a referee for several journals including The American Statistician; Behavioral Research Methods, Instruments, and Computers; the Journal of Psychopathology and Behavioral Assessment; Psychological Bulletin and Psychometrika. His research interests include time series analysis, evaluation of preventitive health practices, and single organism and quasi-experimental design. His international travel includes teaching several short courses in Mexico. |
Abstract: A bevy of current methodological topics relevant to psychological researchers working in diverse areas is presented. Many of them are widely misunderstood. Among these topics are: (1) the recent efforts to ban null hypothesis significance tests (NHST), (2) interpretation problems surrounding both conventional (i.e., Fisher and Neyman-Pearson) and Bayesian statistical inference, (3) the relationship between p-values and replication, (4) unjustified hand wringing regarding effect declines (often claimed to cast doubt on scientific methods in general) that appear to occur in many or most areas of science, (5) the increasing salience of single-case research designs and associated analyses, and (6) the stunning effect of complex black-box statistical methods on judgment. The historical context for several of these topics is presented in order to facilitate an understanding how we have ended up in our current state. |
Target Audience: Behavioral researchers with a strong interest in research methodology. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) describe at least one reason that treatment effects tend to decline; (2) provide an example of a major public health problem solved with a very small n design; (3) identify a study in which a single-case design is very convincing. |
|
|
|
|
From Research to Practice: Current Procedural Advances in the Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Columbus Hall CD, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles) |
CE Instructor: Michele D. Wallace, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will include recent research on the assessment and treatment of problem behavior with a focus on implications for practice. The first study will present the translation process that was undertaken to produce a reliable and valid indirect assessment in Japanese. The second paper, will highlight the development and utilization of a flow-chart for interpreting transitional functional analyses. The third paper, will present on the effects of an FCT+DRA intervention aimed at decreasing problem behavior maintained by social negative reinforcement, while increasing both communication and compliance. All presenters will provide insight on implications related to both future research and practice. |
Keyword(s): Application, Assessment, Treatment |
|
Translation, Reliability, and Validity of the IFA-Japanese |
SARAH KAGAWA (Seek Education), Michele D. Wallace (Seek Education), Yuki Ikezaki (Seek Education), Kae Yabuki (SEEK Education, Inc.) |
Abstract: Functional behavior assessments used to identify functions of problem behavior rely on three main categories of assessment methodology: Indirect Assessments, Descriptive Assessments, and Functional Analysis. In fact, best practice suggests that these assessments are necessary to effectively reduce behavior problems. Most of these assessment methodologies are mainly only available in English. However, problem behavior is not only seen in individuals whose main language is English. Given the various cultural and languages encountered in the treatment of problem behavior, translations of these instruments and assessment methodology is best clinical practice and is in need of our efforts. This study presents the steps taken to translate and test for reliability and validity of the Indirect Functional Assessment (IFA) – Japanese assessment. Results are presented as well as a dissemination of the IFA – Japanese. |
|
Systematic Process for Analyzing Transition Functional Analyses |
SARAH CONKLIN (Family ABA), Michele D. Wallace (Seek Education, Inc.), Sarah Gonzalez (Seek Education) |
Abstract: Over the last 30+ years researchers have extended the methodology of Functional Analyses to incorporate a number of procedural and behavioral variations. One such advancement was the development of the transition functional analysis (McCord, Thomson, & Iwata, 2001) to effectively analyze function and aspects of transitions. Although this advancement has been important in the assessment and treatment of problem behavior related to transitions, there are no current systematic rules or instructions for analyzing the results of this assessment. Moreover, the rules applied to analyzing multielement functional analyses do not simply convert to analyzing transition functional analyses. This study developed a flow chart to interpret transition functional analyses. This flow chart was utilized to interpret 2 transition functional analyses prior to treatment development and resulted in accurate determination of function of problem behavior as well as selection of intervention and reduction in problem behavior. Moreover, we have also successfully utilized this flow chart and went back and utilized it to determine function of transition functional analyses published in behavioral journals. Using the flow chart was both valid in interpreting function as well as reliable. Results as well as dissemination of the flow chart will be provided. |
|
Using a Concurrent Reinforcement Schedule to Eliminate Escape-Maintained Problem Behavior and Increase Compliance |
KATHRYN WHITE (Behavior Services of the Rockies), Michele D. Wallace (Behavior Services of the Rockies), Travis Blevins (Behavior Services of the Rockies) |
Abstract: Functional Communication Training with extinction is one approach to eliminating problem behavior and increasing appropriate behavior. When applied to problem behavior maintained by social positive reinforcement, it produces rapid decreases in problem behavior as well as socially significant increases in appropriate behavior (e.g., asking for attention or tangible items). It is equally effective for eliminating problem behavior maintained by social negative reinforcement in the form of escape; however, most caregivers are not satisfied with only increasing asking for a break. In fact, when treating problem behavior maintained by escape from tasks, socially significant behavior changes would include increasing compliance as well as asking for a break. The purpose of this study was to utilize FCT (1 min break) + Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior (5 min break contingent on compliance) to decrease problem behavior and ultimately increase compliance. Results demonstrate that the intervention was highly successful. Implications for practice as well as avenues for future research will be |
|
|
|
|
Supervising Supervision: Designing, Monitoring, and Supporting Supervision in ABA |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Columbus Hall AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: PRA/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Susan Ainsleigh (Bay Path University) |
CE Instructor: Susan Ainsleigh, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Supervision is a critical component of the development of future practitioners of applied behavior analytic services, and required for all individuals seeking credentialing in ABA. All future professionals seek excellence in supervision, however, despite increasingly structured guidelines provided by certification and licensure organizations, variation exists in the quality and rigor of supervision experiences. Indeed, not all supervision experiences are created equal. For those developing or supporting supervision for the future behavior analyst, minimal guidance exists thus far in behavioral literature related to effective supervision management. Related disciplines have much to offer in the development of quality supervision models, and behaviorally-based literature related to training and instruction, specifically, literature on competency-based training and behavioral skills training models, can support and strengthen the development of quality supervision experiences. Finally, invested constituents have beneficial feedback to add to the supervision process. This symposium targets the developers of supervision in ABA, offering models and guidance for creating quality supervision experiences. |
Keyword(s): competency training, graduation education, instructional design, supervision |
|
Supervision in the Workplace: Bridging the Gap Between Coursework and Applied Practice in Professional Settings |
GINETTE WILSON BISHOP (Advances Learning Center) |
Abstract: Bridging the gap between theory and applied practice can pose a challenge for many graduate Applied Behavior Analysis students. Employers of these scholars face the unique challenge of accommodating rigorous supervision requirements, changing course schedules and other graduate work commitments that often complicate the landscape. This presentation will discuss several strategies that employers can utilize to support graduate ABA students as they progress through the supervision requirements associated with eventual Board Certification. Specific examples of employer driven initiatives to improve quality of services provided, employee retention, and outcomes for graduate students will be provided. Methods to incentivize employees considering graduate coursework to create a larger more diverse pool of productive clinicians will be reviewed. Finally, opportunities for collaboration with local college programs and course sequences will be discussed with the ultimate priority being the quality of the overall experience for both the student and recipients of the behavior analytic services they provide. |
|
Incorporating Modeling Into Supervision of Behavior Analytic Practitioners |
ROBYN M. CATAGNUS (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Susan Ainsleigh (Bay Path University) |
Abstract: Modeling is a component of Behavioral Skill Training, and has been shown to be effective in evoking desired behavior. Modeling, both in live and video formats, has been incorporated into many models of training successfully. Evidence suggests, however, that modeling is often omitted from supervision experiences, particularly when distance or remote supervision is utilized. This presentation reviews strategies for successfully incorporating modeling into supervision sessions for applied behavior analytic graduate students. Characteristics of the competent model are reviewed, and technical aspects of designing effective models are presented. A model for training supervisors to utilize modeling in supervision is presented. |
|
Behavior Skills Training in ABA Supervision |
NOELLE NEAULT (Bay Path University), Melissa Hunsinger Harris (Bay Path University) |
Abstract: Supervision can be defined as an intervention that is provided by a senior member of a profession to a junior member in the same profession (Bernard & Goodyear, 1998). It has multiple purposes, including improving the skills and repertoires of the junior member, monitoring and facilitating the delivery of high quality services, serving as a gatekeeper to those who enter the profession, and modeling effective supervision practices (Behnke, 2005). Behavioral Skills Training (BST) has been demonstrated as an effective training model and is required by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (2012) when providing fieldwork/practicum supervision. BST is a system for training performance skills in human service staff. It includes written and verbal instructions, modeling, repeated practice to mastery, and performance feedback (Parsons, Rollyson & Reid, 2010). Its effectiveness in educational and clinical settings has been well-documented; however, its use in supervision remains unexamined. The current study focuses on the evaluation of behavior analytic supervision sessions to identify which aspects of behavioral skills training are routinely included or omitted. Participants in this study included supervisors of graduate students in applied behavior analysis. Individual supervision sessions were directly observed. Data was summarized to examine components of BST that are routinely utilized in supervision sessions and those that are consistently omitted. Implications for supervision effectiveness and recommendations for supervisor training are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
The Cognitive Consequences of Children's Exposure to Lead Revealed by Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Grand Ballroom AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: M. Christopher Newland, Ph.D. |
Chair: M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University) |
DEBORAH CORY-SLECHTA (University of Rochester Medical Center) |
Dr. Deborah Cory-Slechta is a Professor of Environmental Medicine, Pediatrics and Public Health Sciences at the University of Rochester Medical School, Acting Chair of the Department of Environmental Medicine and PI of its NIEHS Core Center Grant. Her research, which includes both animal models and human studies, has focused largely on the behavioral consequences of developmental exposures to environmental chemicals. This work has examined the effects of developmental exposures to metals, pesticides and air pollutants in animal models and human cohort studies. Current efforts include development of animal models of behavioral toxicology that better simulate the context of the human environment, including assessment of behavioral consequences of the interactions of lead with prenatal stress, and with early behavioral adversity. A newer focus of the laboratory has been on the adverse impacts on the central nervous system of exposures to air pollution during development. These efforts have resulted in over 155 peer-reviewed publications. She previously served as Dean for Research at the University of Rochester Medical School, and as Director of the Environmental and Occupational Health Sciences Institute of Rutgers University. Dr. Cory-Slechta has served on advisory panels of the NIH, the FDA, the Environmental Protection Agency, the National Academy of Sciences, the Institute of Medicine, and the Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry, and on the editorial boards of the journals Environmental Health Perspectives, Neurotoxicology, Toxicology, Toxicological Sciences, Toxicology and Applied Pharmacology and Neurotoxicology and Teratology. |
Abstract: Years of using lead in paint and gasoline resulted in widespread environmental contamination and human exposure. The particular vulnerability of the developing brain to lead puts children at particular risk for detrimental effects and numerous studies have documented the association of elevated blood lead in children with reduced IQ scores. Behavior analysis (BA)has been critical to the delineation of the specific cognitive deficits that underlie the IQ loss.BA hasrevealed deficits in learning/reversal learning that appear to result from increases in response perseveration and disruption of attention-related behaviors, particularly the ability to wait for reward. In the human environment, lead exposure occurs with many other risk factors for cognitive deficits, particularly in low socioeconomic status communities where lead levels are highest. Two such risk factors—high levels of maternal stress and early behavioral adversity in children—share pathways of brain mediation with lead, and thus could enhance or alter its behavioral toxicity. Indeed, studies in animal models show that lead-induced deficits in cognitive behaviors can be enhanced by, or even unmasked, in the presence of prenatal stress. Further, early behavioral adversity can further exacerbate the adverse effects of lead on learning. |
Target Audience: Licensed Psychologists, certified behavior analysts, graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, the participant will be able to: (1) describe the specific behavioral deficits that underlie the reductions in IQ associated with exposure to elevated levels of lead in children; (2) cite examples of the cumulative neuro- and behavioral toxicity produced by combined exposures to gestational lead exposure, prenatal stress and early behavioral adversity; (3) describe a biological algorithm for understanding the potential for the cognitive deficits produced by lead to be enhanced by other environmental risk factors for cognitive deficits. |
|
|
|
|
Verbal Behavior Interventions With Older Adults |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Michigan ABC, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East |
Area: VBC/DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jonathan C. Baker (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Mark L. Sundberg (Sundberg and Associates) |
CE Instructor: Jonathan C. Baker, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The presence and impact of age-related language deficits have been acknowledged both the field within the field of behavior analysis (e.g., Gross, Fuqua, Merritt, 2013; Skinner, 1957; Sundberg 1991) as well as the broader field of gerontology (Cohen-Mansfield & Werner, 1997), though relatively little research has focused on remediation of those deficits. This dearth of intervention research is partly related to the notion that age-related language deficits are the result of biological processes, as well as the limited number of behavior analysts trained to work with older adults. However, there is growing support that environmental variables can and do play a role in language deficits among older adults. This talk symposium will include to empirical talks reviewing data from a studies aimed at the assessment and treatment of age-related language deficits among older adults. |
Keyword(s): Aphasia, Dementia, Older Adult, Verbal Behavior |
|
Transferring Stimulus Control in Teaching Mands to Older Adults With Dementia |
TAYLOR SWEATT (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: Little is known about the functional deterioration of language in older adults with dementia and in particular, about the weakening of the mand repertoire. Skinner hypothesized that operants maintained by specific sources of reinforcement (i.e., the mand) might be less susceptible to deterioration, though it appears the opposite may be true (i.e., the mand is more susceptible to weakening and the most resilient operants are the echoic and textual) (Skinner, 1957; Gross, Fuqua, Mettitt, 2013). The current study employs a multiple-baseline across participants design to examine the effects of echoic and visual prompts, along with an interrupted-behavior chain procedure to teach mands to elders with dementia and aphasia, as well as a history of strokes. For one participant, visual and echoic prompts were faded completely and independent mands were emitted to the mastery criterion. Data will be collected on additional participants. |
|
The Efficacy of Different Stimulus Fading Procedures to Teach Verbal Operants to an Older Adult With Aphasia |
LILITH REUTER-YUILL (Western Michigan University), Hannah Ritchie (Southern Illinois University - Carbondale), Jonathan C. Baker (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Aphasia can severely impact an individual's ability to communicate. However, existing research on interventions is limited. The current study compared different stimulus fading procedures with an older adult diagnosed with aphasia. A multielement within a multiple baseline design across behaviors was used to measure the efficacy of each approach. Results showed that the time delay procedure was more efficient at fading prompts when teaching intraverbals. |
|
|
|
|
Navigating the Social World: Innovations in Social Skills Treatment for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Columbus Hall IJ, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College) |
Discussant: Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos) |
CE Instructor: Marjorie H. Charlop, Ph.D. |
Abstract: For children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), having severe deficits in social skills prevent them from functioning in typical situations and properly navigating the social world in which we live. This symposium will consist of four research studies that use innovative behavioral approaches to address some of the pervasive challenges children with ASD face. In the first study, researchers use video modeling to teach children with ASD how to assertively respond to different bullying situations. The second study uses theatre-play as a method to teach appropriate social skills behaviors to dyads of children with ASD. The third study focuses on the need to reduce vocal stereotypy and aims to decrease inappropriate vocalizations by replacing them with appropriate singing. Finally, the last study provides a spin on teaching joint attention to lower functioning children with ASD. In these studies, multiple baseline designs were used to analyze treatment effects, generalization was assessed, and inter-observer reliability was calculated. These four studies provide new ideas to ameliorate the social challenges that children with ASD display, provide evidence-based procedures for treating a range of functioning levels of children on the spectrum, and provide potential approaches for children with ASD to navigate their social world. |
Keyword(s): autism, bullying, play, social skills |
|
Using Video Modeling to Teach Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder Assertive Responding to Bullying Scenarios |
Catherine Rex (Claremont McKenna College), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College), VICKI SPECTOR (Claremont Graduate University) |
Abstract: Bullying is related to depression, loneliness, and social anxiety (Hawker & Boulton, 2000), and unfortunately, children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are at a higher risk than their typically developing peers for becoming victims of bullying (Wainscot et al., 2008). The current study involved a video modeling intervention that aimed to teach six children with ASD how to assertively respond to physical and verbal bullying, social exclusion, and to report instances of bullying to a parent. Using a multiple baseline design, measures of appropriate responding to bullying were assessed in baseline, intervention, and generalization probes. During baseline sessions, participants appropriate responses to bullying were either nonexistent or inconsistent. Following baseline, participants were asked to watch a video of an adult assertively responding to three different types of bullying (i.e., physical bullying, verbal bullying, and social exclusion). Results showed that following the introduction of video modeling, all six participants met criterion for appropriate responding to bullying, with four participants demonstrating generalization of learned skills to a novel setting. Findings from this study have implications for the use of video modeling in teaching children with ASD the proper skills to respond to bullying. |
|
Using Theatre-Play to Teach Social Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Melisa Rojas (Pomona College), NATALY LIM (Claremont McKenna College), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College) |
Abstract: Theatre-based programs have been shown to improve the social skills in high-functioning children with ASD, such as increased positive interaction, decreased solitary play (Guli, Semrud-Clikeman, Lerner, & Britton, 2013) and increased social perception (Corbett et al., 2011). The present study was conducted to teach social skills behaviors to children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) via a theatre intervention conducted in dyads. Specifically, a multiple baseline design across three dyads of children with ASD was used to assess the efficacy of a theatre intervention on increasing verbal social skills, nonverbal social skills, and appropriate sociodramatic play behaviors. Measurements of social skills behaviors were taken during naturalistic play sessions and baseline, as well as after theatre intervention sessions. The theatre intervention involved sessions of learning how to act out and also do improvisation of theme-based plays in dyadic pairs for several weeks. Results showed that all participants reached at least 80% criterion performance for one or more targeted social behaviors. The current study demonstrates that a theatre-based procedure, a largely untapped therapeutic technique, is an effective social skills intervention for children with ASD. |
|
Effects of Singing on Vocal Stereotypies in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
BENJAMIN R. THOMAS (Claremont Graduate University), Catelyn Gumaer (Claremont Graduate University), Nataly Lim (Claremont McKenna College), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College) |
Abstract: Vocal stereotypy can be disruptive and interfere with social opportunities; yet, it is often a preferred activity for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Decreasing motivating operations to engage in inappropriate forms of the behavior (e.g., sounds, high pitched speaking or singing) while increasing topographically similar appropriate behaviors might be an indicated course of treatment. In this study, we taught three children with ASD who engaged in inappropriate forms of vocal stereotypy to sing appropriately. We used a changing criterion design plus a backward chaining procedure to increase the word length of their singing phrases. After the children learned to sing a song through this procedure, we used multi-element comparisons to determine if pre-session singing sessions would decrease vocal stereotypy in their subsequent intervention sessions. Preliminary results showed that participants learned to sing appropriately, and all forms of vocal stereotypy occurred less frequently immediately after singing sessions. Discussion will focus on implications for teaching pro-social vocal behaviors as replacements for vocal stereotypies. |
|
Joint Attention in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder: Using Play and the Natural Language Paradigm |
Taylor Basso (Claremont McKenna College), CATELYN GUMAER (Claremont Graduate University), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College) |
Abstract: A key deficit in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is underdeveloped joint attention skills. Joint attention is a pivotal social communication skill that is very complex and can be difficult to teach in isolation. It may behoove us to find other ways in which joint attention might be easier to teach. In Experiment I, basic functional play was taught to three children with ASD through imitation, with joint attention embedded within the procedure. Reinforcement was contingent on joint attention during the play imitation sessions, compared to baseline in which joint attention without play was reinforced. The results demonstrated that play-based treatment can increase joint attention and that generalization of joint attention across person and setting occurred. In Experiment II, the Natural Language Paradigm (NLP; Laski, Charlop, & Schreibman, 1988), which has been shown to increase both speech and play (Gillett & LeBlanc, 2007), will be assessed to determine whether NLP can also generate and increase joint attention in children with ASD. Together, the results of these studies may hold implications for alternative ways for teaching joint attention via procedures that evoke motivating operations. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Advancements in Caregiver and Staff Training |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Columbus Hall GH, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Samantha Bergmann (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee) |
Discussant: Linda A. LeBlanc (Trumpet Behavioral Health) |
CE Instructor: Samantha Bergmann, M.A. |
Abstract: Effective and efficient caregiver and staff training procedures are critical to the field of behavior analysis to ensure fidelity of implementation of interventions. The procedures evaluated in the current studies expand the reach of behavior analytic interventions and allow a larger population to access efficacious teaching strategies. First, Toussaint, Fernandez, Cowan, and Horsch utilized a computer-based training package to teach novice behavioral therapists to implement a naturalistic developmental behavioral intervention (NDBI). Therapists’ implementation of the NDBI intervention improved. Next, LeBlanc et al., examined the effects of video modeling to teach parents to implement the naturalistic language paradigm (NLP) with their children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Integrity of NLP implementation with an adult confederate and their children improved. In the third study, Giannakakos, Vladescu, and Simon evaluated written instructions, video modeling with voiceover instruction, and direct training to teach parents to correctly identify, install, and use child car seats. Finally, Cordova, Phillips, Fritz, and Lerman investigated a train-the-trainer model in which caregivers, who were trained by professionals, trained other caregivers to implement FCT with their children diagnosed with ASD. Caregivers’ integrity of implementation improved following training. Directions for future research and implications for clinical applications will be discussed. |
Keyword(s): caregiver training, computer-based training, staff training, video modeling |
|
Evaluation of a Computer-Based Training Package on Novice Instructors' Implementation of a Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Intervention |
KAREN A. TOUSSAINT (University of North Texas), Karen Fernandez (University of North Texas), Landon Cowan (University of North Texas), Rachel Horsch (The University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The current evaluation assessed the effects of a computer-based training package to teach novice behavioral therapists to implement a naturalistic developmental behavioral intervention (NDBI). A multiple baseline design across two trainee-child dyads indicated that training resulted in improved implementation of techniques for the staff participants and that these skills maintained over a one-month follow-up period. In addition, child-participants’ unprompted requests increased with increases in staff performance. |
|
Using Video Modeling to Teach Parents to Use the Natural Language Paradigm |
BRITTANY LEBLANC (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Samantha Bergmann (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Stephanie Zettel (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Brittany Benitez (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Sophie Knutson (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Ashley Shannon-Jackson (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee) |
Abstract: There is paucity of research examining the use video modeling to train parents to implement formats of early intervention such as Naturalistic Environmental Training (NET). The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the efficacy of video modeling to train parents to implement the Naturalistic Language Paradigm (NLP), a specific format of NET, with their children diagnosed with or suspected of having autism spectrum disorder and to extend the current literature on NLP. All three parents demonstrated accurate performance of the components of NLP with the confederate and met the mastery criterion in two or three video modeling sessions. We measured the parents accurate implementation of each NLP component skill across phases of the study. Results showed that video modeling did not teach all component skills to mastery. We also measured the generalization of the parents NLP implementation to their child and to the home setting. Generalization of the NLP component skills to sessions with their child was observed for all three participants, and generalization to the home was observed for two of the three participants. Maintenance probes conducted one and three weeks after training showed continued high levels of accurate implementation of NLP with for two parents. Implications for the use of video modeling to teach NLP to parents will be discussed. |
|
Training Individuals to Teach Correct Identification, Installation, and Use of Child Car Seats |
RACHEL SIMON (Livingston High School), Antonia Giannakakos (Caldwell College), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell College) |
Abstract: Vehicle crashes are the leading cause of death in children. The correct use of child safety restraint systems such as car seats can reduce the likelihood that a child will be injured or killed during a crash. Unfortunately, approximately 70 percent of car seats are misused in a way that could increase the risk of injury during a crash. Given the seriousness of this problem, the purposes of the current study were threefold. First, we sought to evaluate the use of a job aid to teach participants to correctly identify the appropriate car seat arrangement (e.g., forward- or rear-facing) based on hypothetical child characteristics. Second, we evaluated the use of video modeling with voiceover instruction to train participants to correctly install a car seat in the forward- and rear-facing position using two methods (seat belt and LATCH). Last, we evaluated teaching participants to correctly harness a child into a car seat. Next steps in this line of research and implications for car seat installation instructions will be discussed. |
|
Improving Access to Care for Challenging Behavior Using a Parent-to-Parent Mentoring Approach |
SAMANTHA CORDOVA (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Lauren Phillips (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) are more likely to engage in challenging behavior, such as aggression and self-injury, than children without ASD. If left untreated, these behaviors can increase in severity over time, causing significant stress on families. Numerous studies over the 30 years have demonstrated the efficacy of behavioral treatments for these challenging behaviors, particularly an intervention called functional communication training (FCT). Furthermore, caregivers have been able to effectively implement FCT in home settings to reduce their children's challenging behavior. However, all caregivers to date have been trained by professionals. The waiting lists to obtain these professional services can be quite lengthy, and these services are even less accessible to ethnically diverse, low-income families due to language and financial barriers. In this study, we evaluated a model of training in which caregivers trained by professionals then trained other parents to implement FCT with their children in the home setting. This model has the potential to expand clinical service availability in rural, low-income communities, as well as to more diverse ethnic groups who face barriers to receiving services for their children’s challenging behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Scaling up Assessment Quality and Treatment Outcomes of ABA for Children With Autism |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Columbus Hall KL, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Megan Galliford (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
Discussant: Adam DeLine Hahs (Arizona State University) |
CE Instructor: Alyssa N. Wilson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Relational Training System (PEAK) is the first behavior analytic assessment and curriculum that is designed to promote the emergence of derived relational responding in individuals with- and without- disabilities. PEAK is grounded in Stimulus Equivalence theory and Relational Frame Theory accounts of human language and cognition, and provides an assessment of participants relational abilities with a set of curricular programs that target socially relevant skills and derivational abilities. The present set of studies will evaluate how the PEAK Equivalence assessment relates to standardized measures of intelligence, and will provide demonstrations of how programs in the PEAK curriculum can be used to teach several skills, as well as lead to corresponding changes in IQ. In addition, a demonstration of how advances in Relational Frame Theory can be incorporated into the PEAK curriculum will be provided, and the potential relationship between these more advanced relational abilities and intelligence will be discussed. |
Keyword(s): Autism, Intelligence, RFT, Verbal Behavior |
|
Moving Toward a Behavioral Analysis of Intellect: The Relationship Between the PEAK Relational Training System and Intelligence |
JORDAN BELISLE (Southern Illinois University), Caleb Stanley (Southern Illinois University), Kyle E Rowsey (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Jacob H. Daar (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The psychological construct of intelligence encompasses a variety of capacities (ex., logic, abstract thought, understanding, self-awareness, learning, emotional knowledge, and memory) that have been captured in contemporary psychometric measures. The most well-known surveys of intelligence provide a measure of intelligence in terms of the intelligence quotient (IQ). Standardized IQ tests have been used for placement and diagnostic purposes for over a century due to their predictive validity across several socially significant outcomes. Although purely psychometric evaluations of intelligence have generated strong results, surveys of intelligence do not provide researchers and clinicians with a framework that breaks down the behavioral units of intellect. The Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Relational Training system (PEAK) is a behavior analytic assessment and curriculum that targets responsivity to direct training, as well as generalization and derived relational abilities. Several studies detail the relationship between the PEAK assessment and standardized measures of IQ, specifically in application with individuals with autism and other neurodegenerative disabilities. By reducing the construct of IQ into specific and measurable behavioral units, the PEAK curriculum has the potential to improve identified cognitive and language skills deficits that are related to contemporary measures of human intelligence. |
|
The Effectiveness of PEAK in Promoting the Emergence of Derived Relational Responding and Corresponding Increases in IQ |
CALEB STANLEY (Southern Illinois University), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Kyle E Rowsey (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Ryan C. Speelman (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge (PEAK) is a recently developed assessment and curriculum protocol that uses behavior analytic principles to teach language, academic skills, and social skills. The PEAK incorporates both contingency based learning, and a contemporary behavior analytic approach to teach necessary skills to individuals with autism and other intellectual and developmental disabilities. Recently, data have emerged that suggest a strong correlation between the PEAK assessment and IQ. Several studies also detail the utility of the PEAK assessment and curriculum in teaching academic skills and categorical responding, establishing cross-sensory equivalence classes, and increasing IQ in individuals with autism and related disabilities. By increasing necessary skills and intelligence, there is the potential of making significant gains in an individual’s repertoire. |
|
Using PEAK to Teach Metaphorical Emotions and Contextually Distorted Tacts to Children With Emotional Disorders |
ALYSSA N. WILSON (Saint Louis University), Victoria Frescura (St. Louis University) |
Abstract: Preliminary research has shown the effectiveness of the Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Relational Training System (PEAK) curriculum in teaching a range of verbal skills, including metaphorical emotions. However, to date, minimal research has evaluated the effectiveness of PEAK in teaching children with emotional disorders contextually distorted tacts related to private emotional events metaphorically. Therefore, the current study used a concurrent multiple baseline design to train three children to make correct word-picture and vocal-picture matches between stimuli of emotional states and pictures (e.g., happy, sad, and angry; sunshine, rain, and steaming kettle). Two arbitrary stimuli served as contextual cues for relations of sameness (Context One) and opposition (Context Two). Distorted metaphorical tacts where extinguished during Context One, and reinforced during Context Two. Trial-by-trial interobserver agreement data was collected for 25% of sessions (total agreement = 100%). Following training, all students demonstrated higher than baseline accuracies on response selection and intraverbal emissions to WH questions related to emotions, for both metaphorical and distorted tacts. The results replicate and extend previous on the PEAK curriculum. |
|
Using Relational Frame Theory to Teach Perspective-Taking in Developmentally Delayed Children During in an Elementary School Setting |
AUTUMN N. MCKEEL (Aurora University), Margaret Sanders (Aurora University) |
Abstract: The current study used multiple exemplar training (MET) to teach perspective-taking skills to two early elementary school age children with identified developmental delays. Using a multiple probe design, participants were trained using a testing and training protocol developed for the purpose of this study, and was based on previous protocols. This protocol taught the three deictic relational frames I-YOU, HERE-THERE and NOW-THEN through the use of childrens books. Results show that relational responding can be achieved using MET as evidenced by posttest probes meeting criteria without being directly trained. Procedures were shown to not only be successful at training perspective-taking skills but the use of childrens books was a natural means to train this skill. Implications of this study give professionals in a public school a protocol to train basic skills related to empathy while also providing an objective measurement of behavior as a result of the training. |
|
|
|
|
Empirical Studies for Understanding and Helping Persons With Autism and Developmental Disabilities in Korea |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Grand Ballroom CD North, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University) |
Discussant: Jinhyeok Choi (Pusan National University) |
CE Instructor: Kyong-Mee Chung, Ph.D. |
Abstract: For the past several years, awareness for the ABA services has been increased dramatically in Korea. Although limited, few BCBA approved programs have launched, and the number of BCBAs/BCaBAs has been increased up to approximately 30. Much efforts are made to improve direct services, educational system, treatment delivery and staff-training. In this symposium, 4 different research projects are presented, and the topics are need assessment, FA, staff-training and face perception. Although these topics are not quite related, their results provide useful information for service delivery, on-going research and treatment outcome study in Korea. Specific implications and suggestions are discussed and practical issues will be shared. |
Keyword(s): Functional Analysis, Race-contingent aftereffect, staff training, unmet needs |
|
Unmet Needs Among Caregivers of Persons With Developmental Disabilities and Autism Spectrum Disorder Who Show Problem Behaviors: Descriptive Analysis Nationwide in South Korea |
SOO YOUN KIM (Yonsei University), Daesung Seo (Yonsei University) |
Abstract: High percentages of individuals with developmental disabilities and autism spectrum disorders engage in problem behaviors, yet effective treatment has not been provided in Korea. As a first step to establish suitable and efficient service system for problem behaviors, need assessment among direct caregivers appears necessary. The purpose of this study is to investigate the common strategies currently in practice for remediating problem behaviors in Korea and unmet psychological, educational and practical needs among caregivers. The participants included parents, teachers and para-professionals (n=172, n=324, n=474, respectively). The results are as follows. Most frequently observed problem behaviors were noncompliance and tantrum. Teachers evaluated problem behaviors more severely with slightly higher stress levels compared to other groups. Next, majority of teachers and para-professionals were willing to spend a short-term training program to enhance their ability to deal with problem behaviors. All 3 groups recognize behavior therapy as the most effective method for remediating behavior problems, yet are using different methods to deal with them in real life setting, mainly due to lack of resources. They also expressed the need for building effective consultation and referral system and systematic support to use them in their settings. |
|
Evaluating Differences Between Direct and Indirect Measures for Identifying the Function of Problem Behaviors Among Individuals With Developmental Disabilities |
DONGHYUN OH (Yonsei University), Na-young Shin (Yonsei University), Soo Youn Kim (Yonsei University) |
Abstract: Functional Analysis (FA) is an assessment for identifying the underlying function of the problem. Despite of its utility, its use has been limited due to costs and lack of experts. Instead, Questions About Behavior Function (QABF), an indirect assessment utilizing the parents reports, has been commonly used. Nonetheless, the interchangeability of two measures has not been investigated enough. The purpose of this study is to identify the interchangeability of the FA and the QABF. Twenty four participants with Developmental Disabilities(DD) aged from 4 to 16 were recruited. Data of 16 participants who completed both measures and assessed same problem behaviors were analyzed. Each functions of behaviors identified from the QABF was compared to the one from the FA for each participants. Also, the correlations between the results of FA and QABF were conducted. As a results, congruency between the measures were found only in 3 participants(18.75%). The correlation between the measures was highest on the Attention function(r = .333) and lowest on the Tangible function(r = .004). These results indicate that the incongruity exists between direct(FA) and indirect(QABF) measures, suggesting that the use of both measures are recommended to identify the function of problem behaviors. Practical difficulties and concerns are further discussed. |
|
Effects of a Short-Term Staff Training for Improving Behaviors Among Individuals With Developmental Disabilities in a Residential Facility |
JIYOUNG NOH (Yonsei University), Hyeonsuk Jang (Yonsei University) |
Abstract: Applied Behavioral Analysis(ABA) is an evidence-based treatment for persons with problem behaviors among developmental disabilities(DD) population. Typically, ABA service is provided individual bases to maximize its effectiveness. Due to high costs associated with ABA, however, there is a need for more cost-effective short-term staff training, especially in Korea where limited resources are available. The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of a short-term staff training to improve behavior among individuals with DD in a residential facility. A 4 week short-term staff training was administered by an ABA specialist weekly bases. Training focused on conducting functional analysis for problem behaviors, developing and implementing function-based assessment Additionally, homework was given along with feedbacks on each staff's compliance. Data on the individual's degree of problem behaviors, staff's stress and quality of life and knowledge of behavior principles were collected through the self-reported questionaires before and after the intervention to examine the effects of the training. The results showed that significant difference in pre and post scores on knowledge of behavior principles. No differences were found in other measures. The implications and limitations of this study, with directions for future research, are also discussed. |
|
Race-Contingent Aftereffects in Persons With High Functioning Autism |
HYANGKYEONG OH (Yonsei University), Yumin Seo (Yonsei University), Euihyun Kwak (Yonsei University) |
Abstract: Persons with Autism Spectrum Disorder(ASD) are characterized by deficits in face perception. Recent studies have investigated an underlying mechanism of this characteristics by utilizing the adaptation paradigm which is based on norm-based coding model. These studies found that persons with ASD showed diminished aftereffects in identity, gender, and emotion perception. The purpose of this study is to investigate race-contingent aftereffects of persons with ASD compared to those of typically developing (TD) people using the adaptation paradigm. Ten children with ASD and 9 TD children were participated in this study. Morphed anti-emotional faces (happy and sad) of Asian and Caucasian were randomly presented for 4000ms as the adaptor. After the adaptation phase, participants were shown the neutral face of the same identity as the adaptor and asked to choose the most appropriate label of emotion for the face. The results showed significant interaction effect between the group (ASD and TD) and the race(Asian and Caucasian). Further analyses revealed that the aftereffects of TD group was marginally larger for Asian than the Caucasian face. No difference of size of aftereffect between races were found in ASD group. This suggests atypical race-contingent aftereffect in ASD group. Implications and limitations are further discussed. |
|
|
|
|
The Efficacy of Stimulus Control Technologies to Increase Skill Acquisition |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Grand Suite 3, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Megan Breault (RCS Learning Center) |
Discussant: Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College) |
CE Instructor: Russell W. Maguire, Ph.D. |
Abstract: It is critical that the relevant features of discriminative stimuli come to predict and control learner responding. However, use of inadequate transfer of control procedures and inappropriate training structures often result in prompt dependency and lack of skill acquisition. These four studies employed various transfer of control methods and innovative training structures, based on a stimulus control analysis. In study 1, participants demonstrated both trained and emergent stimulus-stimulus relations following an errorless teaching protocol. The errorless protocol was shown to be more effective for acquiring skills than a trial-and-error strategy. Study 2 utilized errorless teaching procedures to teach novel conditional discriminations for stimulus classes comprised of non-auditory stimuli. The instructional design was arranged such that emergent topography-based verbal behavior was demonstrated. The third study analyzed the relative effectiveness of response prompts versus stimulus prompts to increase conditional discriminations. Results showed that participants acquired skills more rapidly when provided with stimulus prompts. In the 4th study, control by multiple elements was assessed through a stimulus equivalence paradigm. It was demonstrated that participants demonstrated both trained and emergent stimulus-stimulus relations when presented with both complex and simple sample stimuli. |
Keyword(s): equivalence, errorless, verbal behavior |
|
The Formation of Equivalence Classes Following Errorless Instruction and Trial-and–Error Teaching |
RUSSELL W. MAGUIRE (Simmons College), Kelly O'Loughlin (RCS Learning Center), Christina M. Boyd-Pickard (RCS Learning Center/Simmons College), Colleen Yorlets (RCS Behavioral & Educational Consulting/Simmons College) |
Abstract: The emergence of untrained stimulus- stimulus relations indicative of equivalence class formation typically occurs following the teaching of specific conditional discriminations. Past research has suggested that instruction of the prerequisite relations via an errorless protocol, as opposed to typical trial-and-error training resulted in fewer trials-to-criterion, fewer errors, and the formation of more stimulus classes. Despite this evidence, trial-and-error strategies are often still part of instructional practice. In the present experiment, which replicated Maguire (1986), two participants with an autism spectrum disorder were taught discriminations via errorless instruction or trial-and–error training. The results indicated that both participants failed to acquire the targeted conditional discriminations following trial-and–error training but learned them during remediation via delayed prompt training. Additionally, the errorless instruction protocol resulted in more rapid acquisition of the prerequisite relations and the emergence of subsequent equivalence class formation. The results are discussed in terms of teaching complex skills to children with developmental disabilities. |
|
The Emergence of Derived Verbal Behavior in the Absence of an Auditory Stimulus |
CHRISTINA M. BOYD-PICKARD (RCS Learning Center/Simmons College), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College), Colleen Yorlets (RCS Behavioral & Educational Consulting/Simmons College), Megan Breault (RCS Learning Center/Simmons College) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to assess the effectiveness of training three stimulus-stimulus relations (tacting and arbitrary conditional discriminations) and then testing for the emergence of nine additional untrained relations: tacts (naming or labeling), listener behavior (physically dissimilar stimuli to one another), and arbitrary visual-visual stimulus relations. Participants were taught to name three different nonsense forms from one class (e.g. B1, B2, B3) and trained to match physically dissimilar stimuli across two relations and three classes (e.g. B-C and D-B). Following training, participants were tested in matching physically dissimilar experimental stimuli (e.g. C-B, C-D, D-C, B-D), listener responding (e.g. A-B, A-C, and A-D), and tacting (e.g. C-E, and D-E).
The purpose of this study was to extend a previous study (Boyd-Pickard, 2015) and to evaluate if replacing the auditory stimulus with a motor movement and altering the training structure would result in emergent stimulus-stimulus relations. Participants included two typically developing adults and preliminary results indicate replication of previous findings.
Keywords: stimulus equivalence, verbal operants, derived relations, naming |
|
Response Prompts Versus Stimulus Prompts: A Comparison for Teaching Students With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
MEGAN BREAULT (RCS Learning Center/Simmons College), Christina M. Boyd-Pickard (RCS Learning Center/Simmons College), Colleen Yorlets (RCS Behavioral & Educational Consulting/Simmons College), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College) |
Abstract: A potential problem with the use of response prompts in applied settings to teach children with autism is that the prompts are susceptible to procedural drift. While stimulus prompts may serve an efficient and effective alternative to response prompts, these are often not utilized. This study compared the use of response prompts to a simple technological intervention using stimulus prompts. (e.g., systematically altering the intensity of S-stimuli within a PowerPoint program on a laptop computer). Three participants diagnosed with autism between the ages of 812 were taught conditional discriminations, either by response prompts or stimulus prompts, within a changing conditions design. Not only were the stimulus prompts more effective and efficient (e.g., fewer trials to criterion and fewer errors) because of the technological delivery system of the stimulus prompts, the possibility for procedural drift was eradicated. These results are discussed in terms of improving the efficacy of teaching students with autism spectrum disorders. |
|
The Acquisition of Complex Conditional Discriminations in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders via Matching-to-Complex Samples |
COLLEEN YORLETS (RCS Behavioral & Educational Consulting/Simmons College), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College), Christina M. Boyd-Pickard (RCS Learning Center/Simmons College), Megan Breault (RCS Learning Center/Simmons College), Kelly O'Loughlin (RCS Learning Center) |
Abstract: Students with autism spectrum disorders have been reported to demonstrate stimulus over-selectivity or restricted stimulus control (i.e., failure to respond to all the critical elements of multi-element complex stimuli). This potential may have a detrimental impact on the acquisition of academic skills for these individuals if the stimuli in question contain multiple controlling elements (i.e., learning the relation between spoken words and PECS symbols and AAC icons). This study presents a number of methodologies by which attention to, and the subsequent control by, multiple elements of a complex stimulus was demonstrated. In Experiment One, a 13-year-old non-vocal boy with an autism spectrum disorder was taught to select printed word comparisons contingent on their spoken + signed name comparisons (e.g., a complex stimulus) via errorless instruction. Following training, tests conducted in extinction verified accurate control by each element over printed word comparison. In Experiment 2, a 8 year-old student with autism spectrum disorder was taught identity-matching-to-complex samples (e.g., samples containing two, physically dissimilar yet related visual stimuli). Following training, tests conducted in extinction verified accurate control by each element. The data are discussed in terms of maximizing student learning while avoiding the potential pitfalls of error histories. |
|
|
|
|
Understanding the Contingencies of Systems and Implementing Change |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Crystal Ballroom A, Hyatt Regency, Green West |
Area: DEV/OBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School) |
Discussant: Dristi Adhikari (Colby-Sawyer College) |
CE Instructor: Michael Lamport Commons, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The symposium on Understanding the contingencies of systems and implementing change focuses on social, behavioral and cultural aspects of change in business and society as a whole. Change is perceived to be uncertain and complex; therefore it is often met with resistance and fear. As adaptation to change requires conscientious effort, not everyone is able to make it. The symposium attempts to demystify this uncertainty and analyze the process. The presentations dissect different cultures and schools of thought to discuss how new memes evolve, propagate and adapt and thereby play a critical role in an individuals survival. Further, the symposium will include empirical reports as well as theoretical reviews focusing on organizational change. The scope of the presentations spans across behavioral aspects of partners in start-up to stakeholder in large, top-down organizations. The presentations will emphasize the effects of reinforcement contingencies, task mastery and recognition, behavioral momentum and successful startup partnership. |
Keyword(s): behavioral momentum, change, startups, success |
|
The Effects of Regression to the Mean and Behavioral Momentum in Organizations |
WILLIAM JOSEPH HARRIGAN (Harvard Extension School), Saranya Ramakrishnan (Core Complexity Assessments), Sarthak Giri (Core Complexity Assessments), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School) |
Abstract: Large, top-down organizations tend to be bureaucratic, less innovative and more resistant to change. There are two forces that prevent such an organization from changing. 1) Behavioral momentum, which is the tendency for behaviors to continue as it has been, rather than evolving with the dynamic world. 2) Regression to the mean, which refers to the phenomenon that ensures that even if an organization overcomes behavioral momentum and adopts change, the windfall gains of the change is always at risk of being lost. This may happen by mass adoption from large competing organizations. Furthermore, in such organizations the chain of command extends from top to bottom, which implies a greater superiority and domination of higher levels over multiple lower ones. However, in a rapidly changing business world, these characteristics are a death knell to business success and sustenance. Adopting a highly autonomous 2-3 layer flat management structure on the other hand fosters creativity and innovation. Companies then can rely on a broad base of leaders and employees who feel ownership for the overall success of the organization and innovation can occur in small units that have autonomy and power over their own culture. |
|
Decoding Successful Startup Partnerships |
SARTHAK GIRI (Caldwell University), Saranya Ramakrishnan (Core Complexity Assessments), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School) |
Abstract: Startups are high risk and high reward environments with an extremely high rate of failure. Marmer et. al, in their report on “Why high-growth technology startups fail?” report that the success rate of these startups is lower than 10%. Understanding co-founder partnerships that have a higher likelihood of success could be a crucial factor for business survival. This study attempts to understand interest and stage of successful past co-founder partnerships. We then derive trends about their compatibility and complementarity to assess the success of co-founder pairs in Start-ups. The study focuses on start-ups that are less than 5 years old. There are three hypotheses: 1) Successful past co-founders would have had complementary interests/ skills; 2) They would have been at least Metasystematic Stage or higher; 3) At least one of the cofounder would be high on Enterprising on the Holland’s interest scale. To test these hypotheses, secondary data primarily from biographies and peer-reviewed articles will be used for past co-founders whereas primary data mainly from surveys and interviews will be used for Startup co-founders. We believe this study would help current entrepreneurs seek out co-founders that lead to a thriving and profitable startup. |
|
Cultural Adaptability |
SARANYA RAMAKRISHNAN (Core Complexity Assessments), Anne Zhang (Swarthmore College), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School) |
Abstract: Human beings face similar adaptive challenges as all other organisms. However, humans are unique in that for the last 150,000 years, most of their adaptations have been cultural. Culture may be roughly described as consisting of an extremely large set of memes, which are units of information. As humans interact within their society or social groups these memes are continually reinforced and thereby play an integral part in molding their perception of cause and effect. When individuals translocate from one country to another, specifically from one country with a relatively traditional social structure to one with a more liberal social structure, these individuals have to adapt in order to assimilate into society. This is because the memes and reinforcers of the different societies vary significantly. Cultural adaptations are spectacularly complex and essential for their survival. They are also not without an underlying biological basis of sociability, inventiveness and imitativeness. In this paper we explore the reasons around why some individuals adapt and why some are more resistant to change. |
|
Social Change |
NICHOLAS HEWLETT KEEN COMMONS-MILLER (Tufts University), Saranya Ramakrishnan (Core Complexity Assessments), Dhushanthi Ramakrishnan (Lake Forest College), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School) |
Abstract: Social change is characterized by (1) the creation of powerful memes by a single individual (2) propagation of those memes to a large group of people (3) sustenance of those memes via behavioral change and transmission to associated social groups as well as to the next generation. Thus social change is complete when there is a collective change in group behavior. When large social groups adapt to a new way of thinking or behaving however behavioral momentum of social groups needs to be overcome. To displace a current group behavior with new behavior, therefore this new behavior or thinking has to be often more potent than the current behavior. In such a scenario the adoption curve of new behavior is often slow at the beginning but as time progresses the number of people who adopt increases. The pace of adoption however can range from a few months to one or two generations. Finally to sustain this change the operation of long term contingencies with long term attractors acting as reinforcers need to be at play. |
|
|
|
|
Contributions of Different Choice Procedures to the Study of Self-Control, Social, and Addictive Behavior |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Zurich D, Swissotel |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Raul Avila (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Discussant: Leonard Green (Washington University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this symposium is twofold: (1) to describe extensions of the discounting framework to the study of addictive and social behavior, and (2) to demonstrate contributions of the resistance-to-temptation paradigm to the study of self-controlled behavior. The first presentation compares temporal and probability discounting of monetary gains and of monetary losses by tobacco smokers and non-smokers. The second presentation extends the methodology of temporal and probability discounting of both gains and losses of different rewards by cocaine- and marihuana-dependent users, and demonstrates that delay and probability discounting involve separated processes. The third presentation documents a reversal-of-preferences effect in a social discounting procedure, in which physical distance between individuals is used as a metric of social distance. The final presentation describes two examples of the resistance-to-temptation paradigm, specifically delay of gratification and refraining, used to study self-controlled behavior with the watching of videos as the reward. In addition to the contributions to our understanding of addictive and social behavior, the symposium integrates discounting, delay of gratification, and refraining to demonstrate a continuum of procedures in the study of self-controlled behavior. |
Keyword(s): Resisting-tempation paradigm, Self-control behavior, Social behavior, Temporal discounting |
|
Temporal and Probability Discounting of Different Rewards by Tobacco Users |
SILVIA MORALES CHAINE (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Alejandra Lopez Montoya (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Abstract: The generality of delay and probability discounting across reward-types by tobacco users is unclear. Hence, 29 tobacco users and 29 controls were exposed to delay and probability discounting tasks using an adjusting immediate amount procedure. The rewards used were free-time activities, non-alcoholic preferred drinking beverages, $200, and $3000 Mexican pesos, at five delays (1 week, 1 month, 6 months, 1 year and 3 years). Additionally, level of tobacco dependence was measured. The hyperbolic function and area-under-the-curve analyses from the data for each delayed and probabilistic outcome were calculated. Tobacco users discounted the value of the delayed $3,000 reward more steeply than control participants. No systematic differences between tobacco users and controls were found with delay or probability discounting for any of the other rewards tested. These results suggest that a magnitude effect could be responsible for the differences found between the discounting rates of delayed money by tobacco users and controls. Moreover, the purpose of this study was partially accomplished because the generality of discounting of different rewards by tobacco users seems to depend on state variables like the reward-type. |
|
Delay and Probability Discounting for Gains and Losses in Drug Users |
Diana Mej�a Cruz (National Autonomous University of Mexico), SILVIA MORALES CHAINE (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Javier Nieto Gutierrez (National Automonous University of Mexico), Leonard Green (Washington University), Joel Myerson (Washington University) |
Abstract: Drug users discount the value of delayed monetary outcomes more steeply than control participants, suggesting greater impatience, but little is known about the discounting of probabilistic rewards. The goal of the current study was to assess delay and probability discounting of several hypothetical outcomes by marijuana- and cocaine-dependent users to find combinations of risky choices and impatience behavior characteristic of drug users. 30 marijuana-dependent, 30 cocaine-dependent, and 30 control participants completed delay and probability discounting tasks. An adjusting immediate amount procedure was used. Both delay and probability discounting of four gains ($200, $3000, free-time activities, and non-alcoholic preferred drinking beverages) and one loss ($1,500) were studied. The results showed that cocaine users discounted delayed monetary gains more steeply than marijuana users and control participants. There were no significant differences between participants for the other delayed and probabilistic outcomes. Of significance, factor and correlational analyses showed that delay discounting of gains involves underlying processes that are different from those involved in probability discounting of gains, and that the processes underlying losses differ from those underlying gains. |
|
Preferences Reversal in Altruistic Behavior Along Different Physical Social Distances |
ALDO TOLEDO (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Raul Avila (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Abstract: Altruism is commonly defined as a behavior in which an individual (P0) gives a benefit to another person (PN) rather than retaining it for himself. A special case of altruism is one in which somebody has the option to give a benefit to one of two individuals who are at different social distances from him, and he gives the benefit to the socially more distant person (PN+M) rather than to the closer one (PN). Following this last definition, in the current study the stability of the altruistic behavior or whether there would be a preference-reversal effect was determined by decreasing social distance. Each of 117 participants were exposed to each of four social discounting tasks; in each task, the participants had to choose between a smaller reward for PN and a larger reward for PN+M. Social distance between PN+M and PN, and between the participant and PN, was varied within and between tasks, respectively. In general, participants showed lower social discounting rates (greater areas under the curve), or more "altruistic" behavior, as their distance from PN individuals increased. These findings contribute to the generality of the hyperbolic model as one that predicts preferences reversals in altruistic behavior. |
|
Resisting the "Temptation" to Obtain a Reward as a Paradigm of Self-Control Behavior in Humans |
RAUL AVILA (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Brenda Estela Ortega (National Autonomus University of Mexico) |
Abstract: Self-control can be defined as refraining from obtaining an available reward until a pre-specified requirement is reached. This paradigm was developed with pigeons responding for food reinforcers. The generality of this paradigm to humans and to other reward types was tested in the current study. Thirty-two adults were exposed to pairs of TV videos. The first video was always presented within a time cycle, and the other video could be presented once the cycle elapsed, according to the following contingency. Trying to play the first video would remove it and cancel the second video presentation. Otherwise, if the person refrained from playing the first video, the second video presentation would occur once the cycle elapsed and could be played. Time-cycle lengths of 32, 64, or 128 s were combined with first-video durations of 8, 32, 64 or 128 s. As the duration of the first-video presentation increased, the percentage of second-video presentations earned per session decreased, and this effect was modulated by the time-cycle duration. The implications of this procedure for self-control theory and its relation with other self-control procedures, such as delay of gratification, are also discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Choice and Levels of Analysis |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Zurich FG, Swissotel |
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Stephanie Gomes-Ng (University of Auckland) |
Discussant: Sarah Cowie (University of Auckland, New Zealand) |
Abstract: Traditionally, choice has been analyzed by aggregating responses to each alternative across several experimental sessions. Such extended-level analyses have shown that response ratios tend to match reinforcer ratios (the generalized matching law; Baum, 1974). However, extended-level analyses may not reveal the processes that may control choice. Thus, more recently, choice has been analyzed on a less-temporally-extended (‘local’) time-scale. These local analyses have shown that there are local-level regularities in choice, and these local choice processes may underlie extended-level choice. Some researchers have argued that these local-level regularities reflect the local effects of reinforcers on behavior, while others have argued that local-level regularities, such as the preference pulse, are merely artifacts of analysis type that arise due to more extended-level variables.
This symposium will present research and theory examining choice on different levels of analysis. Presentations will discuss whether local-level regularities in choice reflect the local effects of reinforcers, importance of contingency discriminability, the local- and extended-level effects of changeover delays on choice, local-level processes underlying suboptimal choice, and whether phylogenetic and ontogenetic explanations of behavior can be united to explain choice. |
Keyword(s): local choice, multi-scale selection, preference pulse, suboptimal choice |
|
Evolution as a General Theoretical Framework for an Explanation of Behavior |
CARSTA SIMON (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Abstract: Since biologists no longer limit themselves to studying the evolution of physical bodies but have developed theories of complex human behavior such as altruistic and cooperative actions (cf. group selection theory,) their area of study overlaps considerably with that of behavioral scientists. Behavior analysists study how environmental events during an organism's ontogeny correlate with changes in that organism's allocation of time to different activities. Those events cause changes in behavior because of their effect on the individual's relative fitness. Despite the overlap in topic areas, both biologists and behavioral scientists are largely uninformed about each other's work. How do biology and behavior analysis relate to each other? How can biology benefit from behavior analysis by paralleling the behaviorist's approach to developing explanations of behavior omitting human agency as a causal factor? How can behavior analysis benefit from Baum's (1994) introduction of the Multi-Scale View, which paves the road between the two disciplines by arguing for a selection of nested activities through their correlation with phylogenetically important events? By breaking ground for uniting phylogenetic and ontogenetic explanations of behavior, the answers to those questions not only benefit basic knowledge but can also inform effective public policy making. |
|
The Effects of Changeover Delays on Choice |
STEPHANIE GOMES-NG (University of Auckland) |
Abstract: In concurrent schedules with a changeover delay (COD), the cause of preference pulses (transient, extreme preference towards the just-reinforced alternative) is unknown. When a COD is arranged, reinforcers can only be obtained from the just-reinforced alternative in the seconds after a reinforcer; a switch to the not-just-reinforced alternative instigates the COD. This change in the local reinforcer differential may produce preference pulses. Alternatively, preference pulses may arise because the COD increases mean visit length, hence decreasing the probability of a switch after a reinforcer. We investigated which of these explanations best accounts for the COD’s effects on choice. Pigeons participated in four conditions, in which the COD either did not operate, only operated after switches not preceded by a reinforcer, only operated after the first switch since a reinforcer, or operated after all switches. Preference pulses were obtained in conditions with the longest visits; changes in the local reinforcer ratio were not always accompanied by changes in local choice. Thus, preference pulses may be attributed to the COD’s effects on mean visit length. However, subjects appeared unable to discriminate the local reinforcer ratio. The present results therefore highlight the importance of contingency discriminability in control by time-based contingency changes. |
|
Local Choice Processes Underlying Melioration: Extending the Findings of Vaughan (1981) |
VIKKI J. BLAND (The University of Auckland) |
Abstract: Studies show that even when negative or harmful outcomes of choice patterns are signaled, humans and animals may continue to distribute choice sub-optimally. Sub-optimal choice may be defined as choice that results in less response-contingent reinforcement across time, relative to the overall availability of reinforcement. Sub-optimal choice may be the outcome of both global and local choice processes. One theory that attempts to explain sub-optimal choice is melioration theory (Herrnstein & Vaughan, 1980; Vaughan, 1981). Melioration theory suggests that organisms allocate their time between competing options in an attempt to equilibrate local rates of reinforcement to obtain a higher per unit return, rather than the greatest overall return. Whilst several studies have investigated and challenged melioration theory, there has been no direct replication of Vaughan’s seminal 1981 study. The present study used pigeons to replicate that study. Global and local choice analyses of results suggest that pigeons use different choice strategies to maximize overall rates of reinforcement, resulting in matching. However, when maximization and matching contingencies are placed in opposition to melioration contingencies, pigeons meliorate. These findings provide a platform for investigating operant procedures that may subvert the process of melioration, and potentially reduce the negative impact of sub-optimal choice. |
|
Local Effects of Reinforcement in Corrected Preference Pulses |
ANTHONY P. MCLEAN (Canterbury University), Randolph C. Grace (University of Canterbury), Rebecca Bodeker (University of Canterbury) |
Abstract: Preference pulses are intended to reveal what reinforcers do, locally, to responding in a choice situation. The characteristic shape of the preference pulse is determined largely by local probability of switching away from the currently-engaged choice alternative. Because this probability is generally low, preference pulses appear even in responding that occurs after an unreinforced response. Because switching probability may be further reduced immediately after reinforcement, preference pulses may be enhanced when constructed from post-reinforcer responding, but only the enhancement can be attributed to recent reinforcement. Thus, the difference between post-reinforcement and post non-reinforcement preference pulses might give a more accurate assessment of local reinforcement effects. In the present experiment, four pigeons responded on concurrent schedules in which some of the arranged reinforcers were delivered, and some were withheld. Separate preference pulses were constructed from responding that followed delivered and withheld reinforcers. In all four subjects, the difference between these preference pulses was initially very small, then increased and later, decreased. Thus, the local effects of reinforcement on do not appear immediately, as suggested by uncorrected preference pulses. This pattern is consistent with a visit-lengthening effect of reinforcement described by Buckner, Green and Myerson, and more recently by Baum. |
|
|
|
|
Consumer Behavior Analysis: Applications and Implications for Our Field |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Vevey 3 & 4, Swissotel |
Area: OBM/PRA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Shannon Biagi (Florida Institute of Technology and ABA Technologi) |
Discussant: Donald A. Hantula (Temple University) |
Abstract: There are many fields interested in the behavior of consumers (e.g., consumer psychology, consumer analysis, marketing, behavioral economics). Most of these are not behavior analytic, however behaviorists have ventured into these fields, expanding the Organizational Behavior Management literature in a discipline termed Consumer Behavior Analysis (Foxall, 2010). This symposium provides four demonstrations of applied behavior analysis applied to understanding the impact on consumer behavior. Rocha will be presenting on the transfer of care as it relates to patient care and patient safety at a hospital. Assemi and Rafacz will focus on behavior analytic methods to identify stimuli that may function as motivating operations and the utilization of these stimuli to increase healthy food selection at the point-of-purchase by consumers. Biagi and Rodriguez will present data and thoughts on the need for further behavior analytic approaches to examining the long-term impacts marketing and other strategies have in influencing consumer choice. Finally, Stratton et al., will be presenting a 5-year study aimed to determine whether increased availability and point-of-purchase promotion of healthy concession food options influenced consumer acceptance at county-owned waterparks. |
Keyword(s): Consumer Behavior, Motivating Operations, OBM, Patient Care |
|
Transfer of Care: Something to Talk About |
LILIANE DEAGUIAR-ROCHA (NYC Health + Hospitals/Kings County) |
Abstract: Communication is a central process that can enhance or hinder Patient Safety and affect Patient Experience. Shift Change meeting is a tool commonly used to report on patients conditions during transfer of care. The shift change meeting is designed using an easy and concise standardized framework highlighting important aspect of patients care that need to be discussed, commonly referred to as an SBAR (Situation, Background, Assessment, and Recommendation). This report investigated the effects of a checklist plus a verbal feedback procedure on the percentage of SBAR components discussed at a shift change meeting. This checklist included the following components: background, observation level, risk, strategy, and outcome. The study used an ABAB reversal design, which compared the percentage of all checklist components reported during baseline and intervention. Results showed that the percentage of components of SBAR discussed during the meeting increased when the intervention phase was implemented. Time spent on off-task behaviors and the length of the meeting substantially decreased during the intervention. In addition, follow up data indicated that rates of assaults and aggression, and the incident rate level on the unit steadily declined during three months following the intervention. |
|
Assessing Verbal Motivating Operations and How They May Influence Healthy Food Selection by Consumers |
KIAN ASSEMI (California State University, Fresno), Sharlet D. Rafacz (California State University, Fresno) |
Abstract: It has been well-established within the behavior analytic literature that there are numerous variables that will affect consumer behavior at the point-of-purchase. The field of consumer behavior analysis has expanded greatly upon a number of these variables and how they interact to alter the probability of purchasing behavior (Foxall, 2010). One such variable, that of motivating operations, has become particularly relevant to the broader field of Organizational Behavior Management over the last several years as evidenced by the increasing number of publications on the topic in the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management (Lotfizadeh, Edwards, & Poling, 2014). However, research on the motivative effect of antecedent stimuli on consumer behavior has been lacking (Fagerstrøm, Foxall, & Arntzen, 2010). As such, the current presentation will focus on behavior analytic methods to identify stimuli that may function as motivating operations and the utilization of these stimuli to increase healthy food selection at the point-of-purchase by consumers. |
|
Behavior Analytic Strategies in E-Marketing |
SHANNON BIAGI (Florida Institute of Technology and ABA Technologies, Inc), Manuel Rodriguez (ABA Technologies, Inc.) |
Abstract: There are many fields interested in the behavior of consumers (e.g., consumer psychology, consumer analysis, marketing, behavioral economics). Most of these are not behavior analytic, however behaviorists have ventured into these fields, expanding the Organizational Behavior Management literature in a discipline termed Consumer Behavior Analysis (Foxall, 2010). Technological advances have resulted in rapidly changing markets for goods of all kinds, the net result requiring organizations to systematically predict consumer choice, influence consumer behavior, and marketing or products/services. This presentation will focus on how an organization providing online education products has been utilizing behavior analytic methods towards evaluating the use of popular e-marketing techniques, including “newsletter” emails, social media and coupons to increase consumer behavior in the form of purchasing the products. Although a market such as online education is impacted by a vast array of variables (competition, learning histories, and motivation for e-learning) the presentation will present data and thoughts on the need for further behavior analytic approaches to examining the long-term impacts marketing and other consumer behavior strategies have in influencing consumer choice. |
|
Point-of-Purchase Advertising and Consumer Patterns of Healthier Food Choices: Examination of a 5-Year Community-Based Collaboration |
Jeanine Plowman Stratton (Furman University), SARAH LINDEN NEWBOLD (Furman Univercity) |
Abstract: Antecedents can influence consumer decision-making during point-of-purchase (POP) transactions. The purpose of this study was to determine whether increased availability and POP promotion of healthy concession food options influenced consumer acceptance at county-owned waterparks. An applied, five-year study was conducted at two Greenville County, South Carolina, waterparks serving between 75,000 and 100,000 patrons each season (10 weeks). Several POP antecedent interventions were assessed, where healthy options were labeled on menu boards and promoted throughout the park via banners and A-frame displays during the treatment seasons. Weekly sales data for each healthy concession option (summed as healthy sales) and all concession options (total sales) were collected during the comparison season in 2011 and in each intervention season (2012-2015). Consumer selection of healthy food options was assessed by analyzing unit and net sales data. Findings indicate increased availability and POP promotion of healthy menu options may positively influence consumer acceptance. Sustained acceptance of healthy menu options for four years is promising, but additional promotional methods may be warranted to further increase consumer acceptance of healthy options. Implications for behavior analysis work in consumer behavior and marketing practices will be presented. |
|
|
|
|
Treatment Integrity in Behavioral Interventions |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Regency Ballroom D, Hyatt Regency, Gold West |
Area: TBA/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University) |
Discussant: Peter Sturmey (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York) |
CE Instructor: Mandy J. Rispoli, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The success of behavioral interventions relies in part on the accuracy with which the intervention is implemented. Coaching and performance feedback are two of the most commonly researched approaches of changing interventionist behavior in applied behavior analysis. However, the feasibility of these practices can be challenging in school and home settings. This symposium will present empirical data from four studies evaluating innovations in enhancing treatment integrity of behavior analytic interventions for young children. The first two single case research studies evaluate teacher self-monitoring on behavioral interventions fidelity in Head Start centers. The second two papers present results from parent-implement interventions to increase social-communication skills in young children with autism spectrum disorder. Dr. Peter Sturmey will offer a discussion regarding the potential impact of behavioral interventions to increase treatment fidelity among teachers and parents. He will also reflect on factors that may enhance the generalization and maintenance of teacher and parent implemented behavioral interventions |
|
The Effects of Preschool Teacher Self-Monitoring on Classroom Transitions |
MANDY J. RISPOLI (Purdue University), Lisa Rodriguez Sanchez (Texas A&M University), Jennifer Ninci (Texas A&M University) |
Abstract: Self-monitoring is a low cost intervention that enables performance feedback while minimizing reliance on outside personnel. Self-monitoring involves observing ones own behavior and recording those observations. While self-monitoring has extensive research support in the literature as an intervention strategy for students with disabilities, relatively little research has been conducted evaluating self-monitoring for teachers. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of preschool teacher self-monitoring within a practice-based coaching framework on teacher fidelity of class-wide transitions. Results of this multiple baseline design across teachers demonstrate that teacher fidelity of transition practices increased to 100% for all three Head Start teachers with the practice-based coaching plus self-monitoring intervention. The percentage of 10 s intervals in which all children were engaged in appropriate transition behaviors also increased with the teacher intervention. Each teacher identified a student in need of additional behavioral supports during transition. Challenging behavior for each of these three students decreased to low levels following teacher self-monitoring and practice-based coaching. |
|
A Step Ahead: Multi-Tiered Professional Development Supports |
KATE ASCETTA (University of Oregon), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the effect of a preschool teacher intervention around the use self-monitoring and the use online learning modules. The study involved two intervention phases: (a) universal supports - use of an in-service training around daily self-monitoring and instructional supports focused on language modeling strategies, and (b) secondary supports - online learning modules that provided exemplars of the operationally defined instructional supports. The first phase involved 7 Head Start lead teachers who all received the universal supports. The teachers (4 in total) who required additional professional development supports received the second phase; which provided them with access to the online learning modules. Treatment effects were evaluated using individual single-case research design (two concurrent multiple baseline designs across classrooms). The teachers daily self-reported their frequency of use of specific language modeling strategies. The results suggested that the exposure to self-monitoring was effect in increasing all teachers use of language modeling strategies. However, the use of the online learning modules, specifically the video exemplars, increased the consistent use of strategies by the teachers. |
|
A Parent Implemented Play Based Early Social Skills Intervention |
Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon), SARAH HANSEN (University of Oregon), Tracy Raulston (University of Oregon), Rebecca frantz (Universityof Oregon) |
Abstract: Joint attention is a pivotal social communication skill often missed in young children with ASD. Joint attention is the shared and alternating attention of two individuals on an object or event, and has implications for later communication and social communication skills. This study used a concurrent multiple-baseline design across four parent-child dyads to train parents to teach response to joint attention behaviors to their 3-6 year old children with moderate to severe ASD. Parents were trained on strategies including elements of DTT and naturalistic instruction and implemented the intervention in brief 10 minute sessions 2-3 times per week. Results indicate parent mastery of intervention and substantial increase in child response to joint attention behaviors both prompted and unprompted. Implications for practice and areas for future research are discussed. |
|
Responsive Interaction Parent Training |
TERRY HANCOCK (Texas State University), Katherine Ledbetter-Cho (Texas State University), Caitlin Murphy (Texas State University), Mariana Cardenas (Texas State University), Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos) |
Abstract: A manualized protocol designed to teach parents a series of intervention components designed to improve the language of children with autism spectrum disorders was developed and tested with 21 parent child dyads arranged in a series on multiple baseline designs. Parents were taught to (a) follow their childs lead in play; (b) match conversation turns; (c) mirror their childs play; (d) expand on childs utterances; (e) arrange the environment; and (e) prompt language at target level. Previous research aimed at teaching parents similar target skills required 24 to more than 30 sessions of instruction. The manualized protocol developed here resulted in parents reaching mastery in only 6 sessions. Child language was measured and improvements in language were found (e.g., increased mands, mean length of utterance and language diversity). This presentation will describe the development and content of the parent training protocol and present representative data from parents and their children. |
|
|
|
|
Planning for the New BACB Compliance Code: Exploring How Ethical Behavior is Taught Across Different Behavior Analytic Training Programs |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Zurich E, Swissotel |
Area: TPC/EDC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Shawn Patrick Quigley (University of New Mexico Medical Group) |
Discussant: Matthew T. Brodhead (Purdue University) |
CE Instructor: Shawn Patrick Quigley, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) has recently announced a change in the ethical guidelines for credentialed behavior analysts. Specifically, a new enforceable compliance code (i.e., Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts) was developed and will take effect in January 2016. The new Code is intended to more clearly present ethical expectations and expand the range of professional conduct (BACB, 2014). Given the new Code and its intent for creation, it seems reasonable that the new Code would affect pre-service training of behavior analysts to ensure newly credentialed behavior analysts have the prerequisite skills to understand and follow the Code. The purpose of this symposium is to provide an overview of four different training programs and how each program is providing pre-service training specific to the new Code. Presenters are from varied training programs that provide training on campus, online, hybrid (online and on campus) and within community-based practicums. |
Keyword(s): Compliance Code, Ethics, Supervision, Training |
|
Developing Ethical Behavior Analysts in a New BCBA Program |
JEFFREY MICHAEL CHAN (Northern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Much emphasis is placed on ethical behavior of practitioners and researchers within the field of behavior analysis. Programs across the globe face the challenge of training and supporting behavior analysts to make ethically sound decisions. The formation of a new Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) approved course sequence at Northern Illinois University will be discussed, including the development of a course devoted to ethical behavior against the backdrop of a state with a long history of well-publicized malfeasance. Our program primarily recruits school-based practitioners. As such, our approach focuses on applying ethical principles in school settings, where the multiple interests of students, families, teachers, administrators, and various service providers often come in conflict, and interventions with little or no research base are used regularly with students with disabilities. An overview of the course will be described, as well as student feedback from the course. |
|
Ethics and Applied Behavior Analysis in Online Education |
SUSAN WILCZYNSKI (Ball State University), Laura Bassette (Ball State University) |
Abstract: Correct application of our ethical standards to every day practice requires a thorough and fluent knowledge of the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts and consistent vigilance. In addition, skilled practitioners are able to “unpack” complex cases and separate personal views from ethical concerns. Fine discrimination between similar yet meaningfully different environmental conditions and behaviors is never more important than in ethical practice. In order to achieve our goal of highly ethical practice, professors must teach using methods that help students develop their knowledge, vigilance, and capacity to make fine discriminations when confronted with complex cases. Given the sensitive nature of many ethical concerns, professors need to create a classroom climate that encourages intense engagement in the learning process and participation in robust discussion. Online professors must take particular care to use innovative methods to create this climate. This presentation discusses how online professors can teach ethics courses in a manner that achieves these goals. |
|
Ethical Behavior in Behavior Analysis: Ensuring Code Compliance for Individuals and Organizations |
Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), LORRAINE OTTE (Endicott College) |
Abstract: The BACB's New Ethical and Professional Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts is the standard for the professional behavior of behavior analysts. It is also our compass- the main source for information about navigating ethical challenges and inculcating the values of the profession into students and trainees. Information on how this can be approached from a teaching/training perspective will be shared. In particular, strategies for teaching ethical decision-making will be described. Specific strategies for helping young professionals to adhere to the code and to reduce their risk of noncompliance will be discussed. The need for signal detection skills and resource management skills will be highlighted. In addition, considerations for the promotion of ethical behavior will be discussed at both the individual and organization levels. |
|
What Would You Do? Making Real Life Ethical Dilemmas Learning Opportunities for Practicum Students |
JESSICA E. FRIEDER (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Students completing practicum and community based training are faced with a myriad of ethical dilemmas that may vary based on client population, setting, and behavior analytic services being trained and delivered. Preparing students for the wide array of ethical quandaries they may encounter in supervised experiences and beyond can seem like an enormous task in and of itself especially when balancing this with the many other direct service skills students need to be able to proficiently demonstrate. This talk will focus on strategies for embedding exercises that engage ethical problem solving into practicum and community based training practices. A variety of examples and resources will be highlighted including mechanisms for coordination of activities and teaching opportunities with community sites. |
|
|
|
|
Interventions Using Technology for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Columbus Hall EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Leslie Singer (University of South Florida) |
Discussant: Maria G. Valdovinos (Drake University) |
CE Instructor: Leslie Singer, M.A. |
Abstract: This symposium will present some of the latest research that utilizes technology in the form of videos and iPads with children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). The first study evaluated the speed of acquisition and level of generalization of tacts across three different stimulus modes: picture-flashcard, video clip, and 3D object. Results indicated that two of the three participants learned tacts slightly faster when using the video clip mode compared to the other two modes. The second study evaluated if participants engaged in higher rates of problem behavior when using traditional materials or an iPad to complete school work. Results indicated that one participant only engaged in problem behavior when using traditional materials and all three participants chose to do work on the iPad when provided a choice between the two materials. Implications from the results for both studies will be discussed in detail. |
Keyword(s): iPad, stimulus modes, tacts, video clips |
|
Acquisition and Generalization of Tacts Across Stimulus Modes in Children Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
LUZ CORREA (Positive Behavior Supports Corp; University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Timothy M. Weil (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Labeling everyday objects and actions is a foundational skill for the development of language (Sundberg & Partington, 1998) which is vital for reading comprehension and proficiency in vocal communication (Wood, 2001). Tacting is a complex task that encompasses objects or events with arbitrary and particular names (Greer, Yuan, & Gautreux, 2005). This study evaluated the speed of acquisition and level of generalization of tacts across three different stimulus modes: picture-flashcard, video clip, and 3D object. Three young children diagnosed with autism participated in this study. The acquisition of tacts was evaluated during Discrete Trial Training sessions (DTT). Two of the three participants learned the tacts more rapidly in the video clip condition in contrast with the picture condition. All three participants generalized the three tacts learned through a specific stimulus mode to the remaining stimulus modes. One week after the generalization test, all participants generalized to all novel 3D objects. The use of video clips to teach tacts to children with autism may be a useful method for teachers or instructors who do not have easy access to a variety of settings, as well as for the development of verbal behavior teaching programs. |
|
The Evaluation of Tablets to Increase Compliance and Decrease Problem Behaviors in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
LESLIE SINGER (University of South Florida), Chau Vo (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Tablets are being incorporated into interventions with children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. So far research has focused mainly on academics and communication, but only one study has evaluated using tablets to decrease escape maintained behaviors. The purpose of this study was to replicate the effects of the study by Neely et al. (2013) and also determine if the tablet served as a reinforcer for three participants with escape maintained behaviors. A multiple baseline with an alternating treatment design was utilized in the first phase in which academic work was completed on either traditional materials or the tablet. The following phases for each participant were dependent on the prior phase, with a final choice phase. All participants showed lower levels of problem behaviors and higher levels of compliance when tablets were introduced contingent upon completing work. For all participants, the tablet was chosen 100% of the time, and two participants had 100% accuracy and compliance while using the tablet. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Research on Skill Acquisition With Children With Autism |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Roosevelt, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Megan Michelle St. Clair (Institute for Effective Behavioral Intervention) |
Discussant: Timothy M. Weil (Tandem Behavioral Health and Wellness) |
CE Instructor: Megan Michelle St. Clair, M.A. |
Abstract: Early intensive behavioral intervention is a well-established treatment for children with autism spectrum disorders. However, many details of treatment have yet to be individually empirically evaluated. For example, ample research supports both more-structured teaching procedures (e.g., discrete trial training) and less-structured teaching procedures (e.g., natural environment training) but little research has evaluated strategies for combining them in optimal proportions. In addition, relatively little research has evaluated procedures for teaching children with autism to identify and respond to the private events of others. This symposium brings together two studies that address these topics. The symposium concludes with a discussion by Dr. Timothy Weil. |
Keyword(s): DTT, knowing, NET, perspective taking |
|
Comparison of Pure Natural Environment Training to Blended Discrete Trial and Natural Environment Training |
COURTNEY TARBOX LANAGAN (FirstSteps for Kids), Jonathan J. Tarbox (FirstSteps for Kids), Stephanie Paden (FirstSteps for Kids), Danielle Pederson (FirstSteps for Kids) |
Abstract: Naturalistic behavioral skill acquisition procedures have been used with children since the 1960s and continue to be an integral component of comprehensive early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) programs for children with autism. Some advocates of natural environment training (NET) suggest that NET is virtually always superior to structured teaching procedures such as discrete trial training (DTT) and several studies have compared NET-only to DTT-only and shown that NET was superior. However, it can be argued that such research evaluated what amounts to a false comparison because they evaluated DTT implemented alone. Most comprehensive EIBI programs today implement a combination of DTT and NET and few behavior analysts would suggest that DTT ever be used without any other more naturalistic approaches. Therefore, the purpose the current study is to compare NET-only to DTT combined with NET for the acquisition and generalization of verbal behavior in children with autism. This combination mirrors more closely what is actually done in contemporary comprehensive EIBI programs. |
|
Teaching Children With Autism to Identify and Explain Known and Unknown Information Across Self and Others |
MEGAN MICHELLE ST. CLAIR (Institute for Effective Behavioral Intervention), Adel C. Najdowski (ABRITE), Angela M. Persicke (Autism Research Group, Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Kristin V. Gunby (Breakthrough Autism), Jennifer Chu (Breakthrough Autism) |
Abstract: All previous research regarding perspective-taking has solely addressed the use of sight to acquire knowledge and perspective. No previous studies, of which we are aware, have sought to systematically teach children with autism how to identify and explain known and unknown information across oneself and others using a wider variety of senses. Therefore, the purpose of the current research study was to extend behavioral research on the topic of knowing by evaluating the effectiveness of a multiple exemplar training package that included rules, modeling, practice, and feedback, in teaching children with autism to identify and explain information that is known and unknown to themselves and others based on sensory perspective taking and experience. |
|
|
|
|
Autism and ABA in the Public School Classroom |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Randolph, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Suzannah J. Iadarola (University of Rochester) |
|
A Manualized Program to Support Transitions Within Classroom Routines for Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder: Child and Teacher Outcomes |
Domain: Applied Research |
SUZANNAH J. IADAROLA (University of Rochester Medical Center), Tristram Smith (University of Rochester Medical Center), Wendy Shih (University of California, Los Angeles) |
|
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are included in public education settings at increasing rates, but they frequently experience difficulties (e.g., disruption, noncompliance, aggression) with transitions during daily routines. Behavioral techniques to support transitions have been identified through single-subject research studies, but these strategies have not yet been tested in packaged interventions, which may be more easily implemented in school settings. We developed and evaluated Schedules, Tools, and Activities for Transitions (STAT), a manualized intervention of ABA-based supports to facilitate successful transitions for students with ASD (K-5) in self-contained classrooms. Across three sites (LA, Philadelphia, Rochester, NY), classrooms in under-resourced, urban school districts were randomized to treatment (STAT program) or waitlist control. Intervention components included antecedent-based strategies, teaching strategies, and reinforcement. STAT showed effects over waitlist on (a) teacher-nominated target problems (?2=13.996, p=0.003) and (b) classroom-based problem behavior (SSQ; Mcontrol = .67; Mtreatment = .72), but not on (c) classroom independence (ABAS; Mcontrol = 4.51; Mtreatment = 4.32). Teacher fidelity and ratings of implementation and buy-in were all acceptable-to-high. A teacher-mediated behavioral program was successfully implemented at multiple sites. It was beneficial for aspects of student behavior, feasible to implement with high fidelity, and perceived as sustainable in real-world settings. |
|
Autism Spectrum Disorders and Evidence Based Practices: A State-Wide Exploration of Public School Programming |
Domain: Applied Research |
DR. SUMMER FERRERI (Michign State University), Sara Bolt (Michigan State University), Carolyn Shivers (Virginia Tech) |
|
Abstract: Objective: The purpose of this investigation was to provide a preliminary exploration of (a) public school programming provided to students with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) across the state of Michigan, (b) the extent to which public school approaches were evidence-based practices (EBP), and (c) how such practices vary by school district.
Method: A systematic sampling process was used to collect information from 194 school professionals from various socioeconomic backgrounds and geographical regions statewide. Educators used an online survey to report on practices they used with a single child with ASD in their classroom.
Results: All teachers report using at least one EBP, and four of the top five most commonly reported practices are empirically supported. However, not all of these practices are used frequently, and their use varies by geographic location.
Conclusions: The infrequent use of EBPs suggests a need for more training for educators. More research is needed into what factors predict the use of EBPs and how to better equip school professionals to work with students with ASD. |
|
|
|
|
|
Examining the Predictive Validity of the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure: Three Mental Illness Stigma Studies |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Crystal Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Green West |
Area: CBM/EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Kail H. Seymour (Southern Illinois University) |
CE Instructor: Kail H. Seymour, M.A. |
Abstract: The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) is a behavioral measure originally created to examine derived relational responding. For over a decade, the IRAP has also been used to study a related concept, implicit bias, across multiple domains (e.g., body image, self-esteem, racism, etc.). This computerized measure of response latency has produced results that resemble data from other similar measures that were originally created to assess implicit bias. However, IRAP procedural differences allow a parsing of the experimental stimuli that produces a finer-grain analysis of implicit bias data. Some researchers have used the IRAP to investigate implicit bias related to mental illness. For example, overarching mental illness stigma and social categorization have recently been examined using a combination of both IRAP and self-report data, rather than by self-report data alone. The three presentations herein will discuss whether D-IRAP scores (implicit bias/stigma) predict willingness to interact with people suffering with schizophrenia, posttraumatic stress disorder, or attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Specifically, participant responding to vignettes about interacting with people who have, and who do not have, these three diagnoses was used to assess the predictive validity of the IRAP. |
Keyword(s): Bias, Implicit Responding, Mental Illness, Stigma |
|
Measuring Explicit and Implicit Biases Toward Both Diagnosed and Undiagnosed Schizophrenia: A Predictive Validity Study |
TIA RICHARDSON (Southern Illinois Univerity), Kail H. Seymour (Southern Illinois University), Sunni Primeaux (Southern Illinois University), Chad Drake (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: This study used self-report measures and the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) to investigate the relationship between explicit and implicit biases towards schizophrenia. The participants from an introductory psychology class at a Midwestern university were randomly assigned to this study. After completing multiple self-reports, the participants read matched vignettes, created by the researchers, about two people struggling with symptoms of schizophrenia. One vignette noted the person as having been diagnosed with schizophrenia, whereas the other contained no such diagnosis. Then, after receiving IRAP instructions, participants completed an IRAP using the names of the people from the vignettes (sample stimuli) and healthy/sick words (target stimuli). Following the IRAP, the participants completed two Social Distance Scales (SDS). The SDS measured the participants willingness to interact with individuals who were specifically diagnosed with schizophrenia and individuals who received no diagnosis. The primary purpose of this study was to assess whether the D-IRAP scores (i.e., implicit bias) are predictive of differences in SDS scores for those diagnosed, and those not diagnosed, with schizophrenia. Data on these issues will be presented and discussed. |
|
Does the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure Predict Interaction With People Suffering From Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder? |
JORDEN THOMAS (Southern Illinois University), Kail H. Seymour (Southern Illinois University), Sunni Primeaux (Southern Illinois University), Chad Drake (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: This study examined whether certain implicit and explicit bias measures could predict participant interaction with people suffering with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) symptoms. Participants were sampled from an introductory psychology class at a Midwestern university. Implicit (i.e., automatic) biases were measured using the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP), whereas explicit (i.e., more controlled) biases were measured via self-report questionnaires. After completing several self-report surveys and reading vignettes about people suffering with diagnosed and undiagnosed ADHD, participants completed an IRAP tailored to measure ADHD stigma. After the IRAP, students completed the Social Distance Scale (SDS) to measure willingness to interact with the people from the vignettes. It was hypothesized that D-IRAP and questionnaire scores would reflect stronger stigmatization toward those who carry an ADHD diagnosis compared to those who exhibit ADHD symptomology in the absence of such a diagnosis. Further, it was expected that the D-IRAP scores would better predict willingness to interact with both people who are diagnosed with, and those who are undiagnosed but suffer from, ADHD. Data regarding these issues will be discussed during this presentation. |
|
The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure as a Predictive Measure of Stigmatization Toward Posttraumatic Stress Disorder |
ISAIAH THOMPSON (Southern Illinois University), Kail H. Seymour (Southern Illinois University), Sunni Primeaux (Southern Illinois University), Chad Drake (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Stigmatization can negatively impact people suffering from a diagnosed mental disorder. While some stereotypes may be attached to mental disorders in general, particular disorders may have specific stigmas. In previous mental health stigma studies, self-report (explicit bias) measures have assessed the participants attitudes toward a person diagnosed with a particular disorder. However, these measures may not be predictive of the participants behavior toward that individual. The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP), a reasonably reliable and valid measure of implicit bias, may have utility in predicting such behavior. The present study involved (a) administering a number of self-report measures, (b) reading two vignettes about individuals struggling with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), one of which that has been diagnosed as such, (c) an IRAP involving positive and negative words associated with the health of the individuals from the vignettes, and (d) two Social Distance Scales about the people described in the vignettes. Two major hypotheses include that the D-IRAP (implicit bias) scores will reflect stronger, unfavorable stigma toward those with a PTSD diagnosis (versus those with PTSD symptoms that have not been diagnosed with PTSD), and the implicit bias scores will predict social distance scores (i.e., willingness to interact) for both vignettes. |
|
|
|
|
Novel Behavioral Economic Approaches to Measuring Substance Abuse Severity and Motivating Change |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Crystal Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Green West |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: Steven R. Lawyer, Ph.D. |
Chair: Steven R. Lawyer (Idaho State University) |
JAMES MURPHY (University of Memphis) |
Dr. James Murphy is a Professor of Psychology at the University of Memphis and the Director of the Clinical Psychology Doctoral Program. He is also an Adjunct Associate Professor at the Brown University Center for Alcohol and Addiction Studies. He completed his Ph.D. in Clinical Psychology at Auburn University in 2003 and a clinical internship and NIAAA-sponsored postdoctoral research fellowship at Brown University. Dr. Murphy has published over 100 papers related to young adult drinking and drug use and behavioral economics. He has conducted numerous clinical trials of brief motivational interventions for young adult drinkers and drug users. He has also developed and evaluated a novel behavioral economic supplement to brief motivational interventions that attempts to increase engagement in constructive alternatives to drinking. His research also explores novel behavioral economic predictors of substance abuse problem severity, treatment outcome, and mechanisms of behavior change. Dr. Murphy’s research has been funded by the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism, the U.S. Department of Education, and the Alcohol Research Foundation. He is an Assistant Editor for the journal Addiction and a Consulting Editor for Psychology of Addictive Behaviors, Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs, and Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. |
Abstract: Young adults report greater levels of drug and alcohol misuse than any other age or demographic group yet they rarely report significant substance dependence or any desire to participate in formal substance abuse treatment. Dr. Murphy's presentation will focus on novel behavioral economic approaches to understanding risk, quantifying severity, and motivating change in substance use in high-risk young adult populations. Dr. Murphy has developed and evaluated a brief behavioral economic intervention approach that attempts to increase engagement in patterns of goal-directed substance-free activities that are associated with delayed reinforcement and will describe the treatment elements and outcomes. He has also developed and evaluated demand curve and relative behavioral allocation indices of reward value and will present data on their clinical relevance in the prediction of substance abuse severity and treatment response. |
Target Audience: Undergraduate students, graduate students, and professionals in psychology and behavior analysis |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) develop familiarity with behavioral economic theories of addiction; (2) develop familiarity with demand curve and relative reinforcing efficacy assessment approaches based on behavioral economic theory; (3) develop familiarity with behavioral economic brief intervention approaches to reduce alcohol and drug misuse. |
|
|
|
|
Cultural Analysis: Conceptual Issues and Practical Application |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Vevey 1 & 2, Swissotel |
Area: CSE |
Chair: Kalliu Carvalho Couto (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
|
Unifying Cultural Analysis: An Evolutionary/Selectionist Approach |
Domain: Theory |
KALLIU CARVALHO COUTO (Oslo and Akershus University College), Ingunn Sandaker (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
|
Abstract: In Selection by Consequences, Skinner (1981) described a causal model to explain natural selection, shaping of individual behavior and the evolution of cultures. This causal model is at the core of Behavior Analysis and may serve as a point of departure for communication with other fields of study. At the individual level, knowledge produced by Behavior Analysis has led to effective technology of intervention and greatly improving the methodology of interventions in various areas such as education, organizations and clinical settings. However, methods focusing on individuals, families and small groups have limited success when applied to large-scale issues (Biglan, 1995). We are still challenged on how to effectively influence social issues generated by large populations, such as pollution, crime control, global warming, drug abuse, academic failure. Fortunately, in the last 40 years a variety of fields of study (e.g. Behavior Analysis, Behavioral Economics, Evolutionary Biology) have worked to produce and improve a technology of intervention in the third level of analysis (cultural). In this paper, we will discuss how an evolutionary/selectionist perspective may unify cultural analysis from different perspectives. |
|
Large-Scale Behavior Change Through Policy-Making and Community Interventions: A Behavior Analytic Approach |
Domain: Theory |
LISA M. TODD (Wayne State University School of Medicine), James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University) |
|
Abstract: The maintenance and improvement of health and safety at the population level are important considerations of recent revisions to both law and policy. The goal of these revisions is to improve quality, access, and choice, while reducing public and private costs. In general, policy makers understand that they are dealing with behavior, but often attempt to do so inexpertly, nonspecifically, or indirectly, through metaphorical statements about attitudes and vague calls for increased attention to _____. Behavior analysts have the skills, expertise, and scientific background to effectively contribute to these change efforts. In particular, we understand how to analyze the contingencies that might give rise to behavior that interferes with achieving stated goals, and how to create the desired behavior when it does not exist. However, stakeholders typically do not seek us out, and we do not usually know how to invite ourselves to the discussion table. The purpose of this presentation is to explore opportunities and strategies for behavior analysts to increase their contributions to the changing structure of health and safety management. |
|
|
|
|
|
Self-Instructing With Mobile Technology for Individuals With Intellectual Disability: Training to Use the Technology, Implementation, and Efficiency |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Grand Ballroom CD South, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kevin Ayres (University of Georgia) |
CE Instructor: Kevin Ayres, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium includes data from a series of three studies evaluating means for teaching and using self-instructional procedures for individuals with intellectual disabilities. Each study provides an overview of different means to teach individuals with intellectual disability to self instruct and then use that skill to learn other skills. The final study then evaluates the efficiency of self-instruction compared to teacher directed instruction. In sum, this selection of studies provides evidence and rationale for considering broader instructional targets for individuals with intellectual disability. Broadening the focus to teach pivotal skills (rather than discrete specific skills) provides opportunities for individuals to select and pursue learning across environments with a system of self-instruction. The results are discussed in relation to their potential impact for independent living, employment, and community integration. Further, the researchers will discuss the relevance of these procedures to bridge the gap from school based instruction to community instruction and transitions from high school to community settings. |
Keyword(s): self-instruction, student-delivered instruction, transition, video modeling |
|
Teaching Students With Intellectual Disability to Use Self-Directed Video Prompting |
HELEN I. CANNELLA-MALONE (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: This study examined the effects of a system of most-to-least prompts to teach four adolescents with moderate-to-severe intellectual and developmental disabilities to use an iPod Touch and a video prompting app (inPromptu) independently. All four students learned to use the technology and app independently and two students were able to self-direct to learn a novel skill. |
|
Using Student-Delivered Video Modeling to Teach Vocational Tasks to Young Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
RYAN KELLEMS (Brigham Young University) |
Abstract: This study evaluated the effectiveness of student-delivered video modeling through a video iPod as a means of teaching job-related to tasks to four young adults with autism spectrum disorder at their employment settings. All of the participants were able to independently use the mobile technology and complete three novel vocational jobs. |
|
Comparison of Teacher- and Student-Delivered Instruction for Adolescents With Intellectual Disability |
SALLY BEREZNAK SHEPLEY (The University of Kentucky) |
Abstract: a. This study evaluated the effects video prompting when presented as teacher-delivered instruction (TDI) and when presented as student-delivered instruction (SDI) on skill acquisition for four adolescent or adult females with an intellectual disability. Results indicated that three participants were able to acquire a novel skill within similar a similar number of sessions and time with both TDI and SDI, while one participant only reached criterion levels of responding when instruction was provided by a teacher. |
|
|
|
|
Neuroscience of Self, Mindfulness Meditation, and Neuropsychiatric Applications in Traumatic Brain Injury and Intellectual Disabilities |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Grand Ballroom EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: Andrew W. Gardner, Ph.D. |
Chair: Andrew W. Gardner (Northern Arizona University) |
RANDALL BUZAN (Learning Services Neurobehavioral Institute) |
Dr. Buzan graduated summa cum laude from the University of Michigan with a BS in Psychology, Alpha Omega Alpha from U-M Medical School, and completed his psychiatry residency at the University of Colorado and analytic training at the Denver Institute. He completed a fellowship in psychopharmacology at the University of Colorado and another mini-fellowship in electroconvulsive therapy at Duke. Randy had 6 additional years of training in psychotherapy at the Denver Institute for Psychoanalysis, and now serves on their faculty. He joined the psychiatry faculty at the medical school and did psychopharmacology and neuropsychiatry research for 9 years, also serving as Director of the Psychiatric Emergency Services at University Hospital, Co-Director of the Electroconvulsive Therapy service, and Director of Psychiatric Outpatient Services. Randy served as a peer reviewer for the Journal of Neuropsychiatry, is a Distinguished Fellow of the American Psychiatric Association, and has published 25 papers and book chapters and presented nationally on treatment of brain injury and developmental disabilities. Randy consulted for 24 years at two Colorado’s Regional Centers for ID individuals, and continues to consult at Craig Hospital and Learning Services on TBI and spinal cord injury. |
Abstract: Western dualistic conceptions of "mind" and "self" create unrealistic behavioral expectations of patients for themselves, for their families, and for professionals alike. An alternative neuroscience-based conceptualization of the self allows a deeper and ultimately more forgiving model of human behavior. This lecture presents emerging perspectives on the neuroscience of self and reviews the accumulating data on the science of mindfulness meditation. Specific application of these concepts and of mindfulness training in traumatic brain injury and intellectual disorders is also discussed. |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts and clinicians treating behavior issues in individuals with traumatic brain injuries or intellectual disabilities. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, the participant will be able to: (1) discuss the Mind:Body dilemma in Western philosophy and the solution proposed by the Embodiment Theory; (2) understand the location of the default network and possible neuroanatomic location of the Self; (3) appreciate the growing empirical evidence supporting the utility of mindfulness meditation in a variety of disorders; (4) perform a brief Mindfulness, Metta, and gratitude meditation procedure. |
|
|
|
|
Improving Clinical Practice Through Translational Research on Conditioned Reinforcers and Delayed Punishment |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Zurich AB, Swissotel |
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Christopher J. Perrin (Georgian Court University) |
CE Instructor: Christopher J. Perrin, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The link between basic and applied branches of behavior analysis has often flowed from the laboratory to the clinical setting. This flow has led to technologies that have promoted meaningful outcomes for clients in a variety of settings. At times however, questions arise in the applied realm that are best examined in a more controlled environment. This symposium presents three talks illustrating the intersection between basic preparations and clinical practice via what is commonly coined translational research. All three talks use preparations inspired from basic research involving human participants to inform the design of interventions commonly implemented in applied settings. Two talks discuss different aspects of interventions involving conditioned reinforcers. The first talk presents data from a study which examined establishing and maintaining the effects of conditioned reinforcers. The second talk presents data examining the generalized effects of conditioned reinforcers. The third talk presents data from an investigation of delayed punishment. Specifically, the effects of a verbal rule on the efficacy of delayed punishment were evaluated |
Keyword(s): conditioned reinforcement, delayed punishment, generalized reinforcement, translational research |
|
Procedures in Establishing, Testing, and Maintaining Conditioned Reinforcers for Individuals With Disabilities |
YANNICK SCHENK (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: A common characteristic of individuals with developmental disabilities is a restricted range of interest. Developing procedures to establish new reinforcers could promote the acquisition of new skills and reduce decreases in motivation related to repeated presentation of the same reinforcer or natural shifts in interest. Two procedures have been reported in the research literature on establishing neutral stimuli as conditioned reinforcerspairing and the SD procedures. Few applied studies have directly evaluated the use of these procedures. Also, additional research is necessary to determine their effectiveness and whether effects can be maintained. The purpose of this study was to (a) to compare the pairing and the SD procedures in the development of conditioned reinforcers, (b) to test the effectiveness of the reinforcers using progressive ratio (PR) schedules of reinforcement, and (c) to evaluate the robustness of reinforcing effects. |
|
A Comparison of the Durability of Specific and Generalized Reinforcers |
CHRISTOPHER J. PERRIN (Georgian Court University), Cynthia Policastro-Smith (Toms River Regional Schools) |
Abstract: Although commonly used in clinical practice, the properties of token economies in general and tokens in particular have received insufficient attention in the literature. One area with limited attention is that of the generalized functions of reinforcers. Specifically, the extent to which generalized reinforcers are more durable than specific reinforcers remains unclear. Progressive ratio (PR) schedules of reinforcement are well suited for this analysis as they measure the durability of reinforcers under increasing response effort. That is, a more durable reinforcer will have a higher break point than a less durable reinforcer. The purpose of this study was to use PR schedules to compare the break points for specific and generalized reinforcers. Children with autism completed computer based academic tasks with increasing response requirements to earn a) specific reinforcers, b) tokens paired with a specific reinforcer, or c) tokens paired with multiple terminal reinforcers. Results and implications for future research and program design will be discussed. |
|
Altering Contingent and Contiguous Responding by Incorporating Rules With Delayed Punishers |
JAMES NICHOLSON MEINDL (The University of Memphis), Neal Miller (University of Memphis), Laura Baylot Casey (University of Memphis) |
Abstract: Delayed punishers are typically less effective than immediate punishers at suppressing behavior. Another disadvantage is that delayed punishers may inadvertently decrease the responses they immediately follow but are not contingent upon. Occasionally, however, delayed punishers may be necessary, so developing effective strategies to maximize the effects of a delayed punisher is crucial. One strategy for increasing the suppressive effect of a delayed punisher is to provide a verbal rule describing the contingency related to the punisher. It is unclear, however, whether this strategy minimizes the effect of the delayed punisher on contiguous (but not contingent) responses, which would be particularly important from a clinical perspective. In this study, five college-age students engaged with a computer program consisting of four conditions: immediate punishment, delayed punishment, delayed rule without punishment, and delayed rule with punishment. The purpose of this study was to determine whether the addition of a verbal rule altered the effect of a delayed punisher on both contingent and contiguous responses. Results indicate that adding a verbal rule not only increased the suppressive effect of a delayed punisher on contingent responses, but also decreased the likelihood that the delayed punisher would suppress the response it immediately followed. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Applications in Educational Settings for Students of All Ages |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Regency Ballroom A, Hyatt Regency, Gold West |
Area: EDC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Michele R. Traub (University of Florida) |
CE Instructor: Michele R. Traub, M.S. |
Abstract: A strong literature base exists for behavioral interventions in elementary and special-education classrooms, but fewer studies have examined the role of behavior analysis in teaching skills and managing behavior in general education settings, with older students, or with preschool-aged children. This symposium will detail recent applications of behavioral programs with these less common populations. The first paper addresses a common prerequisite behavior needed for children to succeed in school: appropriate sitting. This paper details a treatment package used to teach preschool-aged children to sit appropriately for short periods of academic task presentation. The second paper focuses on the use of group contingencies in middle-school classrooms to increase duration of on-task behavior and rate of worksheet completion. Finally, the third paper will address interventions used in college classrooms to increase student attendance and engagement in class. Overall, this symposium aims to educate the listener on applications of behavioral principles, at both individual and group levels, within educational contexts in which behavior analysis is not currently a common approach to classroom management. |
Keyword(s): Classroom Engagement, General Education, University Teaching |
|
Teaching Pre-Academic Skills: Evaluating a Treatment Package to Teach Preschoolers to Sit Appropriately |
Catherine B Simms (Florida Children's Institute), MICHELE R. TRAUB (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Kara L. Wunderlich (University of Georgia) |
Abstract: For individuals who are early in their learning career (e.g., preschool, kindergarten) one of the first skills they need to learn is to sit at a table and tolerate a therapist or teacher presenting learning tasks. However, little research has focused on how to teach these prerequisite skills efficiently and effectively to young learners with developmental disabilities and learning delays. The current study first evaluated a multi-component treatment package (consisting of three-step prompting, continuous access to toys, and contingent edible delivery) to teach children to sit appropriately in a chair when instructed and to remain seated without engaging in problem behavior. The treatment package was effective for two subjects but problem behavior emerged when we faded toy access. We then applied each component of the intervention in an additive manner to determine which components were necessary for efficient learning of the skill, and we incorporated demand fading to ensure that appropriate sitting would be maintained during an instructional session. Results for two subjects to date showed that this treatment was effective at teaching sitting for up to five minutes. |
|
An Investigation of the Effects of Group Contingencies on Worksheet Completion |
MEGHAN DESHAIS (University of Florida), Alyssa Fisher (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (University of Missouri), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: We conducted two experiments investigating the effects of group contingency arrangements on worksheet completion in two classrooms. In the first study, we compared two different types of group contingencies, an independent group contingency and a randomized dependent group contingency, during a literacy period in a first-grade classroom. In the second experiment we evaluated the effects of a randomized group contingency with individualized criteria in a middle-school classroom for pre-delinquent students. Our results with respect to the effectiveness of the group contingencies at increasing students’ worksheet completion were mixed. Results from the first study indicate that both group contingency arrangements effectively increased students’ worksheet completion relative to baseline. For the target (low-performing) students in the first-grade classroom, the two arrangements were either equally effective or the independent group contingency was superior. Results from the second study suggest that the randomized dependent group contingency with individualized criteria did not produce clear effects on levels of student worksheet completion. Potential explanations for these results and implications for future research will be discussed. |
|
Modifying Contingencies in College Courses to Improve Student Attendance and Engagement |
CLAIRE C. ST. PETER (West Virginia University), Regina A. Carroll (West Virginia University), Jessica Cheatham (West Virginia University), Jenny Ozga (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Although attendance and participation at collegiate class meetings is a strong predictor of course success, less is known about how instructors can structure courses to improve attendance and engagement. One established intervention is to provide points for desirable student behavior. We recently conducted two studies evaluating the influence of points and games on student attendance and engagement, respectively. In the first study, we assessed the relation between the percentage of points available on class days and student attendance across three psychology courses at a large, public university. Students were more likely to attend when the most course points were available (4% to 8%) than when fewer (1% to 3%) or no course points were available. In the second study, we implemented a classwide game modeled after the Good Behavior Game to increase student participation. Students were more likely to raise their hands when playing the game for extra credit than when playing for no points or when no game was played. Additionally, a large majority of students (85%) preferred playing the game for points over playing with no points or not playing. Our results suggest that college instructors can influence attendance and participation through relatively easy and cost effective manipulations of course contingencies. |
|
|
|
|
Self-Monitoring Strategies to Improve Socially Important Outcomes in Education and Community Settings |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Regency Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Gold West |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Howard P. Wills (Juniper Gardens Children's Project) |
Discussant: Joseph H. Wehby (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: Self-monitoring is a core strategy nested within the evidence-based collection of self-management strategies. Self-monitoring can be used across a variety of targeted behaviors to improve meaningful outcomes such as improved academic performance, independent functioning, use of replacement behaviors and use of social skills. This session will provide an overview of self-monitoring and key components of setting up effective self-monitoring interventions. Self-monitoring studies will be presented including the effects of technology based self-monitoring on the on-task behavior of students in educational settings and on the community engagement of young adults with autism. Studies utilizing self-monitoring will be presented. The first study included a control-wait list study with 10 adults with autism. The adults increased social communication and engagement following a package of training including self-monitoring. A second set of studies utilized withdrawal designs to demonstrate functional relationships between the implementation of a technology based self-monitoring application and student engagement and academic performance. Implications for practice will be discussed. |
Keyword(s): Autism, Engagement, Intervention, Self-monitoring |
|
Utilization I-Connect Plus With Coaching to Increase Peer Social Interactions for Adults With Autism |
ROSE A. MASON (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, The University of Kansas), Debra M. Kamps (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, The University of Kansas), Linda S. Heitzman-Powell (The University of Kansas Medical Center), Raia Rosenbloom (The University of Kansas), Ben A Mason (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, The University of Kansas), Sean Swindler (Juniper Gardens Childrens Project), Joseph Furman Buzhardt (Juniper Gardens Children's Project) |
Abstract: In a study of 235 adolescents and adults with autism, only 8% were reported to have friendships (Orsmond, Krauss, & Seltzer, 2004), indicating lack of a supportive social network. Yet, there is a paucity of effective interventions to support and strengthen post-secondary outcomes and minimize risk for this population. I-Connect Plus, a combination of online instructional modules coaching, and self-monitoring seeks to fill this gap in our evidence base. Utilizing technology, I-Connect Plus provides an efficient mechanism to provide explicit training, modeling, practice in context, and systematic feedback to adolescents and adults with ASD. This preliminary wait-list control trial with 10 adults, ages 18-32, with autism evaluated the impact of I-Connect Plus on planning and increasing engagement in social activities with peers. Results indicate 8 out of 10 participants made increases in activities with friends, calling a friend, and/or texting a friend while participating in the I-Connect Plus module and coaching training. Implications for practice and future directions will be discussed. |
|
Utilization of I-Connect to Increase On-Task Behaviors for Students With Disabilities Within Public Schools |
LACHELLE CLEMONS (Missouri State University
), Alexandra Beckman (Missouri State University), Linda G. Garrison-Kane (Missouri State University), Joseph H. Wehby (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: Self-monitoring interventions (SM) have been shown to improve behaviors that contribute to progressing in school such as lesson and task completion (Foley & Epstein, 1993; Seabaugh & Schumaker, 1994). Technological innovations provide the opportunity to improve data collection procedures while reducing teacher effort in implementing and maintaining SM interventions Two studies were employed with a self-monitoring application (ICONNECT) with five students with disabilities. A single-subject ABAB withdrawal design replicated across the five students was utilized to demonstrate a functional relationship between the intervention and on task behavior as well as academic performance. In Study One: Participant one increased on-task behavior from a baseline average of 33% to 95% during intervention. Participant two increased on-task behavior from an average of 9% to 91.2% during intervention. In Study Two: Participant One increased his on-task behavior from an average of 45% to 92% during intervention. Participant Two increased his on-task behavior from an average of 58% to 97% during intervention. Participant Three increased her on-task behavior from 35% to an average of 97% during intervention. This presentation will discuss the application of this intervention and the results that occurred with these students in their school settings. Implications for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Procedures to Teach Mathematical Skills |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Regency Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Gold West |
Area: EDC |
Keyword(s): Math Skills |
Chair: Veronica J. Howard (University of Alaska Anchorage) |
|
ABA in a College Remedial Algebra Classroom: Fast-Forward Algebra Targets Fractions and Increases Success |
Domain: Service Delivery |
SCOTT BECKETT (Jacksonville State University), COURTNEY S. PEPPERS-OWEN (Jacksonville State University) |
|
Abstract: Universities hemorrhage students in remedial algebra classes, decreasing retention, enrollment, and tuition income for the school and shutting the door to higher education and upward social mobility for developmental students. Applied behavior analysts at Jacksonville State University, AL designed Fast-Forward Algebra to quickly bring conditionally admitted students up to speed in college algebra by compressing two semesters of algebra into one. In a unique effort to individualize instruction and incorporate evidence-based teaching, two Board Certified Behavior Analysts in the Department of Learning Services recruit and train psychology graduate students as graduate teaching assistants. By incorporating Precision Teaching and explicit instruction, and by emphasizing fractions throughout with specially designed flashcards and worksheets, this approach has resulted in increases in multiple student outcomes, including historically high passing rates in Intermediate Algebra, and thereby reduced developmental student attrition. The psychology graduate students are critical to the effort: While insuring treatment integrity and conducting applied research during their two-year commitment, they earn 1500 supervision hours and prepare for the Behavior Analysis Certification Board exam. They have also helped create unique supplemental materials to accompany the curriculum. |
|
An Updated Meta-Analysis on Teaching Mathematics to Students With Moderate and Severe Disabilities |
Domain: Applied Research |
FRED SPOONER (University of North Carolina, Charlotte), Jenny Root (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Diane Browder (University of North Carolina Charlotte), Alicia F. Saunders (University of North Carolina at Charlotte) |
|
Abstract: High quality mathematics instruction for students with moderate and severe disabilities continues to be important because it is suggestive of success later in life by increasing independence and employment. This presentation will review the findings from a meta-analysis of experimental studies published between 2005 and 2015 that taught mathematics to students with moderate and severe disabilities, updating the Browder, Spooner, Ahlgrim-Delzell, Harris, and Wakeman (2008) analysis. A total of 34 studies (29 single-case and 5 group experimental) were included. Of those 34 studies, most of which taught the NCTM standard of numbers and operations, 20 single-case and four group design studies received a rating of high or adequate quality using the NTACT (2015) indicator criteria, and a Tau-U statistic was used to evaluate effective size for the single-case studies (range .05 to 1.1, mean of .85). This presentation will review the extent to which included studies used established evidence-based practices and introduce the instructional procedures of technology-aided instruction, manipulatives, and explicit instruction as evidence-based practices in teaching mathematics to this population. Implications for practitioners and areas for future research will be discussed |
|
Keyword(s): Math Skills |
|
|
|
|
Examples of Computer-Based Training to Teach a Variety of Behavior Analytic Skills |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
St. Gallen, Swissotel |
Area: OBM/TBA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
CE Instructor: Rocio Rosales, Ph.D. |
Abstract: All agencies that that serve populations with special needs must train direct care staff on an ongoing basis. Training that is provided directly by a behavioral consultant may often be limited due to time constraints. For this reason, it is worthwhile to explore the effectiveness of computer-based training programs. Computer-based training may enhance the generality of target skills since it is possible to include multiple exemplars in a single video or module; it also provides a standardized method of training multiple staff, which can help increase procedural integrity; and the training results in a permanent product that can be revisited as necessary to train new staff or as ‘booster’ training for seasoned staff. This symposium will highlight research from three labs that have incorporated a form of computer-based training to teach the following skills: 1) identification of safe eating practices for individuals with disabilities; 2) implementation of the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS); and 3) visual analysis of single-case AB design graphs. Presenters will discuss limitations of the work conducted to date and propose areas for future research. |
Keyword(s): computer-based training, staff training, video modeling |
|
The Impact of Online Scenario-Based Training on Direct Support Professionals' Implementation of Safe Eating and Drinking Practices With Individuals With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities |
EMALEY BLADH MCCULLOCH (Relias Learning), Amin Lotfizadeh (Easter Seals Southern California), Gia Biscontini (Easter Seals Southern California) |
Abstract: An estimated eight percent of individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities have a diagnosed difficulty swallowing food or liquids (dysphagia) (Chadwick 2009). These problems raise the risk of choking and can lead to serious health problems if correct protocols around eating and drinking are not followed. It is imperative to put in place interventions that prevent choking and aspiration incidents by training Direct Support Professionals (DSPs) about meal modifications and identifying dangerous situations at mealtime. In this study we used a pretest-posttest experimental design to investigate whether a scenario-based online training combined with a fifteen-minute client protocol review statistically increased DSPs knowledge of meal modifications and their ability to identify dangerous situations in scenarios and pictures. The control group received a protocol review only. Participants were randomly assigned to the experimental and control group. After the intervention, a generalization session will be conducted to determine whether the DSPs can generalize the knowledge to their clients meal protocols. Our hypothesis is that online training combined with a client protocol review will statistically improve staffs ability to 1) follow eating and drinking protocols within presented scenarios 2) identify dangerous situations during presented scenarios 3) generalize these skills to the clients they serve and maintain over time compared to DSPs that receive a protocol review only. |
|
Video Modeling to Teach Implementation of the Picture Exchange Communication System |
NICOLE MARTOCCHIO (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
Abstract: Video modeling is a training method with empirical support for teaching trainees to implement a variety of behavior analytic procedures, however currently there is no published research examining the use of video modeling to teach implementation of the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS). The purpose of the present study was to use video modeling to teach implementation of Phases 1-4 of PECS to university students who expressed interest in working with populations for which PECS would be appropriate. Three undergraduate students viewed video modules comprised of visual examples, voiceover explanation, and text describing each step in the protocol for each phase, then implemented each phase with a confederate learner. A multiple probe across participants design was used. Results showed that all participants achieved mastery-level performance in each phase following video modeling, however one participant required feedback from the experimenter to attain mastery in Phase 1. Follow-up probes conducted 2-3 weeks following completion of training indicate that performance may not remain at mastery-level over time following video modeling alone, further suggesting a feedback component might be necessary. Future work should conduct generalization probes with actual learners with disabilities, and explore the use of computer-based training programs that incorporate a feedback component. |
|
Evaluation of Computer-Based Training to Teach Individuals Visual Analysis Skills of Baseline-Treatment Graphs |
ALEXANDRA ANISKO (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Candee Lake (Wedgwood’s Autism Center for Child Development) |
Abstract: The primary method of data analysis in applied behavior analysis is visual analysis. However, few investigations to date have taught the skills necessary for accurate visual analysis. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate computer-based training on the visual analysis skills of individuals with no prior experience. Visual analysis was taught with interactive computer-based training that included written instructions and opportunities for practice with feedback. Generalization of participant skills to graph paper and actual data graphs was programmed for and assessed during the study. A multiple-baseline design was used across visual analysis properties (i.e., variability, level, and trend), with continuous overall intervention effect generalization probes, replicated across 4 participants to evaluate computer-based training for accurate visual analysis of A-B graphs. The results showed that all individuals accurately visually analyzed A-B graphs following the computer-based training for variability, level, trend, and overall intervention effect. These visual analysis skills generalized to graph paper and actual data graphs and maintained approximately 1 day, 1 week, 2 weeks, and 1 month following mastery of each property for two participants. Implications of the results suggest that computer-based training improved accurate visual analysis skills for individuals with no prior experience. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysts as Designers: Success Stories of International, Interdisciplinary Collaboration to Expand Our Services and Research |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Columbus Hall AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: PRA/CSE; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Robyn M. Catagnus, Ed.D. |
Chair: Robyn M. Catagnus (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
JANE YIP (Purdue University) |
MARI URAMOTO (Children Center Inc.) |
SAKURAKO SHERRY TANAKA (Mutlicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts) |
Abstract: Training programs for pre-service behavior analysts, and common arrangements of clinical practices, too often result in ABA being siloed from other disciplines. If we are to succeed with our mission of facilitating change globally, in all meaningful domains of our lives and environments, we must successfully integrate services and research with those in different fields. Behavior analysts might also have an ethical obligation to shed light on how we might design and re-design our "contextual fit" to meet our cultural standards. Presenters from multiple disciplines: academia, linguistics, special education, and neurology, will explore how they introduce ABA into new cultures, teach pre-service professionals to program for research and collaboration with non-behavioral providers, expand their own interdisciplinary relations, and are changed personally and professionally by the experience. Panelists will also discuss their research and efforts to integrate ABA with art therapy, ceremonial and cultural participation, and religious studies while giving consideration to scientific as well as ethical dimensions that define the field of behavior analysis. We invite professionals working in medicine, psychology, business, ecology, anthropology, religious and cultural studies, sociology, and more to share their challenges and strategies. How are you creating interdisciplinary connections, opportunities, and collaboration that strengthen relationships and result in behavior analysis being integrated in larger initiatives and with other fields? |
Keyword(s): cultural standards, interdisciplinary, international, service delivery |
|
|
|
|
Adaptive Memory: Remembering With a Stone-Age Brain |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Grand Ballroom AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: Peter Urcuioli, Ph.D. |
Chair: Peter Urcuioli (Purdue University) |
JAMES NAIRNE (Purdue University) |
James S. Nairne, Ph.D., is the Reece McGee distinguished professor of psychological sciences at Purdue University in West Lafayette, Indiana. He received his undergraduate training at the University of California at Berkeley and his PhD in psychology from Yale University. His original training was in Pavlovian conditioning, but his current research specialty is human memory. He is a fellow of the Society of Experimental Psychologists, the Association for Psychological Science, and the Midwestern Psychological Society. His editorial positions have included Editor-in-Chief of Memory & Cognition, Associate Editor for the Psychonomic Bulletin & Review and the Journal of Memory and Language, and he has served on numerous editorial boards. He was the recipient of the 2000 Excellence in Education Award from Purdue University and the 2001 Charles B. Murphy award. In 2003 Dr. Nairne was inducted into the Book of Great Teachers. He is also the author of a popular introductory textbook, Psychology: The Adaptive Mind (now in its sixth edition), as well as many influential articles and book chapters in his research specialty. |
Abstract: Human memory evolved subject to the constraints of nature's criterion: differential survival and reproduction. Consequently, our capacity to remember and forget is likely tuned to solving fitness-based problems, particularly those prominent in ancestral environments. Do the operating characteristics of memory continue to bear the footprint of nature's criterion? Are there mnemonic "tunings" rooted in the remnants of a stone-age brain? Work from the presenter's laboratory suggests that: (1) processing information for its survival relevance leads to superior long-term retention, better, in fact, than most known learning techniques; (2) animate (living) stimuli are remembered much better than matched inanimate (nonliving) stimuli; and (3) stimuli that have been potentially contaminated by disease are remembered especially well. Understanding how memory is used to solve adaptive problems relevant to fitness, the presenter argues, provides critical insight into how and why human memory systems formed, and why they work the way they do. |
Target Audience: Licensed Psychologists, certified behavior analysts, graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the end of the event, the participant will be able to: (1) describe the basic tenets of an evolutionary approach to human memory; (2) discuss whether "survival processing" is best characterized as an adaptation or an exaptation; (3) describe the empirical evidence that supports a mnemonic “tuning” for animacy and contamination. |
|
|
|
|
Addressing Violence With Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Montreux, Swissotel |
Area: CSE |
Chair: Rocky Haynes (University of South Florida - Tampa) |
|
A Behavior Analytic Approach to Intervening With Abusive Partners: A Conceptual Analysis and Suggestions for Future Research |
Domain: Service Delivery |
SAM BLANCO (Endicott College), Cheryl J. Davis (
7 Dimensions Consulting/Endicott College |
) |
|
Abstract: Intimate Partner Violence is a social problem that impacts more than 12 million Americans per year, accounts for 15% of all violent crime, and costs the United States an estimated 8 billion dollars per year. Despite the gravity of this problem, behavior analysts have been largely silent on the topic. This paper explores the contingencies for maintaining abusive behavior as well as interventions in place to attempt to change abusive behavior. Suggestions for future research in this area, as well as obstacles to such research, will be discussed. A systematic review of current batterer intervention programs will be presented, along with ideas for improvement amongst these programs, using evidence-based practices for effective behavior change. The call to action from Meyers (1995) did not promote action by our field, but we have an ethical obligation as a field to act, and act now. We need to fulfill Skinners vision: that the study of human behavior can bring about large changes for mankind. Venturing into areas of human behavior that are incredibly challenging is a necessary first step in further realizing his vision. |
|
An Applied Behavior Analytic Account of Child Abuse and Neglect |
Domain: Applied Research |
ROCKY HAYNES (University of South Florida - Tampa), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida) |
|
Abstract: In 2013 there were 679,000 children who were victims of child abuse and neglect in the United States (U.S. Department of Health & Human Services, 2015). Of the 679,000 children, 79.5% were victims of neglect, 18% were victims of physical abuse, 9% were victims of sexual abuse, with the remainder being victims of psychological maltreatment (U.S. Department., 2015). Additionally, 1,520 children died as victims of child abuse and neglect- a number that translates to 2.04 in 1000 (U.S. Department., 2015). The recognition of child abuse and neglect as a social problem has only existed in the western culture for a little over 100 years with many theories presented as to why the phenomenon continues to occur. This paper builds on the conceptual foundation of Lutzker, Frame, & Rice (1982) and Mattaini & Thyer (1996) eco-behavior perspective for treatment of child abuse and neglect (CAN) and provides suggestions for future lines of research. |
|
How "Honorable" Are Honor Crimes? |
Domain: Theory |
THOURAYA AL-NASSER (University of Nevada, Reno), Todd A. Ward (bSci21 Media, LLC), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
Abstract: This paper will outline and analyze the socio-cultural contingencies that maintain honor crimes as a cultural practice and their role in cultural survival from a macrocontingency and macrobehavior level and offer number of recommendations to reduce this cultural practice taking Jordan as a case study. The notion that religion, mainly Islam, enforced honor crimes is a misconception. Honor crimes are committed in any case a female shames her family by having premarital sexual relationship(s), misfortunate behavior or when a wife has an adulterous affair. Many families deal with this covertly and quietly far from the interference of any form of authority by choosing a family male member usually the father, brother or in some cases an uncle to "cleanse" the family's honor by murdering the female who "dishonored" the family. Number of macrocontingencies shared in the Arab world that may lead to these crimes: gossip and rumor, victim of rape, pregnant out of wedlock, marrying against family wishes, inheritance, missing from home, talking to a man who is not a family member, caught in an act of prostitution or in a brothel, external tribal and cultural influence, illiteracy and unemployment on part of the perpetuator. Number of recommendations are suggested in this paper to reduce this cultural practice in Jordan as: to change the law related to honor crimes in Jordan, the King forces change, the media highlight the fact that honor crimes are a cultural practice not a religious one, to change regulations related to Correctional and Rehabilitation center. |
|
A Formation of Categorization and Conceptualization of Terrorism as a Result of the Transfer of Function Across Stimuli |
Domain: Theory |
SUZZANNA JAVED (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
|
Abstract: The purpose of the paper is to examine and analyze the formation of equivalences and categorization. Further, it aims to focus on the conceptualization of terrorism as a result of the transfer of function across stimuli. Additionally, it is conceptually driven to understand categorization in cultural and social language reinforcement of our environment. Sidman (2003) proposed a principle, that the physical and social environmental factors should be studied and understood in effort to change the targeted behavior. Hayes, Barnes-Holmes, and Roche (2001) proposed that there must be a rationale for individuals to hate someone who they have not met. Behavior analysts have started to empirically analyze language to understand the role of human behaviors which include bias and categorization. Moreover, educational methods that aimed to reduce prejudice have actually contributed to strengthen the stereotypes via categorization and derived relational responding. Suppression of prejudice thoughts initially can show significant success. However, it can lead to increase of disturbing thoughts over a span of time. Therefore, suppressed behaviors such as, prejudice thoughts can increase significantly when individuals are not coming in contact with direct contingency of de-categorization. Racial categorization contingencies may result in the individuals being less willing to change their prejudice behavior. Therefore, techniques utilized in acceptance, commitment therapy can help to assist in reducing categorization in human learning. Additionally, multiple examplar instruction can also facilitate in learning to understand human individuality. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Ethics of and Alternatives to Traditional Escape Extinction in Education and Home Settings |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Columbus Hall CD, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Robert Schramm (Knospe-ABA) |
Discussant: Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Megan Miller, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior analysts recognize the importance of incorporating motivation and reinforcement within service delivery. Additionally, behavior analytic treatment programs incorporate effective function based procedures to increase compliance with demands and decrease escape maintained challenging behavior. These procedures often include forced physical prompting and paced prompts that may increase the occurrence of challenging behavior or reduce acceptance of the procedures by caregivers and staff. This symposium explores potential ethical alternatives to traditional escape extinction using 7 Steps to Earning Instructional Control, wait-outs, and conditioning work as a reinforcer that address the problems behavior analysts face with traditional escape extinction procedures in discrete trial programming. |
Keyword(s): Escape Extinction, Ethical Practice, Instructional Control |
|
Ethical Considerations and Exploration of Alternatives to Forced Prompting |
MEGAN MILLER (FSU CARD/Navigation Behavioral Consulting) |
Abstract: Behavior analytic intervention programs frequently include the use of forced prompting to earn compliance with demands and reduce escape maintained challenging behavior. This approach is effective but can result in an increase in challenging behavior if the challenging behavior is also maintained by attention or can be difficult to implement with clients who are larger in size. Additionally, caregivers and staff may not accept the use of forced prompting and may not implement the procedure during the naturally occurring routine, which also reduces the effectiveness of the procedure. The purpose of this presentation is to explore ethical considerations regarding the use of forced prompting by drawing from the BACB Guidelines for Responsible Conduct and Van Houten et al. (1988). Additionally, the presentation will explore how the 7 Steps to Earning Instructional Control addresses these ethical considerations and whether research in the basic or applied areas supports alternatives to forced prompting such as the 7 Steps as viable options for reducing escape maintained challenging behavior. |
|
Developing Learner Cooperation through the 7 Steps to Earning Instructional Control |
ROBERT SCHRAMM (Knospe-ABA) |
Abstract: The ABA/VB Autism Intervention Institute Knospe-ABA GmbH (based in Germany), which serves over 350 children throughout Europe, prioritizes the research and procedural recommendations of Verbal Behavior. Robert Schramm, Knospe-ABA's lead supervising Behavior Analyst has developed an approach to earning instructional control that encapsulates ABA/VB and brings motivated learning to its fullest potential. Over 95% of the providers using these techniques have been able to demonstrate greatly improved instructional control with their learners. The 7 Steps to Earning Instructional Control are based on sound behavioral principles and practice. This approach to instructional control does not rely on basic escape extinction techniques such as escape blocking, forced physical prompting or repeating SD's. In addition to offering a more simple way to develop instructional control with most learners, it also is easy to teach to adults and therefore valuable in reproduction with less trained caregivers and therapists. Preliminary data will be presented to demonstrate that instructional control can be earned with the 7 Steps. Additionally, an integrity checklist for training on the 7 steps, which has demonstrated the benefits of training providers on this technique in order to decrease non-compliance of learners with autism, will be presented. |
|
The Use of Wait Outs and Task as a Reinforcer as an Ethical Alternative to Traditional Escape Extinction |
STEVEN J. WARD (Whole Child Consulting LLC) |
Abstract: Escape-avoidance behavior is a common impediment to skill acquisition and a frequent maintaining variable for a variety of behavioral excesses. While a great number of antecedent interventions (e.g., demand fading, student choice, errorless teaching) can decrease problem behavior levels, escape- avoidance behaviors do not immediately drop to zero levels, and reactive measures invariably account for some part of the behavior intervention plan. Among potential reactive treatments, escape extinction has the greatest empirical support and is typically recommended. This presentation will demonstrate the efficacy of an alternative to escape extinction in 3 studies across 5 participants. In this procedure, task resistance is followed by a temporary withdrawal of that task and a substantial limit upon student options until the task has been completed. Though counter-intuitive (because escape-maintained behavior produces temporary escape), this procedure, colloquially known as a wait out, tends to not only decrease escape-maintained behavior, but also to improve a number of qualities of student participation. Participants will learn the rationales behind the use of wait and will see examples of how to implement the procedure. |
|
7 Steps of Instructional Control to Decrease Maladaptive Behaviors and Increase Skill Acquisition: A Case Study |
HEATHER GILMORE (Autism Centers of Michigan), Leasa Androl (Autism Centers of Michigan) |
Abstract: A case study was conducted to address maladaptive behaviors, including severe self-injurious behaviors (head banging, chin hitting, and scratching) and whining/crying behaviors, as well as limited skill acquisition in a four year old child with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder. The intervention was conducted in a center-based setting. A functional analysis was conducted which identified both escape from demands and access to tangibles as the function of maladaptive behaviors. This study involved evaluating the effectiveness of the "7 Steps of Instructional Control" developed by Robert Schramm, MA, BCBA. The "7 Steps" were used as a replacement for the previous maladaptive behavior reduction plan. The previous plan (baseline) included escape extinction procedures. Reliability was strengthened by providing Behavior Technicians with extensive training and continuous monitoring of procedural fidelity by the BCBA using a treatment integrity checklist developed by Megan Miller, PhD, BCBA, LBA. The results indicated that maladaptive behaviors decreased and skill acquisition increased for this child. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Evolution and Selection by Consequences |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Alpine, Swissotel |
Area: TPC/EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Jose E. Burgos (University of Guadalajara) |
Discussant: Jose E. Burgos (University of Guadalajara) |
Abstract: Darwin’s theory of evolution may be summed up in the phrase “selection by consequences.” Seen as a general process, selection by consequences applies to genetic evolution, cultural evolution, and behavioral evolution. Genetic evolution concerns change in populations of organisms across generations. Cultural evolution concerns change in behavioral patterns within groups across generations or lesser time periods. Behavioral evolution concerns change in the behavior of an individual organism within its lifetime. This symposium will illustrate a variety of approaches to understanding behavioral evolution as selection by consequences: by analysis, by modeling, and by applying known theory and data. Catania will focus on verbal behavior as a cultural phenomenon. McDowell will discuss how behavioral evolution may be implemented in artificial life forms. Smith will discuss the conceptual benefits of selection by consequences to scientific thinking about behavior. Baum will talk about the analytical power of an equation derived by George Price when applied to behavioral dynamics. These various approaches to behavioral evolution may bring behavior analysis closer to biology and restate or replace the law of effect. |
Keyword(s): Behavioral Evolution, Selection, Variation |
|
Improving on the Meme: Cultural Selection and the Shaping of Verbal Behavior |
A. CHARLES CATANIA (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Abstract: Skinner has discussed three varieties of selection: in phylogeny, as in Darwin’s natural selection; in ontogeny, as in the shaping of operant behavior; and in culture, as behavior is passed on from some individuals to others in what he called cultural selection. Dawkins introduced the meme as a unit passed on from some individuals to others, but it was not well-defined; also, the transmission of memes received more attention than their evolution. If we regard memes as units of behavior, however, they become examples of Skinner’s cultural selection, and for Skinner the most crucial example of cultural selection was verbal behavior. Phonemes provide good examples of such culturally selected or memetic units: infant vocalizations are shaped by automatic reinforcing consequences, as they come more and more closely to resemble those heard in the verbal environments created by their caregivers (cf. Skinner, Risley, Palmer). Echoic behavior, a product of this shaping, is defined by correspondences of phonetic rather than physical units. Such selectionist accounts of verbal behavior can be extended to other properties of verbal behavior, such as verbal governance, and they have implications for theories of language evolution. |
|
Two Versions of Variation and Selection |
TERRY SMITH (Edinboro University of Pennsylvania) |
Abstract: If one focuses upon behavior that adapts to a changing environment in the interest of the organism, then a framework of variation and selection offers a promising approach to the analysis of behavior. Two contemporary behavioral scientists that exemplify this approach are John Staddon and Jack McDowell. In both cases, behavioral adaptation during the lifetime of the individual is analyzed as a process of evolutionary interaction between behavior and the environment. In quite different ways, these two scientists offer alternatives to mentalistic, cognitive theorizing. Staddon’s formalization addresses the impulse to posit beliefs and desires; McDowell’s the impulse to posit information processing structures. Together, they provide a broadly unified approach to doing without beliefs, desires, and information processing structures. Both formulations, however, are theories of a kind that B. F. Skinner suggested were unnecessary in his 1950 article, “Are Theories of Learning Necessary?” They nevertheless exemplify behaviorism and have demonstrated significant advantages over Skinner’s non-theoretical behaviorism. |
|
Algorithmic Behavioral Evolution as Artificial Intelligence |
JACK J. MCDOWELL (Emory University) |
Abstract: Artificial Life is a branch of Artificial Intelligence that seeks to animate artificial agents using algorithms that mimic the functioning of biological organisms. An algorithmic evolutionary theory of adaptive behavior dynamics has been studied extensively over the past decade and has been shown to produce behavior in virtual (software) agents that is qualitatively and quantitatively indistinguishable from live organism behavior in a variety of environments. Because these agents reproduce the behavior of biological organisms, they are artificial life forms. It is also possible to create artificial life in mechanical agents. To illustrate, a specific mechanical agent, a robot spider, can be animated by the evolutionary theory and placed in a 2-dimensional grid world where prey items are made available at various locations and times. Surface navigation of the grid world requires the addition of stimulus control to the evolutionary theory. The robot spider’s foraging behavior is completely determined by the evolutionary theory, which means that it behaves autonomously in the grid world. The evolutionary algorithm causes the spider’s foraging behavior and prey capture to adapt to the spatial and temporal pattern of prey availability, and to readapt when the pattern of prey availability changes. |
|
Behavioral Evolution and the Price Equation |
WILLIAM M. BAUM (University of California, Davis) |
Abstract: Price’s equation describes evolution across time in simple mathematical terms. Although it is not a theory, but a derived identity, it is useful as an analytical tool. It affords lucid descriptions of genetic evolution, cultural evolution, and behavioral evolution (often called “selection by consequences”) at different levels (e.g., individual versus group) and at different time scales (local and extended). The importance of the Price equation for behavior analysis lies in its ability to precisely restate behavioral selection by consequences, thereby restating, or even replacing, the law of effect. When applied to dynamics in operant performances, the equation affords a way to evaluate methods and measures and to compare among measures, because deviations from it indicate deficiencies either in assumptions or in measures. Price’s equation may also serve as a base for theory. For example, applying the equation to the dynamics within stable performance on a variable-interval schedule, with a few assumptions, results in a complete explanation for the moderate response rates that occur. |
|
|
|
|
Strategies to Promote Emergent Verbal Behavior in Typically Developing Adults |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Michigan ABC, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East |
Area: VBC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University) |
Discussant: Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College) |
CE Instructor: Sarah A. Lechago, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Scientific examination of strategies that produce emergent verbal behavior is significant with respect to the potential conceptual and applied contributions to the field of Behavior Analysis and even to fields outside of Behavior Analysis. These strategies can inform important decisions regarding educational practices and can contribute to narratives and research related to stimulus control. One study compared a stimulus equivalence online teaching protocol to a standard online teaching protocol to teach single-subject research design to graduate students. A second study evaluated a mand-based training protocol to a tact- and two intraverbal-based training protocols to teach foreign language words to typically developing adults. A third study investigated the role of tact and intraverbal training in developing intraverbal naming, and the mediating effects of intraverbal naming in the formation of generalized equivalence classes in undergraduate students. A final study conducted two experiments and investigated the effects of an auditory pairing procedure on the emergence of tacts, selection responses, and intraverbals to teach information about musical instruments to 24 typically developing adults. |
|
Comparison of Mand Training and Other Strategies to Teach a Foreign Language |
WAI-LING WU (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: A current recommendation for verbal behavior training with individuals with autism is to initiate training with the mand due to the multiple benefits it brings the speaker (Sundberg & Michael, 2001). Inspired by this recommendation, the current study endeavors to examine the effects of mand training in teaching a foreign language. A multiple baseline across participants design with an embedded adapted alternating treatments design is used to compare the effects of mand training, tact training, and bidirectional intraverbal training on acquisition of foreign language words. Previous foreign language studies have shown that untrained responses emerged after participants were taught foreign language words using tact training, bidirectional intraverbal training, and listener response training (Dounavi, 2014; Petursdottir & Haflidadottir, 2009). The current study also examines the emergence of untrained foreign language responses for each training condition. Data for one participant suggest that mand training is the most efficient training procedure with respect to the total number of training trials to the mastery criterion and resulting emergent responding. Data are being collected on additional participants. |
|
A Comparison of a Stimulus Equivalence Protocol and Standard Study to Teach Single-Subject Design to Graduate Students |
WILLIAM ROOT (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The Online Consortium for Higher Education (2012) reported that in 2012, 6.7 million students were enrolled in at least one online course. With this number growing each year, the need for empirically based, online instructional methods is critical. The effect of an online stimulus equivalence protocol was compared to that of a more standard online study protocol on the emergence of untaught relations involving single subject designs. Participants were instructed on relations between design name, design definition, design graphs, and clinical vignettes. Experimental groups deferred only in the instructional format: The stimulus-equivalence group was instructed using a protocol similar to Lovett, Rehfeldt, Garcia, and Dunning (2011), whereas the Standard Study group read a standard text book and article that covers single-subject methodology. Generalization was assessed by comparing scores on novel questions directly taken from the CBA learning modules, developed by Behavior Development Solutions, as a measure of possible performance on the BCBA exam. Data collected to date suggest that when compared to the standard online study protocol, the stimulus equivalence protocol produced greater changes in correct responding from pre to posttest scores, further suggesting the practical utility of a stimulus equivalence protocol as an instructional tool for online courses. |
|
Emergence of Naming Relations and Intraverbals After Auditory Stimulus Pairing |
JOSE JULIO CARNERERO ROLDAN (Centro Almudarïs, Spain), Luis Antonio Perez-Gonzalez (Universidad de Oviedo) |
Abstract: We analyzed the emergence of tacts, selections, and intraverbals after observing paired auditory stimuli. In Experiment 1, 12 typical developing adults were randomly assigned to two experimental conditions. In Part 1, four sounds of musical instruments were paired with their respective names spoken by the experimenter; in Part 2, the sounds were paired with their native country names. Participants in Condition 1 received Part 1 first; participants in Condition 2 received Part 2 first. After pairing, the emergence of tacts was probed. When the tacts emerged, the selections were probed. After Parts 1 and 2, the intraverbals were probed. In Experiment 2, 12 novel adults received a similar sequence, but after pairing the selections were probed and after reaching criterion the tacts were probed. The results indicate that probing the tacts or the selections after each pairing phase does not influence emergence in adults; pairing first the sound and the name and then the sound and the country seems to produce more instances of naming than pairing first the sound and the country and then pairing the sound and the name. The findings have direct implications on the teaching procedures to facilitate these types of emergence. |
|
The Role of Intraverbal Naming on The Emergence of Generalized Equivalence Classes |
ADRIENNE JENNINGS (California State University Sacramento), Charisse Ann Lantaya (California State University, Sacramento), Amanda Chastain (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the role of intraverbal naming on the emergence of generalized equivalence classes. Seventeen undergraduates were exposed to tact training with 3 stimulus sets (A1B1C1, A2B2C2, and A3B3C3) and baseline intraverbal training (A?B? and B?C?). Formation of equivalence classes was assessed using visual-visual matching-to-sample (MTS) tasks and intraverbal tests for symmetrical (BA, B?A?, CB, C?B?) and transitive relations (AC, A?C?, CA, C?A?). Generalization MTS posttests were then presented for 4 untrained sets of stimuli. Thirteen participants passed all MTS and intraverbal posttests. Two of the remaining 4 required either tact or intraverbal remedial training in order to achieve passing criterion. Performance improved for 5 participants during the vocal MTS posttest. These findings show the efficacy of tact and intraverbal training in the formation of generalized equivalence classes. Overall, results suggest verbal mediation strategies (i.e., intraverbal naming) may have facilitated MTS performance. |
|
|
|
|
Decreasing Canine Problem Behavior in the Animal Shelter Environment |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Zurich C, Swissotel |
Area: AAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Steven W. Payne (California State University, Fresno) |
Discussant: Erica Jowett Hirst (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale) |
Abstract: The functional assessment and treatment of problem behavior in humans has a long history in applied behavior analysis. However, there is limited research in extending these findings to problem behavior in non-human animals, especially in the animal shelter setting. The two studies in this symposium tackle this issue from different perspectives (operant vs. respondent), procedures (consequent vs. antecedent), and aims (individual behavior vs. shelter environment). Discussion to follow. |
Keyword(s): canines, functional analysis, problem behavior, shelter animals |
|
Functional Analysis and Intervention of Problem Behavior in Animal Shelter Dogs |
TATUM WINSLOW (California State University, Fresno), Steven W. Payne (California State University, Fresno), Kacie A Robles (California State University, Fresno) |
Abstract: Functional analysis (FA) is an empirical method for determining the functions of problem behavior by manipulating antecedent and consequent events. By determining the functions of problem behavior, one can develop function-based treatments to effectively reduce problem behavior and increase appropriate alternative behavior. FAs have been shown to be very effective in identifying the functions of problem behavior in typically and atypically developing humans. However, little research has been conducted to determine the effectiveness of FA methodology in identifying the functions of problem behavior in non-human animal populations. The purpose of the current study was to analyze the effectiveness of a modified functional analysis in determining the maintaining function of inappropriate behaviors of animal shelter dogs. Function-based treatments were used to verify the results of the functional analysis. For all three subjects, a single or multiple functions were identified. The results of the FAs were verified through successful function-based treatments. Overall, results demonstrated that functional analyses were effective in identifying the maintaining variables of behaviors of shelter animals that were potentially unattractive to adopters and lead to effective treatment plans. They also showed that each dog scored higher on an adoptability rating scale after treatment was implemented. |
|
An Evaluation of Respondent Conditioning Procedures to Decrease Barking in an Animal Shelter |
STEVEN W. PAYNE (California State University, Fresno), Kian Assemi (California State University, Fresno) |
Abstract: Euthanasia of adoptable animals is a prevalent problem in animal shelters across the nation (The Humane Society of the United States: HSUS, 2014). Of the 6 to 8 million pets being relinquished, only half (i.e., 3 to 4 million) are adopted yearly (HSUS). In order to decrease the number of animals euthanized each year, it is important to determine what factors affect the likelihood of adoption. One such factor that decreases the likelihood of adoption is the noise in the shelter environment (Copolla et al., 2006). Therefore, the purpose of this study was to determine the effects of a respondent conditioning procedure on the reduction of noise in the kennel area of a California-based animal shelter. We conditioned the sound of a door chime (CS) with the delivery of food (UCS) to elicit a salivary response (CR), which is partially incompatible with barking. Baseline measures indicated that the sound in the shelter was louder than the volume needed to cause hearing loss over prolonged exposure (85dB). Results of the respondent conditioning procedure showed that the noise level decreased below this threshold. Implications and future directions are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
The Evolution of Technology for Individuals With Disabilities: Uses of Advanced Portable Devices to Teach Students and Train Staff |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Randolph, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Helen Bloomer (Helen Bloomer & Associates) |
CE Instructor: Jessica Zawacki, M.S. |
Abstract: A variety of traditional high and low technological applications (smart boards, communication devices, picture schedules, timers) have long shaped the way special educators approach the education of persons with disabilities. The use of smart phones, tablets, and the ubiquitous Internet to teach are now widely accepted practices, have become routine and can often be found integrated into core curriculum, all with the great expectation that the new technology will result in significant gains in knowledge and competence. Much like the typically developing population, individuals with disabilities are increasingly relying upon their I Phones to make them more independent in their daily functioning. Recent advances in both hardware and software have greatly expanded the affordability, portability and wearability of technological devices. As technology continues to develop, the potential for evolutionary applications to advance solutions of some of the most daunting challenges to identify functions of behavior, frame effective intervention and increase staff competencies is great. However, the empirical research database is deficient with studies demonstrating the effectiveness of this new technology. Although educators use technology with abandon, technology is not yet firmly identified as evidenced-based practice, particularly with the older learner. The papers in this symposium will provide data-based empirical investigations on two examples of the use of advanced technology to teach. The first paper will comprehensively review the existing research regarding the use of technology to teach and whether there is an empirical basis to support these practices. The second paper investigates the use of wireless audio and live streamed video to train staff to competently implement instructional protocols with learners with autism. The third paper focuses on evaluating the biophysical correlates associated with self-injurious behavior, attempting to demonstrate possible variables that might aid in the reduction of such problems through the use of a FitBit. |
Keyword(s): adolescents, autism, staff training, technology |
|
A Review of the Use of Technology in the Education of Learners With Disabilities |
Gloria M. Satriale (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life (PAAL)), Cheryl J. Davis (7 Dimensions Consulting/Endicott College), KARI ANNE DUNLOP (HMEA), Danielle LaFrance (Endicott College), Thomas L. Zane (Institute for Behavioral Studies, Endicott College) |
Abstract: Special educators have long used technology in the education of persons with disabilities. Smart boards, communication devices, picture schedules, and timers are examples of technological strategies to teach and maintain a variety of academic, communication, and social skills. As the technology has evolved, there is currently a new generation of personal technology devices that have great potential for supporting the education of these individuals. For example, smart phones, tablets, and the ubiquitous Internet can be used to support individuals with disabilities and make them more independent in their daily functioning. These devices are being used extensively in the education of special learners, with teachers purchasing IPads, loading them with education apps, and teaching the learners to use these devices, all with the great expectation that the new technology will result in significant gains in knowledge and competence. This paper reviews the breadth and depth of technological educational strategies. Technology was classified into its abilities, the skills needed to use, the skills it targets to teach, and the characteristics of the user. A review of the literature on the degree of evidence of effectiveness showed that technology is not the panacea and promise initially believed. There is little empirical investigation of its effectiveness, and the results are mixed. Conclusions will be drawn about the future use of technology, future research studies, and the extent to which skills can be supported by these new strategies. |
|
Use of Remote Technology to Increase Fidelity in the Community-Based Instruction of Adolescents and Adults With Autism |
JESSICA ZAWACKI (PAAL), Eric Schindeldecker (PAAL), Thomas L. Zane (Institute for Behavioral Studies, Endicott College), Gloria M. Satriale (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life (PAAL)) |
Abstract: Over the next 10-15 years, approximately 800,000 children with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) diagnosis will be entering adulthood. Services for adults are likely to be decentralized with training taking place in various community settings; such as vocational environments, restaurants, exercise facilities, offices, hospitals, and during recreational activities. In adult services, the physical distance of various community placements, coupled with additional administrative and clincial responsibilities, may influence supervisors to selectively choose which programs and interventions to supervise based on the above constraints rather than the needs of students and staff. Fortunately, there is an increasing research database showing that various technologies can be successful in training and supporting staff. The purpose of this studey was to use a live-streaming device to train staff to implement instructional protocols while teaching adults with ASD across various community settings. Specifically, board certified behavior analysts listened in and viewed via a live streaming device instruction of learners and were able to provide immediate feedback to the staff to improve the fidelity to the instructional protocols. Using a multiple baseline design across participants, the findings showed that supervisors could effectively supervise staff from a distance using the live streaming technology and offer staff support that in turn reduced staff errors and increased fidelity of programming. |
|
The Relationship Between Biophysical Markers and Self-Injurious Behavior Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement. |
DAVID DRAGONE (Melmark/PAAL), Kaitlin Ross (PAAL), Gloria M. Satriale (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life (PAAL)), Thomas L. Zane (Endicott College/PAAL), Lauren Erion (PAAL) |
Abstract: Self-injurious behavior (SIB) has been shown to occur for all of the four functions – attention, escape, tangible, and automatic. For those behaviors that are socially mediated in some way, there are generally accepted treatment strategies, such as escape extinction, functional communication training, and Differential Reinforcement for Other Behaviors (DRO). SIB that is automatically maintained is a unique dilemma. Since there are no obvious or detected environmental influences on this category of SIB, the cause(s) often remain murky and difficult to identify. One approach to explaining SIB involves examining biophysical variables that might elicit or evoke such behaviors. There are two competing theories related to physiological state of the person engaging in this behavior. Both hypotheses suggest that individuals engage in SIB to regulate their arousal state; either to activate (excite) the central and peripheral nervous systems, or lower/reduce the activity of these autonomic systems. Often the measurement of arousal states focuses on heart rate, salivary cortisol, and brain activity (via electroencephalogram). The purpose of the present study was to examine heart rate measures to facilitate the reduction of SIB in a teenage girl with autism. Wearing a wireless device that transmitted real-time heart rate data, baseline conditions involved measuring heart rate across her daily activities, particularly before and after episodes of hand biting. Intervention consisted of implementing antecedent interventions when heart rate was noticed to suddenly increase, and prior to the occurrence of the SIB. Results showed that there was a correlated pattern of heart rate changes along with different environmental conditions (e.g, leisure activities and SIB), and that when antecedent interventions were employed (cued by the heart rate), rates of SIB reduced. Results were discussed in terms of the use of physiological measures when examining problem behaviors of an automatic function. |
|
|
|
|
Off to College and Still on ADHD: Two Non-Traditional Investigations |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Crystal Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Green West |
Area: CBM/EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Hunter Kyle Sudduth (University of Mississippi) |
Discussant: Scott A. Herbst (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: About half of our children diagnosed with ADHD will continue to experience noteworthy difficulties well into adulthood. The patterns of poor attention and impulsiveness emitted by these individuals frequently cause problems in school, on the job, with the law, and in relationships. Yet best practices for adults diagnosed with ADHD have yet to be established. The papers in this symposium cover two unconventional interventions aimed at emerging adults diagnosed with ADHD within the college settingan ideal environment for shaping new adaptive behaviors. In the first paper, Benjamin Ramos will present on a self-protective bias often found in individuals diagnosed with ADHD. He will examine how performance in a Go/NoGo task was impacted by the bias of derived causal efficacy. In the second paper, Solomon Kurz will present on the effects of meditation practice on relevant symptoms for a small group of college students diagnosed with ADHD. The idiographic analyses will primarily focus on how morning meditation predicts attention and impulsivity throughout that day and into the next. Both presenters will discuss how their findings might inform how we can improve attention and heedfulness in adults diagnosed with ADHD, in the future. |
Keyword(s): ADHD, adult, college, intervention |
|
Driven to Distraction: The Impact of Derived Causal Efficacy on Inattention and Impulsivity |
BENJAMIN RAMOS (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: Individuals that struggle with inattention, hyperactivity, and impulsivity experience difficulties in several life domains including struggles in academia, interpersonal relationships, marital satisfaction, and occupational performance. In spite of a history of academic and social failures, many individuals with ADHD maintain a self-protective bias in which they maintain high self-evaluations of causal efficacy. This may contribute to increased levels of inattention, impulsivity, and resulting dysfunction, as self-evaluation is rule-governed rather than a result of self-awareness and discrimination. This study aimed to examine how derived causal efficacy might impact inattention and impulsivity. Participants completed a series of Go/NoGo tasks with and without contextual cues that had derived causal efficacy functions through their relations with discriminative stimuli for high or low rates of responding. The impact of derived causal efficacy was then examined in terms of errors of omission (inattention) and errors of commission (impulsivity). Implications for behavioral interventions for ADHD will be discussed. |
|
A Simple Intervention for a Neglected Group: Mindfulness Meditation in Small Groups for College Students Diagnosed With Attention Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder |
SOLOMON KURZ (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi), Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Though ADHD has traditionally been approached as a problem of childhood and adolescence, about a half of our youth diagnosed with ADHD continue to experience difficulties well into adulthood. Because of our historical perspective, researchers have not yet established best practices for serving emerging adults diagnosed with ADHD, such as those entering college. Over the past decade, clinical researchers have proposed several therapeutic interventions, many of which are variants of cognitive-behavioral therapy. However, there is budding evidence that cheaper options, like mindfulness meditation, are also effective. For the present study, we will present daily-diary data from college students who were diagnosed with ADHD and who participated in a semester-long meditation group. For each individual, we will examine how minutes meditated influenced ADHD difficulties and functional impairment, from day to day. Our main analytic approach will be with single-subject statistics based on the dynamic p-technique. We will highlight both idiographic processes and general trends across participants. Future directions will include additional variables of interest, improvements for the group structure, and comments on the general methodology. |
|
|
|
|
Advances in Preference Assessment Procedures |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Grand Ballroom CD North, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Rachel Scalzo (Continuum Behavioral Health) |
Discussant: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon) |
CE Instructor: Rachel Scalzo, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Identification of preferred stimuli is critical for effective intervention programs for individuals with disabilities, as this is often the first step in the identification of reinforcing stimuli. Direct preference assessments have been the gold standard for identification of preferred stimuli among individuals not capable of vocally expressing preferences. In this symposium, we present research regarding the advances in the application of preference assessments. The first presentation will introduce a new methodology for assessing preferences for social interactions. Results indicate that videos may be used to represent social interactions in a paired choice preference assessment; moreover, results of the preference assessment correlate with reinforcer value as measured by a progressive-ratio schedule assessment. The second presentation will address considerations in scheduling preference assessments prior to learning trials. Results indicate that stimulus preference remain steady across short periods of time. The final discussion will summarize these studies and highlight the applied value of the results. |
Keyword(s): motivating operation, preference assessment, social reinforcer |
|
Correspondence Between Preference Assessment Outcomes and Stimulus Reinforcer Value for Social Interactions |
ABBY HODGES (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Regan Weston (Baylor University), Emily Hogan (Baylor University) |
Abstract: Effective training programs for individuals with disabilities generally involve the use of a reinforcer assessment procedure. The use of social interactions as reinforcers has several advantages over tangible and edible stimuli in skill acquisition and behavior modification programs. For example, they are inexpensive, more practical, less stigmatizing, and promote greater generalization. This study examined a procedure to assess preference for social interactions with individuals with developmental disabilities. A paired-choice preference assessment was implemented; social interactions were presented using 5 second videos of the child engaging in the specified social interaction with the experimenter. Contingent upon selecting a video, the child received the social interaction displayed on the video. Reinforcer efficacy of the high-, medium-, and low- preferred interactions was evaluated using a progressive-ratio schedule to determine the amount of work maintained by each social interaction. Results showed that higher preference stimuli produced larger break points than did lower preference stimuli. Implications for clinical applications will be discussed. |
|
Evaluation of Pre-Session and Within-Session Choice Opportunities in Preference Assessment Variations |
Heather Gonzales (The University of Texas at Austin), Mark O'Reilly (The University of Texas at Austin), Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos), Katherine Hoffman (University of Texas), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Andrea Flower (University of Texas at Austin), NICOLETTE SAMMARCO-CALDWELL (The University of Texas at Austin
), Abby Hodges (Baylor University) |
Abstract: It is possible that available preference assessment technologies do not fully capture momentary shifts in preference. This experiment evaluated the differential effects of three Multiple Stimulus Without Replacement (MSWO) preference assessment variations on the performance of four participants with developmental disabilities on a mastered task. No discernible difference was demonstrated via visual analysis between the Five Pre-Session Choices condition and the Five Within-Session Choices condition across all four participants for the first 10 data points. This was demonstrated through lack of differentiation between data paths in a multielement experimental design for the dependent variables of Latency to Initiation, Total Task Duration, Percentage Correct Responses, and No-Responses. Results suggested that the timing of choice opportunities did not appreciably impact reinforcer efficacy. Subsequently, a One Pre-Session Choice condition was initiated to evaluate the efficacy of a preference assessment method with lower practitioner response effort as a means to increase social validity. The introduction of this condition also resulted in undifferentiated data across all participants. Future research should continue to evaluate the effect of choice timing on reinforcer efficacy, utilizing variations of this protocol. |
|
|
|
|
Applied Behavior Analytic Interventions for Genetic Syndromes: Down Syndrome and Fragile X Syndrome |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Grand Suite 3, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Nicole M. Neil (Michigan State University) |
CE Instructor: Nicole M. Neil, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Knowledge about the genetic basis of disabilities has increased over the past decades, yet a limited amount of research demonstrates the application of behavior-analytic interventions to address the needs associated with common genetic syndromes. This symposium will describe research findings from several intervention studies targeting individuals with Down syndrome and Fragile X syndrome. The first presentation discusses the use of behavioral interventions targeting exploratory motor and babbling in infants with Down syndrome, the second presentation will describe how modifying the intensity of intervention affects learner acquisition and in-session behavior for learners with Down syndrome, and the third presentation will illustrate effective techniques for individuals with Fragile X syndrome. We will highlight how knowledge about the behavioral phenotype can act as a barrier to designing interventions (by creating an illusion that the behavior is not malleable), and aid in informing interventions (by identifying strengths on which to build). |
Keyword(s): Babbling, Communication, Down syndrome, Fragile X |
|
Interventions for Infants With Down Syndrome: A Behavior Analytic Model |
THERESA FIANI (City University of New York - The Graduate Center), Sara Bauer (The Graduate Center of the City University of New York), Emily A. Jones (Queens College, The Graduate Center, City University of New York) |
Abstract: Individuals with Down syndrome show a distinct behavioral phenotype characterized by relative weakness in expressive language and relative strengths in social interest. The characteristic phenotype of individuals with Down syndrome develops early in infancy with delays in the duration and frequency of exploratory motor behavior (manipulating a toy in the hand) and in the onset of babbling, speech sounds and vocal imitation. We present a behavior-analytic model, which explains the early differences in exploratory motor and speech sounds. Using this model, we examined interventions for infants with Down syndrome. A behavior-analytic intervention involving multiple opportunities, prompting, and social reinforcement was used to teach three infants with Down syndrome between 5-9 months of age to emit exploratory motor behavior with the same frequency and duration as typically developing infants. We also examined contingent vocal imitation as a reinforcer to increase the rate of babbling in infants with Down syndrome. The importance of these findings and collateral changes in related skill areas will be discussed. |
|
Using Intervention Intensity to Maximize Acquisition of Language for Learners With Down Syndrome |
NICOLE M. NEIL (Michigan State University), Emily A. Jones (Queens College, The Graduate Center, City University of New York) |
Abstract: Maximizing outcomes for learners with Down syndrome requires an approach which is both effective and efficient. Modifying the intensity of intervention has the potential to affect the rate of skill acquisition as well as other learner behavior, such as task persistence, which alters the efficiency of intervention. We will discuss the results of study which determined the effect of varying intensity levels of discrete-trial instruction on acquisition and task persistence for young children with Down syndrome. Three children with Down syndrome were taught expressive language targets using three manipulations of intervention intensity (dose): the number of opportunities, the spacing of opportunities, and the session duration. We measured the effects of intensity on skill acquisition and task persistence (off-task behavior and affect). Children acquired targets faster in conditions in which the spacing of opportunities was shorter than conditions in which the spacing was longer. Manipulating dose produced individual differences during the different intensity levels in the two measures of task persistence. |
|
Behavioral Interventions for Children With Fragile X Syndrome |
LAUREN MOSKOWITZ (St. John's University), Carmen Mootz (St. John's University), Emily A. Jones (Queens College, The Graduate Center, City University of New York) |
Abstract: Parents and professionals typically report problem behavior (e.g., aggression, self-injury, tantrums) as their greatest concern regarding their children with fragile X syndrome (FXS). However, there is currently a paucity of applied intervention research to reduce problem behavior and improve quality of life in this population. We will discuss the results of our study which explored whether behaviorally-based assessment and intervention targeting specific problematic contexts would result in a reduction in problem behavior and an improvement in quality of life for three children with FXS and their families. Based on the results of a functional assessment, a multi-component intervention plan was developed to teach the parents and child to effectively cope with the problematic context. A multiple baseline design was used to demonstrate intervention effects for specific high-priority contexts (bedtime, running errands, and toileting) in home and community settings. Following intervention, there were substantial improvements in problem behavior and family quality of life for all three participants within the targeted contexts. Results demonstrated that many of the behaviors observed in children with FXS are amenable to behavioral interventions that involve altering the antecedents and consequences related to such behaviors. We will also present data comparing direct versus indirect prompting in FXS. |
|
|
|
|
Current Research on Self Control |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Zurich FG, Swissotel |
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Fernanda Castanho Calixto (Universidade Federal de São Carlos) |
Abstract: Impulsive behavior is at the center of attention of educators and clinicians alike. Behavior analysts have a long tradition in the experimental study about the variables which yield impulsive behavior and the alternative and more socially acceptable and otherwise relevant behavior, known as self control. This symposium comprises three papers representing current research on self control and its controlling variables. One paper investigates the effects of equalization and non-equalization of inter trial intervals on self control performance of children. Another paper aims to study the effects of larger and smaller reinforcers chosen via a pre experimental assessment to investigate the effects of mediating responses on self control of small children. A third paper implemented a self-monitoring system as an intervention for inappropriate body movements along with a differential reinforcement of lower rates of responses component. All papers contribute to the understanding of the variables responsible for self control and bring important implications to the development of more effective educational procedures and to conceptual issues regarding the behavioral definition of self control. |
Keyword(s): intertrial intervals, mediating responses, self-control, self-monitoring |
|
The Effect of Equalization and Non-Equalization of Inter-Trial Intervals Over Self-Control Performance of Typical Children |
FERNANDA CALIXTO (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Júlia Varoto (LAHMIEI, Psychology Department, UFSCar), Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: Under the paradigm of concurrent choices, self-control is understood as the choice of delayed and larger consequences in detriment of choices of immediate and smaller consequences. Previous research indicates that the duration of inter-trial intervals affect the choice behavior of delayed consequences, among other variables. A common procedure to increase experimental control over what determines choice consists of equalizing trial duration. The present study aims to investigate, in a single subject design, the effect of equalization and non-equalization of inter-trial intervals over self-control in four pre-scholar children with normal development, aged between 3 and 4 years. The study is structured in five phases: Simple Discrimination Training (SDT), Reinforcement Amount Training (RAT), Delay Reinforcement Training (DRT) and Interval Between Trials Equated with reversal of equalization (NE-EI). Results show that participants chose larger reinforcements in 100% of trials during RAT Phase. During DRT Phase, choices on delayed consequences stabilized on 33% along three sessions and the participant obtained 10 reinforcers per session (4 minutes each session). During NEI Phase, choices on delayed consequences stabilized on 50% and the participant obtained 12 reinforcers per session (5 minutes each session). Results suggest that on NEI phase occurred maximization of number of reinforcers per session time. Keywords: self-control, inter-trial intervals, delayed consequences. |
|
Teaching Self-Control to Preschoolers |
ERIN MCGUIRE (Caldwell College), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Previous researchers demonstrated the effectiveness of teaching mediating responses to increase self-control with typically developing children (Mischel, Ebbesen, & Ziess, 1972). Past research did not include data from normative assessments to inform the selection of mediating responses nor were baseline performances well documented. The purpose of this study was to complete a pre-experimental assessment with 4.5 to 5 year old preschool children to gather data about mediating responses during choice situations. Information from this assessment was used to inform the mediating responses taught to 3 to 4 year old children. Effects of mediating response training were evaluated in a multiple baseline across participants design. Results show that when children were first presented with a larger delayed reinforcer versus a smaller immediate reinforcer, they chose the smaller immediate reinforcer. Following mediating response training, participants chose the larger delayed reinforcer.
Keywords: self-control, descriptive assessment, typically developing children |
|
The Effects of a Self-Monitoring System and DRL on Inappropriate Body Movements in a Young Male With Autism |
KATHRYN LOONEY (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group) |
Abstract: We used a reversal design to evaluate the effects of a DRL plus self-monitoring system on decreasing inappropriate body movements (IBM) in a young male with autism. Baseline data indicated that inappropriate body movements ranged between 14 and 34 occurrences each day. A trial- based functional analysis revealed IBM were multiply maintained by automatic reinforcement, access to tangibles, and attention. Thus self-monitoring would allow the implementation of an intervention when the participant was alone, as well as during instruction. First, discrimination training was used to teach the participant to score when IBM occurred while watching video segments of himself and then in-vivo. Self-monitoring training in-vivo showed that the self-monitoring system acquired stimulus control over IBM, in that IBM were more likely to occur in the absence of the system than in its presence. Therefore, we implemented the self-monitoring system across the day as an intervention for IBM along with a DRL component. We demonstrated the effectiveness of the DRL+ self-monitoring system within a reversal design when reliable changes in IBM occurred when the intervention was applied and removed. With the implementation of the intervention, IBM decreased to under five occurrences. |
|
|
|
|
Improving the Precision of OBM Intervention: Recent Advancements in Functional Assessment, Stimulus Preference, and Incentive Schedules |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Vevey 3 & 4, Swissotel |
Area: OBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Jason M. Hirst (Southern Illinois University) |
CE Instructor: Jason M. Hirst, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Increasing the precision of an intervention effort means being able to identify a targeted, function-based intervention, and to understand how variations in the environment affect the success of treatments. The introduction of diagnostic models and algorithms like the Performance Diagnostic Checklist increased the focus in organizational behavior management on identifying causal factors affecting staff behavior. Further, even function-based interventions require some degree of individualization as preference and histories of reinforcement differ across individuals. Recent research has pursued these issues in an effort to make organizational behavior management more analytic in nature. The first study seeks to determine the degree to which the Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services reliably identifies an effective, function-based intervention. The second study seeks to identify how stimulus preference and reinforcement schedule interact to influence staff performance. Finally, the third study proposes a novel conceptualization of the impact of unprogrammed aspects of performance incentive arrangements through behavioral economic analyses of choice and probabilities in the workplace. |
Keyword(s): Functional Assessment, Incentives, Reinforcement Schedules |
|
Use of the Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services to Assess and Increase Teaching of Verbal Operants by Therapists |
Joshua Lipschultz (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), CHANA GEHRMAN (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: The Performance Diagnostic Checklist Human Services (PDC-HS) is an informant-based tool designed to assess the environmental variables that contribute to poor employee performance in human service settings. Although the PDC-HS has been shown to be effective in diagnosing potential variables maintaining problem performance, it is yet unclear whether a function-based intervention identified by the PDC-HS is the only intervention that is likely to work. In the current study, the PDC-HS was administered to various supervisors to assess the potential variables maintaining low levels of providing opportunities to use verbal operants with 3 therapist-client dyads. Three of the four PDC-HS domains were evaluated. Various non-indicated interventions from the different PDC-HS domains were implemented prior to implementing an indicated intervention. Results show that the PDC-HS-indicated interventions were more effective than the PDC-HS non-indicated interventions for each dyad. Results are discussed in terms of the utility of the PDC-HS to identify appropriate interventions to manage therapist performance in human service settings. |
|
Evaluation of Stimulus Delivery Arrangements on Staff Performance in a Simulated Work Setting |
Ashley Tudor (Florida Institute of Technology), Yanerys Leon (Florida Institute of Technology), Adam Thornton Brewer (Florida Institute of Technology), STEPHANIE VASQUEZ (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Supplementary, contingent pay arrangements can result in improved employee productivity and may lead to the development of more efficient performance improvement plans in organizational settings. In Experiment 1, we examined the effects of various stimulus delivery arrangements on performance in a computer-based task in a simulated work context. Participants entered hypothetical client data onto a Microsoft Excel invoice and earned gift-cards for task completion according to the following four conditions: (a) fixed-ratio/high-preference stimuli (FR/HiP), (b) variable-ratio/high-preference stimuli (VR/HiP), (c) fixed-ratio/varied stimuli (FR/Var), and (d) variable-ratio/varied stimuli (VR/Var). For both participants, constant access to their highest preferred stimulus delivered under a fixed-ratio schedule produced the greatest increases in performance relative to baseline. In a second experiment, we evaluated participant preference to perform under the four stimulus delivery arrangements using a concurrent-chains schedule. Results of the preference assessment indicated that one of the participants' preference did not correspond with the stimulus condition that resulted in the highest levels of task completion or reinforcers earned during the performance evaluation. |
|
Effects of Probabilistic Arrangements of Incentives and Disincentives on Work Task Performance in an Analogue Setting |
JASON M. HIRST (Southern Illinois University), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The current study seeks to synthesize concepts from organizational behavior management and behavioral economics through an exploratory, translational paradigm. The degree to which workplace contingencies are subject to variables common to the behavioral economic literature was assessed in three experiments. The first experiment was a hypothetical discounting task that extended the cross-commodity discounting literature by comparing monetary outcomes with access to mobile devices, a potential competing reward in organizational settings. The second experiment was a systematic replication of Experiment 1 in the context of the workplace. Both studies demonstrated that probability discounting predicted the subjective value of both monetary and nonmonetary outcomes. The third experiment examined the effects of probability on the efficacy of an incentive system in an analogue work environment. Participants were given the opportunity to complete a work task under varying probabilities of incentive availability. The results showed that incentive availabilities of less than 25% failed to maintain allocation of behavior to the work task for three of six participants. The applicability of behavioral economics, specifically discounting, for organizations are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Predicting Behavioral Outcomes in the Treatment of Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Columbus Hall AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Dennis Dixon (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)) |
Discussant: Sienna Greener-Wooten (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
CE Instructor: Sienna Greener-Wooten, Ph.D. |
Abstract: While there is a strong consensus that applied behavior analysis (ABA) is an effective treatment for autism spectrum disorder (ASD), evidence also indicates variation in individual response to treatment. Several factors have been suggested to have an effect on ABA treatment outcomes. Some factors are specific to the child at the start of treatment (e.g., age, IQ, symptom severity, and skill level), while other factors are treatment specific (e.g., treatment intensity and treatment duration). The present studies evaluate the effects of treatment specific factors on outcomes in large and geographically diverse samples of children with ASD receiving ABA services in community-based settings. These studies investigate the relationship between treatment intensity and skill acquisition, the effects of treatment hours on outcomes across all areas of a comprehensive treatment program, and the impact of features of supervision (i.e., supervision intensity, supervisor credentials, years of experience, and caseload) on skill acquisition. The findings of these studies have significant implications on treatment delivery practices and the optimization of treatment response. |
Keyword(s): Behavior Analysis, Supervision, Treatment Intensity/Domains, Treatment Outcomes |
|
An Evaluation of Effects of Intensity and Duration on Outcomes Across Treatment Domains for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
ERIK LINSTEAD (Chapman University), Esther Hong (Center for Autism and Related Disorders) |
Abstract: Ample research has revealed that high intensity applied behavior analysis (ABA) treatment (i.e., 30-40 hours per week) significantly improves outcomes of children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). However, relatively few studies have directly compared higher with lower intensity treatment or investigated these effects across all domains. Two studies were conducted with groups of children receiving behavioral intervention in community-based settings. The first study evaluated the relationship between treatment intensity and learning. A regression analysis was conducted with 810 children between 1.5 and 12 years of age. Results indicated a strong linear relationship between treatment intensity and skill acquisition, where a greater number of treatment hours consistently predicted greater progress over time. The second study examined the relationship between treatment intensity and outcomes within eight treatment domains. A multiple regression analysis was conducted with 599 children. While positive effects were observed across all treatment domains, the greatest effects based on treatment intensity were seen for language, play, and academic skills, and the weakest effects seen for adaptive skills, executive function, and cognition. Treatment duration showed a relatively week impact on outcomes. These findings support existing evidence of the benefits of high intensity ABA treatment programs for children with ASD. |
|
An Evaluation of the Impact of Supervision Intensity, Supervisor Qualifications, and Caseload on Outcomes in the Treatment of Autism Spectrum Disorder |
DENNIS DIXON (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)) |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis (ABA) is a well-established treatment for autism spectrum disorder (ASD). While ample research has shown the benefits of high treatment intensity, very little research has investigated the role of supervision intensity or other elements of supervision in treatment outcomes. The present study examined the relationship between ABA treatment response and supervision intensity, supervisor credentials, years of experience, and caseload in a large and geographically diverse sample of children receiving ABA services in community-based settings. The present analysis included 663 children with ASD. A multiple linear regression analysis was performed to evaluate the impact of supervision and treatment intensity on learning outcomes. When analyzed together, supervision and treatment intensity accounted for slightly more of the observed variance than therapy hours alone. Additional regression analyses were conducted to evaluate the effect of supervisor credentials, years of experience, and caseload. Supervisor credentials were found to have a significant impact on treatment outcome. Supervisor years of experience and caseload were unexpectedly not found to have a meaningful relationship to skill acquisition. These findings provide guidance for best practice recommendations. |
|
|
|
|
The Role of Nutrition in Medicine: Dietary and Other Behavioral Interventions for the Management of Significant Health Conditions |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Grand Ballroom AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: John M. Guercio, Ph.D. |
Chair: John M. Guercio (Benchmark Human Services) |
TOM CAMPBELL (University of Rochester Program for Nutrition in Medicine) |
Thomas M. Campbell II, MD is the co-founder and clinical director of the University of Rochester Program for Nutrition in Medicine. A board certified family physician, he has an active primary care practice in Rochester, NY. In addition, Dr. Campbell is medical director of the T. Colin Campbell Center for Nutrition Studies, a leading provider, in partnership with eCornell, of online education in plant-based nutrition. A graduate of Cornell University, Thomas is author of The Campbell Plan and co-author, with his father T. Colin Campbell, PhD, of The China Study, a worldwide bestseller.
Dr. Campbell got his medical degree from the University at Buffalo School of Medicine and completed residency training in Family Medicine at the University of Rochester, Highland Hospital. He has published in the Israel Medical Association Journal and in CME publications Primary Care Reports and Integrative Medicine Alert. He has completed several marathons. |
Abstract: Dr. Campbell has conducted extensive research into the influence of dietary and other behavioral interventions as they relate to cardiovascular health, longevity, cancer and diabetes prevention, and a host of other medical benefits. He is a leading scholar and authority on the role of diet and lifestyle changes in the prevention and treatment of disease. He and his father published The China Study in 2005. The book details the groundbreaking work that he has completed with his father in the area of the prevalence of cancer and its relation to our dietary habits. |
Target Audience: Licensed Psychologists, certified behavior analysts, graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) characterize a healthy, plant-based diet; (2) identify the most common diseases that are affected by nutrition; (3) understand the barriers and promises of integrating nutrition with behavior change in the traditional medical setting. |
|
|
|
|
Should the FDA Reduce the Nicotine Content of Cigarettes? The Science and Potential Public Health Impact |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Lucerne, Swissotel |
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: Christine E. Hughes, Ph.D. |
Chair: Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
ERIC C. DONNY (Univerisity of Pittsburgh) |
Dr. Donny is a Professor of Psychology (primary), Psychiatry and Behavioral & Community Health Sciences at the University of Pittsburgh. His expertise includes behavioral pharmacology, biological and health psychology, addiction, and regulatory science. His research has included a wide range of topics and techniques including animal models of self-administration, human abuse liability of cocaine and heroin, functional neuroimaging, population-based surveys, and clinical trials of tobacco products. His current interests focus on regulatory approaches to reducing the health burden of tobacco. He co-directs the Center for the Evaluation of Nicotine in Cigarettes (CENIC), an NIDA/FDA-funded cooperative agreement involving 12 institutions that aims to increase understanding of how behavior and health might be affected in the vast majority of smokers who are either unable or unwilling to quit, if the nicotine content of combustible tobacco products is reduced. |
Abstract: In 2009, Congress gave the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) the authority to limit the nicotine content of combusted tobacco products. Decades of research suggest that nicotine is the primary cause of tobacco addiction and that reducing nicotine might reduce the rate and/or prevalence of smoking and have a dramatic impact on public health. This presentation will focus on recent clinical and preclinical data that addresses the potential benefits and risks of reducing nicotine as a regulatory approach. Clinical studies indicate that marked reduction in the nicotine content of cigarettes lead to fewer cigarettes smoked per day and reduced nicotine dependence with little evidence of compensatory smoking. Preclinical data from rat models of nicotine self-administration indicate that nicotine reduction would likely also decrease the initiation of use amongst nicotine na?ve adolescent users and that other non-nicotine constituents of tobacco smoke have little effect on behavior. The primary exception is MAO inhibition, which appears to shift the dose-response curve for self-administration to the left when the cost is low (i.e., low fixed ratio). Together, these data add to a growing literature that suggests that regulated reductions in nicotine may have a positive impact on behavior and health. Funding: Research reported in this publication was supported by the National Institute on Drug Abuse and FDA Center for Tobacco Products (CTP) (U54 DA031659). The content is solely the responsibility of the authors and does not necessarily represent the official views of the NIH or the Food and Drug Administration. |
Target Audience: Licensed Psychologists, certified behavior analysts, graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) determine the evidence as to whether reducing the nicotine content of cigarettes is likely to lead to compensatory smoking; (2) determine the evidence as to whether reducing the nicotine content of cigarettes is likely to lead to significant nicotine withdrawal or other negative effects such as depression; (3) determine if altering the nicotine content of cigarettes impacts price elasticity. |
|
|
|
|
Instructional Practices for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder: Syntheses of the Literature |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Columbus Hall IJ, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Jennifer Ninci (Texas A&M University) |
Discussant: Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer Ninci, M.Ed. |
Abstract: Aggregations of single-case research studies are useful in assessing the external validity of evidence in a given area. Aggregations of the literature can provide behavior analysts with a cohesive understanding of a certain practice; they can also inform us of the most effective treatments demonstrated for a specific domain of behavior. This symposium includes quantitative syntheses and meta-analyses of single-case literature on specific interventions (i.e., errorless teaching and embedding preferences) as well as on certain domains of behavior (i.e., academic skills and functional living skills). All of these reviews are focused on learning in individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Individuals with ASD face unique challenges in learning and development. A common purpose to each of the reviews here is to identify the current state of the evidence for individual practices. Standards for aggregating and analyzing single-case research have undergone much refinement in recent years. Meta-analytic reviews of single-case research are only recently becoming prevalent in the special education and applied behavior analytic literature. Thus, this symposium will be useful for attendees with interest in educational interventions for individuals with ASD as well as for those interested in advancements in methods for study aggregation. |
Keyword(s): Generalization, Meta-analysis, Skill acquisition |
|
A Review of Academic Interventions for Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder in School Settings |
FAHAD ALRESHEED (University of Oregon), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: This review of single-case research is on interventions aiming to enhance academic/pre-academic skills and/or task completion and engagement during academic contexts for children with ASD in school settings. Forty-eight studies published between 1995 and 2014 were included. These articles were coded according to (a) design; (b) participant demographics; (c) setting type; (d) intervention type and implementer; (e) duration and dosage; (f) outcomes; (g) inter-rater reliability, social validity, treatment integrity, and (h) generalization and maintenance. Tau-U was used to determine overlap indices for each study and across intervention categories of literacy, math, science, social studies, engagement and task completion, and prerequisite skills. Findings showed that most studies included students in grades K-12. The mean Tau-U score across all studies was moderate to high (Tau-U = 0.74, range 0.15 - 1.00). All interventions were effective or very effective in improving targeted pre-academic or academic skills. Interventions targeting task engagement and completion had the lowest mean Tau-U (Tau-U = 0.59); approximately half of the interventions were not effective for improving task engagement and completion (Tau-U = 0.65). These results reveal the need for further research targeting academic skills for preschool students with ASD and interventions targeting on task engagement and completion. |
|
Errorless Teaching Procedures on Learning Outcomes for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Systematic Review |
BETHANY P. CONTRERAS YOUNG (Utah State University), Timothy A. Slocum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Errorless learning, or errorless teaching, is a technology that has been developed as a way to teach individuals with autism a variety of skills. The purpose of this systematic review was to review the extant literature on errorless teaching procedures that have been used with individuals with autism. Our goal was to determine which forms of errorless teaching have been researched and what the effects of each form were in terms of learning outcomes. We conducted a comprehensive search using 7 databases and studies were included in the review if they included participants with autism, were primary research, were written in English, and directly tested the effects of errorless teaching procedures. Twenty studies met the inclusion criteria and we conducted an independent appraisal of the results and methodological quality of each study (based of the What Works Clearinghouse Procedures and Standards Handbook). We found that five different forms of errorless teaching have been researched and that, in general, errorless teaching procedures are effective at teaching discrete skills to individuals with autism. We also found that errorless procedures seem to produce learning slower than non-errorless procedures in terms of sessions to mastery. Implications for research and practice will be discussed. |
|
Embedding Preferences in the Learning Environment for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Meta-Analysis |
JENNIFER NINCI (Texas A&M University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University), Leslie Neely (University of Texas at San Antonio) |
Abstract: A body of research has explored how embedding interests into the learning environment by modifying aspects of the original activity may facilitate positive outcomes in an area of need for individuals with ASD. We reviewed this literature base to (a) determine the quality of the evidence and (b) evaluate potential moderators of results according to variations in participant characteristics and dependent variables. Studies were included that targeted participants with ASD, included quantitative data, and compared conditions with high- versus lesser-preferred objects/activities embedded into the environment. Studies were rated on quality and evidence using two rubrics. A total of 21 studies with 86 participants were included. Thirteen studies with 42 participants targeted children in early childhood, 12 of which were single-case studies with 28 participants and 74 effects/targeted dependent variables. In evaluating the quality of this initial sample of studies, findings were mixed. There was emerging support among studies targeting social-communication type skills (e.g., joint attention). It is possible that stereotyped or repetitive behaviors associated with restricted interests of children with ASD could deter the effects of this intervention at times, such as during instructor-led activities. Professionals should structure the environment to monitor added benefit when considering use of this intervention. |
|
Generalization and Maintenance of Functional Living Skills for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Meta-Analysis |
LESLIE NEELY (University of Texas at San Antonio), Jennifer Ganz (Texas A&M University), John Davis (University of Utah), Margot Boles (Texas A&M University), Ee Rea Hong (University of Tsukuba), Jennifer Ninci (Texas A&M University), Whitney Gilliland (Texas A&M University) |
Abstract: This systematic review and meta-analysis analyzed peer-reviewed research concerning the generalization and maintenance of functional-living skills for individuals with autism spectrum disorder. Following the application of predetermined inclusion criteria, 31 articles (containing 32 studies) were reviewed and summarized in terms of: (a) generalization dimension, (b) generalization assessment design, (c) maintenance assessment design, (d) maintenance and generalization teaching strategy, and (e) latency to maintenance probes. Using Tau effect size and post-hoc analyses, the type of generalization and maintenance teaching strategies were analyzed as potential moderators. Outcomes identified strong effects for generalization strategies employed. Resulting maintenance effects demonstrated strong effects for baseline to maintenance contrasts. Negative effects for the train and hope method were identified using intervention to maintenance contrasts. Results indicated statistically significant findings supporting the use of training in a natural setting and training to a criterion as compared to the train and hope strategy. Implications for future research and practice are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Assessing Treatment Integrity and Staff Training When Delivering Behavioral Services to Individuals With Disabilities |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Columbus Hall GH, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Denys Brand (University of Kansas) |
Discussant: Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas) |
CE Instructor: Layla Abby, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Treatment integrity is the extent to which interventionists implement treatment procedures as prescribed. Treatment integrity errors can adversely affect treatment effectiveness and impede learning for individuals with disabilities such as autism spectrum disorder. It is important to develop and refine methods of identifying treatment integrity errors and teaching staff to implement procedures consistent with their prescribed protocols. This symposium focuses on describing procedures for assessing treatment integrity, and for teaching staff to implement procedures as prescribed. Brand will present the results from a study in which a conditional probability analysis identified and quantified between-trials treatment integrity errors that occurred during discrete-trial teaching error-correction procedures. Abby will detail a study focused on the use of enhanced data sheets when assessing treatment integrity in conditional discrimination training. Luck will describe a study comparing the effectiveness of and preference for three different feedback strategies when training special education teachers (written, vocal, & video-feedback). Coln-Kwedor will present the results from two studies containing a comprehensive analysis of treatment integrity with response interruption and redirection in both naturalistic and experimental settings. These methods were effective in identifying treatment errors and teaching procedures to staff. |
|
Assessing the Treatment Integrity of Discrete-Trial Teaching Error-Correction Procedures Using Conditional Probabilities |
DENYS BRAND (University of Kansas), Douglas Elliffe (University of Auckland), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Treatment integrity is the extent to which interventionists implement treatment procedures consistent with their prescribed protocol. Research shows that DTT is most effective when administered with high levels of treatment integrity. The majority of treatment integrity research involving discrete-trial teaching (DTT) focuses on treatment integrity on a within-trial basis. However, treatment integrity errors can also occur on a between-trials basis. The aim of the study was to use conditional probability matrices to identify and quantify between-trials treatment integrity errors occurring during error-correction procedures. We video-recorded therapy sessions for three therapist-learner dyads at the time and place where DTT sessions usually took place. The learners were children with autism spectrum disorders who received DTT as part of their regular teaching programs. The conditional probability matrices were effective in identifying and quantifying error-correction treatment integrity errors. Also, we found that high levels of within-trial treatment integrity did not correspond to high levels of treatment integrity for the error-correction procedures. |
|
Effects of Standard and Enhanced Data Sheets on Implementation of Conditional Discrimination Training |
LAYLA ABBY (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Linda A. LeBlanc (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Joseph H. Cihon (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Green (2001) and Grow and LeBlanc (2012) described practice recommendations for conducting conditional discrimination training. Grow and LeBlanc provide an example of a data sheet with the preset target stimulus for each trial along with a counterbalanced three-item array of comparison stimuli to enhance the accuracy of implementation of the recommended practices. The current study evaluated the recommendation that the enhanced data sheet might lead to higher procedural integrity on these practice recommendations compared to a standard data sheet (i.e., targets and arrays are not pre-set). Behavior therapists from two provider agencies were randomly assigned to the standard data sheet or the enhanced data sheet (e.g., Grow & LeBlanc example) condition. Participants watched a short video on the practice recommendations for a matching task and an orientation to the data sheet for the assigned condition. He or she then used the assigned data sheet while implementing the matching task with a confederate serving in the role of the child with autism. Currently, 22 participants have completed the study (11 per condition) and the final sample will include 40 total participants. The enhanced data sheet produced higher procedural implementation on each of the four targeted practice recommendations. |
|
A Comparison of Written, Vocal, and Video Feedback When Training Teachers |
KALLY LUCK (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Danielle Dupuis (The University of Houston-Clear Lake), Wai-Ling Wu (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Louisa Hussein (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: This study compared the effectiveness of and preference for three different feedback strategies when training six special education teachers during a 5-day summer training program. In Study 1, teachers received written or vocal feedback while learning to implement two different types of preference assessments (paired-stimulus and multiple-stimulus-without-replacement). Written feedback was more effective than vocal feedback for three teachers and vocal feedback was more effective than written feedback for two teachers. In Study 2, we compared the most effective feedback strategy from Study 1 to video-assisted feedback while training the teachers to implement two forms of discrete trial training, one involving least-to-most prompting and the other involving most-to-least prompting. Video-assisted feedback was the most effective method for three teachers and vocal feedback was the most effective for one teacher. However, vocal feedback was the most preferred method for all of the teachers. Results have important implications for the use of feedback with teachers. |
|
An Analysis of Treatment Integrity of Response Interruption and Redirection |
CANDICE COLON-KWEDOR (Western New England University & The May Institute), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Response Interruption and Redirection (RIRD) has been shown to effectively decrease stereotypy but its application outside an experimental setting has not been well studied. In Experiment 1, decreases in automatically-maintained vocal stereotypy were obtained following RIRD treatment in a controlled setting for three participants diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Descriptive data on the consistency and accuracy of treatment implementation were then collected in the classroom setting. Results showed that treatment implementation varied across participants (i.e., Participant 1, M=60.0%; Participant 2, M=89.7%; Participant 3, M= 41.1%) and across staff members (range, 0-100%). Failure to implement the treatment was the most common error. However, when RIRD was implemented the components were carried out as prescribed with high integrity. In Experiment 2, three participants were exposed to a parametric analysis in a controlled setting. The results indicated that RIRD was effective at 50% treatment implementation or higher. Furthermore, when 25% implementation was interspersed with booster sessions at 100% treatment effects were also maintained. An evaluation of the RIRD procedure in the clinical setting is discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Conceptual and Applied Considerations in Staff Training Related to Complex Verbal Behavior and Children With Autism |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Grand Ballroom EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Michael Miklos (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Net) |
Discussant: Francesca Degli Espinosa (Private Practice) |
CE Instructor: Michael Miklos, M.S. |
Abstract: Training staff to teach skills beyond the basic verbal operants involves consideration of conceptual, social and training variables. Four papers will be presented that review considerations for training peer to peer interactions, conceptual considerations related to speech perception, and two papers describing large group competency based trainings for conceptual and procedural skills relevant to complex verbal behavior for teachers of students with autism. The first study includes a description of training systems relevant to peer to peer verbal interactions focused on a manding treatment package consisting of the use of differential reinforcement and time delay procedures to effect the rate of unprompted peer mands in individuals with autism and intellectual disabilities. A behavioral interpretation of the McGurk Effect will relate conceptual issues relevant to training staff in skills related to observational skills of vocal verbal behavior. The McGurk effect is an auditory and visual phenomena in which what is seen effects what is heard. The final two papers summarize outcome data from large scale trainings focused on having staff acquire implementation skills for procedures derived from advanced concepts in verbal behavior including joint control, extended tacts, and verbal conditional discriminations. |
Keyword(s): verbal behavior |
|
The Effects of Peer to Peer Mand Training on Unprompted Mand Frequency for Children With Autism and Intellectual/Developmental Disabilities |
RACHEL KITTENBRINK (University of Pittsburgh) |
Abstract: The current study used a peer manding treatment package, embedding the use of differential reinforcement, controls for motivation, and time delay procedures to assess the effects on peer manding and reinforcer delivery rates in elementary school students with autism and IDD. A multiple probe across dyads design (Horner & Baer, 1978) was used to evaluate effectiveness of the peer manding treatment package on unprompted peer mands and unprompted reinforcer deliveries during 12 min mand sessions. All participants were active in the baseline, intervention, withdrawal, generalization, and maintenance phases of the investigation. All participants demonstrated increased unprompted mands and unprompted reinforcer deliveries following exposure to the treatment package, demonstrating a functional relation between the treatment package and increased response levels. Participants' response levels in the phases following the intervention phase were more variable, but as a whole, response levels maintained throughout the investigation. Considerations for interpreting the results are included and recommendations for future research and practitioners are discussed. |
|
A Behavioral Interpretation of the McGurk Effect |
DAVID ROTH (Cal State Stanislaus) |
Abstract: The McGurk Effect is a perceptual phenomenon in which the combination of discrepant visual and auditory speech stimuli (e.g,. hear-ba/see-ga) produces the reports of hearing a completely novel response form (e.g., "a"). The present study attempted to explain the McGurk Effect and related phenomena in terms of principles of behavior. Skinner (1953) proposed that perception itself is behavior, and interpreting experimental results within the framework of experimentally validated behavioral principles may help to guide future research on perceptual phenomena. Additionally, the present study contributed to the analysis of the McGurk Effect by comparing results from a discrepant isolated syllable condition (e.g., hear-ba/see-ga) with a second condition, in which the isolated syllables were presented to participants as the initial sounds of responses existing within their verbal repertoires (e.g., hear-BUST/see-GUST). The results supported the authors' hypothesis that the McGurk Effect would be stronger when syllables were presented in isolation than when they were presented in the context of whole words. Implications for training staff in observing vocal behavior will be discusse. |
|
Competency-Based Staff Training for Implementation of Procedures Related to Instruction of Complex Verbal Behavior for Students With Autism |
MICHAEL MIKLOS (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network), Amiris Dipuglia (PaTTAN/ Autism Initiative) |
Abstract: Outcomes of a large scale training effort for public school autism teachers in Pennsylvania include data on acquisition of conceptual skills and specific teaching programs will be presented. This session will review the structure and rationale for methods for teaching staff to implement protocols such as generative responding for tacts of actions and features, tacts of class of items and transfer to intraverbal responses. Includes description of training methods and outcomes for specific methods for developing participant conceptual competencies for extended tacts and concept development, joint control processes and issues related to verbal conditional discriminations. Training methods have included multiple formats for participant responding including choral responding, guided notes, and analogue demonstration of specific procedures. The training model has been implemented with public school teachers serving students with autism. The training represents efforts of the Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network Autism Initiative. Training participants have included a wide range of professionals employed in public schools including teachers, para-educators and various support staff including school psychologists and speech and language clinicians. |
|
Transfer of Training Complex Verbal Behavior Concepts and Protocols for Autism Support Teachers to Classroom Settings |
AMIRIS DIPUGLIA (PaTTAN/ Autism Initiative), Michael Miklos (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network) |
Abstract: This session will review data and processes involved in the transfer of training competencies from large scale analogue training sessions to actual classroom practices. The role and function of on-site consultation from behavioral consultants involved in the Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network Applied Behavior Analysis Supports effort in supporting teams in implementing protocols related to complex verbal behavior will be presented. Consideration of the design of training includes structure of training content related to efficient data collection and analysis that can be adopted in school settings that typically do not include clinical practice staff to student ratios. Additionally, methods to insure treatment integrity for teaching protocols related to target skills such as generative responding for tacts of actions and features, tacts of class of items and transfer to intraverbal responses will be described. The data will be related to a process established to promote system-wide acceptance of behavior analytic processes for teaching complex skills. |
|
|
|
|
Addressing Restricted and Repetitive Behavior and Social Deficits in Individuals With Autism |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Columbus Hall EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Nicole M. Rodriguez (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge) |
CE Instructor: Nicole M. Rodriguez, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Each paper represents a systematic approach to addressing types of behavioral excesses and deficits with individuals diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The first paper addresses a unique type of restricted and repetitive behavior that includes patterned initial-link (preference) selections during the free-choice phase of a concurrent-chains schedule. Smith et al. used a discovery-oriented approach to evaluate a method of disrupting patterned responding under arguably the most simple and salient of terminal-link contexts reinforcement versus extinction - across seven participants. The second and third papers address the common behavioral issue of perseverative speech, which is pertinent to improving social interactions. DeLisle et al. used a multiple schedule to decrease perseverative speech while maintaining manageable levels of appropriate speech with two participants. Sauter et al. evaluated the influence of, and client preference for, attention alone or combined with contingent access to preferred topics following on-topic speech with three participants. Finally, the fourth paper addresses sportsmanship, a skill relevant to social interactions with peers. Pisman et al. evaluated the effects of behavioral skills training on sportsmanship skills across different tabletop games (e.g., Candyland) with three participants. We are fortunate to have Dr. Tara Fahmie serve as the discussant. |
Keyword(s): concurrent-chains schedules, perseverative speech, repetitive behavior, social skills |
|
The Effects of Exposure on Selections During a Concurrent-Chains Preference Assessment |
VICTORIA SMITH (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Nicole M. Rodriguez (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kevin C. Luczynski (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Researchers have argued the importance of incorporating the recipients of behavior-change procedures into the treatment selection process (e.g., Hanley, 2010). When an individual has limited language capabilities, concurrent-chain schedules offer a means of assessing preference among behavior interventions and teaching strategies (Hanley, 2010). Our initial purpose was to evaluate the preference for various contexts with children diagnosed with autism who were receiving early intervention services. However, the majority of participants engaged in patterned selections consisting of one selection of each initial link, similar to how exposure trials were arranged. Thus, using a discovery-oriented approach, we evaluated a method of disrupting patterned responding under arguably the most simple and salient of terminal link arrangements (i.e., one reinforcement context versus two extinction contexts). For five of seven participants who initially demonstrated patterned responding, manipulation of the number of exposures to the reinforcement context was sufficient to produce discriminated responding. For two participants, the academic task also needed to be removed. Once discriminated responding was observed under such manipulations, discriminated responding maintained when the initial exposure arrangement was reinstated. Results are discussed in terms of the potential effects of history of exposure to errorless teaching strategies on selections during concurrent-chain schedules. |
|
Use of Multiple Schedules and Reinforcement Thinning in the Treatment of Perseverative Speech |
DEWEY DELISLE (The New England Center for Children), Jessica L. Thomason-Sassi (New England Center for Children), Kara LaCroix (The Autism Community Therapists) |
Abstract: Perseverative speech, the repetition of phrases or topics, can be problematic when the responses occur at such high frequency that they interfere with instruction or typical social interactions. Previous studies have shown that perseverative speech maintained by attention can be treated through the use of a simple differential reinforcement of alternative behavior procedure, in which perseverative speech is ignored and appropriate speech results in attention (Rehfeldt & Chambers, 2003); however, this type of intervention may also result in impractically high levels of appropriate speech. In the current study, a multiple schedule was introduced to decrease problem behavior and maintain low levels of appropriate speech. First, a functional analysis was conducted on the perseverative speech of 2 participants diagnosed with developmental disabilities; results showed that their perseverative speech was maintained by attention. Next, treatment consisted of alternating between reinforcement components, during which appropriate speech was reinforced and perseverative behavior was ignored, and extinction components, during which all behavior was ignored. Schedules were gradually altered to increase the length of the extinction component. |
|
Improving the On-Topic Conversation of Individuals With Autism |
JESSICA SAUTER (Briar Cliff University), Corey S. Stocco (Briar Cliff University), Rachel H. Thompson (Western New England University) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASDs) may have difficulty maintaining conversation partners because of a tendency to dwell on certain topics in conversation. We evaluated the influence of, and client preference for, attention alone or combined with contingent access to preferred topics on the on-topic performance of three individuals with autism during 5-min conversations. Attention alone and combined with contingent access to preferred topics equally effective in improving participants on-topic conversation. However, participants preferred attention combined with contingent access to preferred topics. The results are discussed in the context of efficacious and socially valid interventions for improving on-topic conversation for people with autism. |
|
Teaching Children With Autism Sportsmanship Skills to Reduce Problem Behavior During Tabletop Games |
MAEGAN D. PISMAN (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kevin C. Luczynski (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Melissa Bowen (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Ami J. Kaminski (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Individuals diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) typically exhibit deficits in social interactions. One opportunity for these children to interact with typically developing peers includes tabletop games (e.g., Candyland), and reinforcing interactions during games may increase the future likelihood of these children playing together. We used a multiple baseline design across subjects, who were three children aged 6 to 8, to demonstrate the efficacy of behavioral skills training (BST), and we assessed stimulus generalization across games. BST consisted of trial-based teaching outside of the game context in which the skill was described and modeled and followed by the child practicing the skill. Next, within- or after-game feedback following an error was provided, which included conducting remedial teaching trials until the skill occurred. BST increased sportsmanship skills and decreased problem behavior for all three children, and after teaching was discontinued, maintenance of this performance was observed. Across one or two additional games, stimulus generalization of teaching on decreased levels of problem behavior, increased levels of appropriate behavior, or both was observed for each child. Future research should determine whether sportsmanship skills result in typically developing peers choosing to play more often with children with an ASD using a concurrent-chains schedule. |
|
|
|
|
Advancing the Sophistication of ABA Programs for Children With Autism |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Roosevelt, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Rebecca Barron (Southern Illinois University- Carbondale) |
Discussant: Jonathan J. Tarbox (FirstSteps for Kids) |
CE Instructor: Jacob H. Daar, M.S. |
Abstract: Traditional accounts of human language have focused on elementary and complex verbal operants discussed by Skinner as verbal behavior. Although this account has led to application in teaching fundamental language skills such as tacts and mands, the same empirical advances have not been shown for more sophisticated language skills that are pivotal in speaking with meaning and listening with understanding. Recently, a series of assessment and curricula have been developed in the Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Relational Training System (PEAK) that incorporate contemporary advances in a behavior analytic understanding of language and cognition that may have applications in teaching these more advanced language skills. The present set of studies will compare the PEAK assessment to existing behavior analytic verbal behavior assessments and demonstrate how, by incorporating advances in Stimulus Equivalence theory and Relational Frame Theory, practitioners can teach complex language skills across sensory modalities. In so doing, PEAK provides a comprehensive curriculum that may have application in use with a greater range of participants, populations, and target verbal behavior skills. |
Keyword(s): Autism, Equivalence, PEAK, RFT |
|
Incorporating Taste, Touch, and Smell Into ABA Programs Using the PEAK-Equivalence Module |
JACOB H. DAAR (Southern Illinois University), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Caleb Stanley (Southern Illinois University), Ryan C. Speelman (Southern Illinois University), Kyle E Rowsey (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Sensations such as taste, smell, and texture are important features of the stimuli we encounter on a daily basis. Much attention in the literature on language instruction has been focused on the development of receptive and expressive responding to visual and auditory stimuli, however, few studies have sought to address deficits in responding to non-audio/visual sensations such as those found in gustatory, olfactory, and tactile stimuli. Furthermore, applied investigation of instructional methods designed to promote emergent relations between the various sensory features of stimuli and the arbitrary language functions we, as the verbal community, attribute to them has been lacking. The current presentation will review the applied literature on gustatory, olfactory, and tactile discriminations, and will provide discussion on the importance of promoting derived relational responding between various sensory features of stimuli and the arbitrary language functions used to refer to such features. Data will be presented on several applications of equivalence-based instruction, derived from the PEAK-Equivalence Module, which sought to teach language skills across several sensory modalities. Emphasis will be placed on the necessary procedures required to promote derived relations between sensory modalities and on program modification for when learners require extra support. |
|
Utilizing PEAK Relational Training System: Equivalence to Demonstrate Equivalence Based Learning in Children With Low Verbal Language Skills |
Autumn N. McKeel (Aurora University), MONICA SMILEY (Aurora University) |
Abstract: The present study evaluated the effectiveness of the implementation of multiple exemplar training using PEAK Relational Training System: Equivalence Module (PEAK-E), and its effects on teaching complex verbal relations in four children diagnosed with autism and displayed very low vocal language skills. A multiple probe design was implemented using programs from PEAK Relational Training System: Equivalence Module. Reflexivity, symmetry, and/or equivalence were trained while teaching Equivalence: Metonymical Tacts and Equivalence: Symbolism, separately. During training for Metonymical Tacts, children were taught through a series of training trials to match a sample related word to a picture, that was not previously directly trained. During training for Equivalence: Symbolism, children were taught to match a sample second written trait to a related picture item following training that previously did not directly train the relation. The results suggest that the participants were able to demonstrate mastery of all the trained and the corresponding untrained relations. The data extend previous research by demonstrating the effectiveness of stimulus equivalence in reducing the number of skills that need to be directly taught while still achieving skill mastery, as well as providing support for PEAK-E as an effective technology for promoting the emergence of equivalence class formation in clinical settings. |
|
Applications of Derived Relational Responding to Train New Skills Using the PEAK Relational Training System |
KYLE E ROWSEY (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Jacob H. Daar (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: While the technology of derived relational responding (DRR) has existed within the behavior analytic toolbox for over 45 years, the translation of this technology to applied usage has yet to take hold in a meaningful manner. Though prior research suggests that the utilization of DRR methods to train skills to individuals both with and without disabilities represents an effective and efficient mode of teaching, practitioners continue to primarily utilize discrete trial training of each skill they wish to increase in their clients repertoires. The PEAK Relational Training System is an assessment and curriculum tool designed to incorporate both traditional applied behavior analytic techniques as well as contemporary techniques using DRR as part of its instructional curriculum. The current talk describes several outcome studies on the effectiveness of programs within the PEAK curriculum which were designed to utilize DRR to train novel skills to individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities. The results indicated that novel skills were acquired in each of the participants instructed with DRR techniques. |
|
The Relationship Between the PEAK Direct Training Assessment and the VB-MAPP and ABLLs Assessments |
BRIDGET MUNOZ (Autism Home Support Services), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Caleb Stanley (Southern Illinois University), Kyle E Rowsey (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Jacob H. Daar (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The increasing prevalence of Autism Spectrum Disorder and its resulting delays have produced a significant, longstanding relevance for continued progressive measures towards a systematic approach to the treatment of deficient language repertoires. Current behavior analytic language assessments, such as the Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills-Revised (ABLLS-R) and Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP), have demonstrated utility in providing relative measures of an individual’s language and learner repertoire. The Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Relational Training System (PEAK) is an additional technology that serves as a means to assess and identify language skills that may be lacking from an individual’s repertoire. In order to advance the literature and, ultimately, support guided treatment decisions, a comparison was conducted. The purpose of the present investigation was to examine the treatment utility and produced measures of the ABBLS-R, VB-MAPP, and PEAK by evaluating the relationship of their assessment scores and identification of language repertoires in individuals with Autism. |
|
|
|
|
ABA Revisited: A Paradigm Shift for Understandingand Treating Psychopathology, Trauma, Anxiety, and Medical Issues |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Crystal Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Green West |
Area: CBM/EDC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University) |
Discussant: Anibal Gutierrez Jr. (Florida International University) |
CE Instructor: Jeannie A. Golden, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Typically, applied behavior analysis has focused on individuals with developmental disabilities, including autism spectrum disorders. Often behavior analysts shy away from addressing areas such as psychopathology, trauma, anxiety and emotional aspects (e.g. depression) of medical issues. These diagnoses and their symptoms involve private events and are therefore difficult to operationally define, observe and measure. However, Friman and others have suggested that behavior analysts should not ignore these important areas because they will then be studied only by non-behaviorists. Unfortunately, non-behaviorists view aberrant behaviors in individuals with psychiatric disorders as symptoms of underlying constructs and use the diagnosis as a reason for these behaviors, proposing more global treatments such as therapies or medications. On the other hand, behaviorists view those behaviors as serving an environmental function that can be replaced with a more acceptable behavior serving the same function. The behavioral perspective would also include an analysis/understanding of establishing operations in the form of private events, physical sensations, bio-behavioral states, psychological feelings, and covert tacts/mands and learning history with particular discriminative stimuli for reinforcement or punishment. The presenters in this symposium will present their analyses of these areas from a behavioral perspective and provide treatment strategies or research methodologies that are based on these analyses. |
|
Behavior Analysis and the Psychopath: Methodology for Investigating Behavioral Analogues of Traditional Psychoanalytic Conceptualizations |
ANDRE V. MAHARAJ (Florida International University) |
Abstract: While paradigm shifts have informed largely all areas of psychology, some spheres of research are still dominated by the perspectives of the schools within which they germinated. The presentation and analysis of psychopathy has long been the domain of psychoanalysis, and the trend of psychoanalytic interpretation exists even today, despite the incorporation of methodologies from other fields such as cognitivism and neuroscience. The diagnostic literature delineates Antisocial Personality Disorder (APD) as the adult representation of psychopathy, but many argue that there exists a qualitative distinction between the DSM-V conceptualization and the actual behavioral presentation of psychopaths. We propose that the behavior analytic framework offers a viable means for investigating corresponding analogues to dominant psychoanalytic and cognitive constructs used in the classification of psychopathy. Further, contributions at this level of analysis may aid in the reliable identification of traits, and increase the variance accounted for by established independent variables for predictive analysis. |
|
Treating Children With Trauma and Attachment Difficulties: Redefining Trauma-Based Therapy in Behavioral Terms |
JEANNIE A. GOLDEN (East Carolina University) |
Abstract: Many children who experienced early abuse/neglect, multiple placements and multiple caregivers have experienced trauma and attachment issues. The impact that this may have on the child’s behavior is likely to cause continued problems for the child and those providing care and treatment. Inappropriate behaviors may be related to learning histories and contingencies that are not observable in the immediate environment. Feelings may be establishing operations for the salience of particular reinforcers and punishers. Certain adult and peer behaviors may be discriminative stimuli for particular reinforcers and punishers in children’s learning histories. Negative peer models and naïve adults may provide inadvertent reinforcement for inappropriate behaviors such as lying, stealing and cheating. The presenter will discuss the impact that this learning history has the effectiveness of behavioral treatments as well as generalization of treatment effects. Alternate treatment approaches, such as trauma-based therapy, which are more likely to promote change that will generalize to the natural environment, will be presented in a behavioral framework. |
|
Using FBAs to Select Coping and Self-Management Skills for Youth Exhibiting Anxiety-Related Behaviors |
JESSE (WOODY) W. JOHNSON (Northern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Instruction in coping and self-management strategies have been demonstrated as effective interventions for children and youth with anxiety disorders (Oswald, 2008). Coping strategies include: problem solving, self-instruction, deep breathing, and progressive muscle relaxation. An emerging body of research is demonstrating that the effectiveness of coping and self-management skills can be further enhanced by the use of functional behavior assessment. These strategies can serve as replacement behaviors in the presence of stressful situations (Kendall, 2010). Often, adolescents who are experiencing anxiety in school may exhibit noncompliant, oppositional, and even disruptive behavior. The presenter has worked with adolescents who exhibit anxiety-related behaviors in a school setting that have created problems for these students. The purpose of this presentation is to a) summarize recent research on developing function-based self-management skills, b) outline a series of steps for practitioners to use when developing function-based self-management programs, and c) demonstrate the process through case study examples. |
|
Dealing With Medical Issues in Adolescence: Ensuing Anxious, Depressed, and Helpless Behaviors |
JEANNIE A. GOLDEN (East Carolina University), Katy Scott (East Carolina University) |
Abstract: Coping with medical diagnoses such as diabetes and asthma is particularly difficult during adolescence. Living in a rural community that is lacking in resources can make these diagnoses even more difficult, leading to behaviors that present as anxiety, depression and helplessness. Understanding how these behaviors can serve as establishing operations and have functions in the form of direct escape or socially mediated access is helpful in developing interventions that promote more positive behaviors such as treatment adherence, seeking support, and coping effectively. The presenter works with adolescents who are being treated at a school-based health clinic which serves high school students in a rural, impoverished area, some of whom are in families of migrant workers. The presenter will describe how to conduct a functional assessment and analysis of motivating operations in the treatment of behaviors related to medical disorders, using case examples of two adolescents who have been diagnosed with diabetes and asthma. |
|
|
|
|
Metacontingency and Macrocontingency: From Disaster Risk Reduction in a Global Scene to Brazilian Historical Events and Social Merchandising in a Soap Opera With a High Impact Theme |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Vevey 1 & 2, Swissotel |
Area: CSE; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Ingunn Sandaker (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
Discussant: João Claudio Todorov (Universidade de Brasilia) |
Abstract: We will present how operants are involved in interlocking behavioral contingencies using descriptive studies that include the concepts of metacontingency and macrocontingency. The phenomena under analysis are: (1) Disasters as ecosystems: cultural practices in prevention and intervention; (2) Two historical events that occurred in Brazil The Tapuios ethnogenesis and their contribution to indigenous policies, and barricades of health in Rio de Janeiro during the transition from the Imperial to the Republican system; and (4) The mobilization through social merchandising of a soap opera against the trafacking of persons. The contributions of metacontingency and macrocontingency are shown in these different contexts in which complexities are described and allow us to follow the evolution of recurrent social practices and their outcomes in social settings due to environmental selection. The areas considered in these presentations emphasize the need for exchange between behavior analysis and other disciplines such as politics, history and communication. Such interaction may result in an expansion of our understanding of the evolution of cultural practices and cultural planning. |
Keyword(s): disaster risk, historical events, ingenous policies, political public |
|
Disaster Risk Reduction 2015-2030: Metacontingencies Among International, Regional, National, and Local Entities |
LAÉRCIA ABREU VASCONCELOS (Universidade de Brasília (UnB)) |
Abstract: The 1980s were followed by a high number of natural disasters and climate change has stimulated the states of the United Nations to organize a complex mobilization that seeks substantial reduction of disaster losses of life as well as communities and countries social, economic and environmental assets. The important implementation of Hyogo framework for action 2005-2015: left gaps that will be filled by the recent framework approved in the Third World Conference on Disaster Risk Reduction the Sendai framework for disaster risk reduction 2015-2030. Actions from different entities must consider the global development agenda a sustainable development of humanity and the planet. In disaster ecosystems, metacontingencies include the coordination of governments, experts, public and private sectors, and wide range relevant stakeholders at all levels, both externally and locally. Disaster risk reduction requires transparent risk informed decision-making that is easy to understand and science based. Measures and indicators clearly define aggregate products. The metacontingencies of disaster management have interlocked behavior contingencies (IBCs) that interact with global-regional and national-local disasters teams. Metacontingencies and macrocontingencies allow us to describe phenomena in a way that may contribute to the implementation of actions in different phases, from prevention to recovery after a disaster event. |
|
Control and Counter Control in Metacontingencies: The Paradoxical Case of Popular Revolt Against Vaccination to Prevent Smallpox in Rio de Janeiro in 1904 |
MARCELO FROTA LOBATO FROTA BENVENUTI (Universidade de São Paulo) |
Abstract: Metacontingencies involve dependency relationships between interlocked behavioral contingencies (IBCs), their aggregated products and an external result. This presentation discusses the need to broaden the discussion about the relationship between control and counter control that is present in IBCs to understand some apparent paradoxical effects in cultural selection. Recurrences of IBCsinvolving counter control can be especially harmful in the cultural selection process. This presentation examines an episode in Brazilian history known as the "health barricades", a popular revolt against the governmental mandatory decision to vaccinate against smallpox. The episode took place in Rio de Janeiro in 1904. A vaccination program may be regarded as a metacontingency: it involves intertwining of many behavioral contingencies, an increase in population health and a number of cultural consequences as critical variables. In this episode, however, mandatory vaccination was treated as police case; whoever did not accept the vaccination was arrested. Health services, with help from the police and the army, went to peoples houses using force. The presence of aversive control in IBCs led to a revolt against governmental practice, a form of counter control. These considerations are important for the consolidation of successful strategies of adherence to large-scale application of behavioral technology. |
|
Ethnogenesis of Brazilian Indigenous Community: A Behavior Analytic Interpretation |
SÔNIA MARIA NEVES (PUCGO), Julio Almeida Filho (PUCGO), Ivaldo Ferreira de Melo Junior (PUCGO), Anna Carolina Gonçalves Souza (PUCGO), Fábio Henrique Henrique Baia (Universidade de Rio Verde) |
Abstract: The aim of the study was to produce a behavior analytic interpretation of the ethnogenesis of a Brazilian indigenous community - the Tapuios do Carretão. Data was collected from Ossami de Moura's 2008 book, “Tapuios do Carretão: an ethnogenesis of an indigenous group from the state of Goiás, Brazil” (our translation). The methodology involved using book excerpts that were selected and categorized so as to identify antecedent events, responses and consequences of the behavior of individuals (e.g., indigenous people, missionaries and settlers) present in Moura's narrative. The analyzed phenomenon took place between the sixteenth and nineteenth centuries. To improve display of the behavioral relations, six agures will be presented containing diagrams and their respective descriptions. Each agure describes recurrent forms of behavior, cultural practices, cumulative effects, and aggregate products. The analysis employed the concepts of macrocontingency and metacontingency to explain the recurrence and changes observed in the Tapuios' cultural practices. Such concepts were useful to examine the major historical events involved in the Tapuios' ethnogenesis. |
|
Metacontingencies in Social Merchandising: The Fight Against Human Trafficking in a Brazilian Soap Opera |
Ol�via Vale (Universidade de Brasilia), LAÏ¿½RCIA ABREU VASCONCELOS (Universidade de Bras�lia (UnB)) |
Abstract: Behavior Analysis has a fundamental role in cultural planning and, in the last few years, several behavior analysts have been studying cultural practices using the concept of metacontingencies. It is possible to use wide-reaching communication technology to change the behavior of a great number of people. Several current TV shows encourage citizenship and affect society in a favorable way. One of the strategies used by these shows is social merchandising, which involves inserting social themes and mobilization messages in the plot of a story. The goal of this paper was to analyze the presentation of cultural practices included in a social theme of great impact-- human trafficking-- in a Brazilian soap opera with a large audience. We identified contingency arrangements, cultural products and selecting consequences using the concept of metacotingencies. Further, we analyzed the recurrent presentation and impact of the intervention on the fight against human trafficking in Brazil. |
|
|
|
|
New Quantitative Approaches to the Synthesis of Evidence in Applied Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Grand Ballroom CD South, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Sarah Leadley (The University of Auckland) |
Discussant: Einar T. Ingvarsson (University of North Texas) |
CE Instructor: Sarah Leadley, M.S. |
Abstract: The synthesis of evidence is central to the translation of scientific knowledge into practice. Most clinical sciences use meta-analysis methodology to aggregate the evidence from multiple individual studies. Meta-analyses are often used as the final scientific product preceding the transfer of evidence to health and education decision-makers and to the wider public. The use of meta-analysis in behavior analysis has been hampered by (a) the multiple metrics used across studies, (b) the limited use of randomized and non-randomized controlled studies, (c) the absence of purposely-developed effect size estimators for single-subject experimental designs, and (d) the lack of quantitative approaches to appropriately evaluate the idiosyncrasies of individual studies and individual participants within studies. Analytical developments over the last few years have helped to overcome some of these limitations. Some of these developments are illustrated in the current series of review studies. K. Hurl's meta-analysis compares the relative effectiveness of interventions for problem behavior that were and were not preceded by a functional assessment. R. Anderson's study features a quantitative synthesis of behavioral interventions for severe feeding disorders. J. McCormack will present a meta-analysis of the differential outcome effects in clinical and non-clinical population. Finally, A. Arnold-Saritepe will present a review of evidence-based practices for severe behavior in individuals with developmental disabilities and autism. |
Keyword(s): feeding disorders, functional analysis, meta-analysis, review |
|
The Differential Outcome Effect in Humans: A Quantitative Synthesis of Evidence |
JESSICA CATHERINE MCCORMACK (The University of Auckland), Javier Virues-Ortega (The University of Auckland) |
Abstract: In conditional discrimination learning, the differential outcome procedure can be used to enhance learning by providing reinforcement unique to each stimulus or response. The purpose of this study was to examine the effect of the differential outcomes procedure in humans. An electronic search of the literature recovered 33 papers comparing the differential outcomes procedure to a non-differential outcomes control, from which 23 were suitable for meta-analysis. Effect size estimators (Hedges g) were calculated for a total of six dependent variables: overall accuracy, test accuracy, transfer accuracy, latency, errors, and trials to mastery. A random-effects meta-analysis revealed significant medium-to-large effect sizes for all three accuracy measures, and a large effect of differential outcomes for clinical populations. Seven papers were analyzed as single-subject designs. They showed improved accuracy and sessions to mastery when aggregated, but individual results were variable. The results suggest that the differential outcomes procedure can be a useful addition to discrimination- and equivalence-based interventions, especially for individuals with cognitive impairments and intellectual disabilities. |
|
A Meta-Analysis of Single-Subject Experiments of Function-Based and Non-Function-Based Interventions |
KYLEE HURL (University of Manitoba), Javier Virues-Ortega (The University of Auckland), Jade Wightman (University of Manitoba), Stephen N. Haynes (University of Hawaii) |
Abstract: This study examined the relative effectiveness of interventions based on a pre-intervention functional behavioral assessment (FBA), compared to common-practice interventions not based on a pre-intervention FBA. We examined 19 studies that included a direct comparison between the effects of FBA- and non-FBA-based interventions with the same participants. A random effects meta-analysis of effect sizes indicated that FBA-based interventions were associated with large reductions in problem behaviors when using non-FBA-based interventions as a reference intervention (Effect size = 0.85, 95% CI [0.42, 1.27], p < .001). In addition, non-FBA based interventions had no effect on problem behavior when compared to no intervention (0.06, 95% CI [-0.21, 0.33], p = .664). Interestingly, both FBA-based and non-FBA-based interventions had significant effects on appropriate behavior relative to no intervention, albeit the overall effect size was much larger for FBA-based interventions (FBA-based: 1.27, 95% CI [0.89, 1.66], p < .001 vs. non-FBA-based: 0.35, 95% CI [0.14, 0.56], p = .001). In spite of the evidence in favor of FBA-based interventions, the limited number of comparative studies with high methodological standards underlines the need for further comparisons of FBA-based versus non-FBA-based interventions. |
|
A Quantitative Synthesis of Interventions for Pediatric Feeding Disorders (Tube Dependency) |
Sarah Leadley (The University of Auckland), RACHEL ANDERSON (The University of Auckland), Javier Virues-Ortega (The University of Auckland) |
Abstract: There is a growing interest in treatments to transition children from tube feeding (e.g., nasogastric or gastrostomy tubes) to oral feeding. A number of literature reviews identify applied behaviour analysis as having the strongest evidence for the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders. However, few studies have reviewed the nutritional outcomes for tube fed children. These outcomes include primarily the reduction or elimination of tube feeds and weight gain. In addition, the individual studies available do not allow a cogent comparison of behaviour-analytic intervention with other multidisciplinary treatment studies, such as tube weaning or hunger provocation programs. In the current investigation we conducted a meta-analysis of treatments for children dependent on tube feeding, combining datasets of different metrics (e.g., single-case and group designs). This presentation will cover our meta-analysis methods, results, and implications for future research and clinical practice. |
|
Evidence-Based Practice for Severe Behavior in Individuals With Developmental Disabilities and Autism |
ANGELA ARNOLD-SARITEPE (The University of Auckland), Katrina J. Phillips (The University of Auckland), Javier Virues Ortega (The University of Auckland) |
Abstract: Severe behavior presents a significant challenge for both the individual and caregiver in terms of quality of life. Challenging behavior is commonly reported in individuals with intellectual disabilities, 10-15 %, however for those with autism and / or profound intellectual disabilities the prevalence is much higher, 39-65%. At least 10% of individuals in the latter category have challenging behavior that would be considered to be severe. Adolescent and young adult males make up two-thirds of this group. While the progression of severe behavior disorders has not been well documented, it would appear that the overall prognosis for this group of individuals is not good, with potentially 80% continuing to engage in these behaviors 20 years later. Many of the studies published contain complex multi-component interventions that do not always report long term follow up or generalization data. This paper aims to review the behavioral literature for the intervention of the most severe challenging behavior (e.g., aggression, property destruction and self-injurious behavior) using Reichow, Volkmar and Cicchetti?s (2008) method for evaluating and determining evidence-based practice. It is hoped that this review will support researchers and clinicians in developing effective long lasting interventions that allow those with severe behaviors to live a less restricted life in the community. |
|
|
|
|
Computers, Complexity, and Contingencies, Oh My! |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Crystal Ballroom A, Hyatt Regency, Green West |
Area: DEV/TPC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Alexandria Leidt (University of Mississippi) |
Discussant: Patrice Marie Miller (Salem State University) |
CE Instructor: Darlene E. Crone-Todd, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In this multi-domain symposium, the intersection of the use of computers and contingencies to address complex human behavior is addressed in various ways by each presentation. All of the talks focus on the assessment of either the tasks involved, the behavior emitted by humans, or both. The assessment of tasks is required for a clear task analysis of what is required in the various domains in which behavior change is desired. The assessment of behavior in terms of how well it matches, under-matches, or over-matches the tasks is an important part of the assessment involved in shaping behavior. In this symposium, high inter-observer reliability scores are reported by several presentations, along with effective strategies to change socially important behavior as a result of contingencies that are applied to human behavior. The use of these reliable and valid methods of assessment is important for the field of behavior analysis and beyond. |
Keyword(s): complex behavior, computers, task analysis |
|
Shaping Complex Repertoires in Undergraduate Courses |
DARLENE E. CRONE-TODD (Salem State University) |
Abstract: Complex, higher-order thinking is expected of university students, and the complexity of the tasks increases as one completes different levels of higher education. Traditional methods of assessing the complexity of tasks and of student performance typically result in low inter-scorer reliability (ISR). However, a model of hierarchical complexity shows promise as a more reliable and valid measure of both academic tasks and performance. In this presentation, data will be presented related to educational interventions (i.e., inter-teaching methods) at the undergraduate and graduate levels that are related to developing complex behavioral repertoires. Specifically, pre- and post-test data, along with two exams are analyzed in terms of the levels at which questions are asked and the percentage of students who can answer questions at each of these levels. In addition, ISR was at, or above, 85%. This suggests that the model can be useful for academic assessment purposes, and that inter-teaching interventions can be used to increase complex thinking. |
|
Slow Your Roll: Using Behavioral Principles to Decrease Response Speed in Speedy Survey Participants |
YASH BHAMBHANI (University of Mississippi), Solomon Kurz (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi), Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Most survey research in psychology relies on undergraduate student samples. Data obtained from these samples is often of poor quality and questionable validity. One of the issues is that up to one quarter of students participating in survey research complete instruments too quickly. The purpose of the present study is to examine the effectiveness of two interventions—a warning condition and a warning plus time penalty condition—for slowing down speedy responders compared to a no intervention condition. Participants will be a large sample of undergraduates from a public university who will be invited to complete a lengthy online battery survey for course credit. The survey is intentionally long so as to burden participants and occasion hasty responding. We will examine to what extent the intervention conditions slow down speedy responders. Our secondary analyses will assess how conditions differed with respect to straightlining (e.g., answering all questions with the same response, such as 1 1 1), missing data, answering correctly to attention-check items, and a number of multivariate outliers. We will also examine whether speedy responders differ by demographic variables. Finally, we will discuss future directions for using behavioral interventions to improve the validity of survey data |
|
Effects of a Rubric on Inter-Observer Agreement in Narrative Task Analysis |
ANA CAROLINA SELLA (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brazil), Daniela Mendonça Ribeiro (Universidade Federal de Alagoas) |
Abstract: Since 2005 our group has conducted research involving the assessment and teaching of narrative skills. Narratives are complex verbal behavior units and several dependent variables can be targeted for analysis in any given task involving these repertoires. Usually, the data analysis process consists of reading a story transcription several times and transforming the target dependent variables into quantifiable data (e.g., presence of story categories, mean length of utterance, episode complexity). A recurrent problem we have been facing is achieving acceptable inter-observer agreement (IOA) when one of the observers is an undergraduate student (i.e., at least 80% agreement). The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of reading a rubric on the percentage of IOA for four different dependent variables: presence of story categories, total number of words, number of different words, and number of conjunctions. No other procedures were used. Three undergraduate students took part in the study. Overall, the rubric alone was effective to increase IOA in the last three dependent variable measures. Other procedures, such as immediate feedback and discrimination activities, might be necessary to increase IOA regarding the presence or absence of story categories. |
|
Creating a Measure that Measures Up: Exploring Self-Report, Experience Sampling, and Behavioral Measures of Body Image Flexibility |
JESSICA AUZENNE (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Nolan Williams (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Grayson Butcher (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Gina Quebedeaux Boullion (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Heather Chiasson (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Michael Bordieri (Murray State University), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: Body image flexibility involves a pattern of responding where effective, values-consistent action can be taken, even in the presence of aversive experiences of one’s body. As body image flexibility is associated with more favorable clinical outcomes, the ability to assess this behavior in ways that accurately reflect behavior of the individual become important in research and practice. To date, the primary way of assessing this behavior is through the use of self-report measures, which are typically single-administration, retrospective reports. A tool with the ability to model the body image flexibility in a lab setting while also assessing the behavior might be of even greater utility if related to observations of individuals’ day-to-day behavior. This paper will examine the relationships among a developing computer-based-behavioral measure of body image flexibility, single-administration retrospective reports and samples of day-to-day experiences of body image flexibility. Reports of the unique contributions of each assessment along with data to the current validity and utility of this novel computer-based assessment will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Changing Impulsivity: Manipulations That Affect Delay Discounting |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Zurich AB, Swissotel |
Area: EAB/BPN; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Maggie Sweeney (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Discussant: Leonard Green (Washington University) |
Abstract: Decades of research suggest that degree of delay discounting differs in clinically relevant populations relative to control populations. For example, individuals who smoke cigarettes, use illicit drugs, are obese, or fail to take preventative health measures tend to discount delayed rewards more relative to comparison groups. Recent evidence suggests that degree of discounting, previously been compared to a stable trait, is sensitive to experimental manipulation. This symposium presents data in which experimental manipulation affected delay discounting. Meredith Berry will present data suggesting visual exposure to natural environments decreases discounting, and that this effect may be related to lengthened time perception. Renee Renda will present data with rat subjects suggesting lasting reductions in discounting can be produced by delay exposure. Sarah Snider will present data in which episodic future thinking decreased discounting and intensity of demand for alcohol in alcohol dependent individuals. Matthew Johnson will present data suggesting acute doses of cocaine and alcohol increase discounting of condom-protected sex, but do not affect discounting of money. Leonard Green will integrate these presentations as discussant. Data in this symposium suggest degree of discounting has both trait and state characteristics. This knowledge is important for the development of interventions for impulsive decision making. |
Keyword(s): behavioral pharmacology, delay discounting, episodic-future thinking, timing |
|
Making Time for Nature: Visual Exposure to Natural Environments Lengthens Time Perception and Reduces Impulsivity |
MEREDITH STEELE BERRY (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Meredith Repke (University of Montana), Kerry Jordan (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Impulsivity in delay discounting is associated with maladaptive behaviors such as overeating and drug and alcohol abuse. Identifying techniques to decrease impulsivity in delay discounting could help improve decision-making on a global scale. Visual exposure to natural environments is one recent approach shown to decrease impulsive decision-making in a delay discounting task, although the mechanism driving this result is currently unknown. The present experiment was thus designed to evaluate whether visual exposure to natural (mountains) relative to built (buildings) environments resulted in less impulsivity, but also whether this exposure influenced time perception. Participants viewed photographs of either natural scenes or built scenes before and during a delay discounting task in which they made choices about receiving immediate or delayed hypothetical monetary outcomes. Then measures of time perception were administered including how many minutes participants thought had passed during the session and a scale measurement of whether time "flew" or "dragged" during the session. Participants exposed to natural as opposed to built scenes were less impulsive and also reported longer subjective session times. These results are the first to suggest that decreased impulsivity from exposure to natural as opposed to built environments may be related to lengthened time perception. |
|
Experimentally Manipulating Delay Discounting in Rats: Durability and Generalization |
RENEE RENDA (Utah State University), Jacy Draper (Utah State University), Brian Hess (Utah State University), Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Delay discounting characterizes the subjective devaluation of outcomes delayed in time. Robust, positive correlations exist between excessive delay discounting and many maladaptive behaviors (e.g., substance abuse, gambling). Several studies have demonstrated that delay discounting can be reduced and many hypothesize that this may result in more efficacious treatment outcomes. Experimentally manipulating delay discounting in nonhumans allows for the examination of variables that are not susceptible to human research (e.g., drug self-administration). Using a training regimen that involved early, extended experience with delayed reinforcement, Stein et al. (2013) found significant reductions in rats discounting delayed food rewards. A similar reduction was not observed in control rats (i.e., delay-naïve group) that had extended experience with immediate reinforcement. The present research sought to replicate and extend those findings. In our first study, we observed a significant, lasting reduction in delay discounting when reassessed at a 4-month follow-up (Panels A & B). In our second, ongoing experiment, we are examining whether this delay-exposure effect generalizes to other types of impulsive-choice assessments. Preliminary data with a small group of rats suggests that the data are trending in the predicted direction in the adjusting-delay procedure, but not in the variable-delay procedure (Panels C & D). |
|
Episodic Future Thinking: Expansion of the Temporal Window in Alcohol Dependents |
SARAH EMILY SNIDER (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute), Stephen LaConte (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute), Warren K. Bickel (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute) |
Abstract: Episodic future thinking (EPI) requires an individual to truly pre-experience a realistic future event. Given previous reports of reducing delay discounting following EPI in other populations, we examined the effects of engaging alcohol dependent individuals in episodic future (Active) or recent (Control) thinking to examine its effects on delay discounting and alcohol purchasing. Participants (n=50) were allocated into EPI or Control groups and asked to generate positive future or recent past events for each of five time-points. Participants then completed a delay-discounting task, during which event cues were displayed, and a hypothetical alcohol purchase task. EPI significantly increased valuation of future monetary rewards, while decreasing initial consumption (Q0) of alcoholic drinks indicative of lower demand intensity. Two additional findings suggest potential mechanisms. EPI more readily influenced alcohol dependents with low AUDIT scores, and self-reported cue valence differed between groups. Together, these results suggest a widening of alcohol dependents’ temporal window following engagement of EPI. While our data suggest that EPI may be moderated by certain susceptibility criteria, exercises such as episodic future thinking could be easily adaptable as a potential therapeutic tool for use in rehabilitation programs. |
|
Does Drug Administration Affect Delay Discounting in Humans? It Depends on What's Being Delayed |
MATTHEW W. JOHNSON (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Human studies have tended to show that alcohol and other drugs do not occasion changes in delay discounting. These studies have assessed discounting using money reward outcomes. However, substantial evidence indicates that individuals are not characterized by a single, universal discounting rate. Rather, delay discounting rate is dependent on the outcome being discounted, with discounting rate differing due to outcome magnitude, and outcome valence (reinforce or punisher). Moreover, an emerging literature has shown commodity-specific relations to clinical disorders, with the discounting rate of clinically relevant outcomes, as opposed to money, showing a stronger relation to pathological behavior. Systematically extending such observations, this presentation will review recent studies showing that administering drugs of abuse (e.g., alcohol, cocaine) causes no change in the discounting of money, but causes significant increases in the discounting of condom use within casual sex scenarios. This finding is consistent with substantial evidence showing episode-level associations between consumption of these drugs and sexual risk behavior. These findings suggest that universal conclusions regarding delay discounting as a behavioral process should not be based exclusively on tasks using money discounting. Moreover, these data indicate studies should assess discounting of outcomes that are closely tied to the clinical behavior of interest. |
|
|
|
|
Basic and Applied Research on Response Dynamics: Implications for the Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Zurich D, Swissotel |
Area: EAB/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Laura L. Grow (University of British Columbia) |
Discussant: Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of North Texas) |
CE Instructor: Laura L. Grow, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The results of basic research on the dynamics of responses during reinforcement and extinction can inform applied studies related to the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior (Notterman & Mintz, 1965). Response force is a clinically and socially relevant dimension of behavior, although few applied studies have been conducted on the force of responses during the assessment and treatment of problem behavior. This symposium will include four studies that are a combination of basic and applied studies related to the force of responses and behavioral variability during reinforcement and extinction. The first study is a basic study on the force of responses during periods of extinction among college students. The second and third studies evaluated the force of button pressing during continuous and intermittent reinforcement and extinction among individuals with developmental disabilities. The final presentation is an applied study that examined the rate and variability of response topographies during functional analyses of problem behavior. We will discuss the implications of the results in terms of the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior and areas for future research. |
Keyword(s): force, functional analysis, problem behavior |
|
Effort-Related Processes Modulate Extinction Bursts |
Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of North Texas), BRYANNA LILLY (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Previous research in the treatment of severe behavior problems has found the appearance of extinction bursts following the suspension of reinforcer delivery is less than common, and similar findings have been found in basic human operant research. In contrast, extinction bursts have been reported widely in animal research following suspension of reinforcer delivery, leading some to suggest a difference between humans and non-humans. We propose that extinction bursts, in fact, have not received a thorough functional analysis, and it may be premature to conclude lack of consistent findings with humans are due to species differences. The present study was designed to clarify the role response topography and stimulus modality may play in promoting extinction bursts. Twenty-five human participants watched a preferred video. Across groups, the audio or video stream was removed from playback, leaving the other stream intact. Participants could restore the video/audio stream by pressing a force-sensitive button, where either low (250 g) or high (750 g) forces were required to restore playback. At 20 and 30 minutes into the session, video/audio streams were removed, but participants could not restore playback for 20 s. The results showed that extinction bursting was more likely when baseline forces were lower and when audio streams were removed compared to the removal of video. The findings suggest that the wide variability in the observation of extinction bursts may be due to incidental differences in response topographies. Specifically, high-force topographies appear less likely to result in “bursting” during extinction. Also, reinforcer modality is shown to alter the likelihood and extent of extinction bursts. |
|
Force and Frequency of Button Pressing During Progressive Ratio Schedules and Extinction in Individuals With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities |
NABIL MEZHOUDI (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alyssa Fisher (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jessica Del Carmen Garcia (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Chris Dillon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Research on operant behavior often focuses exclusively on response frequency because it is a convenient measure and easier to quantify than are changes in other dimensions such as topography (form) or force. However, basic and applied research have consistently demonstrated that contingencies on response frequency also affect response force. This finding is particularly relevant for individuals who engage in severe problem behavior (aggression, self-injury, etc.), where the force of the response is a defining feature of the behavior and varying schedules of reinforcement and extinction are common in treatment. This study evaluated changes in the frequency, and the collateral effects on force, of reinforcing button pressing (as an analogue) during a progressive ratio schedule and then the cessation of reinforcement (extinction) for seven individuals diagnosed with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD), who also engaged in severe problem behavior. Results suggest several commonalities with the published research, as well as some differences, and shed new light on how contingencies on response force affect the force of responding within the IDD population. |
|
The History of Reinforcement Affects the Force and Rate of Responses During Extinction |
OFELIA M. FLORES (University of British Columbia), Laura L. Grow (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: Previous basic studies have demonstrated how different schedules of reinforcement affect the rate and force of responses (Notterman & Mintz 1965). The results of basic studies on force are relevant for applied studies on the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior. The present study evaluated the force and rate of button pressing during continuous and intermittent reinforcement and extinction. We conducted two experiments with three children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders. In Experiment 1, two conditions were compared using a reversal design (i.e., intermittent reinforcement and extinction). In Experiment 2, three conditions were compared in a sequence using a reversal design (i.e., intermittent reinforcement, continuous reinforcement, and extinction). In summary, the results across both experiments demonstrated how changes in the schedule of reinforcement affected the rate and force of responses. The results will be discussed in terms of future applied research on the force of problem behavior during assessment and function-based intervention. |
|
Changes in Response Topographies During Sessions of Functional Analysis of Problem Behavior |
VARSOVIA HERNANDEZ ESLAVA (University of Florida), Jonathan K Fernand (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Functional Analysis (FA) methodology has become the hallmark of behavioral assessment and plenty of studies have been conducted to refine its procedures (Hanley, Iwata, & McCord, 2003). However, there is almost no research about changes in the variation of target responses as the assessment progresses. The purpose of the current study was to describe changes in the number and rate of aggression topographies observed during demand sessions of FA for four participants whose problem behavior maintained by escape. The results showed that for all participants the number of topographies decreased from the first to the last session. Also, the rate of responding for one particular topography either increased or remained at high levels after the first session while the remaining topographies of response decreased in rate. The implications of the decrease in variability in topographies of response when conducting FAs for problem behavior will be discussed as well as how this relates to research on modification of response classes. |
|
|
|
|
Evaluating Variations of the Good Behavior Game: Effects on Student Behavior and Integrity of Teacher Implementation |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Regency Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Gold West |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jennifer L. Austin (University of South Wales) |
Discussant: Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer L. Austin, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The Good Behavior Game is a classroom management strategy arranged around an interdependent group contingency for meeting classroom expectations. Despite the wealth of research demonstrating its powerful effects on improving student behavior, some teachers may be reluctant to implement the Game in their classrooms or fail to do so with integrity. Further, the effects of altering particular components of the game have not been fully evaluated. This symposium will present four papers aimed at exploring different aspects of the Good Behavior Game, in terms of effects on student behavior and integrity of teacher implementation. The papers also will examine the preferences of children and their teachers for various alternatives for playing the game. The first study will evaluate the effects of teacher- versus student-led versions of the Game. The second study will evaluate the effects of known and unknown criteria for winning the Game. The third study will evaluate the effectiveness of a “low effort” version of the Game, and the fourth study will evaluate a system for increasing teacher integrity of implementation via a faded feedback procedure. |
Keyword(s): classroom management, group contingencies, schools, treatment integrity |
|
Effects of and Preference for Teacher- Versus Student-Led Implementation of the Good Behavior Game |
JEANNE M. DONALDSON (Texas Tech University), Ashley Matter (Texas Tech University), Katie Wiskow (Texas Tech University) |
Abstract: The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is a classwide group contingency that has been shown to reduce disruptive student behavior. Previous research has shown that teachers can successfully implement the GBG in their classrooms. Although students have successfully implemented other classroom-based behavioral interventions (e.g., peer tutoring, self-management), previous research has not examined student implementation of the GBG. The current study examined the effectiveness of the GBG in 1 first-grade and 3 kindergarten classes when implemented by an experimenter, the classroom teacher, and a student. In the 3 kindergarten classes, we also examined teacher preference for teacher-led GBG, student-led GBG, or no GBG using a concurrent chains procedure. In all classes, the GBG effectively reduced disruptive behavior regardless of who implemented the GBG. We did not observe differences in the level of disruptive behavior across experimenter-, teacher-, and student-led GBG conditions. Preference for who implements the game varied across teachers. One teacher preferred student-led GBG, one teacher preferred teacher-led GBG, and one teacher did not show a consistent preference. Results of this study suggest that students as young as kindergarten-age can effectively implement the GBG and that teacher preferences should be taken into account when determining how classwide interventions are implemented. |
|
Effects of Known and Unknown Criteria for Winning the Good Behavior Game |
EMILY GROVES (University of South Wales), Jennifer L. Austin (University of South Wales) |
Abstract: The good behavior game (GBG) is a classroom management intervention whereby children work toward meeting a particular criterion to “win” the game. Usually, the criterion for winning the game is communicated to the children at the outset. However, this may have a negative impact on children’s behaviour, particularly if they do not behave well at the start of the game (and therefore believe there is no way to still win the game). In the current study, we investigated the effects of stating the criterion for winning the game at the start of the game (i.e., known criterion) with announcing the criterion at the end of the game (i.e., unknown criterion), within an alternating treatments design. Results indicated that both the known criterion and unknown criterion conditions reduced target children’s disruption to levels within the range of their non-target peers. Teachers reported that they preferred playing the GBG with an unknown criterion, however the children’s preferences were mixed. Advantages and limitations to using unknown criteria are discussed, as well as areas for future research. |
|
Evaluation of a Low-Effort Classroom Management Procedure in an Alternative School |
P. RAYMOND JOSLYN (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is a well-documented classroom management procedure that is effective in reducing disruptive classroom behavior. Although it has been demonstrated to be extremely effective, some teachers and educators have reported that the game can be too disruptive and effortful to implement consistently in their classroom. In this study, a multiple baseline across classrooms design was used to evaluate a modified, low-effort variation of the GBG at an alternative school for children who engage in delinquent behavior. In this procedure, the experimenter explained simple rules to the class (i.e., you have to raise your hand and receive permission to talk or leave your seat) and informed them that he would be in the back of the classroom marking when rules were broken. Students were told that if they got fewer than a certain number of marks, they would win the game and receive an edible reinforcer. The experimenter then sat in the back of the class and monitored behavior intermittently. Every 5 minutes, student behavior was recorded for 30 seconds. Whenever a student broke a rule during the 30 second window, a mark was placed by their name in a book. Unlike the typical GBG, students were not informed when they broke a rule or what the mark limit was. Sessions lasted approximately 25 minutes with a total monitoring time of approximately 2 minutes per session. Substantial reductions in disruptive behavior were seen in all classrooms. Implications and future directions will be discussed. |
|
Impact of Faded Feedback on Implementation of the Good Behavior Game |
APRAL FOREMAN (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is an effective class-wide behavior management strategy. However, the extent to which the GBG is implemented correctly in naturalistic contexts is unclear. The purpose of our study was to investigate how instructors naturalistically implement GBG, if feedback improves GBG implementation, and if improved implementation maintains over time. Instructors (lead classroom teachers or classroom assistants) in a special-education classroom for students with chronic or severe problem behavior participated. To investigate how instructors naturalistically implemented the game, we observed instructors implement the game without intervention from the experimenters (baseline). Then, if performance was consistently lower than 100%, we evaluated effects of written feedback in a reversal design. Once implementation was consistently at 100%, we systematically faded feedback to examine the maintenance of implementation over time. These data add to the existing literature by evaluating if fading the frequency of feedback may help to maintain accurate implementation across time. |
|
|
|
|
Novel Applications of Precision Teaching and Other Evidence-Based Practices With Typical Learners I |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Regency Ballroom A, Hyatt Regency, Gold West |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy) |
Discussant: Charles T. Merbitz (Behavior Development Solutions) |
CE Instructor: Kent Johnson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The four presentations in this symposium illustrate how evidence-based practices in instructional design and Precision Teaching can be combined in new ways to teach core instructional objectives to typical learners of all ages, including elementary, middle school, high school, and college students. In the first presentation, Shiloh Isbell will describe her design of a web-based application to teach, reinforce, and build the fluency of organizational skills that are critical helping adolescents who are struggling in school. In the second presentation, Traci Cihon will describe the Teaching Science Lab (TSL), a teaching and research laboratory for designing and improving college teaching procedures at the University of North Texas (UNT). A core feature of the TSL process is using student data to inform subsequent revisions. In the third presentation, Andrew Kieta will describe the current procedures developed by the TSL for teaching a Behavior Principles course at UNT, including brief lectures with Active Student Responding (ASL), Thinking Aloud Problem Solving (TAPS), Precision Teaching, and an application of Goldiamonds Constructional Approach. In the fourth presentation, Sheila Habarad will describe the 3-Part Warm-Up, a synthesis of Direct Instruction and Precision Teaching to review and make fluent key prerequisite skills in learning elementary school mathematics. |
|
Designing a Computer Application to Teach and Reinforce Organization Skills in Adolescents and Young Adult Learners |
SHILOH ISBELL (Precision Learning Lab) |
Abstract: The standards-based education movement in the United States largely determines what will and will not be taught in our public schools. One area the Common Core State Standards do not address is the development of organizational skills, including how to study, take notes, manage time, schedule ahead, break assignments into parts, and keep materials organized. These are fundamental skills without which students cannot be successful, but which are assumed to be learned via osmosis. This presentation chronicles one year of development and implementation of a web-based application designed to teach and reinforce crucial organizational skills in adolescent and young adult students who are struggling in school. Aspects addressed include the rationale, collaborating with others outside the field of behavior analysis and education, the design process, problems with implementation and the debugging process, user feedback, scalability, and future goals. Eight months of learner data will be analyzed within a behavior analytic framework. |
|
Using Behavioral Technologies to Teach Behavior Analysis I: The Teaching Sciences Lab at University of North Texas |
TRACI M. CIHON (University of North Texas), Darren Bandy (University of North Texas), Erica Foss (University of North Texas), Andrew R. Kieta (University of North Texas), Rachel Metras (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Institutions of Higher Education have been increasingly encouraged to employ evidence-based practices in the classroom. However, many faculty members continue to rely on more traditional instructional methods, and even faculty members who are well versed in evidence-based teaching techniques often fall back on these traditional instructional methods. We will describe the Teaching Science Lab (TSL); a faculty-advised, course-based teaching and research laboratory consisting of undergraduate and graduate students in behavior analysis who study the application of behavior analytic approaches to college teaching, conducting research, and enhancing undergraduate and graduate student learning outcomes. The TSL is an example of how faculty members can integrate both teaching and research responsibilities while incorporating several behavioral technologies into undergraduate course design. This presentation will highlight the history, organization, current status, and future directions of the TSL with respect to the use of evidence-based practice in the college classroom, a pyramidal approach to staff training, and the current and future research agenda |
|
Using Behavioral Technologies to Teach Behavior Analysis II: Deciding What Works and What Doesn’t Work |
ANDREW R. KIETA (University of North Texas), Darren Bandy (University of North Texas), Erica Foss (University of North Texas), Rachel Metras (University of North Texas), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: As more and more students arrive to college unprepared for the transition from high school, arranging the contingencies for effective instruction in the college classroom are becoming increasingly difficult. The Teaching Science Lab (TSL) introduces behavior analytic technologies to the instruction of over 200 undergraduates enrolled in an Introduction to Behavior Principles course. The TSL introduced brief lectures with active student responding, Think/Talk Aloud Problem Solving, Precision Teaching (as applied to SAFMEDS), and the Individual Descriptive and Exploratory Analysis Project, (an extension of Goldiamond’s work to the college classroom setting to behavior change projects) in order to support students in achieving the course objectives and to develop effective tool skills for success in the college classroom. We will explain how a multi-level system of course objectives was used to design the first iteration of the Introduction to Behavior Principles course, and how student outcome data were collected and analyzed to inform subsequent course revisions. |
|
New Math Procedures: Using Multiple Channels for Larger Classroom Setting |
SHEILA M. CORNELIUS HABARAD (Simmons College/B. F. Skinner Foundation/Morningside Teachers Academy), Kristine F. Melroe (Morningside Academy), Kathy Fox (Haugland Learning Center) |
Abstract: Morningside introduced a new teaching procedure in the math block. This procedure is the 3-Part Warm-Up that begins prior to instruction. The series of warm-up requires the students to use a variety of channels to reinforce their learning Common Core math skills and concepts that are regularly encountered in their text books, curriculum based assessments, and state tests. The highly interactive warm-up utilizes multiple channels; see-say during board work, see/think-write/say while identifying non-examples from examples, and hear-write providing further practice with the same skill. The 3-Part Warm-up emphasizes the development of math language skills that are largely assumed or not taught. The procedure teaches critical discrimination skills that are often overlooked during instruction. We will further discuss how this warm-up has been introduced across a variety of classrooms, including both larger general education and special education. Video clips of classrooms in Ohio, Hawaii, North Carolina, and Morningside will be used. |
|
|
|
|
Procedures to Promote Success in Academic Content Areas |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Regency Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Gold West |
Area: EDC |
Keyword(s): Academic Success |
Chair: Scott P. Ardoin (University of Georgia) |
|
Setting the Stage for Academic Success Through Antecedent Intervention |
Domain: Applied Research |
ALICIA KRUGER (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Elisabeth Kane (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Nicole C Bricko (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Edward J. Daly (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Natalie Hoff (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Whitney Strong (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Mackenzie Sommerhalder (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Jill Holtz (University of Nebraska--Lincoln) |
|
Abstract: Antecedent control strategies are often neglected when behavior analysts select interventions. Consequences are certainly more powerful and cause behavior change. Yet, antecedent strategies set the stage for maximizing the effectiveness of those consequences by altering the reinforcing value of the consequences. Three strategies in particular (choice, preference, and indiscriminable contingencies) invoke motivating operations that are easily incorporated into intervention packages. Providing students a choice of task, sequence, or reinforcement serves as a motivating operation by altering existing reinforcement schedules, introducing variety across sessions, and accounting for momentary fluctuations in motivational levels. Indiscriminable contingencies, often presented as Mystery Motivators, create a schedule of reinforcement which explicitly signals reinforcement availability while masking the reinforcer or criterion for reinforcement. Reinforcer preference allows access to higher-preference consequences, which, when stated prior to task completion, can establish reinforcement as being more effective It is unfortunate that these motivating operation strategies have received little attention in the academic intervention literature, as they can boost intervention effects without adding much complexity to a treatment package. This presentation will review the literature and instruct participants in how to add elements of choice, indiscriminable contingencies, and preference to academic intervention packages. |
|
Think Aloud Problem Solving: Research in Reading and Content Area Skills |
Domain: Applied Research |
GINNY DEMBEK (Brooklyn College) |
|
Abstract: Students develop the ability to verbalize their thinking process through classroom problem solving experiences and everyday encounters. Verbalizing the problem solving process allows students to gain feedback. More emphasis has been placed on the higher order thinking process in the Common Core State Standards. Developing research supports the need for this instruction, such as Think Aloud Problem Solving, in younger students who struggle in problem solving skills (Dembek, 2015; Dembek & Kubina, 2014; Ferris & Fabrizio, 2009; Witcoski- Dembek & Kubina, 2012). Current single case design research has demonstrated improvements in problem solving skills and the ability to talk aloud with explicit lessons and structured practice. Acquisition was obtained through scripted lessons and frequency building (i.e., practice) strengthened the student’s verbal repertoire making the problem solving process a durable behavior. A multiple baseline design with five students with disabilities demonstrated an improvement in problem solving when compared to baseline. All students became more accurate in the problem solving task as shown in immediate changes upon the start of the intervention or accuracy improvement overtime. Maintenance in learning was demonstrated and generalization probes indicated improvement in student performance. Additionally, a changing criterion design with five students with disabilities demonstrated similar improvements. |
|
Meta-Analysis of Single-Case Research Design Studies on Instructional Pacing: Findings and Conclusions |
Domain: Applied Research |
MATTHEW TINCANI (Temple University), Marilyn De Mers (Temple University) |
|
Abstract: More than four decades of research on instructional pacing has yielded varying and, in some cases, conflicting findings. This presentation reports a meta-analysis of single-case research design (SCRD) studies on instructional pacing to determine the relative benefits of brisker or slower pacing. Tau – U, a non-parametric statistic for analyzing data in SCRD studies, was used to determine effect-size estimates. The article extraction yielded 13 instructional pacing studies meeting contemporary standards for high quality SCRD research. Eleven of the 13 studies reported small to large magnitude effects when two or more pacing parameters were compared, suggesting that instructional pacing is a robust instructional variable. Brisker instructional pacing with brief inter-trial interval (ITI) produced small increases in correct responding and medium to large reductions in challenging behavior compared to extended ITI. Slower instructional pacing with extended wait-time produced small increases in correct responding, but also produced small increases in challenging behavior compared to brief wait-time. Neither brief ITI nor extended wait-time meets recently established thresholds for evidence-based practice. Additional research to determine optimal parameters of instructional pacing given specific student characteristics, skills, and instructional arrangements is needed. |
|
Using Relational Frame Theory to Guide Instruction in Chemistry Concepts |
Domain: Applied Research |
KARLI SILVERMAN (Florida Institute of Technology), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology) |
|
Abstract: In this study, we examined the effect of a match to sample preparation on the development of emergent derived relations of high school chemistry concepts with neuro-typical adults across a broad spectrum of education and experiences. We used relational frame theory to create a task to teach the number of valence electrons, atomic number, and location on the Periodic Table for a subset of elements. Relational frame theory has provided a framework within which methods to train and measure the emergence of untrained relational framing due to stimulus transformation ala Steele and Hayes. We trained with an automated computerized match-to-sample procedure that taught relations between elements, rules that govern the periodic table, and certain valence and atomic numbers using response contingent feedback. We then evaluated the emergence of non-trained relations using pretests and posttests. Using relational frame theory allowed us to increase learning efficiency in teaching chemistry concepts and the paper will end with a discussion of the relevance of this type of training and research to other educational applications. |
|
Keyword(s): Academic Success |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis Approaches to Process Safety: A Response to an Industrys Call |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
St. Gallen, Swissotel |
Area: OBM/CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University) |
Discussant: Von Meeks (Marathon Petroleum) |
CE Instructor: Timothy D. Ludwig, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The efficacious impact of behavioral approaches to reduce injury in industrial settings has been well documented. In light of this success, industry leaders have called on the behavioral science community to provide the same rigor and expertise to understanding and impacting behaviors related to catastrophic incidents that kill, maim, and effect communities; an area called Process Safety (Bogart, Ludwig, Staats, & Kretshmer, 2015). Specifically behavior analytic community has been challenged to a) research the behavioral root causes leading to variation threatening process safety, b) create and evaluate behavioral interventions to mitigate this variation, and c) identify the system factors that would influence the behaviors necessary to promote process safety. This symposium presents four papers responding to this call. These papers consider behavior analytic principles within the Process Safety domain while offering both direction for behavioral research on the emerging topics and offering various programmatic interventions targeting the reduction of Process Safety incidents in heavy industries. |
Keyword(s): Avoidance Behaviors, Behavioral Safety, Process Safety |
|
Complacency in Process Safety: The Problem of Maintaining Avoidance Behavior |
TIMOTHY D. LUDWIG (Appalachian State University), Cloyd Hyten (ADI) |
Abstract: This paper seeks to take a first step to identify the behavioral components active in process safety toward the ultimate goal of providing a scientific framework to generate applied efforts to build interventions and systems that contribute to process safety. Toward this effort we will first attempt to outline the different classes of behavior that contribute to process safety. We then will offer a behavioral definition of complacency by describing it as an operant problem akin to avoidance behavior. Behavioral variance related to complacency will then be discussed in the context of behavioral operations such as acquisition, training, rule governance and extinction. We will conclude with potential approaches to reduce complacency in process safety that consider pinpointing, competing contingencies, verbal behavior, and shaping situational awareness. |
|
Integrating Human Factors and OBM to Improve Process Safety |
MANUEL RODRIGUEZ (ABA Technologies, Inc.) |
Abstract: Behavior is involved in all aspects of work, from customer service, operating equipment, to leading the board of director. In the realm of safety, the importance of understanding human factors can aid in reducing and ultimately avoiding accidents and personal injury. According to the Health and Safety Executive of the United Kingdom, Human factors refers to environmental, organizational, and human factors which influence behavior at work in a way which can affect health and safety." In other words, human factors is concerned with what people are being asked to do (behavior), who is doing it (the individual and their role) and where they are working (the environmental conditions and under what organizational direction). This sounds like a job for OBM right? This presentation will provide a brief overview of human factors, the various topics that provide insight into the management of human factors in the area of process safety and conceptual and applied work integrating Organizational Behavior Management along the various topics. |
|
Establishing "Safe and Reliable Operations" One Perfect Day at a Time |
LAURA L. METHOT (CLG, Inc.), Amy Durgin (Continuous Learning Group), Brian J. Crowley-Koch (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Process Safety is a blend of engineering and management skills focused on preventing catastrophic accidents, particularly explosions, fires, and toxic releases, associated with the use of chemicals and petroleum products. Incidents are typically the result of multiple failures (e.g., single-point equipment failures, management inadequacies, knowledge deficiencies) and while process and technology contributes to failures, the biggest single root cause for failures is the human element. That is, behavior at the front and mid-lines, executive behaviors and decisions. At CLG weve done field research on the contributions of leadership behaviors to front-line safety performance and can demonstrate just how much leadership behavior matters. We havent teased apart the personal from process safety components, but we will make the argument that safety, both personal and process, to be most effectively managed as part of the safe reliable operations triptych. Furthermore, to pull safety out as a separate entity from operations fabricates a forced choice, often not consciously, by front line employees resulting in employees prioritizing behaviors that will maximize productivity while neglecting or inhibiting safety related performance. To support this position, we will present work from oil sands front-line supervisors through CLGs proprietary DCOM framework. |
|
A Look Behind the Curtain of Behavior-Based Safety: A True Story About Observations, Behavior Change, and Incident Reductions |
MARLIES HAGGE (Western Michigan University), Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University), Kelsey Haverkamp (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Behavior Based Safety (BBS) applies various types of safety observation to improve occupational safety in business. The purpose of the following study is to examine and compare different observation foci: peer observation, self-monitoring and a combination of both options as well as supervisor information. In addition, data were collected by experimental observers to shed light on behavior change processes in applied settings. Participants were unionized employees of the facilities management department at a Midwestern University. Target behaviors included safe lifting and vacuuming. The dependent variables were incident numbers and safety performance percentages based on participant observations and objective observations. Discrepancies in reporting and relationships between the variables were investigated as well. The different observational methods were investigated via a multiple baseline design across groups. The results show that (a) regardless of checklist type the first condition after baseline and supervisor intervention were most effective at increasing safe behavior. (b) That participants over report their own safety performance in comparison to objective observations. (c) That the BBS process yielded incident decreases and modest safety improvements of 9%. Implications of these findings on importance of accuracy, training and culture |
|
|
|
|
International Solutions to Training and Supervision |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Regency Ballroom D, Hyatt Regency, Gold West |
Area: TBA |
Chair: Usifo Edward Asikhia (International Training Center for Applied Behavior) |
|
Developing Evaluation Competencies in Mexican High School Teachers |
Domain: Applied Research |
SEBASTIAN FIGUEROA-RODRIGUEZ (Universidad Veracruzana) |
|
Abstract: One of the most important goals set to implement Mexican Education Reform has been the teachers formation program. During the application of this program a lack of proficiency in the evaluation process was detected, specifically, in the use and elaboration of assessment instruments. This work presents a program developed to generate evaluation competencies in high school teachers in Veracruz State, Mxico. Each of the four stages of the program are evaluated via self and peers assessment with the porpoise that the instructor not only assesses the student's (teachers) performance, but also provides feedback or guidance to the teacher enabling them to improve their performance. It is also intendeted that the instructor's behavior is taken as a model in the formative assessment process in which they are being instructed. Since this is an ongoing program, some preliminary results showed that teachers are using what they have accomplished in the program based on their own assessments, to improve their performances in the evaluation process of their students.I |
|
Supervising the Supervisor: Accountability in Field Supervision |
Domain: Service Delivery |
MARY ANNETTE LITTLE (Lipscomb University) |
|
Abstract: Producing new behavior analysts who can provide quality, ethical services is critical in maintaining the credibility of the field of Applied Behavior Analysis. One way to ensure the production of high quality behavior analysts is to ensure that student candidates in the field receive high quality supervision of field experience. The Behavior Analysis Certification Board is attempting to increase the quality of supervision by requiring supervisors to complete a Behavior Analysis Certification Board Supervisor Training Curriculum and an on-line supervision module. The Behavior Analysis Certification Board Supervisor Training Curriculum promotes effective, evidence-based supervision (2012 Behavior Analyst Certification Board,® Inc.). Despite the efforts to ensure quality supervision, reports of ineffective supervision are still common in the field. The purpose of this presentation is to a process for creating professional learning communities for supervisors to create frequent evaluations, review, and improvement of supervision. This presentation is appropriate for BCBAs who are interested in or are currently supervising in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis.
Objectives:
-Review current requirements in supervision of field work for students seeking certification in applied behavior analysis.
-Provide a process for creating professional learning communities for supervisors to ensure accountability for providing high quality supervision. |
|
The Missing Link in RBT Training Protocol: A Focus on the Development, Choice, Maintenance, and Application of Culturally Friendly Behavior Intervention Tools in the African Continent |
Domain: Service Delivery |
USIFO EDWARD ASIKHIA (International Training Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Bosede Ehimen Asikhia (International Training Center for Applied Behavior Analysis) |
|
Abstract: In the year 2014, the BACB introduced the registered behavior technician training program with the aim of reaching out to a larger community of consumers with quality services. This training program is based on the registered behavior technician task list designed to meet the 40 hours training requirement for the RBT credentialing. The program is offered independent of BACB. The task list revolves around measurement, assessment, skill acquisition, behavior reduction, documentation and reporting, professional conduction, and scope of practice as a global guide for the training of RBT. Since its inception, a reasonable number of practitioners have been trained worldwide and RBT program has attracted a lot of demand globally with the resultant changes in the policy by BACB. One such policy change includes the proposal for taking international examination by the trainee after 40 hours mandatory training and competency assessment as well as mandatory supervision hours to assure continued competency. Experience with the training of about 200 RBT in Africa has shown that in order to sustain the quality of services sort after by BACB, the trainees will require the knowledge of the development, choice, maintenance, and application of culturally friendly intervention tools as applicable in a particular geographical location. The need to train the RBT on culturally sensitive instructional materials is imperative. |
|
|
|
|
|
Human-Animal Interactions and Animal-Assisted Interventions |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Zurich C, Swissotel |
Area: AAB/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Terri M. Bright (MSPCA Angell) |
Abstract: Although the benefits of Human-Animal Interaction (HAI) for both animals and humans are often reported in the media, systematic and experimental research is largely lacking in this field. Furthermore, behavioral research is even rarer. In a sequence of talks, we will explore the variables that improve the relationship between cats, dogs, and humans. Then, we will report on research in the use of Animal-Assisted Interventions (AAI) for special human populations. The first talk will assess the utility of therapy dogs as reinforcers in educational settings with children. The second talk will examine how human interaction and reinforcement histories of domesticated cats can alter cat sociability. Finally, the third talk will determine the utility of service dogs to reduce work stress in military veterans. This symposium highlights research that strives to bring together behavioral methodologies and HAI and AAI fields. |
Keyword(s): Cat behavior, Human-Animal Interaction, Therapy dog, Veterans |
|
Comparison of Contingent and Non-Contingent Access to Therapy Dogs to Improve Reading in Children |
ALEXANDRA PROTOPOPOVA (Texas Tech University), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Texas Tech University), Katie Wiskow (Texas Tech University), Ashley Matter (Texas Tech University), Breanna Harris (Texas Tech University) |
Abstract: The aim of the project was to determine the benefit of access to a therapy dog as a reinforcer for educational task completion in children and to develop a screening assessment to predict this benefit. In Experiment 1, we conducted a preference assessment, in which various leisure items as well as a therapy dog were included in the stimulus array. In Experiment 2, in a single-subject multi-element design, we then determined the efficacy of a therapy dog in improving task-related behavior as well as mitigate associated stress. In Experiment 2, each child was randomly assigned to a sequence of conditions: contingent access to a therapy dog, non-contingent access to a therapy dog, contingent access to other preferred leisure activities, and contingent praise. The motivation to engage in the educational activity as well as behavioral and physiological markers of stress were assessed in all conditions. |
|
Factors Influencing the Social Behavior of Pet Cats |
KRISTYN VITALE (Oregon State University), Monique Udell (Oregon State University) |
Abstract: Although cats have coexisted with humans for thousands of years, relatively little scientific research has investigated how human interaction influences the social behavior of individual cats. This study examined if human familiarity or attentional state influences cat sociability- or the individual preference of a cat to seek contact and close proximity with a human. Twenty-three adult pet cats participated in a sociability test in their homes. Cats were presented with a familiar or unfamiliar human who was either inattentive or attentive. Data were analyzed using Fisher’s exact tests. Results indicate when the human was attentive the cats were more social. Significantly more cats spent time in proximity to the attentive unfamiliar and familiar human as compared to the inattentive condition. Additionally, pet cats displayed a large range of individual variability within each condition. This indicates other factors, such as lifetime experience or learning, may influence cat sociability. We are currently conducting positive reinforcement based kitten training classes to investigate how factors, such as training and additional socialization, influence the behavior of cats and their owners. This body of research demonstrates that human interaction can influence cat social behavior and other experiences, such as training, may influence an individual cat’s sociability. |
|
Returning Our Veterans to Employment and Reintegration: Work Stress and Assistance Animals |
ANNE M. FOREMAN (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health), Lindsay Parenti (West Virginia University), B. Jean Meade (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health), Matthew E. Wilson (West Virginia University), Oliver Wirth (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention) |
Abstract: Veterans with post-traumatic stress disorder face barriers that can prevent them from successfully reintegrating into society and returning to work. Service dogs are increasingly used as an intervention to help ameliorate symptoms of psychiatric disorders, but there is a dearth of empirical evidence on their effectiveness. Nine male veterans with post-traumatic stress disorder who have service dogs were recruited to participate in a laboratory study. The magnitude and time course of their stress and startle responses before, during, and after a task designed to simulate different kinds of work-related stress were assessed. Stress and startle responses were measured using physiological, psychological, and behavioral metrics during baseline, task, and recovery periods. Across conditions, the veteran was alone, with his dog, or with an unfamiliar, friendly dog. The effects of the presence or absence of each dog was compared to the alone condition. Preliminary results suggest that familiar dogs produce greater reductions in stress responses when compared to unfamiliar dogs. These results contribute to our understanding of the therapeutic effects of emotional support and psychiatric service dogs. |
|
|
|
|
Verbal Behavior in Children With Autism: Variables That May Affect Acquisition and How Acquisition May Affect the Individual |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Columbus Hall KL, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Oliver Wendt (Purdue University) |
|
Neurophysiological Changes in Response to Intervention in Non-Verbal Individuals on the Autism Spectrum |
Domain: Applied Research |
Jane Yip (Purdue University), OLIVER WENDT (Purdue University) |
|
Abstract: Outcomes of interventions for individuals on the autism spectrum are primarily measured in terms of performance outcomes involving behaviors that are observed as external events by others. Internal events happening inside the head such as neurophysiological responses are seldom observed; what happens inside the brain has been erroneously believed to be "private events". This paper proposes that it is not only possible to observe such "private events", these events follows predictable physical laws much like the way behaviors obey natural laws. Neurophysiological events in the brain are concrete occurrences that not only immediately follows a stimuli but is the driver of observable behaviors. Just like a lack of a microscope does not qualify for the non-existence of micro-organism, a lack of recording equipment does not mean that what happens in the brain is explanatory fiction. In the new millennium, the onslaught of neuroscience has found its way into the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA). Using applied neuroscience methods, it is possible to record events that happens in the brain upon the delivery of a stimulus discrimination. Whereas the trajectory of a behavior can be traced to a series of cause and effect, the path of neurophysiological events accompanies the path of behavior the way the shadow follows the person. The invention of the telescope has opened up a new way of viewing the cosmos. By projection, it is expected that the interdisciplinary collaboration between neuroscience and service intervention in ABA can form new questions. This paper follows the intervention outcome of a research study conducted in the laboratory of Dr Oliver Wendt. He teaches communication to children on the severe end of the autism spectrum who are non-verbal or do not utter spoken words. During the study, the research subjects are taught to communicate via an in-house augmentative communication device, Speakall. As the intervention progresses, participants becomes proficient in using the device and are able to mand, tact, do intraverbal, carry out rudimentary conversations through dragging icons across a strip that emulate the PECS system. Some participants become able to "speak" or utter certain recognizable words. During this intervention, subjects were brain-mapped and their internal events are compared with their acquisition of language and communication. The results shows brain re-wiring in specific language circuits. |
|
Verbal Behavior of Minimally Vocal Children With Autism Across School Environments |
Domain: Applied Research |
M. Y. SAVANA BAK (Michigan State University), Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University), Julie L. Thompson (Michigan State University) |
|
Abstract: Many children with autism spectrum disorder who receive public education divide their school days between self-contained classrooms for academic and functional instruction and the general education classroom for social exposure and peer interaction. However, there is little research that provides information on how much language and social communication actually happens in the respective settings. This study tracked the vocal verbal behaviors of six Kindergarten to third grade children with moderate to severe autism spectrum disorder across the entire school day using a Language Environment Analysis Digital Language Processor. The Digital Language Processor data automatically recorded and disaggregated data on child vocal counts, adult vocal counts, and vocal interactions for 19 observation days distributed across the 2014-15 school year. Preliminary results indicate participants engaged in different levels of vocalizations between self-contained and general education environments with greater rates of vocalization in the self-contained classrooms when other instructional variables were held constant. The interaction and adult word counts during those periods were similar. The data suggests more consideration is needed to provide an environment that ensures optimal rates of verbal behavior for children with autism spectrum disorder. Results associated with other environments and instructional activities will also be presented. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Therapeutic Utility of Employment in Treating Drug Addiction |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Lucerne, Swissotel |
Area: BPN; Domain: Applied Research |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Kenneth Silverman, Ph.D. |
Chair: Paul L. Soto (Texas Tech University) |
KENNETH SILVERMAN (Johns Hopkins University) |
Kenneth Silverman is a Professor of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences in the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine. His research has focused on developing operant treatments to address the interrelated problems of poverty and drug addiction. His primary research has focused on the development and evaluation of abstinence reinforcement interventions for the treatment of heroin and cocaine addiction in low-income, inner city adults; the development of the therapeutic workplace intervention and the use of employment-based reinforcement in the long-term maintenance of drug abstinence and adherence to addiction treatment medications; and the development of computer-based training to establish critical academic and job skills that chronically unemployed adults need to gain and maintain employment and escape poverty. |
Abstract: Research on a model Therapeutic Workplace has allowed for the rigorous evaluation of the use of employment in the treatment of drug addiction. Under the Therapeutic Workplace, adults with histories of drug addiction are hired and paid to work. To promote drug abstinence or adherence to addiction medications, participants are required to provide drug-free urine samples or take prescribed addiction medications, respectively, to gain access to the workplace and/or to maintain their maximum rate of pay. Research has shown that this intervention is effective in promoting and maintaining abstinence from heroin, cocaine and alcohol and in promoting adherence to naltrexone in heroin-dependent adults. This presentation will review research on the Therapeutic Workplace and summarize major lessons that have been learned in conducting this research. In addition, the presentation will describe three models that could be used to maintain employment-based reinforcement in the treatment of drug addiction: A Social Business model, a Cooperative Employer model, and a Wage Supplement model. Overall, this program of research suggests that employment could be useful as a means of arranging and maintaining therapeutic reinforcement contingencies in the treatment of drug addiction. |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts interested in the application of operant conditioning to the long-term treatment of drug addiction. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) describe the features and key parameters of abstinence reinforcement interventions used in the treatment of drug addiction; (2) describe the features the therapeutic workplace intervention and employment-based reinforcement; (3) describe the effects of employment-based reinforcement in promoting abstinence from heroin and cocaine and adherence to addiction medication. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Relaxation Training: Update, Applications, and Relevance to Applied Behavior Analysts |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Crystal Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Green West |
Area: CBM/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Anita Li (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Behavioral relaxation training (BRT) is an evidence-based behavior analytic procedure used to train and assess relaxed behaviors. This symposium will describe: (a) recent research and applications of BRT in practice settings across the lifespan and with patients/clients of varying ages and conditions; (b) how teaching relaxation skills is a functional, self-management skill for many individuals; and, (c) the relevance of BRT to applied work with children and adults with ASD with anxiety and stress-related behavior. |
Keyword(s): BRT |
|
We've Come a Long Way, Baby: Behavioral Relaxation Training and Assessment |
Duane A. Lundervold (University of Central Missouri), SARAH CORWIN (University of Central Missouri) |
Abstract: The first reported use of behavioral relaxation training (BRT) and the behavioral relaxation scale (BRS), a direct observation measure of relaxed behavior, the occurred in 1983 (Schilling & Poppen), with the second edition of Behavioral Relaxation Training and Assessment published in 1998. An update, review and analysis of the applications of BRT across the lifespan and the use of the BRS will be presented. Discussion will focus on: (a) the applicability of BRT in addressing challenging behavior and anxiety and its relevance to establishing self-management skills; (b) how relaxed behavior, established through BRT, fits within function-based behavior analytic interventions; and, (c) what additional BRT- related research needs to be conducted. |
|
Addressing Severe High Risk Aggression in an Adult With an Autism Spectrum Disorder: Behavioral Relaxation Training (BRT) as Part of a Comprehensive Treatment Package |
John M. Guercio (Benchmark Human Services), ROBERT CORMIER (Benchmark Human Services) |
Abstract: The following talk will detail the treatment of severe self-injurious behavior (SIB) and property destruction in an adult with an autism spectrum disorder. The subject was a 43 year old male that had been residing in a locked forensic unit in a state operated facility prior to his transition to his present community based living situation. Upon his transition, he displayed outbursts of aggressive behavior on a daily basis. He was then trained in Behavioral Relaxation Training (BRT)(Schilling & Poppen, 1983) using a behavioral skills training approach. He was able to participate in the training and became proficient in the use of the 10 postures that BRT is comprised of. Consistent in-vivo practice and feedback resulted in his using the skills with minimal prompting. His displays of SIB and property destruction were decreased drastically as he acquired these skills. Data will be presented related to his acquisition of these skills and his subsequent decreases in aggressive responding. |
|
Behavioral Relaxation Training and Anxiety Reduction in a Child With Autism |
ALICE WALKUP (New Roads Consulting) |
Abstract: Individuals with developmental disabilities (DD) may experience intense anxiety that interferes with their ability to perform everyday activities. Muscle tension, crying, and increased heart rate are responses that may occur alone or as precursors to more severe escape and avoidance-maintained behaviors, such as self-injury. While there are many treatment approaches marketed toward service providers and caretakers of individuals with DD, such as autism, few have established scientific evidence supporting their use with this population. Behavioral Relaxation Training (BRT) is a well-established, effective treatment for behaviors collectively referred to as anxiety. The present study was designed to reduce escape and avoidance-maintained responses in a child diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder in the home setting. Paraprofessionals were taught how to score relaxed behavior for each targeted response, and began implementing BRT sessions once inter-observer agreement was acceptable. Nine relaxed behaviors were trained and performance recorded; overall relaxation was also calculated. BRT was taught using behavioral skill training procedures (instruction, modeling, practice, and feedback). The child was able to successfully meet relaxation mastery criteria for each targeted behavior, as well as overall relaxation. |
|
|
|
|
Law Enforcement and Applied Behavioral Science: Cultivating Positive Police-Community Relations |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Montreux, Swissotel |
Area: CSE/OBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas) |
E. SCOTT GELLER (Virginia Tech) |
JOSHUA KINSER (University of North Texas) |
BOBBY KIPPER (National Center for the Prevention of Community Violence) |
Abstract: The nurturing of positive relations between police officers and the citizens they serve will be addressed by describing a process that engages law-enforcement officers in the application of a behavior-based reward process in their communities. The initiation of this program was reported on Fox News (http://video.foxnews.com/v/4349936151001/beyond-the-dream-actively-caring-for-people/?playlist_id=926093635001#sp=show-clips) and described in an article published and distributed to every police department in the U.S. (Geller & Kipper, 2015).
Each panelist will give a brief description of a primary component of this ongoing process, referred to as Actively Caring for People (AC4P) Policing. Then the Chair will facilitate a question-and-answer session between panelists and the audience.
The first panelist, E. Scott Geller, will explain how AC4P Policing (www.AC4PPolicing.org) evolved from the AC4P Movement (www.ac4p.org) that began in 2007 after a gunman took the lives of 32 at Virginia Tech. Then, Bobby Kipper, a retired police officer who served for 25 years and founded the National Center for the Prevention of Community Violence (www.NCPCV.com) will show how this positive approach to policing has been spreading nationwide, and explain the strategies that contributed to this dissemination. Thirdly, Joshua Kinser will discuss plans to test the impact of AC4P Policing on both law-enforcement officers and citizens. |
Keyword(s): Actively Caring, Community Intervention, Humanistic Behaviorism, Positive Policing |
|
|
|
|
Recent Advances in Automatically Reinforced Self-Injurious Behavior |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Grand Ballroom CD North, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer R. Zarcone, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The current symposium will discuss recent advances, and identify future directions with regard to the understanding and treatment of automatically reinforced SIB. The first presentation will summarize existing literature on automatically reinforced SIB, and describe a recently proposed model for subtyping this heterogeneous category. The second presentation will describe the results of a replication study applying the same subtyping criteria to published datasets of cases with automatically reinforced SIB, and discuss possible avenues for future research. The Discussant will comment on these findings as well as implications for clinical practice and research. |
|
Subtypes of Automatically Reinforced Self-Injurious Behavior |
GRIFFIN ROOKER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Christopher Dillion (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alyssa Fisher (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Chloe J. McKay (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nabil Mezhoudi (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Review of behavioral literature on automatically reinforced self-injurious behavior (SIB) reveals notable advances our ability to identify and sometimes treat this functional class of SIB. It has been suggested that automatically reinforced SIB involves biological variables, but our understanding of this is quite limited. Hagopian, Rooker, and Zarcone (2015) proposed and conducted a preliminary evaluation of a model for subtyping automatically reinforced SIB based on its sensitivity to changes in functional analysis conditions, and the presence of self-restraint. Subtypes differed with regard to the rate of SIB, presence of other problem behaviors and functions, competing stimulus assessment findings, and treatment outcomes. Differentiation in the functional analysis was highly correlated with response to first line treatments (r = 0.61), indicating that sensitivity of SIB evident in the functional assessment was also evident in the context of treatment. This model for subtyping will be discussed in the context of the larger literature on the assessment and treatment of automatically reinforced SIB, with specific regard to common assessment and treatment procedures. |
|
Subtypes of Automatically Reinforced Self-Injurious Behavior: A Replication Study |
LOUIS P. HAGOPIAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Andrew Bonner (Kennedy Krieger Institute ), Alexander Arevalo (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The current study identified all cases of automatically reinforced SIB reported in the published literature since 1982. We identified 51 published datasets of automatically reinforced SIB that included sufficient data to enable us to apply the subtyping model described by Hagopian, Rooker, and Zarcone (2015). Findings from original study were largely replicated with published datasets. As reported in the original study, differentiation in the functional analysis was highly correlated with response to first line treatment (r = .71). Implications of these findings will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Translational Research on Reinforcement and Related Phenomena |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Grand Suite 3, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Anna Garcia (University of South Florida) |
CE Instructor: Anna Garcia, M.A. |
Abstract: The speakers in this symposium have taken translational approaches to answering applied questions regarding reinforcement and related phenomena. Although the populations or target behavior topographies addressed may not include immediate clinical targets in all three papers, all of the topics examined have important clinical applications. The following papers will be presented: Effects of Schedules of Reinforcement on Spontaneous Recovery, Sensitivity to Parameters of Positive Versus Negative Reinforcement, and Further Comparisons of Pairing Procedures Used to Condition Praise as a Reinforcer. |
Keyword(s): Pairing Procedures, Praise, Reinforcement parameters, Spontaneous recovery |
|
Effects of Schedules of Reinforcement on Spontaneous Recovery |
RYAN KIMBALL (Florida Institute of Technology/The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Michael E. Kelley (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Clare Liddon (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Extinction of operant behavior is frequently accompanied by various unwanted side effects. One example is spontaneous recovery, the re-emergence of a response after having been extinguished. Although spontaneous recovery of responding can be a considerable problem in clinical settings, this relapse phenomenon has rarely been investigated in applied formats. The present study examined the effects of dense and lean variable interval (VI) schedules of reinforcement on the occurrence of spontaneous recovery in a translational format. Results of the current study were consistent with past research on spontaneous recovery. That is, relatively dense schedules of reinforcement produced greater levels of spontaneous recovery. |
|
Human Sensitivity to Parametric Manipulations of Positive and Negative Sound Reinforcement: Revisited |
Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), ANNA GARCIA (University of South Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), Rachel Mottern (Vanderbilt University), Chelsea Marie Jennings (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: Previous research has shown that reinforcement parameters (e.g., rate, magnitude, and delay) can interact to influence choice. Furthermore, preliminary evidence exists suggesting that the effect of these interactions can differ across reinforcement processes (i.e., positive or negative) for some individuals. However, this finding has only been shown in one study and more research on the matter is warranted. Thus, the purpose of this investigation was to determine whether identical manipulations of identical parameters of positive and negative reinforcement would influence human response allocation in different ways. In Study 1 we identified preferred and aversive sounds whose contingent presentation (or removal) had similar reinforcing values (as determined via progressive ratio reinforcer assessments). In Study 2, we conducted concurrent operant parameter sensitivity assessments for both positive and negative reinforcers to evaluate whether sensitivity differed across processes. Findings have implications for assessment of positive and negative reinforcement sensitivities. |
|
Praise as a Conditioned Reinforcer: A Comparison of Two Pairing Procedures |
JEANINE R TANZ (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment at Florida I), Stephanie Wathen (Florida Institute of Technology/The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology), Aurelia Ribeiro (Florida Institute of Technology/The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Typical practice includes using praise as a consequence for desirable behavior. An implicit assumption is that social praise and other forms of social interaction function as conditioned reinforcers. If praise actually functions as a reinforcer, the contingent delivery of praise should increase the probability of and maintain consistent responding. However, there are several unknown questions that suggest praise may not function as a reinforcer as reliably and readily as practice might imply. In addition, it is important to identify a procedure that will be effective in establishing praise as a conditioned reinforcer for populations commonly used in applied behavioral research and for individuals for whom additional modes of reinforcement are necessary. Therefore, the purpose of the current study was to compare two pairing procedures, stimulus-stimulus and response-stimulus pairing, in establishing praise as a conditioned reinforcer for simple target responses demonstrated by individuals with autism spectrum disorder. The pairing procedure included pairing a neutral stimulus (praise statement) with an unconditioned reinforcer (highly preferred edible) to determine if the neutral stimulus would take on the reinforcing properties of the unconditioned reinforcer, thereby becoming a conditioned reinforcer. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Advances in the Study of Equivalence Relations and Stimulus Control |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Zurich FG, Swissotel |
Area: EAB |
Chair: Alvaro A Clavijo Alvarez (Universidad Nacional de Colombia) |
|
From Set to Graph Theory in Stimulus Equivalence: A Conceptual Timeline |
Domain: Theory |
CELSO SOCORRO OLIVEIRA (UNESP - Sao Paulo State University) |
|
Abstract: From 1982 to 2015, many concepts have been added to Stimulus Equivalence paradigm and they do not explain how a person can acquire so many words into his /her repertory. This paper presents a short review of such concepts, from Sidman & Tailby's sets that produced unexplained untrained relations among arbitrary elements emerging new equivalent classes, to the change of the paradigm with Fields, Verhave and Fath introducing the nodal distance and naming as node a bi-linked stimulus through training, and the MTS (Matching-To-Sample) graph operator of Oliveira. A net of nodes linked by trained relations may show special properties, such as weight, distance, density, among others. The papers on Stimulus Equivalence propose mostly the study on the limits of the network growth (changing number of nodes, changing the number of elements in each set, strength of the link on trained and untrained relations, etc.) and the hybrid experiments composing more than one of those characteristics. A discussion on the limits based on the strategies of teaching such as SaN and CaN, linear chains or mixed structures is also provided. This theoretical study concludes that composing and multiplication of such nets is still lacking of study. |
|
|
|
|
|
Evaluating the Efficacy of Staff Training Procedure |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Vevey 3 & 4, Swissotel |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Adam Thornton Brewer (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: The training of staff in organizational settings is crucial to any growing business. Ineffective training may lead staff members to implement procedures with low procedural integrity due to a lack of knowledge or skills. Organizations have used various formats to effectively train individuals. The following three studies looked at the efficacy of various staff training procedures in organizational settings. The purpose of the first study was to analyze the effects of ASRs on initial SAFMEDS measures with thirty behavior line technicians receiving registered behavior technician training. The second study evaluated a treatment package implemented to decrease the number of staff and client injuries during one-to-one behavior intervention session in schools and home settings. The final study compared the application of guided notes, fully completed notes, and no notes used in the context of computer-based instruction in an organizational setting and evaluated scores on quizzes and trials to passing criterion. The results of each study are presented in this symposium. |
Keyword(s): ASRs, guided notes, SAFMEDS, staff training |
|
An Analysis of Types of Active Student Responding on Fluency Within SAFMEDS Following Online Registered Behavior Technician Training |
MARY ONEAL (Holy Angels), Todd Haydon (University of Cincinnati), Gregory Richmond Mancil (Louisiana Tech University) |
Abstract: Children with autism often become obsessed with just one or small set of items, which can relate to higher levels of challenging behaviors (Mancil, 2009). Thus, the purpose of this study was to examine the effects of pairing procedures between preferred items and novelty items and the effects on subsequent item engagement and challenging behaviors during operant play conditions. A multi-element design was used to compare engagement time and challenging behaviors between highly preferred items and novelty items. Data was collected via iPad during 5-minute sessions. Prior to pairing procedures, preference assessments were conducted keeping response effort levels equal across items to identify the highly preferred items. In addition, novelty items were identified for each participant and tested to ensure a zero level of engagement prior to pairing. Novelty items were paired with highly preferred items for each participant. Pairing procedures consisted of requiring the participant to engage with the novelty item with the highly preferred item simultaneously. Results indicate that participants engaged in play with novelty items for significantly higher periods of time and challenging behaviors decreased following pairing procedures with highly preferred items. This study potentially impacts planning for individuals with limited preferences and obsessive interests. |
|
An Evaluation of the Effects of a Treatment Package to Decrease the Number of Staff and Client Injuries in the Workplace |
MEGAN D. ACLAN (Intercare Therapy, Inc.) |
Abstract: Behavior based safety (BBS) focuses on reducing the number of injuries and illnesses in the workplace. Although the application of BBS techniques is commonly reported in the fields of aviation, transportation, and factories, the application of BBS techniques in behavioral agencies is limited. In the present investigation, a treatment package was implemented to decrease the number of staff and client injuries during 1:1 behavior intervention session in the school and home setting. There were 100 participants in the current study consisting of BCBA supervisors, mid-level supervisors, and behavior interventionists. The treatment package consisted of: didactic teaching, role play, modeling, and feedback on the policies and procedures to prevent injuries, systems of reporting incidents, and manipulating the environment to decrease future incidents to staff members throughout their tenure at their behavioral agency. Data were collected on the number of staff incidents before and after the implementation of the treatment package, as well as, the number of client injuries reported to the funding sources. |
|
An Evaluation of Guided Notes in Computer-Based Instruction |
DENNIS URIARTE (Florida Intstitute of Technology) |
Abstract: Guided notes are handouts that orient students to the key words in a lecture by providing a format that includes basic background information with standard cues and spaces for students to write significant points. The use of guided notes has been used in traditional classroom lectures, but to date, little research has integrated guided notes into computer-based instruction for organizations. The purpose of the current study was to extend the current research on guided notes by comparing its application to the use of fully completed notes and no notes in the context of computer-based instruction. Specifically, the study aimed to compare the first attempt quiz scores and trials to criterion of participants following the use of guided notes compared to quiz scores and trials to criterion following the use of fully completed notes and no notes. Generally, data paths for all participants indicated undifferentiated patterns of responding between all three conditions. Results of a social validity survey indicated that participants generally preferred when notes (either guided or fully completed) were provided |
|
|
|
|
Reinforcement, Error Correction, and Generalization: Effective Instruction in Applied Settings |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Columbus Hall CD, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Hazel Baker (Advances Learning Center and Endicott College) |
CE Instructor: Hazel Baker, M.S. |
Abstract: Programming for effective behavior-analytic instruction requires practitioners to review research to make evidence-based decisions regarding implementation. This symposium will address three aspects of behavior-analytic instruction: selecting proper correction procedures, the effectiveness of varied reinforcer pools and programming for generalization of instructional materials. There is conflicting research guiding practitioners about choosing an effective error-correction procedure when instructing children with autism. This symposium will present research and provide a discussion of the possible reinforcing effects of different correction procedures to help further the research in this area. Assessing the effects of replenished versus unreplenished reinforcer pools has implications for applied settings with limited resources when working with adolescents with autism. Results showed that novel stimuli were preferred over stimuli available in the participants environment. These results have implications about how to allocate resources when considering purchasing new stimuli as potential reinforcers. The third symposium outlines clear recommendations for specific ways to promote generalization in taught skills and will evaluate the success of programming common stimuli to achieve generalization of social skills taught in a behavior-analytic clinic when working with children with autism. Data indicate that bringing stimuli into the teaching environment may not be sufficiently effective to generalize to a new environment. |
Keyword(s): Error Correction, Generalization, Reinforcer Assessment, Social Skills |
|
Error-Correction Procedures and Basic Principles of Behavior |
HAZEL BAKER (Advances Learning Center and Endicott College) |
Abstract: Error-correction procedures have been categorized into two categories. These categorizations of error-correction procedures examine if an active student response is necessary for efficient learning, or if the instructor modeling the correct response is sufficient. Results to date indicate that results are idiosyncratic, and specific to individual learner histories. This leads to a theoretical discussion of the maintaining function of error-correction procedures. Active student responding as described in the research requires a great deal of attention, and may be reinforcing the errors it attempts to correct. A teacher model of a correct response may result in removal of demands for a few moments, which could reinforce errors through escape. The literature on error-corrections will be reviewed with the purpose of analyzing the efficacy of error-correction procedures within the context of their potential reinforcing effects. This will guide future research by connecting error-corrections that are supported by literature to conceptually systematic principles of behavior. |
|
Assessment of Unreplenished vs. Replenished Reinforcer Pools |
MONICA SPEAR (Advances Learning Center) |
Abstract: Researchers have yet to identify the conditions under which people with autism spectrum disorders demonstrate restricted interests. This study will extend past research on preferences of children with autism by 1) examining participants’ preferences for unreplenished (familiar) play or leisure items versus items that are replenished frequently, 2) assessing whether participants who prefer replenished items select items with properties that are matched or unmatched to their most preferred unreplenished item, and 3) assessing whether participants who show an exclusive preference for unreplenished items will select replenished items during response-restriction and enhanced-replenished pool manipulations. Participants were four adolescents with autism spectrum disorders and a history of restricted interests. One participant selected both unreplenished (familiar) items and replenished (novel) items without further manipulations. The remaining three participants only selected replenished-matched leisure items after additional manipulations. Results are discussed in terms of the ethical and practical importance of assessing a range of potential reinforcers, particularly with clients who demonstrate restricted interests. |
|
Promoting Generalization of Social Skills Taught in a Small-Group Clinic Setting by Programming Common Stimuli |
ASHLEY RODMAN (Advances Learning Center) |
Abstract: Skills taught in a controlled setting with contrived reinforcement may not generalize to a natural setting without specific programming to achieve that goal. School-aged children with autism participated in this study during their enrollment in behavior analytic social skills groups. These social skills groups use the principles of applied behavior analysis to teach skills in a controlled setting that have not emerged in less-intrusive teaching environments. A generalization assessment in the participant’s natural environment was conducted following at least one semester of small-group clinic-based social skills instruction. Without explicit programming, participants demonstrated generalization of very few of the taught skills. Additional programming for generalization will be provided to promote generalization across the skills that were not demonstrated in the natural environment. The results will reveal if specific programming for generalization implemented in a structured teaching setting successfully promotes generalization in the natural setting. Future research could compare generalization strategies to assess which one is likely to be most efficient at promoting generalization. |
|
|
|
|
Don Baer Invited Presentation: Taking EIBI to School: A Review of School-Based Early Intensive Behavioral Interventions |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Grand Ballroom AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Ilene S. Schwartz, Ph.D. |
Chair: Mark D. Shriver (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
ILENE S. SCHWARTZ (University of Washington) |
Dr. Ilene Schwartz is a professor in the Area of Special Education at the University of Washington and the Director of the Haring Center for Research and Training in Education at UW. She earned her Ph.D. in child and developmental psychology from the University of Kansas and is a board certified behavior analyst (BCBA-D). Dr. Schwartz has an active research and professional training agenda with primary interests in the area of autism, inclusive education, and the sustainability of educational interventions. She has had consistent research funding from the U.S. Department of Education since 1990 and serves on a number of editorial review boards including the Topics in Early Childhood Special Education and the Journal of Early Intervention. Dr. Schwartz is the director of Project DATA, a model preschool program for children with autism that has been in operation since 1997; and is currently involved in research projects examining the efficacy of the Project DATA model with toddlers and preschoolers with autism. |
Abstract: It is well documented that children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) benefit from early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI). The majority of programs for toddlers with ASD have been conducted in children's homes. Although there are some benefits to working in homes, there are a number of drawbacks such as isolation, cost, and lack of appropriate social and communicative models. The purpose of this presentation is describe the current state of knowledge about early intervention for children with ASD, including the results of two recently completed randomized clinical trials on school-based services. Implications of these results will be discussed as they apply to the basic dimensions of applied behavior analysis. |
Target Audience: Students, family members, researchers, school administrators, private practitioners providing EIBI to children with ASD. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) describe the benefits of school based EIBI services; (2) describe characteristics of high quality EIBI services; (3) discuss how the concept of social validity can be used to evaluate the effectiveness and sustainability of behavioral programming for young children with ASD and their families. |
|
|
|
|
Conducting Online Research Literature Reviews and Review of Literature on Functional Communication Training |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Columbus Hall AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: PRA |
Keyword(s): Communication Training, Literature |
Chair: Melissa L. Olive (Applied Behavioral Strategies LLC) |
|
Effectively Searching Online Literature Databases |
Domain: Service Delivery |
NICOLE L. BANK (The PartnerShip, LLC) |
|
Abstract: In an effort to help practitioners meet their obligation to stay in contact with the scholarly literature, The Behavior Analysis Certification Board® has made the Education Resource Information Center (ERIC)/ProQuest research database available to Board Certified Behavior Analysts. Although many master level providers are familiar with conducting literature searches, there are many “behind the scenes” tricks and techniques that could lead to more efficient searching. This presentation gives practitioners in-depth information about using ERIC including: the structure of the database, advanced use of Boolean terminology, using the ERIC thesaurus, use of search terms related to behavior analysis, and other search tips. Additionally, the BACB® suggests that ERIC, PubMed and Google Scholar can assist providers in contacting research literature. This presentation touches on a few techniques to searching behavior analytic literature in PubMed and Google Scholar. The presentation ends with a brief review of Google Scholar citation analysis and measuring the impact factor of key research articles. |
|
Functional Communication Training: What's Missing and What's Next? |
Domain: Applied Research |
MELISSA L. OLIVE (Applied Behavioral Strategies LLC), Keith Pirraglia (Applied Behavioral Strategies), Evangelina Baez (Applied Behavioral Strategies), Patrick O'Leary (ACES) |
|
Abstract: We reviewed over 100 studies of functional communication training (FCT) to summarize characteristics of research participants, study methodology, assessment techniques, intervention procedures and characteristics, and methods for studying maintenance and generalization. The results indicated that FCT has been studied most often with children between 6 and 12 years of age and with individuals who were diagnosed with mental retardation/intellectual disability. The majority of research has been completed utilizing single subject research designs with limited reports of maintenance and generalization. Finally, researchers or highly trained behavior therapists implemented the majority of study procedures which took place in highly controlled settings such as research laboratories, treatment rooms, and empty rooms adjacent to classrooms. Results will be described and implications for future research will be discussed. Strategies for improving service delivery will be provided. |
|
Keyword(s): Communication Training, Literature |
|
|
|
|
Roots of Behavior Analysis and the Road Not Taken |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Alpine, Swissotel |
Area: TPC/EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Sigrid S. Glenn (University of North Texas) |
CE Instructor: Travis Thompson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Basic and applied behavior analysts often wonder how it happened that the field adopted one or another strategy and rejected others. Why do we hold some theoretical assumptions early with great tenacity without giving them much thought in our daily pursuits, but are reluctant to let them go, nonetheless. We treat some as fundamentally important, without considering where they came from, and asking whether they may possibly be misguided shiboleths. Understanding how those positions came to be, is fundamentally important in our decisions about the field's future. Which traditions and associated assumptions do we believe are essential to the corpus of the meaning of behavior analysis, and which are ephiphenomenal. This symposium examines those questions beginning with late 19th century physiology and early 20th century behaviorism. The speakers, all well known in their fields, examine what might have happened had the field led by young Fred Skinner taken a different road at the fork in the 1930s, and pursued one guided more by his physiology mentors, Crozier and Henderson. |
Keyword(s): behaviorism, philosophy, physiology, theory |
|
Conceptions of Behavior From Dewey to Skinner |
(Theory) |
JAY MOORE (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee) |
Abstract: This presentation reviews historical conceptions of behavior beginning with John Dewey's (1896) "The concept of the reflex in the description of behavior" and extending to Skinner's conception of operant behavior. Dewey argued that psychologists needed to take how reflex mechanisms contributed to the adaptation of an organism to its environment. Classical S-R behaviorism, such as found in Watson (1913), sought to be objective by rendering temporally extended sequences of behavior in terms of concatenated chains of S-R reflexes. E. B. Holt (1914) argued that classical behaviorism ignored that behavior was organized around achieving some terminal outcome. E. C. Tolman (1932), Holt's student in the Harvard Department, took Holt's message to heart and argued for a purposive orientation to behavior and a molar, rather than molecular level of analysis. However, Tolman continued the sense of antecedent causation that others had begun, inserting various intervening variables between stimulus and response in an effort to account for the richness and flexibility of behavior. B. F. Skinner, also a graduate of the Harvard Department, formally distinguished between respondent and operant processes. Respondent processes did indeed entail antecedent causation. In contrast, operant processes entailed selection by consequences. Intervening variables played no role in either case. |
|
John B. Watson's Influence on B. F. Skinner: Science, Philosophy, and Behavioral Interpretations |
(Theory) |
EDWARD K. MORRIS (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: In Psychology from the Standpoint of a Behaviorist, John B. Watson (1913) founded classical behaviorism as a system of psychology. In The Behavior of Organisms, B. F. Skinner (1936) founded a science of behavior and, nine years later, its philosophy radical behaviorism (Skinner, 1945). To date, the influence of Skinner’s predecessors in science and philosophy (e.g., Pavlov, Loeb, Bacon, Mach) on his science and philosophy is well documented, whereas the influence of Skinner’s predecessor in behaviorism (Watson) is not. Based on a systematic review of Skinner’s published works and citation practices, as well as relevant secondary and tertiary literatures, this presentation addresses Watson’s influence on Skinner. Specifically, it integrates a history of Watson’s influence with Watson’s influence on Skinner’s science (e.g., subject matter, research methods), philosophy (e.g., behaviorism, positivism), and behavioral interpretations (e.g., verbal behavior, emotion, private events), that is, collectively, on Skinner’s system. These findings are discussed in the context of Watson’s influence on Skinner relative to (a) Skinner’s predecessors in science and philosophy, (b) what might be surmised from the behavior-analytic literature, and (c) what is related in the secondary and tertiary literatures. |
|
An Alternative History of Behavior Analysis Evolving From Crozier and Henderson's Influence |
(Service Delivery) |
TRAVIS THOMPSON (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: Inspired by Harry Turtledove and H. G. Wells this presentation will discuss what might have happened had B. F. Skinner remained strongly influenced by his primary Harvard physiologist mentors, William J. Crozier and Lawrence J. Henderson. Skinners primary mentor, W. J. Crozier had two strengths; the first was strategies for investigating organ systems influencing important behavior of the whole organism. Crozier was especially interested in vision and discriminative behavior; his reasoning was guided by Darwinian premises, similar to later ethologists, namely that behavioral dispositions should be consistent with evolutionary function. His second strength was his canny, highly technical device-building skills, which he passed on to Skinner. Crozier designed and fabricated remarkable devices to solve complex behavioral measurement problems, such as invertebrate visual discriminations. Lawrence Henderson was both a molecular and a molar theoretical physiologist. He was especially interested in understanding how molecular variables and components, like blood cells, could be used to elucidate how groups of individual components functioned together to produce social actions. He created a Harvard discussion group of faculty members devoted to the Italian sociologist, Pareto. Hendersons nomogram for expressing relations among gases was influenced by Paretos chart from sociology and groups of people. This presentation will explore what might have occurred had Skinner more strongly pursued collaborations with these two important figures in early 20th century general physiology. |
|
|
|
|
A Call for Translational Research in Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Zurich E, Swissotel |
Area: TPC/EAB; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Marlene J. Cohen, Ed.D. |
Chair: Marlene J. Cohen (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
KIMBALLEE CHEUNG (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
CYNTHIA BOYD (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
CONNY M. RAAYMAKERS (Evidence Based Consultants) |
Abstract: The debate between basic and applied researchers has existed since the inception of our field. There are many valid arguments that address the strengths of both basic and applied research. However, debate does not yield outcomes other than the products of the discussions themselves. The panelists are doctoral students in the Applied Behavior Analysis Online Department of The Chicago School of Professional Psychology. They will present a brief review of translational research conducted across four different topic areas that have solved important problems. Their presentations will be followed by open discussion, which will be moderated by a discussant. As the field of behavior analysis continues to grow, so will the number of problems we need to solve. Collaboration among basic and applied researchers as well as interdisciplinary research can provide an avenue for a wider array of solutions in an increasingly complex world. This panel presentation hopes to motivate the development of additional translational research in behavior analysis. |
Keyword(s): translational research |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Approaches to Evaluate and Address Memory Deficits in Older Adults |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Michigan ABC, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East |
Area: VBC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University) |
Discussant: Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: The U.S. Census Bureau reports that between 2000 and 2010, the U.S. population segment aged 65 years and older have increased by 15.1%, notably larger than the 9.1% growth for the total U.S. population (Werner, 2011). The growth of the older adult population segment is projected to continue in the future, and at a substantially greater rate. It is also expected that the prevalence of Major Neurocognitive Disorder (NCD) will concomitantly increase alongside this graying of america. Language and memory difficulties are hallmark diagnostic markers for NCD. Both language and memory impairments can be conceptualized as stimulus control deficits. The two presentations describe methods to assess for and address stimulus control deficits in older adults. The first presentation evaluated methodologies for testing and training stimulus equivalence performance and compared this performance to participants' scores on various cognitive and functional impairment screening measures. Participants demonstrated higher levels of accurate responding on tests of direct and emergent relations when using a linear series training structure and non-arbitrary stimuli, however, lower levels of accurate responding were observed across methodologies in comparison to previous research. The Saint Louis University Mental Status Examination (SLUMS) was more sensitive to cognitive impairment than the Mini-Mental State Exam (MMSE). The second study used multiple probe tactics throughout spaced retrieval training to assess for tacting and delayed tacting of staff members in an assisted living facility. Results indicated that spaced retrieval alone did not produce improvements across all probe measures, and that modified procedures tailored to the observed deficits resulted in improved generalization. The results of these studies are discussed in the context of previous research on stimulus equivalence and spaced retrieval, and how the presence or absence of pre-requisite verbal skills can influence performance during these procedures. |
Keyword(s): Behavioral Gerontology, Spaced Retrieval, Stimulus Equivalence |
|
Evaluation of Equivalence Relations: Models of Assessment and Best Practice for Older Adults |
DAWN SEEFELDT (Southern Illinois University), Jonathan C. Baker (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Due to changing age demographics in the United States, by 2050, an estimated 62.1 Americans will be over the age of 65 and the number of Americans with cognitive impairment, such as Alzheimer’s disease, will increase drastically as well (Alzheimer’s Association, 2014; Ortman, Velkoff, & Hogan, 2014). Once a diagnosis or behavioral indicators of cognitive impairment are present, it would be beneficial to apply a treatment package that promotes the maintenance or re-establishment of stimulus control in the environment. From a behavioral perspective, stimulus control aids in learning and memory through both respondent and operant conditioning. In the current study, stimulus equivalence training was completed and compared to cognitive and functional assessments scores with older adult participants with and without cognitive impairment as a systematic replication of Gallagher and Keenan (2009). Formation of equivalence relations after exposure to linear series (LS) training with 2 3-member stimulus classes across arbitrary, familiar, and stimuli from Gallagher and Keenan (2009) was compared via trials to criterion, accuracy per relation, and session length to scores on the Mini-Mental Status Exam (MMSE), Saint Louis University State Exam (SLUMS), and Barthel ADL Index. A classification analysis was conducted between MMSE and SLUMS scores. Several methodological changes were applied to a second study to examine the impact of increased programmed stimuli, training changes, and the use of one-to-many (OTM) and many-to-one (MTO) training structures with 3 3-member stimulus classes on equivalence formation. Composite performance scores were created for accuracy during LS, OTM, and MTO training. Non-parametric analyses were conducted between assessment and composite scores. The SLUMS and Barthel ADL Index were not correlated with any composite scores. However, MMSE scores and LS composite scores were correlated. The SLUMS was more sensitive to the detection of cognitive impairment as judged by classification and diagnoses. OTM and MTO composite scores also had a strong, positive correlation. Overall, more participants demonstrated higher levels of accurate responding during LS training than during OTM and MTO training. In contrast to previous research, only 25% of the sample demonstrated equivalence formation. Limitations and future research directions are discussed. |
|
Memory Deficits in Older Adults: Evaluating Spaced Retrieval With Multiple Probe Techniques |
CHRISTOPHER WALMSLEY (Western Michigan University), Richard Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Difficulties in recognizing and remembering the names of individuals are a common behavioral symptom of major neurocognitive disorder. A number of behavioral strategies have been proposed to improve memory deficits, including spaced retrieval, an intervention that emphasizes delayed recall of target information. Unfortunately, many of the studies that report beneficial effects of spaced retrieval use a very limited range of outcome measures, thus calling into question the magnitude and generality of any reported memory improvement. This study reports on the impact of spaced retrieval using four older adults with cognitive impairment living in an assisted living facility. All participants demonstrated difficulty naming and recalling names of staff members at the facility who provided care. A multiple baseline across participants design with embedded probes was used to evaluate the effects of spaced retrieval on the acquisition, delayed recall, and generalization of naming a target staff member. Probe measures included a non-identity matching-to-sample task, naming in the presence of untrained photographs of the target staff member, and naming during brief video presentations of the target staff member. Non-example presentations were also interspersed. Spaced retrieval resulted in within-session increases in delayed recall for all participants, and also resulted in minimal evidence of generalization across probe measures, including live-person probes. Modified spaced retrieval interventions were then employed to address stimulus control deficits. These modified conditions resulted in further gains in delayed recall performance, as well as improved generalization across probes. These results are discussed in the context of previous research with spaced retrieval. Future directions are also discussed. |
|
|
|
|
EAB Monday Noon |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East |
Chair: Travis Ray Smith (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
|
1. Point-After-Touchdown Conversions and Kicker-Style Selection Conform to Generalized Matching in College Football |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
STEVEN R BOOMHOWER (Auburn University), John Falligant (Auburn University), Sacha T. Pence (Auburn University) |
Discussant: Suzanne Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Abstract: Coaches make a variety of complex decisions in American-rules college footballespecially related to point-after-touchdown (PAT) conversions and, historically, kicker-style selection. However, little research has characterized the pattern of these choices and whether they are sensitive to environmental manipulations, such as an increase in effort required to score. In the present study, the generalized matching law (GML)a model that predicts a linear relation between choices for two alternatives and the amount of reinforcement garnered from themwas applied to PAT conversions (1 point vs. 2 point) and kicker (soccer-style vs. conventional-style) selection using archived data from the National Collegiate Athletic Association. Overall, both PAT-conversion and kicker selection exhibited matching. Further, narrowing the goal-post width was associated with decreased preference for 1-point PAT attempts and enhanced sensitivity to increases in points scored from 1-point PAT attempts. This investigation provides support for the ecological validity of the GML. |
|
|
2. Resource Exploitation in a Modified Public Goods Game With Rats |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
LAUREN VANDERHOOFT (Reed College), Allen Neuringer (Reed College), Ana Carolina Trousdell Franceschini (University of Sao Paulo), Timothy D. Hackenberg (Reed College) |
Discussant: Suzanne Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Abstract: Both human and nonhuman species are found to overexploit resources. This problem has been studied with either public goods games or diminishing returns paradigms. The first studies decision-making under different social environments, and the second studies effects of resource depletion. We combined these two paradigms within an animal model by using a diminishing returns procedure under competitive and noncompetitive social environments. Five pairs of female Sprague Dawley rats were run in adjacent operant chambers separated by a transparent barrier. Each chamber had two levers associated with either a fixed ratio schedule (FR) delivering one food-pellet reinforcer, or a geometric progressive ratio schedule (PR) delivering four reinforcers. Switching from PR to FR reset the PR to its lowest value. Subjects responded independently of each other in a baseline condition, and interactively in a social condition. Subjects generally switched at lower PR values in the social condition, but maintained stable reinforcement rates across both conditions. Of note was the emergence of free-riding behavior in the social condition, where one rat increased the PR value and relied on the partner to renew the resource, resulting in higher reinforcement rates for the free-rider. This behavior, representing resource exploitation, is common in the human situation. |
|
|
3. A Comparison of Two Reinforcement Assessments in the Madagascar Hissing Cockroach (Gromphadorhina portentosa) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
AMY SIPPL (Saint Cloud State University), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University) |
Discussant: Suzanne Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Abstract: In this investigation, two reinforcer assessments were conducted in the Madagascar hissing cockroach (Gromphadorhina portentosa) to expand the current understanding of stimulus preference and reinforcer assessment in the species. In each assessment, low, medium, and high preference stimuli were delivered contingently on an FR1 schedule. Experiment I tested the operant response of ladder climbing in a multiple baseline across subjects design. Experiment II further refined the operant response to a ramp climbing task in an alternating treatments design. Findings demonstrate clear stimulus preference and reinforcement effects in two of four cockroaches tested. Results also indicate that even rudimentary protocols are successful in differentiating the reinforcing effects of preferred and non-preferred stimuli in invertebrate species. These findings support the continued refinement of stimulus preference and reinforcement efficacy procedures in experimental and applied behavioral research. |
|
|
4. Interactions Between Food and Water Deprivation Motivating Operations in Mice |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Matthew Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno), Christina M. Peters (University of Nevada, Reno), EMILY DANIELLE SPURLOCK (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Suzanne Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Abstract: Motivating operations (MOs) are typically held to alter the extent to which specific stimuli function as reinforcing and/or aversive, which is correlated with changes in an organism’s behavior with respect to those specific stimuli as consequences. It is likely, however, that any given MO affects the reinforcing/punishing efficacy of a wide range of reinforcers and/or aversive stimuli. In the present study, we examined the effects of food deprivation, water deprivation, and concurrent food and water deprivation on rates of responding for food and water reinforcement with mice. During sessions in which responding was reinforced with food, mice responded less under concurrent food and water deprivation than they did when deprived of food only for an equivalent period of time. Mice also responded less for water reinforcement when deprived of both food and water than they did when deprived of water only for an equivalent period of time. These results suggest that food deprivation alters the reinforcing efficacy of water and water deprivation likewise alters the reinforcing efficacy of food. We will also present the results of an in-progress follow-up study investigating the motivational effects of response-independent food delivery on responding reinforced with water. |
|
|
5. Temperature Changes Produce Differential Effects on Learning and Performance in Madagascar Hissing Cockroaches |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
NICOLE TAKLE (St. Cloud State), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University) |
Discussant: Suzanne Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Abstract: The effects of temperature on learning and performance in Madagascar Hissing Cockroaches (MHC) is yet unknown, as what research exists is limited and has produced mixed results. The present study compared MHC performance in place preference learning under hot, cold, and neutral temperature conditions. A conditioned place preference assessment was conducted using a progressive fixed time schedule. Reinforcement was delivered to subjects who were located in the correct, assigned zone in a two-zone apparatus. The time required within that zone before earning reinforcement was progressively increased by 5 s increments. The results showed that although both cold and hot temperatures affect behavioral performance, hot temperatures are much more detrimental to both performance and stability. |
|
|
6. The Role of Contingency Between Interlocking Behavioral Contingencies and Cultural Events |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
NATALIA SANTOS MARQUES (Universidade de São Paulo), Marcelo Frota Lobato Frota Benvenuti (Universidade de São Paulo) |
Discussant: Suzanne Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Abstract: This study investigated the role of contingency between interlocking behavioral contingencies (IBCs) and cultural events (CEs). Three experiments were performed. The task consisted in using the mouse to click on an image presented on the computer screen. In the experiments 1 and 2, individual consequences were programmed for the clicking, cultural consequences were programed for an specific pattern of clicking. In experiment 3, only cultural consequences were programmed. Experiment 1 compared conditions in which CE was presented in a variable interval schedule (VI) against conditions in which it was presented in variable time schedules (VT). Experiment 2 compared VI conditions against VT and extinction (EXT) conditions. Experiment 3 replicated Experiment 2, without individual consequences programmed. The results of these experiments indicate variations of IBCs as a function of the schedules of CE presentations. Extinction effects were observed in EXT conditions and also in VT conditions. In addition, the results of Experiment 3 indicate that a programmed individual contingency is not necessary for the establishment of a metacontingency. |
|
|
7. Social Foraging: An Evaluation of Relationship Between Consumption and Agressive Patterns |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ROSALVA CABRERA (National University of Mexico), Martha Elisa Lopez (FES Iztacala-National University of Mexico), Abel Javier Zamora (FES Iztacala-National University of Mexico) |
Discussant: Suzanne Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Abstract: In social foraging, groups of subjects are simultaneously exposed to searching, obtaining and consumption food setting. When several pieces of food are available in a patch, some members of group arrive to gain access and aggressive responses can be observed (Kaspersson, H?jesj? & Pedersen, 2010). This experiment evaluated the relationship between aggressive and consumption responses in groups of pigeons exposed to limited resource whose location was varied. Two groups of pigeons (n=5) were exposed during five sessions to a platform with 12 sealed deposits, only four deposits contained seeds. The piercing seal response delivered seeds and subjects could intake it. For G1, the deposits with food (useful) were located contiguous; for G2 the useful deposits were distant. Each session was composed by two trials; the location of useful deposits was varied in each trial. The sessions were video-recorded, a posteriori were recorded frequency of visits to useful deposits and frequency of aggressive responses (smack, peck about) to each subject. Both groups show that subjects recording higher consumption emit medium aggressive responses; subjects with medium consumption emitted aggressive response al higher level; subjects with lower consumption emitted aggressive responses at low level. Thus, the aggressive responses are related to consumption pattern. |
|
|
8. The Impact of Exchange Fixed Ratio Requirement on Token Accumulation in a Self Control Paradigm |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
L. B. MILLER (Reed College), Timothy D. Hackenberg (Reed College) |
Discussant: Suzanne Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Abstract: Three pigeons were studied in a token-based accumulation paradigm. Tokens were presented response-independently about every 15 s, according to a variable time (VT) 15 schedule. A fixed ratio (FR) on an exchange-production key stopped the tokens from accumulating and started an exchange phase (signaled by flashing tokens). When pecked during the exchange period, each token produced 3-s access to food. After exchange of tokens, a variable-duration intertrial interval (ITI) occurred. This variable ITI ensured that each trial onset occurred 9 min apart, holding rate of trials constant at 10 per 90-min session. The main independent variable was fixed-ratio (FR) size on the exchange-production key, which varied from 25 to 75 across blocks of sessions. As shown in Figure 1, mean tokens accumulated per trial increased as a direct function of exchange-production FR for all 3 pigeons. These findings are consistent with previous research on the role of FR requirement in a related accumulation/self-control task, and provide a solid baseline against which to assess the role of concurrent behavior in a subsequent phase of the experiment. |
|
|
9. The Nostalgic Effects of Prior Reinforcement: Using “Preference” to Measure Selection by Consequence |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ERIC JAMES FRENCH (Central Michigan University), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University) |
Discussant: Suzanne Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Abstract: The goal of the current investigation was to influence the reoccurrence of previously reinforced behavior at the trial by trial level. Using concurrent schedules, reinforced behavior has been demonstrated to become more probable during the following inter-reinforcer interval; however, in these preparations the reinforcer could function as a discriminative stimulus for the location of the upcoming reinforcer. In two experiments the discriminative properties of the previous reinforcer on upcoming consequences was controlled. Rats lever pressed for food under three-link chain schedules. In the first link, responses distributed between a left and right lever produced a transition to either a fixed ratio 1 on the center lever (Experiment 1) or a brief blackout (Experiment 2). Following completion of the second link, three consecutive responses on a target lever then produced a food pellet. In Experiment 1, the relative probability that either a left or right lever press in the first link would produce a transition to the second link was equal. In Experiment 2, only right lever presses produced a transition to the second link, and only left lever presses produced food. Despite offering no advantage in food production, responses in the initial links favored the lever that just produced food. |
|
|
10. Analysis of Qualitatively Varied Reinforcers Based on Behavioral Economics |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ALMA LUISA LÓPEZ FUENTES (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Alicia Roca (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Discussant: Suzanne Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Abstract: During behavioral interventions, practitioners commonly use a variety of reinforces to maintain target behaviors rather than using a single constant reinforcer. However, in basic and applied research, comparing the effects of varied and constant reinforcers has produced mixed results. A probable explanation for such differences is that varied reinforcement is more effective than constant reinforcement only when the delivery of one type of reinforcer increases the reinforcing properties of another; a finding known as complementarity in behavioral economics. In contrast, when one reinforcer reduces the reinforcing properties of another, or functions as substitute, varied reinforcement is no different from constant reinforcement. This hypothesis was tested by comparing the effects of varied and constant reinforcement using complementary and substitute reinforcers on response rate and resistance to change in four adult participants diagnosed with development delays. After preference assessment, the favorite reinforcer, the second reinforcer, or the two were presented using a three-component multiple schedule. In successive conditions the reinforcers were complementary or substitutes. Varied complementary reinforcement produced higher responding than constant reinforcement in three participants but had no effects on resistance to change. These results partially support the notion that complementarity and substitutability play a role when varied reinforcement is used. |
|
|
11. Signaling Changes in Reinforcer Ratios Facilitates Adaptive Forgetting in Pigeons |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
DANIEL BELL-GARRISON (West Virginia University), Elizabeth Kyonka (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: Forgetting is often characterized as maladaptive, but when a cue no longer signals the consequences of a response, forgetting the previously learned stimulus-response discrimination is adaptive. Pigeons pecked for food in concurrent schedules. The relative frequency of reinforcement on each key changed across sessions. Initially, there was an overnight break in the middle of each session and new sessions began immediately after the end of the previous session. When the change from one session to the next was not signaled, responses maladaptively remained under the control of the previous session’s ratio of reinforcement. When the session change was signaled by changing the color of the keylights, control by the ratio from the previous session diminished. Without interference from past ratios, sensitivity to the ratio of reinforcement was greater in the signaled than the unsignaled condition. Subsequently, sessions were shifted such that there was no mid-session overnight break and only one session occurred per day. The change of session was signaled by overnight breaks. Response allocation adapted to the new schedule arrangement with minimal influence from previous ratios. This decrease in sensitivity to past ratios suggests that although visual cues can facilitate adaptive forgetting, time is a more powerful cue. |
|
|
12. No Sense of Stranger Danger: Rats Preferentially Respond for Unfamiliar Rats Compared to Familiar Rats |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JASMINE HUANG (Reed College), Shirin Porkar-Aghdam (Reed College), L. B. Miller (Reed College), Emma Schweitzer (Reed College), Lauren Vanderhooft (Reed College), Timothy D. Hackenberg (Reed College) |
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: Using a concurrent choice paradigm, three pairs of female Long Evans rats were tested in a within-subjects ABA design, with one subject as the focal rat, and the other as the harnessed rat. In the center chamber of a three-chamber apparatus, focal rats were trained to press one lever to access the left chamber, and another lever to access the right chamber. In the baseline condition, focal rats could choose to respond for their partner or an empty chamber and were run until behavior stabilized. In the experimental condition, focal rats could choose to respond for their partner or an unfamiliar rat until stabilization, which was followed by a return to baseline. In the first baseline condition there was a preference for the partner compared to the empty chamber, but a preference for the unfamiliar rat during the experimental condition. The differential responding for familiar and unfamiliar rats between conditions suggests that there is reinforcing value to novel social interaction. |
|
|
13. Effects of Reinforcement Parameters on Preference for an Increased Magnitude of Reinforcement in Pigeons |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MIKE HARMAN (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Jay Moore (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee) |
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: The magnitude of reinforcement is often studied as an evocative variable to responding in concurrent choice procedures. Matching is not typically observed in concurrent response procedures when the duration of reinforcement is manipulated as a measure of magnitude. The present study seeks to evaluate four methods of reinforcement with the purpose to empirically determine which method results in the closest approximation of matching preference to the relative duration of reinforcement. Pigeons were trained in a two-key, concurrent chains choice procedure with equal initial and terminal links. Across conditions, the durations of reinforcement in the terminal links were either equal (3-s vs 3-s) or unequal (3-s vs 6-s), and these durations were either uncued by hopper lights (both white) or cued (3-s: white; 6-s: colored). In some conditions the longer duration of reinforcement was delivered in successive periods of access to grain (2 x 3-s) and was either uncued or cued. Preference most closely approximated matching when: (a) the increased duration was delivered as successive periods of access equal to the decrease duration, and (b) the duration of reinforcement was cued. Taken together, the data suggest that differential hopper lights and interval chunking facilitated the discrimination of the longer reinforcement duration, and hence enhanced its control. |
|
|
14. A Duration Suite |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
THOMAS P. BYRNE (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts), Haily Kelliher (MCLA), Monique Lemay (MCLA), Taylor Manning (MCLA), Sara Peck (MCLA) |
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: Investigations of continuous dimensions of behavior have been relatively rare in the experimental analysis of behavior. We conducted a series of experiments with rats in which appetitive reinforcers were delivered for the duration of lever pressing rather than the occurrence of discrete responses. In the first experiment, rats responded on multiple fixed-duration schedules. Once responding stabilized, disruption was examined by programming both non-contingent food delivery and extinction. Similar to findings with variable-interval schedules, we found that behavior was most resistant to change in the presence of stimuli correlated with the richest schedules of reinforcement. In the second study, demand curves were generated by systematically increasing the duration of responding necessary to contact reinforcement. Data were orderly and well-described by Hursh and Silberberg’s essential-value equation. Finally, we incorporated duration into a delay-discounting model of self-control. Combining both effort and delay may provide an alternative model relevant to choices organisms encounter outside of the laboratory setting. |
|
|
15. Economic Satisficing:A Descriptive Tool for Concurrent Choices in Token Economies |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ANA CAROLINA TROUSDELL FRANCESCHINI (University of Sao Paulo) |
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: Satisficing is a concept borrowed from economics. It is based on the understanding that all behaviors are choices that require trade-offs between doing things the organism would rather not (pay money, make efforts, miss alternative opportunities) in exchange for obtaining desired things (reinforcers). Satisficing proposes that organisms behave as to obtain satisfactory amounts of the wanted item, by engaging in acceptable amounts of unwanted actions. The key is to determine how satisficing limits are set. Five rats were trained in a token economy to produce and accumulate LEDs (tokens) that could then be exchanged for a fixed volume of a sucrose solution. The initial (token production) link was a concurrent schedule with two response wheels; one under FR and the other under a mixed schedule of positive reinforcement and negative punishment. Both wheels required the same number of responses per reinforcement. Alternatively, rats could switch between the wheels and make combinations. Some combinations initiated the terminal link with lesser responses, thus minimizing effort. With repeated trials at higher schedules, between 70-90% of observed choices were among these satisficing combinations. |
|
|
16. Token Economies in Pigeons: Analyzing Economic Demand and Indifference Curves |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
SHIRIN PORKAR-AGHDAM (Reed College), Ana Carolina Trousdell Franceschini (University of Sao Paulo), Timothy D. Hackenberg (Reed College) |
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: The use of tokens is valuable in comparative behavioral economic studies as they act as a common currency to quantitatively measure preferences between qualitatively different goods. Six pigeons were trained to produce and exchange tokens in a closed economy for food and water concurrently. Each peck on a token-production key produced a white (generalized) token. When 30 tokens had been earned, an exchange period occurred, during which tokens could be exchanged for either food or water by pecking red (water) or green (food) keys. In the first experiment (reported here), prices for both food and water were equal at 3 tokens for each unit of good. Thus, pecking the red key removed 3 tokens and produced 3-s of water access; pecking the green key removed 3 tokens and produced 3-s food access. These conditions remained in place for 36 sessions to determine stable consumption patterns in a closed economy (food and water access limited to experimental sessions). These unconstrained consumption conditions provide an important first step in constructing demand functions for each good. Succeeding conditions will vary the price of food and water (number of tokens per unit of good) separately and together to determine indifference curves under budget constraints. |
|
|
17. Human Sharing Under Shortfall Risk: Does Sharing Depend on the Correlation in Gains? |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
CYNTHIA J. PIETRAS (Western Michigan University), Stephanie Stilling (University of Pittsburgh at Johnstown) |
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: This study experimentally investigated human sharing in a laboratory task that simulated environmental variability and resource scarcity (shortfall risk). The project sought to determine whether a risk-reduction model of sharing developed by evolutionary biologists (derived from a risk-sensitive optimization model known as the energy-budget rule) could predict human cooperative behavior. The model predicted that sharing should occur expect when the correlation between the earnings of the participant and partner was not highly positive. Twelve participants responded to earn points exchangeable for money when point gains were unpredictable. Failures to acquire sufficient points resulted in a loss of accumulated earnings (a shortfall). Participants were given the choice between working alone or working with (fictitious) others and then pooling and sharing accumulated earnings. The correlation of earnings between the participant and partner(s) was manipulated across conditions. Results showed that participants chose the sharing option when it was optimal to do so; thereby conforming to the predictions of the risk-reduction model of sharing. However, participants also shared under the positive correlation condition. Thus, participants continued to share although there were no specific benefits for doing so. These results contribute to the understanding of how environmental context and social stimuli influences cooperation and sharing in situations involving risk. |
|
|
18. Manipulating Response Rates With Percentile Reinforcement |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
KIMBERLY HENKLE (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: Shaping is an omnipresent process that occurs during the lifetime of the organism and over the evolution of the species. As such, the process of shaping has been the subject of considerable amount of research, some of which has produced a systematic approach. Percentile schedules of reinforcement, for example, have provided researchers with a mathematical equation based on differential reinforcement and the probability of reinforcement. Most often this formula is used to increase some dimension of a response such a frequency or duration. Only a handful of studies have demonstrated the effectiveness of using the percentile schedule to decrease response rates. The present study examines the utility of manipulating response rates with the use of a percentile schedule of reinforcement (m=5, w=0.50) with college student performing a simple computer task using a multi-element design. Preliminary results suggest that percentile schedules of reinforcement are effective at not only increasing but also decreasing response rates. |
|
|
19. A Concurrent-Operants Method for Measuring Gain/Loss Asymmetry: I. Points vs. Coins as Reinforcers or Punishers |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
DIEGO FLORES (Brigham Young University), Frank Robertson (Brigham Young University), Michael Seeley (Brigham Young University), Darin Costello (Brigham Young University), Marcia Ventura (Brigham Young University), Harold L. Miller Jr. (Brigham Young University) |
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: The SubSearch Game is a videogame in which the player uses a mouse to move a submarine icon on a computer screen in order to retrieve underwater objects. Barriers separating the objects make the task progressively more difficult. The screen is divided vertically in half, with each half containing its own submarine, objects, and barriers. The player can switch between the half-screens at any point. Occasionally, according to concurrent variable-interval variable-interval (VI VI) schedules, the retrieval of an object results in the delivery of points via an on-screen counter and simultaneously in the delivery of coins, which are the players to keep. Retrieval may also produce the loss of points (and the need to return coins to the dispenser) but only if the object is retrieved on the left half of the screen. No losses are scheduled on the right half. Participants played six sessions in which no coin dispenser was used. In two additional sessions (sessions 7 and 8) the coin dispenser was operational. The sessions consisted of six 6-min components in which the reinforcer ratio varied, as did the screen color. Punishers were delivered in half of the components on the left side of the screen. An analysis determined whether there was a significant difference between sessions with points only and with points and coins. Table 1 summarizes the results for 26 participants. The number of clicks was the dependent variable and the number of reinforcers the independent variable. The F-test table shows that the PNlogCLCRa measure of respondingwas significantly affected by punishment and the use of coins. |
|
|
20. A Concurrent-Operants Method for Measuring Gain/Loss Asymmetry: II. Risk-Averse Participants vs. Risk Seekers |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
DIEGO FLORES (Brigham Young University), Frank Robertson (Brigham Young University), Michael Seeley (Brigham Young University), Darin Costello (Brigham Young University), Marcia Ventura (Brigham Young University), Harold L. Miller Jr. (Brigham Young University) |
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: At the beginning of the experiment, all participants were requested to complete a brief questionnaire. The questionnaire was designed to indicate whether the participant was risk averse or risk seeking. Based on the questionnaire results, participants were assigned to two groups, and the results from each were compared in terms of performance in the SubSearch Game. An analysis determined whether there was a significant difference between the groups. The Sub Search Game is a videogame in which the player uses a mouse to move a submarine icon on a computer screen in order to retrieve underwater objects. Barriers separating the objects make the task progressively more difficult. The screen is divided vertically in half, with each half containing its own submarine, objects, and barriers. The player can switch between the half-screens at any point. Occasionally, according to concurrent variable-interval variable-interval (VI VI) schedules, the retrieval of an object results in the delivery of points via an on-screen counter. Points accumulated during each 36-m session are exchanged for money at its end. Retrieval may also produce the loss of points but only when the object is on the left half of the screen. No losses are scheduled on the right half. The sessions consisted of six 6-min components in which the reinforcer ratio varied, as did the screen color. Punishers were delivered in half of the components on the left side of the screen. The experiment consisted of six sessions. Only the results from the last three were included in the analysis. Table 1 summarizes the results for 26 participants. The number of clicks was the dependent variable and the number of reinforcers the independent variable. The F-test table shows that the PNlogCLCRa measure of respondingwas significantly affected by punishment and risk aversion. |
|
|
21. Increasing Sidman Avoidance Behaviour of Aversive Stimuli: An Animal Model |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
LISA HUNTER (University of Manitoba/ St.Amant), Karli Pedreira (University of Manitoba), Joseph J. Pear (University of Manitoba) |
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: Avoidance is described as behaviour that prevents the occurrence of an aversive stimulus whereas, escape behaviour is described as a behaviour that results in the termination of an ongoing stimulus. There are two types of avoidance, both of which prevent an aversive stimulus from occurring. There is standard avoidance that involves a warning stimulus that signals an aversive stimulus will occur promptly. This type of avoidance is reinforced by the termination of the warning stimulus. The other form of avoidance is called Sidman or free-operant avoidance. This process does not include a warning stimulus and it is unknown what the exact reinforcing properties are that maintain it. Previous research determined that Betta splendens (Siamese fighting fish) do not engage in Sidman avoidance whereas other species including Carassius auratus (goldfish) do. This research looked at whether Betta splendens could be taught Sidman avoidance using prompting and reinforcement strategies. Experimenters established an increase in the frequency of independent crossovers between sides of the experimental tank to avoid an aversive stimulus, these avoidance responses were briefly maintained for two of the subjects and immediately decreased once reinforcement was removed for the third subject. |
|
|
|
|
EDC Monday Noon |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East |
Chair: Deirdre M. Muldoon (University of New Mexico) |
|
22. Gamification Versus Individual Instruction |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
IVANA VUCIC (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Lars Inge Halvorsen (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Discussant: Scott Beckett (Jacksonville State University) |
Abstract: In later years, the use of gamification has bloomed and many claim that this method works as an effective teaching tool. However, few studies compare gamification to more traditional learning methods. The purpose of the study was to investigate the effect of competition on learning and compare the effects to an immediate feedback procedure that is done individually. The participants participated in two similar learning situations with immediate corrective feedback: One in which the participants answered questions through the multiplayer game Kahoot and one in which they answered questions through a program that gave them immediate corrective feedback on each question. In the programmed setting subjects did not have the opportunity to view how other participants were performing. Both tests conditions included a pretest, three training sessions and a posttest. This allowed us to examine individual performances in each test setting and compare the effects of different phases across tests. Subjects used in this experiment are Bachelor and Master level College students attending Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences. |
|
|
23. Answer Key or Immediate Feedback, How Does It Affect Learning? |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
LARS INGE HALVORSEN (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Discussant: Scott Beckett (Jacksonville State University) |
Abstract: Feedback is an important component in learning and examining under which conditions subjects has the largest performance increases is important to increase the effectiveness in any educational setting. Feedback is used for correcting and improving performance, but does it matter how this is given and how quickly? Teaching systems like interteaching, precision teaching and personalized system of instruction all use different aspects of the feedback component but it is hard to determine the precise effects of this feedback. The experiments conducted here explores how an answer key and immediate feedback procedure affects learning and presents preliminary results on how learning over time has been affected. Subjects used are bachelor level college students at Oslo and Akershus University College. The results indicate that there is a slight difference between the two methods but also show that subjects in one procedure keeps repeating old mistakes made in the first condition. Procedures used are multiple baseline measures and a repeated design, in addition to this some subjects were tested after a period of 14 days providing an insight into how performance is affected by time. |
|
|
24. Lack of Generalization from Lab to Lecture in a Sensation and Perception Course |
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research |
DEBRA J. SPEAR (South Dakota State University), Amber Wodzinski (South Dakota State University), Mary Berg (South Dakota State University) |
Discussant: Scott Beckett (Jacksonville State University) |
Abstract: Laboratory courses are opportunities for students to engage in hands-on activities related to specific topics. In Psychology, laboratory sections are used to teach students methods and techniques important in conducting research, providing students the opportunity to collect and analyze data, and to teach concepts in an alternative method from the typical textbook and lecture. In courses of Sensation and Perception, laboratory sections provide students with opportunities to explore thresholds, methods of sensory assessment, and hands-on experience with measuring activity and limits of the sensory systems. Previous research shows that when the laboratory experiences are specifically integrated into the lecture section of the course, there is generalization from the laboratory to the classroom. The current study was an attempt to determine if similar generalization of information and techniques mastered in the laboratory would transfer to the classroom without that specific integration. Some students in the Sensation and Perception course completed the laboratory section of the course, while others did not. There was no explicit integration of the specific laboratory assignments into the lecture material. The results show that there was no significant difference in scores for students that completed the laboratory activities compared to those that did not complete these activities. Even when exam questions that specifically involved content used in the laboratory, average grades for students in the laboratory section of the |
|
|
25. Exploring Environmental Factors That Promote and Inhibit Novel Responding Within College Students |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ANDREW R. KIETA (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Scott Beckett (Jacksonville State University) |
Abstract: To date, no studies have investigated topographical variability or novelty with college students, yet such responding is a critical skill in the modern work place. This study used a reversal design to investigate if novel responding can be increased as a result of novelty specifying contingencies within college students using a simple shaping game apparatus. In the game, subjects used one hand to interact with a small object placed on the table in front of him or her. Pre-baseline training consisted of an errorless program designed to teach only a single initial topography which was repeated fifty times on an FR1 schedule. A reinforce all schedule was introduced to serve as a control. Variability specifying contingencies were introduced as the independent variable. Responding was only reinforced if topographies differed from previously exhibited forms. After a return to baseline, variability-specifying contingencies were reintroduced. After repeated reinforcement during the variability specifying condition, participants exhibited stereotypic responding during the baseline condition, questioning whether variability is an operant or a dimension of behavior that can be strengthened. Additionally controlling the response history limited the variable dimensions possible, suggesting that a broad topographical repertoires must be conditioned in order for participants to engage in variable dimensions of behavior. |
|
|
26. Effect of Positive:Negative Verbal Feedback on Performance as a Function of Task Difficulty |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTIAN SABEY (Brigham Young University), Cade T. Charlton (Brigham Young University), Shawn R. Charlton (University of Central Arkansas) |
Discussant: Scott Beckett (Jacksonville State University) |
Abstract: Some scholars have suggested there is an optimal ratio of positive to negative verbal feedback during instruction. A wide range of ratios have been recommended including 8:1 (Latham, 1997), 4:1 (Daniels & Daniels, 2004), 3:1 (Sprick, Knight, Reinke, & McKale, 2006). Due to the dearth of empirical support for these ratios, the recommendations amount to little more than classroom lore. Recently, Sabey, Charlton, and Charlton (2015) demonstrated that a 1:1 ratio produced more accurate responding on a familiar, moderately challenging computational task. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of various ratios on the accuracy and persistence of participants’ responses as a function of task difficulty. All participants completed a multiplication task with either moderate or difficult questions and a ratio of positive to negative verbal feedback that was adjusted to maintain ratios of 1:4, 1:1, or 4:1 depending on assigned condition. 124 college students enrolled in a southeastern university participated in the study. A mixed method repeated measures ANOVA found statistically significant effects of difficulty, feedback level, and trial block. These data suggest that higher ratios of positive to negative verbal feedback have more pronounced effects on accuracy and persistence as task difficulty increases. |
|
|
27. Using Matrix Training to Establish the Alphabetic Principle, and Generalization to Reading, in Typically Developing Struggling Readers |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
CAROL CUMMINGS (The University of Kansas), Susan Loveall-Hague (University of Kansas), Kathryn Saunders (The University of Kansas) |
Discussant: Scott Beckett (Jacksonville State University) |
Abstract: Previous studies, primarily with adults with intellectual disability, demonstrated recombinative generalization of onset and rime units using matrix training. Study 1 extends that work to typically developing children referred by teachers as having reading difficulties. Three 4-5 year old boys participated. Two 24-word matrices were each divided into 6 four-word sets containing all combinations of two onsets and two rimes (e.g. bed, bag, ked, kag). Using a computerized, matching-to-sample (MTS) task, we taught students to select printed words that corresponded to spoken-word samples, from a choice pool containing all words in a set. After mastering sets receptively, participants demonstrated generalization to reading the taught words, and also generalization to MTS with untaught sets. Study 2 was the next step in instructional programming, designed to teach abstraction of phonemes within the rime. Each word set contained one onset and four rimes. Unlike Study 1, the four rimes included all combinations of two vowels and two codas (e.g., bed, beg, bad, bag). One participant from Study 1 has completed Study 2, and showed generalization to untaught words. Generalization to untaught words demonstrates the alphabetic principlethe concept that the same sound in different words is represented by the same letter. |
|
|
28. An Overview of the Elements Used in the Gamification of Educational Courses |
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory |
JENNIFER HARDIN (California State University Northridge), Debra Berry Malmberg (California State University, Northridge), Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge) |
Discussant: Scott Beckett (Jacksonville State University) |
Abstract: Gamification is a pedagogical technique that educators are using more often, especially as technology has allowed increasing access to online gaming tools (Dominguez et al., 2013). Researchers have found conflicting results regarding the effectiveness of the application of different elements of gamification (e.g., badges, choice, points; Hays, 2005). Challenges with the literature include inconsistent use of packages of elements and lack of clear operational definitions of elements. We conducted a literature review of studies that apply gamified elements to an educational setting. Due to the limited number of results, a broad search was made for articles using the key words “gamification” and “education”. Articles that did not contain an experimental group were excluded. For the remaining 17 articles, we compared the elements used in each study and examine the definitions and descriptions provided to better identify elements for comparison. Finally, we proposed operational definitions of these elements to be used in future comparisons. |
|
|
29. A Meta-Analysis of Single-Case Research Published in South Korea: Post-School Age Interventions for Individuals With Disabilities |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Jinhyeok Choi (Pusan National University), YOON SEON HAN (Pusan National University) |
Discussant: Scott Beckett (Jacksonville State University) |
Abstract: We conducted a meta-analysis to analyze research articles which (1) were published between 2005 and 2014 in South Korea, (2) employed a single-case study method, and (3) implemented a behavioral intervention on vocational skills for post-school-age students with disabilities. 16 experimental research were searched and selected from peer-reviewed journal articles listed on the Korea Citation Index. We reorganized the articles by four different categories: settings, dependent and independent variables, and research designs. Then, we analyzed the 16 articles in terms of both quality and interventions effect size factors. We calculated the Percentage of Non-overlapping Data (PND) for each articles so that we identified an intervention effect size for each article. For articles quality factors, we used the quality indicators within a single case research (Horner et al., 2005). The results showed that local community and vocational skills were addressed as a research setting and dependent variables in most articles. Community-based instruction was most frequently implemented as a independent variable. Moreover, approximately 50% of the articles employed a multiple probe design. The 16 articles achieved sufficient scores for 7their quality as a single case research in general. |
|
|
30. Implementation of Interdependent Group Contingency in Secondary Education Resource Classroom |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
REEVA MORTON (Mississippi State University), Kasee Stratton (Mississippi State University) |
Discussant: William Heward (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Previous research has indicated that disruptive behavior in the classroom negatively impacts social and academic success (e.g., Campbell, 1995; Finn, Pannozzo, & Voelkl, 1995). Group contingencies are an effective strategy in decreasing problem behavior displayed by groups of students because it allows students to be reinforced on a group criterion (Litow & Pumroy, 1975). There is a lack of literature examining an interdependent group contingency, such as the Good Behavior Game (GBG), for children with disabilities, particularly at the high school level (Gresham & Gresham, 1982; Salend et al., 1989; Flower, McKenna, Bunuan, Muething, & Vega, 2014). This study analyzed the impact of the GBG in a special education high school classroom and compared the effect of student- and teacher- selected rewards on disruptive behavior. An ABAB design was implemented to evaluate disruptive behavior on one resource classroom. An alternating treatment design was used to evaluate the impact of student selected and teacher selected rewards on disruptive behavior. A frequency recording of problem behaviors was collected for each team. Results found no difference between student and teacher selected rewards; however, the results suggested an interdependent group contingency is effective in decreasing problem behavior in this population. |
|
|
31. Increasing On-Task Behavior in a Third Grade Classroom With the Good Behavior Game |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
BRITTANY PENNINGTON (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota) |
Discussant: William Heward (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: This study investigated the effect of the Good Behavior Game (GBG) on on-task behavior for three students in a third-grade classroom, and the effect on latency to transition for all students in that classroom. The classroom teacher nominated the three participants as the most off-task in the class. Previous research has demonstrated the efficacy of the GBG at increasing on-task behavior, but few studies have shown what happens in other settings when the GBG is implemented in one setting. This study used a multiple-baseline across settings design, and showed that when the GBG was implemented in one setting, behavior improved only in the setting where it was implemented. However, when the game was moved into other settings, on-task behavior increased in those settings. Overall, findings support the use of the GBG for increasing on-task behavior and decreasing latency to transition, but suggest that teachers should only expect increased on-task behavior while playing the game. |
|
|
32. The Effects of Active Student Response Strategies on the Quiz Scores of Students Enrolled in a University Special Education Methods Course |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
AMANDA L. YURICK (Cleveland State University), Maria Helton (Cleveland State University) |
Discussant: William Heward (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Fifteen undergraduate and graduate students in a special education teacher preparation program participated in an alternating treatments design evaluation of the differential effects of response cards, guided notes, and traditional lecture on rate and accuracy of quiz scores. Data were collected on the rate of response, overall accuracy, one and two week maintenance of content, and social validity criteria. Preliminary results indicate that response rate and accuracy improved with the response cards and guided notes. There were additional benefits for maintenance of content. Recommendations for implementation are discussed. |
|
|
33. The Duration of Effects on Behavior and Academic Outcomes of Physical Activity for Students With ADHD |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JEFFERY HART (Southern Utah University), David L. Lee (Penn State) |
Discussant: William Heward (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of moderate to vigorous physical activity (MVPA) on the classroom behavior and academic engagement of early elementary children with attention deficit hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD). A key extension of the current study was examination of durability of effects of MVPA and implementation of a “Booster” session to increase effects over time. Results of this study indicate MVPA provided at the beginning of the school day can reduce classroom behaviors associated with ADHD. MVPA was shown to have a modest impact on academic engagement for some participants. These improvements, in both behavior and academic engagement, dissipated over time and were not present 90 minutes after participating in the MVPA intervention. In an effort to address the dissipation of effects of MVPA over time, a “booster” MVPA session was evaluated. Results showed that a 3-5 minute booster session of MVPA performed 90 minutes after the initial 15-minute bout of exercise both maintained benefits for all participants and improved behavioral benefits for some participants. |
|
|
34. Teaching Organizational Skills to Undergraduates Using Self-Monitoring Techniques |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
ASHLEY BORDELON (Louisiana State University), George H. Noell (Louisiana State University) |
Discussant: William Heward (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Homework, organization, and time-management skills are often a source of stress for undergraduate students. The type of homework given, self-management skills, and planning skill level combine to contribute to student success in school. Previous research has shown that the Homework, Organization, and Planning Skills (HOPS) program has been successful with teaching these skills to students with Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder; however, research has focused on middle school students. The purpose of the current study was to determine if the HOPS program was suitable for undergraduate students, based on pretest, posttest, and follow-up scores on the Learning and Study Strategies Inventory- Second Edition (LASSI) using a randomized waitlist control trial. The HOPS program was adjusted to focus on self-management skills. These adjustments included an increase in self-monitoring and performance feedback. Results indicated that scores on the LASSI improved for students, with significant results for several scales. Limitations of the study and future directions for research are discussed. |
|
|
35. When to Supervise? Treatment Integrity and the Temporal Position of Feedback |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
SHRINIDHI SUBRAMANIAM (West Virginia University), Nicole Robinson (West Virginia University), Forrest Toegel (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: William Heward (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Providing praise and corrective feedback is an essential component of staff training procedures. It is unknown, however, whether feedback is more effective in changing behavior if presented as an antecedent or a consequent of treatment implementation. We conducted brief behavioral skills training using a confederate to teach 4 teachers and 2 staff members to implement the function-based behavior-intervention plans (BIPs) of 2 clients at an alternative elementary school. Following training, we conducted 10-min observations in which we collected real-time treatment integrity data on BIP implementation with clients in the classroom setting. We used a multielement design to assess effects of antecedent or consequent feedback (i.e., a copy of the treatment-integrity checklist with global integrity score and a note with a corrective feedback and praise statement) on treatment integrity. Implementers either received feedback directly before an observation or directly after an observation (counterbalanced across behavior plans). Overall, antecedent feedback was slightly more effective than consequent feedback in increasing global BIP treatment integrity; however, there were individual differences in feedback effectiveness across participants. Supervisors might benefit from providing implementers with both antecedent and consequent feedback when observing BIP implementation. |
|
|
36. The Effect of Escalating vs. Fixed Reinforcement Schedules on Quiz Taking in an Undergraduate Course in Behavior Analysis |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
AMANDA MAHONEY (Savannah State University), Alysia Potts (Savannah State University) |
Discussant: William Heward (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Drug abstinence studies indicate that escalating reinforcement schedules maintain abstinence for longer periods than fixed reinforcement schedules. The current study evaluated whether escalating reinforcement schedules maintain more quiz taking than fixed reinforcement schedules. A secondary purpose was to improve student attendance. The study was conducted across three sections of an Introduction to Behavior Analysis course. In all sections, online quizzes were open to students with two or fewer absences. During baseline and for the control group, bonus points were distributed on random days for attending class. Following baseline, the fixed reinforcement section received 5 bonus points for each quiz completed while the escalating reinforcement section received 3 bonus points for the first quiz with an increase of 0 or 1 point for each consecutive quiz completed. On three quizzes the bonus points did not increase in order to keep equal the total number of points available across the semester. If a quiz was missed the number of bonus points was reset to the beginning value. Results indicate that the escalating reinforcement schedule maintained more quiz taking than the fixed reinforcement schedule. The control group took the fewest number of quizzes. Quiz access appeared to have no effect on attendance, however across the four course exams there was a correlation between the section with the most quiz takers and the highest average exam score. These results support the finding of contingency management for drug abstinence that escalating reinforcement schedules maintain longer periods of behavior than fixed reinforcement schedules. |
|
|
37. The Effectiveness of Guided Notes on Post-Lecture Quiz Performance in College Students |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
KIMBERLY PECK (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University), Andrew Bulla (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: William Heward (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Instructional methods that promote active student responding (ASR) are prevalent; however empirically demonstrated effectiveness of these methodologies is more limited, especially in higher education. The current study examined the effectiveness of guided notes as a form of active student responding on the immediate recall of lecture information among college students. This study systematically replicates Austin, Lee, Thibeault, Carr, and Bailey (2002), by implementing fill-in-the-blank post-lecture quizzes in order to identify if students perform better when assessed by the same modality in which they were instructed. Guided notes were implemented via a multiple baseline design across four course sections of an undergraduate psychology course. Researchers found results consistent with previous studies, that while guided notes had high likability among students and instructors, they showed little to no positive effect on class quiz performance overall. These findings support that enriched educational environments that promote frequent response opportunities, ASR, and consistent feedback may not find utility in adding guided notes to their curriculum. However, these results lend more information about effectiveness of guided notes in particular educational environments, contributing to the available literature on effective instruction in higher education. This study supports efforts to optimize and individualize educational strategies used among college students. |
|
|
|
|
CSE Monday Noon |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East |
Chair: Todd A. Ward (bSci21 Media, LLC) |
|
38. Alabama Parenting Questionnaire Validation in Mexican Population |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
Judith Elisa Ferrer Alarc�n (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Juan Ismael Matías Mestas (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Carlos Omar Martínez Colín (National Autonomous University of Mexico), SILVIA MORALES CHAINE (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Discussant: Richard Smith (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Parenting styles are associated with child behavior problems such as aggression, opposition or rules violation. Parenting practices have influence in child behavior. The Alabama Parenting Questionnaire assesses parenting practices such as parenting positive or inconsistence discipline. Therefore, the aim of the present study was to evaluate the psychometric properties of Alabama Parenting Questionnaire adapted to Mexican population and compare parenting practices between socioeconomic level of the parents. We worked with 330 parents (M=36.9 years)of children between 3 and 12 years old, who belonged to a Treatment Community for Adolescents in conflict with law, a church, a community psychological service of a private university and a private religious school. We apply a version of Alabama Parenting Questionnaire (parent version of Shelton, Frick & Wotton, 1996) adapted to mexican culture. We performed a factor analysis with varimax rotation and one-way ANOVA to compare the differences between socioeconomic level. The analysis showed 4 factors (Inconsistent Discipline, Positive Parenting, Poor Monitoring and Involvement). There are no significance differences in parenting practices between socioeconomic level. The results show a valid Mexican version of the Alabama Parenting Questionnaire. In order to be representative, it is necessary to continue adapting the questionnaire with rural and urban population. |
|
|
39. Parenting Practices Related With Age, Socioeconomic,and School Level |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
DAVID AMAYA (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Sandra Ferrer (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Silvia Morales Chaine (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Discussant: Richard Smith (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The aim of this study was to compare parental practices in relation with school level ( Low school, Elementary school, Junior High School, High School and University), socioeconomic level (Incomes: E = $0-158.76, D= $158.82-399.94, D+=$400-682.29, C = 682.35 -2058.76, C+=2058.82-4999.94 )and; age of the parents (18-28 years, 29-40 years, 41-71 years). Participated 332 caregivers between 18 and 71 years old with. Participants answered the Parenting Practices Inventory (CPI) composed of six subscales (Punishment, Material Gains, Social Interaction, Norms, Social Gains and Limits), and the Child Management Skills Questionnaire (CMSQ) composed of four subscales (Ignore to promote appropriate behavior (ITAB), Praise, Clear instructions, problem solving and Rules establishment (CPER) and Social and academic interaction (SAI)). Results showed that parents between 29-39 years have lower percentage (M = 33.5) in Praise, parents with High School (M = 10.76) and Junior High School (M = 10.11) have higher percentage in ITAB. Parents with University (M = 28.28) and high school (M = 23.05) have higher percentage in the ICTE subscale. Parents with low school (M = 60.89), Junior High School (M = 50.56), income E (M = 56.83) and income C + (M = 51.39) reported more use of material gains. |
|
|
40. Applying Applied Behavior Analysis to Domestic Violence and the Extreme Household Dysfunction From Which It Eminates |
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery |
RICHARD COOK (Penn State University) |
Discussant: Richard Smith (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Application of ABAI to domestic violence and extreme household dysfunction. Domestic violence, and the even more prevalent morass of extreme household dysfunction from which much domestic violence arises, are widespread, socially significant problems, causing many injuries, deaths, disrupted marriages, broken homes, and, especially, scarred childhoods that then perpetuate problems to an exponentially greater number of persons and households for generations to come. They are also behaviors, and as such, can be addressed by the principles of Applied Behavior Analysis, and yet, inexplicably, arent, at least on any widespread scale, as evidence by the dearth of such presentations at previous ABAI meetings, and the absence of a category of submission for such. Repetitive, chronic dysfunctional behaviors, habits, set the stage for acute dysfunctional behaviors that can in an instant change the life trajectories of all family members. Principles of public health offer that traditional efforts such as awareness campaigns and educational programs are simply not very efficient, and often not effective, as means of controlling a public health problem.when compared with approaches that are powerful enough to solve it by directly changing behavior, and/or the environment (antecedent state). This poster will outline approaches to apply ABA principals at the individual, family, and community level. |
|
|
41. Parents Rearing Practices of Adolescents in Conflict With the Law |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
ALAN CRUZ (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Rebeca Maldonado (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Alejandra Rivera (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Silvia Morales Chaine (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Discussant: Richard Smith (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Practical parenting parents of adolescents in conflict with the law some studies indicate that the conduct of minors is highly related to the conduct of their parents (Ayala, 2000). It has found that low levels of communication between parents and children, and the lack of supervision, is associated with the development of aggressive behavior (Cavell, 2000). The objective of the present study was to compare the parenting practices used by parents who have teenage children in conflict with the law and parents with children without conflicts of this type. 298 parents participated, 149 parents formed the group with one minor child offending and 149 without one offending child. Used inventory practices of breeding (IPC), (2013 Lopez) with a reliability of 92 to learn practices that parents were carried out with their children. The results showed significant differences in the sub scales of material gain (t = 4.22, sig:. 000) and limits (t = 2.11, sig: 0.035), parents of adolescents in conflict with the law showed higher score on the earnings scale materials and limits with an average of 20.26 and 20.79 respectively, with the above it can be concluded that limits laying down their children are different in groups like the material gains that they can grant to the conduct of their children, given these results is necessary to investigate other factors engaged by what can be related to other risk factors such as lower education level or household income. |
|
|
42. The Therapist's Behavior and Its Relationship With User's Attendance to Third Treatment Session |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
Judith Elisa Ferrer Alarc�n (National Autonomous University of Mexico), SILVIA MORALES CHAINÉ (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Discussant: Richard Smith (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The users leave the intervention before the first month of treatment, when they have not received the expected benefits with the procedures. In Mexico the 51.9% of drug users leave the intervention before three first sessions. Therapist�s behavior has influence in the user�s behavior. The aim of this study was to describe the relationship between the therapist�s behavior and user�s attendance to third session after a one session of brief counseling using motivational interviewing. We worked with 8 therapists (87.5 % female) aged 22 to 43 years old and 8 men aged 18 to 57 years old who used marijuana, cocaine or tobacco, at the public institution created to prevent drug abuse. We used a sequential behavioral coding system in motivational interviewing that includes 20 behavioral categories. We obtained a reliability of 0.87 through kappa index and we performed a sequential analysis. The results showed therapist�s behaviors consistent with motivational interviewing were more likely to be followed by user�s behavior change talk. With those users who stopped treatment therapists showed more inconsistent behavior with motivational interviewing. By understanding the behavior performed by the therapist and his connection with user�s attendance we will hope foster the behaviors that increase adherence to treatment. |
|
|
43. Effectiveness of Short Text Messages and Videos on Television and Media Technology on Parenting Strategies |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
ALEJANDRA LOPEZ MONTOYA (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Diana Isabel Santos (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Brandon De Nova (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Silvia Morales Chaine (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Discussant: Richard Smith (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Effectiveness of short text messages and videos on television and media technology on parenting strategies Behavioral training for parents has been recognized as the top intervention strategy for disruptive behaviors (Forehand, Jones, & Parent, 2013). Existing programs for the development of parenting skills are not readily accessible, due to time, effort, or cost demands (York & Loeb, 2014). That is why advances in digital information technologies are creating opportunities for behavior analysts (Dallery, Kurti & Erb, 2014). In parenting practices in particular, text messages sent to parents have shown to be effective in transmitting these skills (York & Loeb, 2014). Thus the aim of this study was to compare the effectiveness of short text messages and videos on television and media technology on parenting strategies for parents. One hundred and seventeen parents (93 women and 24 men), with an age range of 49 years, participated in the study; parents had at least a child between four and 12 years old. A pre-post experimental design was used. Parents answered the Parenting Practices Scale (IPC) and the Children Behavior Management Questionnaire (CHAMI), and were then randomly assigned to each of the following three groups: 47 to text messages recommendations, 34 to video recommendations and 36 to a control group which did not receive any recommendations. The initial results of single-factor analysis of variance showed no significant differences between groups before the procedure. It is expected to find significant differences from the effect of the technological resource used. |
|
|
44. A Behavioral Economic Analysis of the Relationship Between Diet and Exercise With Adolescents Who Are Obese |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
NICOLE H. LUSTIG (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Jessica Detrick (University of Iowa) |
Discussant: Richard Smith (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Obesity is a significant public health concern and socially significant problem. One way to conceptualize obesity is through an individuals choice-making regarding their consumption of foods and exercises. Behavior Economic Theory (BET) is an efficient methodology to assess choice making and describe relationships between co-occurring choices. The purpose of this study was to describe the relationship between diet and exercise, through the BET framework, in adolescent female who are obese within an ABC design. Using a concurrent schedules design, participants recorded daily perceived calories consumed and expended using an electronic self-monitoring program for baseline (Phase 1). After Phase 1, the researcher presented a choice between diet and exercise and developed a behavioral contract with goals addressing that choice for Phase 2. A subsequent behavioral contract was developed to target the alternative lifestyle change in Phase 3. The participants continued to record daily consumption and expenditure during Phases 2 and 3. The relationship between consumption and exercise the 3 of 5 participants was complementary. However, successful weight loss occurred for the participant with a substitutable relationship. Interobserver agreement was calculated for 34% of days and averaged 98%. |
|
|
|
|
PRA Monday Noon |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East |
Chair: Mark D. Shriver (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
|
45. Does Cultural Difference Influence the Application of Discrete Trial Training? A Comparative Case Study Between Northern Ireland and Northern China |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
YINI LIAO (Queen's University Belfast), Karola Dillenburger (Queen's University Belfast) |
Discussant: Scott Miller (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Discrete Trial Training (DTT) is an integral part of evidence-based early intensive behaviour intervention for young children on the autism spectrum. The 3-term contingency (i.e., Antecedent-Behaviour-Consequence, A-B-C) utilised in DTTs is the smallest learn unit and new skills are broken down into small teachable learning units. While the science behind DTTs is the same regardless where they are carried out, cultural difference may influence the actual execution of the DTT. The present study compared the use of DTTs by parents who took part in parent-training and professionals in Northern Ireland and Northern China. A total of 4 participants from Northern Ireland and 4 from Northern China (3 parents and 1 professional in each country) were observed across 6 sessions. A data collection model was developed based on the A-B-C learn unit to record treatment fidelity of parents and professionals during parent training. Findings showed that treatment fidelity increased across trials due to parent training and that the application of Discrete Trial Training was similar despite cultural differences. Findings are discussed in cross cultural comparison discourse. |
|
|
46. Teaching Research Staff Implementation of a Social Skills Intervention: An Extension of Behavior Skills Training |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
JESSICA DAY-WATKINS (Caldwell University), Ashley Pallathra (University of Pennsylvania), James E. Connell (Drexel University), Edward Brodkin (University of Pennsylvania) |
Discussant: Scott Miller (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: The present study used behavior skills training (BST) to teach three adult participants (research staff) to implement a video modeling intervention aimed at teaching social skills to adult consumers with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). During baseline trials, participants were given access to written instructions before role-play with actors. During treatment, participants were given a video model with voice-over instruction, repeated role-play trials, and feedback following their performance. The training video depicted how to teach social skills by introducing a video model. All participant scores increased from baseline to treatment and generalization was demonstrated across novel social skills and with an actual consumer diagnosed with ASD. After training participants to use a video model with one social skill, they generalized use of the video model to teach as many as three additional novel social skills. In a separate study currently in progress, the same participants are training adult consumers with ASD to engage in the social skills described here. To our knowledge, this may be the first BST study to report effects on consumers’ behavior. |
|
|
47. A Consecutive Case Series Analysis of Multiple Schedules of Reinforcement Following Functional Communication Training |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
SHAJI HAQ (University of Oregon), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), John Van Remmen (Marcus Autism Center) |
Discussant: Scott Miller (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Multiple schedules of reinforcement (MS), a common treatment adjunct following functional communication training, has been demonstrated to be effective for reducing problem behavior. However, the likelihood of positive outcomes is not clear, because publication bias (i.e., selectively publishing intervention studies with favorable results; Sham & Smith, 2014) may contribute its reported efficacy. This gap in the literature may be resolved by a consecutive case series analysis. This study systematically examined archived data from 159 patients who received treatment for problem behavior between 2009 and 2015 at an intensive, day-treatment facility. Multiple schedules were employed for 25% (n=40) of the cases examined. Results showed MS were used primarily to address problem behavior maintained by access to social positive reinforcement (i.e., tangible and attention; n=39). Successful implementation of the MS, as defined by >80% reduction of problem behavior and discriminated mands across reinforcement and extinction components, was observed for 43% of the cases (n=17) during initial implementation (i.e., before schedule thinning or other treatment modifications). Case demographics (e.g., age, sex, and clinical diagnoses) and other factors associated with treatment (e.g., duration of treatment, treatment modifications, overall success, generalization, etc.) will be presented. Treatment implications and future directions for research will be described. |
|
|
48. Treatment of Automatically Maintained Self-Injury and Self-Restraint in an Adult Residential Setting |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
GUIRLINE DERILUS (Bancroft), Paige Santhin (Bancroft), Brian M. Hinchcliffe (Bancroft), Lauren F. Troy (Bancroft) |
Discussant: Scott Miller (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Conducting an efficient functional analysis of self-injurious behavior (SIB) is ethically and practically important to save time and minimize risk of injury. Querim et al. (2013) demonstrated that an extended alone condition can reliably determine when the function of a target behavior is automatic reinforcement. Further assessment of automatically-maintained SIB is, however, often required to inform a successful function-based treatment. A relationship between self-injury and self-restraint has been discussed by researchers, including Hagopian, Rooker and Zarcone (2015) who attempted to delineate subtypes of automatic self-injury. The current study attempts to extend the research by utilizing an extended alone functional analysis followed by a competing stimulus assessment to develop an effective function-based treatment of self-injury. The participant was a 21-year old male diagnosed with Autism who exhibited high frequency, high intensity SIB. The extended alone data showed a stable trend of responding, which indicated self-injury was maintained by automatic reinforcement. Interobserver agreement averaged 85%. The results of the subsequent competing stimulus assessment, conducted using a multi-element design, showed that self-restraint competed with self-injury. The importance of continuing to evolve the technology of functional analyses to inform function-based treatment of automatic self-injury will be discussed. |
|
|
49. Comparing Treatment Integrity of Prompts Used During Discrete Trial Training: Paper and Electronic Data Collection Systems |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
ASHLEY ABBOTT (The May Institute), Paul W. Heering (May Institute) |
Discussant: Scott Miller (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the treatment integrity of prompting techniques when using paper and electronic data collection systems. The participants of this study were 2 behavior therapists working with 4 clients in the client’s homes. Data were collected over 4 to 6 months. The dependent variable of the study was the staff’s data based decision of which prompting technique to use based on criteria written into the skills acquisition programs. In the paper data collection phase, staff decided at the end of every session whether to move up, move down, or to stay at the current prompt level for the next session. Criteria within the programs were identical during the electronic data collection phase. However, during this phase the computer automatically determined whether to move up, move down, or to stay at the current prompt level. A percentage of sessions conducted at the correct prompt level was calculated. The results during paper data collection phase showed 90% accuracy (ranging from 85% - 100%) while during electronic data collection phase this number was 100%. Overall, the electronic data collection system eliminated the errors related to determining the correct prompt to use, thus eliminating wasted sessions. |
|
|
50. The Role of 'Having One's Own Way' in Maintaining Challenging Behavior |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
LAURA E. MULLINS (Regional Support Associates) |
Discussant: Scott Miller (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Skinner described how "having one's own way" (1953, p. 79) can become a generalized reinforcer, yet few studies have identified its role in maintaining challenging behavior. This study reviews results of experimental assessments of challenging behaviors for a 20-year-old with Autism as descriptive assessments were inconclusive. A consequence-based functional analysis was developed to determine the function of task refusals (a precursor to aggression). Refusals were found to occur most frequently during conditions in which the participant engaged in a task of his choosing, while controlling for escape and attention. Type and difficulty of demands and activities chosen by the participant were not related to responding. Aggression only occurred during the condition in which choice was withheld suggesting an extinction burst when access to choice was withheld. A subsequent functional analysis was conducted to determine if choice of food prior to meals led to reduced frequency of food-seeking behavior. Fewer rates of behavior were observed in conditions in which the participant was able to choose food items regardless of preference indicating that being offered choice served as an abolishing operation. Assessment results were validated following a function-based intervention. This study supported access to choice as a generalized reinforcer maintaining challenging behavior. |
|
|
51. Treatment Integrity, Data Reliability, and Social Validity of Therapist-Collected Data During a Functional Analysis |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
JOSHUA LAFORTE (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft), Bethany R. Raiff (Rowan University) |
Discussant: Scott Miller (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Previous research has shown that individuals are able to collect accurate data with procedural integrity while conducting preference assessments and treatment sessions (Najdowski et al., 2010). However, data collection by therapists is rarely utilized in a functional analysis (Iwata & Dozier, 2008). The current study assessed the accuracy, procedural integrity, and social acceptability with which therapists can collect data while simultaneously implementing a functional analysis. During baseline, participants implemented a standard FA while procedural integrity was scored. In the experimental phase, participants implemented an FA while simultaneously collecting data using a tally counter to record a student’s target behavior. Therapist collected data was compared to data collected by observers behind a one-way observation mirror. Results indicated that procedural integrity was not compromised as a result of therapist-collected data. Reliability data was lower, although the therapist collected data may have been more accurate than observer recorded data due to sight line limitations. |
|
|
52. Assessing Randomized Versus Fixed Order Item Pairs in a Paired Choice Preference Assessment |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER HACKNEY (Bancroft), Craig Strohmeier (Bancroft), Sonam G Dubal (Bancroft), Caitlin Parker (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft) |
Discussant: Scott Miller (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Preference assessments have been widely used to identify preferences and potential reinforcers for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD). Fisher et al. (1992) reported randomization of item pairs when describing procedures for implementing a paired choice preference assessment; however, the effects of randomized versus fixed order item pairs has not been systematically examined in the applied literature. Therefore, the current study evaluated the effects of randomized versus fixed order item pairs during implementation of a paired choice preference assessment for an individual with IDD, admitted to a residential treatment facility for assessment and treatment of severe challenging behavior. Results of paired choice preference assessments, conducted with both randomized and fixed order item pairs, identified the same item as highest ranked for the participant during 3 out of 4 assessments regardless of item pair ordering. Additionally, repeated measures revealed similar levels of variability across and between fixed and random order pairing conditions. Results will be discussed in terms of increasing the efficiency of conducting preference assessments in applied settings. |
|
|
53. Evaluation of Stimulus Presentation Order on Rate of Acquisition |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
CHANA GEHRMAN (The Scott Center; Florida Institute of Technology), Jeanine R Tanz (The Scott Center; Florida Institute of Technology), Evelyn C. Sprinkle (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Ivy M. Chong Crane (The Scott Center; Florida Institute of Technology), Melinda Galbato (The Scott Center; Florida Institute of Technology) |
Discussant: Cheryl Young-Pelton (Montana State University in Billings) |
Abstract: Match-to-sample (MTS) is one method commonly used to teach stimulus relations. The order in which stimuli are presented during MTS teaching has been shown to have an effect on rate of acquisition. Petursdottir and Aguilar (2015) compared acquisition under 2 conditions during auditory-visual MTS tasks with 3 typically developing children. During 1 condition the sample stimulus was presented before the comparison stimuli (sample first). During the 2nd condition the comparison stimuli were presented before the sample stimulus (comparison first). Presentation of the sample first resulted in more rapid acquisition for all 3 participants. The purpose of the current study is to extend the findings of Petursdottir and Aguilar (2015) to 1) assess a 3rd condition where the sample and comparison stimuli are presented together (simultaneous), 2) evaluate presentation order during visual-visual match-to-sample tasks, and 3) include participants diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). The current study evaluates acquisition during 3 visual-visual MTS formats (sample first, comparison first, and simultaneous) using a multiple probe design. |
|
|
54. Using Fluency Training on Phonological Component Skills for Improving Articulation in Children With Autism |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
SRIDHAR ARAVAMUDHAN (Behavior Momentum India), Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India) |
Discussant: Cheryl Young-Pelton (Montana State University in Billings) |
Abstract: Fluency Training emphasizes rate as a preferred response dimension ( Lindsey,1991) with evidence that learning to perform a component skill accurately at high rates could lead to faster acquisition of composite skills ( Binder 1996; Johnson and Layng,1994). Two participants, KS a girl aged 17 years and SV a boy aged 7 years with diagnoses of autism and severe phonological disorders participated in the study. Based on an assessment, discriminated echoic responding to the sounds of A and U was targeted and trained using Precision Teaching procedures and Standard Celeration Charting. The study used a Multiple baseline across subjects. For KS correct responding accelerated from baseline rate of 4 per minute to 60 per minute and probe for untrained composite skill of correct articulation of Consonant Vowel combinations revealed improvement from 20 per minute to 35 per minute. Five days into tintervention, SVs responding has high error rates. The study offers a limited evidence of effectiveness of precision teaching procedures in improving articulation in children with phonological disorders |
|
|
55. Teaching Functional Toy Play to a Child With Autism Using Total Task Presentation Method and Chaining |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
SRIDHAR ARAVAMUDHAN (Behavior Momentum India), Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India) |
Discussant: Cheryl Young-Pelton (Montana State University in Billings) |
Abstract: Play deficits form core feature of autism. Children on the autistic spectrum disorder often exhibit stereotypic and repetitive behavior and fewer appropriate play behaviors. Indeed, these de?cits are central to the de?nition of autism (DSM-IV; APA, 1994). The present intervention aimed to teach functional play with toys to a 4-year-old boy with autism. A task analysis was conducted to break down the chain of responses involved in play with different toys. The child was taught to engage in functional play with the toys using discrete trial training (DTT) approach on the table top. Acquisition of the skill was facilitated by using physical guidance as a response prompt and later faded using most to least (MTL) prompting technique. The chain was taught using total task presentation method and a continuous schedule of reinforcement. Multiple baseline across behaviors (Different Toys) design was used in the study to demonstrate experimental control. Independent and appropriate functional play was acquired by the child with intervention with the toys selected for purpose of the study. Play behavior was generalized across similar sets of toys and other staff in the center. |
|
|
56. ABA Online: A Review of Applied Behavior Analysis Interventions Implemented via the Internet |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
LISA M STEDMAN-FALLS (University of Florida), Molly A Barlow (University of Florida), David J. Cox (University of Florida) |
Discussant: Cheryl Young-Pelton (Montana State University in Billings) |
Abstract: Over the past several decades there has been dramatic growth in the development of effective ABA interventions for a variety of clinical populations. However, many barriers continue to limit access to behavior analytic services or impede effective implementation. In response, researchers have begun utilizing internet-based interventions as a method for reducing barriers associated with accessing in-person treatment. The purpose of this review was to outline trends in the use of internet-based ABA interventions and identify significant characteristics of identified interventions. We conducted an online search of articles published within six major ABA journals from January 1993 to December 2015, which resulted in 35 articles meeting inclusion criteria. Data were collected related to study characteristics such as prevalence of ABA internet-based interventions, delivery methods, and reported treatment efficacy. Overall, the number of articles published each year has increased at a rapid rate along with the number of unique authors. Our data also indicated the internet has been used to deliver a wide range of effective interventions to a variety of populations, and the number of participants has increased within and across studies. We conclude with potential benefits and disadvantages of using internet-based interventions and discuss potential avenues for future research. |
|
|
57. Using Classroom Coaching to Increase Teacher’s Implementation of Three-Step Prompting |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
ANGELYN RHAMES (River Edge Behavioral Health), Jennifer Trobaugh (Auburn University), Jennifer Nordal (Auburn University), Sacha T. Pence (Auburn University) |
Discussant: Cheryl Young-Pelton (Montana State University in Billings) |
Abstract: Three-step prompting involves gradually increasing the intrusiveness of a prompt (e.g., vocal instruction, model, physical guidance) until compliance occurs. Three-step prompting can be used in the classroom to help a teacher follow through with directives and to improve classroom management and levels of child compliance. Behavioral skills training has been used to help increase teacher’s implementation of behavior-analytic skills, including behavior intervention plans. However, behavior skills training often involves having the teacher attend a training session for instructions, modeling, and role play before asking the teacher to implement the skills in the classroom. With the range of teacher responsibilities, this training model might not always be feasible. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the use of within-classroom training consisting of instructions, modeling, and feedback to increase undergraduate and graduate education majors’ use of three-step prompting. Within-classroom coaching improved performance for six participants and skills maintained at moderate to high levels over time. A pull-out training with instructions, modeling, and role plays was necessary for a seventh participant to acquire the skills. The participants were provided with a social validity questionnaire and overall reported that the skills were useful and the training was effective. |
|
|
58. Using a Component Analysis to Inform Fading of Protective Equipment |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
SARA RAZIA JEGLUM (University of Wisconsin-Madison/University of Iowa), Deva Carrion (University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa), Gunsung Lee (The University of Iowa) |
Discussant: Cheryl Young-Pelton (Montana State University in Billings) |
Abstract: When faced with automatically reinforced self-injurious behavior, it is essential to consider all factors that may contribute to its occurrence (i.e., whether it is positively or negatively reinforced). A possible barrier to these considerations is the presence of protective equipment. Many studies suggest that the presence of protective equipment serves as a discriminative stimulus (SD) for self-injurious behavior or other challenging behaviors. Tyler, a 17-year-old boy diagnosed with moderate intellectual disability, engaged in high rates of automatically reinforced self-injurious behavior (SIB) as indicated by a functional analysis. He wore seven types of protective equipment, which precluded movement and interaction with his environment. Tyler engaged in increased i increased rates of SIB and requested his equipment back when it was removed for various reasons (e.g. to eat, to hold his communicative tablet). Therefore, the authors conducted a component analysis to determine which articles of protective equipment resulted in the greatest increase when removed. This analysis guided treatment of Tyler’s self-injurious behavior and suggested an order of removal of protective equipment to promote engagement with his environment, thereby increasing his independence. |
|
|
59. Evaluation of a Sign Prompt, Tokens, and Token Fading to Increase Toilet Flushing |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
ISABELLE CARRELL (Mequon, WI), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee) |
Discussant: Cheryl Young-Pelton (Montana State University in Billings) |
Abstract: Previous research shows that sign prompts, such as traffic signs, alter behavior. However, adults who have an extensive history of engaging in behavior that corresponds to textual stimuli participated in sign prompt studies. Although signs with text are present in settings for younger children (e.g., a classroom), it remains unclear whether sign prompts have similar efficacy in younger populations. Other interventions, such as token economies can increase independent engagement in self-help skills in children. However, token economies could be faded to promote maintenance of behavior change and increase the feasibility of the intervention. The current project evaluated the efficacy of a sign prompt and tokens to increase the toilet flushing of a 7-year-old boy who frequently left the bathroom prior to flushing the toilet that contained urine or feces. We measured the frequency of clean toilet bowls defined as a bowl that contained no urine, feces, or toilet paper. The sign prompt did not produce a change in behavior from baseline. The introduction of tokens that were exchanged for back-up reinforcers lead to an immediate and sustained increase in clean toilet bowls. We will attempt to maintain high levels of clean toilet bowls while fading the delivery of tokens. |
|
|
60. An Evaluation of Single and Multicomponent Behavioral Skills Training Methods |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
AMANDA L. GIBSON (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jordan Lill (University of Nebraska - Medical Center), William J. Higgins (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Cheryl Young-Pelton (Montana State University in Billings) |
Abstract: Mounting empirical support for early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) services has increased demand for these types of intensive, early treatments for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). EIBI helps children with ASD develop functional skills (e.g., communication, play) and has been shown to improve the overall level of functioning (Sallows & Graupner, 2005). The increased prevalence of ASD and a shortage of applied behavior analysts has created a serious problem for families seeking EIBI services. As a result, many caregivers are now being taught EIBI techniques and becoming active agents in their child’s ASD treatment. Behavioral skills training (BST) is commonly used to teach a wide variety of skills, including discrete-trial instruction (DTI; Lafasakis & Sturmey, 2007). In general, BST consists of four components: (a) instruction, (b) modeling, (c) rehearsal, and (d) feedback (Stewart, Carr, & LeBlanc, 2007). The present study compared the effectiveness of a single-component BST method (i.e., real time feedback) and a four-component BST method. We used a multiple-baseline-across-caregivers design to evaluate the effects of BST on caregiver implementation of DTI and unstructured play. Baseline consisted of written instruction for both groups. We observed robust and immediate improvements in performance across both BST protocols. Overall, the results showed that it took less time to conduct the single-component BST. Also, the single-component BST method required fewer sessions to achieve caregiver skill acquisition. We discuss the findings relative to the potential benefits of using a single-component BST method. |
|
|
|
|
VRB Monday Noon |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East |
Chair: Barbara E. Esch (Esch Behavior Consultants, LLC) |
|
61. The Effects of a Speaker Immersion Procedure on the Emission of Vocal Verbal Operants for Individuals Diagnosed With Autism |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Allyson Abrams (Teachers College, Columbia University), SHAHAD ALSHARIF (Teacher College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Discussant: Joyce Tu (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of a speaker immersion procedure on the emission of vocal verbal operants in non-instructional settings for four 7-year old males diagnosed with Autism. Data were collected on vocal verbal operants in three non-instructional settings (group table top activity, snack time, and lunch time) for 5 minutes in each setting. Furthermore, data were collected on the emission of mands under 30 establishing operations (EO) probe opportunities. The four participants received a 15-minute speaker immersion session daily until they responded to criterion. During speaker immersion sessions, the experimenter completed 60 learn units of interrupting ongoing activities to increase establishing operations for mands. Using a multiple baseline design across participants, the results showed that speaker immersion was effective in increasing verbal operants across all participants, as well as increasing mand production in the target form for each participant after the completion of the intervention. Follow up probes were conducted a month later and the data show that the participants verbal vocal operants and responses to EO opportunities maintained using the target form of the mand. |
|
|
62. A Review of the Efficacy of Lag Schedules and Verbal Behavior Variability |
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory |
KAITLYNN GOKEY (Florida Institute of Technology), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology), Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Discussant: Joyce Tu (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.) |
Abstract: A common feature of autism is rote or stereotypic responding. Variation in verbal behavior is critical to successful conversations and naturalistic repertoires. Recent research suggests that lag schedules, in which a response is only reinforced if it varies from a set number of prior responses, may be able to promote variation in responding and the production of novel responses. However, there may be limitations to the application and efficacy of the lag schedule in clinical practice, including the creation of higher order stereotypy and rigid patterns in speech. The present paper reviews recent literature on lag schedules in verbal behavior training, identifies areas of the greatest potential, , and identifies avenues for future research with lag schedules. In addition, the authors will suggest alternatives to make lag schedules more effective, or alternate strategies that may be more successful. |
|
|
63. The Effect of an Auditory Match-to-Sample Protocol on Echoics, the Emergence of Advanced Listener Literacy and Induction of the Naming Capability |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
REBECCA HOTCHKISS (Teacher's College at Columbia University), Leanna Mellon (Teacher's College at Columbia University) |
Discussant: Joyce Tu (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.) |
Abstract: The discrimination between positive and negative exemplars of the phonemic combinations in words result in more accurate speaker behavior as well as fluent listener behavior (Chavez-Brown, 2005; Choi, 2012; Greer & Ross, 2008). The purpose of this study was to conduct a systematic replication of the auditory match-to-sample (MTS) intervention developed by Choi (2012) and evaluate its effect on echoic responding, advanced listener literacy and the induction of Naming. Two kindergarten students in a self-contained special education classroom were chosen to participate in the study because they emitted a high number of echoics that lacked point-to-point correspondence between hearing and saying, as well as a low number of correct responses to instructions requiring responses to spoken antecedents in the presence of visual distractors. The auditory MTS protocol was used to teach the students to discriminate between positive and negative exemplars of different sounds and words by matching the target sound to the matching exemplar in the presence of a rotating-non-exemplar. The basic auditory MTS focuses on discriminations between sounds and words as well as discriminations between single words while the advanced auditory MTS was utilized for finer discriminations between rhyming words and phrases with only one word differences. The results from the study found that the auditory MTS protocol was effective in enhancing echoic responding to one to four-syllable common English words, developing advanced listener literacy when presented with visual distractors, and inducing the listener component of the Naming capability for novel stimuli. |
|
|
64. Derived Relational Responding and the Emergence of the Elementary Verbal Operants: The Relationship Between PEAK-E and the VB-MAPP |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
JORDAN BELISLE (Southern Illinois University), Caleb Stanley (Southern Illinois University), Jomi Hirata (SIU), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: Joyce Tu (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.) |
Abstract: Contemporary approaches to human language and cognitive development present an opportunity for a synthesis of new data emergent from stimulus equivalence and relational frame theories with existing theories of verbal behavior proposed by Skinner. The present study evaluated the derived relational abilities of 86 individuals with autism between the ages of 5 and 22 using the Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Equivalence Module (PEAK-E) pre-assessment, as well as their corresponding results on the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP) as a measure of elementary verbal operant behavior. The results of the study suggested that participant results on the PEAK-E pre-assessments were strongly related to their results on the VB-MAPP. Further, most participants achieved the highest possible score on the VB-MAPP once they demonstrated transitive relational responding. The implications of the results both in terms of a theory of language development in children with autism and the treatment of associated limitations experienced by this population is discussed. |
|
|
65. The Emergence of the Listener and Speaker Components of Naming in Typical-Developing Toddlers in an Early Intervention Classroom |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Jeanne Marie Speckman (Fred S. Keller School Teachers College Columbia University), CESIRA K. FARRELL (Fred S. Keller School/Teachers College Columbia University), Stavra Romas (Fred S. Keller School) |
Discussant: Joyce Tu (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of a stimulus pairing Naming experience on the emergence of the listener and speaker components of Naming in 1 to 3 year old students in an Early Intervention Integrated classroom. We conducted a concurrent multiple probe design counterbalanced across 2 different conditions (book and iPad) and 2 different target sets (food and animals). Participants included 4 typically developing females who were selected for the study because they did not possess the listener or speaker components of Naming. Furthermore, we conducted our study in order to investigate how typically developing toddlers acquire language. Each participant was exposed to 4 sets of 4 stimuli each. During the stimulus pairing procedure the experimenter tacted and pointed to the stimulus on either the I-Pad or book and the participant shared in joint attention for 1-sec or more. Following 2-hours probes were conducted to test for the emergence of listener and speaker components for the target stimuli. Results showed no significant differences across conditions or stimuli. However, the stimulus pairing Naming experience was effective in inducing the listener component of Naming for 3 of the 4 participants and the speaker component in 1 participant. Increases in speaker responses differed across conditions; however speaker responses generally emerged following the second session. We conducted another probe post-3 weeks using the original condition for each participant. Results demonstrated that all 4 participants met criterion for the listener component and 1 participant met criterion for the speaker component. |
|
|
66. Relational Training of Contextual Cues and Self-Rule Formation in Simulated Slot Machines |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
ROCCO G CATRONE (SIU-Carbondale) |
Discussant: Joyce Tu (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.) |
Abstract: Between 1% and 1.4% of people who engage in gambling behaviors lead to disordered or pathological gambling (Whiting & Dixon, 2015), while 44% of all money spent on legal gambling is done so with slot machines (Choliz, 2010). Various behavioral concepts have been theorized as a possible source of gambling addition such as losses disguised as wins (LDWs), near-miss, gamblers’ fallacy, illusions of control, and verbally constructed self-rules related to these topics. The current study sought to extend the previous research on condition discrimination in altering slot machine preference while also analyzing the effects of vocalized self-rules during slot machine selection. Conclusions are drawn regarding results comparing cumulative selection to various vocal statement categories. Limitations are expressed and future research is suggested. This study was an initial step into a behaviorally complex concept in an effort to observe the verbal behavior of its participants as they responded to the on-screen stimuli. |
|
|
67. Teaching Sustained Referential Behavior to a Young Child With Autism |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
VANESSA WILLMOTH (University of Nevada, Reno), Kristen Green (University of Nevada, Reno), Ainsley B. Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Joyce Tu (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.) |
Abstract: J.R. Kantors Psychological Linguistics describes a natural science approach to studying linguistic behavior and interactions. The current study utilizes this theoretical approach to examine the development of referential linguistic interactions in a young child with autism enrolled in an early intensive behavioral intervention program. Specifically, tutors were first trained in a procedure to teach the child to initiate a referent. Then, a changing criterion design was used to teach the child to sustain referential behavior for an increasing number of interactions. On the basis of Kantors Psychological Linguistics, Bijou et al.s set of procedures developed for identifying and analyzing referential interactions was used to train tutors to identify referential linguistic behavior, and record and measure the interactions between the tutor and child. Generalization probes were also conducted to determine the extent to which improvements in referential interactions observed in treatment occurred in other settings and with other people. |
|
|
70. Exploring a Sentence-Completion Strategy With the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure |
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
LISA LOGTERMAN (Southern Illinois University), Andrea Davidson (Southern Illinois University), Sunni Primeaux (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Chad Drake (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: Kate La Londe (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: Perceptions of race have generated an extensive amount of empirical attention in psychology, mostly through the use of self-report measures that involve well-known shortcomings when a behavioral approach is desired. In recent years, racial evaluations have been addressed with a variety of behavioral tasks that are otherwise known as implicit measures, including the Implicit Association Test. A recently-developed implicit measure known as the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) is a behavior analytic alternative that has demonstrated utility in measuring racially stigmatizing attitudes. To date, the stimulus selection strategy for the IRAP has followed a straightforward approach involving response options for trials such as true/false, similar/different, and agree/disagree. The current study examined a modified IRAP configuration designed to assess racial attitudes with a new and unique approach to response options. More specifically, the IRAP was designed to present trials that omitted response options and instead relied on a sentence-completion approach to trials. This IRAP was administered along with established self-report measures of racial attitudes, providing a basis for re-evaluating convergent validity in comparison to the results obtained with existing studies. |
|
|
71. Effect of the Autoclitic Training in Stimulus Equivalence Tasks |
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
MARCIO FELIPE TARDEM (Universidade de São Paulo/ Conselho Nacional de Desenvolvimento Científico e Tecnológico), Marcos Roberto Garcia (Pontifícia Universidade Católica do Paraná), Joao Juliani (Pontifícia Universidade Católica do Paraná), Caio Cavazzani (Pontifícia Universidade Católica do Paraná), Maicon Almeida (Pontifícia Universidade Católica do Paraná), Henrique Silva Ferreira (Instituto de Psicologia e Análise do Comportamento) |
Discussant: Kate La Londe (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: Several researches have suggested a relation between verbal behavior and stimulus equivalence. For instance, verbal behavior may act as a facilitator in class formation of stimuli equivalence. We aimed to verify if autoclitics training facilitate the formation of the stimulus equivalence classes and its speed. Two experiments were conducted. During Experiment I, six participants (4 to 5 years old) were asked to talk about a set of daily pictures that could be combined, then, during pre-test, three of them, experimental group, were taught to use the autoclitic goes with when describing a new set of pictures, the other half, control group, was not taught to use autoclitics. Finally, all of them have gone through stimuli equivalence tests with familiar pictures and a post-test describing the same set of pictures from pre-test. Experiment II followed the same procedure, but, arbitrary stimuli were used during stimulus equivalence test. All participants from the experimental group formed stimuli equivalence classes (requiring 4 to 8 blocks, in Experiment I and 8 to 13 blocks in Experiment II). But, only two participants from the control group formed equivalence classes (8 blocks on Experiment I, 17 blocks on Experiment II). The data indicates that autoclitic may increase equivalence class formation and its speed. |
|
|
72. Effects of Dictation Taking and Spelling Responses in Children |
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
ANDREA MAZO (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Samuel Nathan Krus (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Samantha Smalley (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Stephanie Ann Lo (Southern IL University Carbondale), Ruth Anne Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: Kate La Londe (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: Several studies have demonstrated that conditions can be arranged to promote increases in a nontargeted verbal operant following instruction of another verbal operant. Furthermore, Palmer (2010), stated that in order to fully understand behavior at the covert level, we must expand our repertoire of experimental and analytical tools. One way to expand our experimental procedures is to use covert indicators to measure overt processes. In this study we will use a multiple baseline design with embedded probes to evaluate the effects of an instructional protocol on 2 nontargeted verbal repertoires (taking dictation and vocal spelling) in children ages 6-7. The children will be divided into two groups. The first group will be instructed in taking dictation with vocal probes to test for the emergence of vocal spelling of the words. The second group will be instructed in vocally spelling the words with written probes to test for the emergence of written responses. In addition, covert indicators will be operationally defined and measured throughout the study for each child. We hypothesize that each child will demonstrate the emergence of nontargeted verbal operants. In addition, we hypothesize that we will develop a measure to indicate covert thinking at the overt level. |
|
|
73. Examination of Auditory and Visual Stimuli on the Accuracy and Latency to Respond in a Mental Arithmetic Task |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
BRITTANY BENITEZ (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Samantha Bergmann (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Brittany LeBlanc (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee), Mike Harman (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Maryam Ayazi (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Ella M Gorgan (UW-Milwaukee), Zhanxu Liu (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee) |
Discussant: Kate La Londe (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: According to Skinner (1957), the time period between the statement of a math problem and the overt response to the problem is comprised of covert behavior. A speaker must serve as his/her own listener in order to edit his/her verbal behavior and produce a response. The introduction of competing stimuli may interrupt self-editing and covert problem solving and influence the accuracy or latency of a response due to deficient or defective feedback (p. 179; p. 384). The purpose of the current study was to provide preliminary support for this hypothesis. We presented mental arithmetic tasks in this study, and undergraduate students served as participants. The experimenter presented 20 trials of addition problems vocally in Experiment 1 and both vocally and visually in Experiment 2. Ten trials were accompanied by the presentation of an audio recording of numbers (experimental), and 10 were not (control). The results of Experiment 1 showed decreased accuracy and longer latencies to respond during experimental trials compared to control trials. The presence of visual stimuli in Experiment 2 was associated with improved accuracy. Accuracy was higher in control trials in Experiment 1 and overall in Experiment 2, providing evidence for Skinner’s hypotheses related to verbal thinking. |
|
|
74. Shaping Verbal Behavior Increases the Use of Specific Praise by General Educators |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
MARNIE NICOLE SHAPIRO (The Ohio State University), Ziwei Xu (The Ohio State University), A. Charles Catania (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University), Michael Kranak (The Ohio State University), Elle Smith (The Ohio State University) |
Discussant: Kate La Londe (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: Shaping verbal behavior can impact not only verbal behavior (i.e., what people say about what they do), but also nonverbal behavior (i.e., what people actually do). We extended this line of inquiry to socially significant behaviors in applied settings. A multiple-baseline design across participants examined the effect of the verbal shaping of questionnaire responses on general education teachers’ responses to that questionnaire and the collateral effects on their spoken interactions with their students. We differentially reinforced questionnaire statements favoring teachers’ behavior-specific praise and found that specific praise increased while reprimands decreased as teachers interacted with their students. Shaping verbal behavior therefore appears to be a viable option for adding desired behaviors to teachers’ repertoires. Our findings imply that practitioners should arrange contingencies for teachers’ verbal behavior about how they interact with their students rather than for the interactions themselves. This issue provides a direction for future research related to verbal shaping in applied settings. |
|
|
75. Calculating the Verbal Behavior Stimulus Control Ratio Equation |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
LEE L. MASON (University of Texas at San Antonio), Alonzo Alfredo Andrews (University of Texas at San Antonio), Stephanie Curtis (University of Texas at San Antonio) |
Discussant: Kate La Londe (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: The verbal behavior stimulus control ratio evaluation (VB-SCoRE) is a novel outcome measure to analyze the convergence of stimulus control over functional speech. Lerman, Parten, Addison, Vorndran, Volkert, and Kodak (2005) described the use of an analog verbal operant analysis to identify the antecedents and consequences controlling the verbal behavior of children with language deficits. As with functional analyses of problem behavior, pre-intervention verbal operant analyses are increasingly being employed to help identify deficits in verbal behavior and guide treatment. Spawned from this line of research, the VB-SCoRE is a novel behavior metric that is sensitive to change over time. The VB-SCoRE posits each of the four primary verbal operant assessed through such analyses (mands, echoics, tacts, and sequelics) against one another for a comparison of relative response rates. The aggregate ratio is then converted into a single statistic to quantify the individual's verbal repertoire, therefore allowing SCoRE data to be collected and analyzed repeatedly over time. Accordingly, the VB-SCoRE may be employed to monitor performance and assess treatment efficacy of individuals with autism and other language disorders. |
|
|
|
|
DDA Monday Noon |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East |
Chair: Andrew W. Gardner (Northern Arizona University) |
|
76. An Analysis of Protective Equipment and Blocking on Self-Injurious Behavior and Self-Restraint |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
SAMANTHA R. YOUNG (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lauren Veirs (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Molly K Bednar (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Amanda Laprime (The Center for Children with Special Needs: The Center for Independence) |
Abstract: Protective equipment is often used to keep individuals who engage in severe self-injurious behavior safe. Previous research has shown that the use of protective equipment during a functional analysis can suppress responding (e.g., Borrero, Vollmer, Wright, Lerman & Kelley, 2002; Moore, Fisher & Pennington, 2004; Le & Smith, 2002), and the systematic removal of specific forms of protective equipment can lead to increased rates of specific topographies of self-injury (Moore, Fisher & Pennington, 2004). The purpose of the current study was to systematically evaluate the effects of protective equipment on self-injury while blocking versus not blocking self-restraint for two individuals admitted to an inpatient unit for the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior. The current study replicated previous research by demonstrating the suppression of responding following the application of protective equipment, and the emergence of specific topographies of self-injury following the removal of specific forms of protective equipment. Results extended previous research by demonstrating that a social function could be identified during a functional analysis with protective equipment, and showing that blocking self-restraint did not lead to increase in self-injury for these two individuals. |
|
|
77. Instructional Programming to Prepare Children With Multiple Disabilities to Take a Hearing Test |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CAROL CUMMINGS (The University of Kansas), Kathryn Saunders (The University of Kansas), Dean C. Williams (University of Kansas), Yusuke Hayashi (University of Kansas) |
Discussant: Amanda Laprime (The Center for Children with Special Needs: The Center for Independence) |
Abstract: The purpose of this technology-transfer research program is to develop instructional programming for teaching nonverbal children with intellectual disabilities to complete a behavioral audiometric evaluation in an audiology clinic. The training is designed to teach children who are unable to follow spoken instructions to press a button only when they hear a tone (a successive discrimination). The end goal is to produce a program that can be used outside the clinic to prepare children prior to an audiology appointment. The computerized program guides the operator in the presentation of tones and reinforcers, and collects data on performance. The poster describes the process of development, and presents data from participants exposed to the most refined version of the procedures. The participants were six nonverbal boys with intellectual disabilities; four were of unspecified origin, one had Down Syndrome, and one had additional handicaps including blindness and motor control problems. All had suspected hearing loss but were unable to complete a behavioral hearing test. Training occurred over four to seven sessions across children. Three of the children subsequently generalized to the clinic when tested by an audiologist each successfully completed a standard exam. |
|
|
78. An Evaluation of Response Fading Combined With Positive Reinforcement on Consumption of Non-Preferred Foods |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
VALORI N. BERENDS (Seattle Children's Hospital and The Autism Center), Danielle N. Dolezal (Seattle Children's Hospital and The Autism Center; College of Education & Department of Special Education at The University of Washington), Amber Persons (Seattle Children's Hospital and The Autism Center) |
Discussant: Amanda Laprime (The Center for Children with Special Needs: The Center for Independence) |
Abstract: One approach to the treatment of feeding difficulties in community settings is gradual exposure to target food types, often embedded within play, targeting an increase in acceptance. Though commonly employed, the mechanisms underlying this approach and its utility in achieving desired outcomes have not been systematically evaluated in children with restrictive eating. The purpose of this study was to evaluate a response fading procedure of successive bite approximations, with and without positive reinforcement, on the acceptance of novel food types in a young man with restrictive eating. A multielement with reversal design across measures of food refusal, acceptance and mouth cleans was utilized to evaluate the different approaches. The participant was a young male with diagnoses of autism, avoidant restrictive food intake disorder and disruptive behavior disorder. He consumed a very narrow range of food types. Target foods were selected by parents using items commonly available at home and nutritional evaluation. Foods were categorized by preference using parent report and child consumption. Results indicate that response fading alone was successful in increasing consumption of medium preference foods only. When response fading was combined with positive reinforcement, acceptances of low preference foods increased. Advantages and outcomes of the approach are discussed. |
|
|
79. Identifying Response Class Members Using a Progressive Lag Schedule of Reinforcement |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
STEPHANIE LIOLLIO (Georgia State University/Marcus Autism Center/Chil), Sarah J. Miller (Marcus Autism Center/Children's Healthcare of Atla), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center/Children's Healthcare of Atla), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center/Children's Healthcare of Atlanta), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center/Children's Healthcare of Atla) |
Discussant: Amanda Laprime (The Center for Children with Special Needs: The Center for Independence) |
Abstract: Lalli and Mace (1995) conducted an analysis to identify behaviors maintained by the same source of reinforcement (i.e., within the same response class). After identifying that one topography of problem behavior was maintained by escape, the authors ran a series of sessions in which escape was provided for one topography of problem behavior while other topographies were placed on extinction. After varying which behavior was reinforced, they demonstrated that each behavior occurred when it was the only behavior reinforced with escape. Although the procedures were successful, it took a total of 155 sessions to identify all members of the response class. The purpose of the current study was to extend this research by increasing the efficiency of the procedures through a trial-based approach. A progressive lag schedule of reinforcement was utilized in which the first instance of a topography was reinforced and subsequently placed on extinction for the remainder of the trial. Data were collected on the latency from the start of the session to the occurrence of each topography. Results showed that several topographies were in the same response class for both participants, and this was identified efficiently in a total of three hours for both participants. |
|
|
81. Impacts of Quality Assurance Measures (O. Reg. 299/10) for Adults With Intellectual Disabilities: Preliminary Outcomes of a Community Partnership on the Use of Intrusive Interventions |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Karen Chartier (Lake Ridge Community Support Services), Maurice Feldman (Centre for Applied Disability Studies, Brock University), Melissa Legree (Social Edge Training for Life Inc.), Tanya Makela (Lake Ridge Community Support Services), Olivia Ng (Grandview Kids), NICK MCGOWAN (Lake Ridge Community Support Services) |
Discussant: Amanda Laprime (The Center for Children with Special Needs: The Center for Independence) |
Abstract: The Province of Ontario (Canada) recently legislated quality assurance measures governing the design and implementation of Behavior Support Plans for challenging behavior in individuals with intellectual disabilities receiving residential and day supports. The purpose of this presentation will be describe key features of the quality assurance measures and present preliminary outcomes of implementation of the quality assurance measures on the use of intrusive interventions and group home staff perceptions. The results showed a reduction in challenging behaviours, and intrusive interventions for persons with intellectual disabilities. Practical and ethical implications of the quality assurance measures will be discussed. |
|
|
82. Unintended Manipulation of Motivating Operations for Competing Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MARCELLA HANGEN (University of Maryland, Baltimore County/Kennedy Krieger Institute), Marissa Erin Daly (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Cara L. Phillips (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Discussant: Amanda Laprime (The Center for Children with Special Needs: The Center for Independence) |
Abstract: A multi-component treatment was developed to decrease inappropriate sexual behavior (ISB) emitted by a 16-year-old male diagnosed with an intellectual disability. In baseline, all attempts to engage in ISB were blocked. Treatment included honoring requests for private time. After the implementation of the ISB treatment, an increase in problem behavior was observed during bedtime hours. It was hypothesized that allowing access to sexual behavior during the day effected the motivating operation (MO) to engage in that behavior at bedtime. An MO is a condition that alters the momentary effectiveness of a reinforcer or punisher and alters the frequency of a specific behavior. Specifically, allowing the individual to engage in sexual behavior during daytime hours acted as an abolishing operation (MO) for sexual behavior at bedtime, leading him to re-allocate responding to problem behavior. This MO manipulation was evaluated in a reversal design. In baseline (for ISB), low rates of problem behavior were observed during bedtime hours. After the implementation of treatment, an increase in problem behavior was observed. When private time was again restricted, problem behavior decreased. These results suggest that an MO to engage in sexual behavior was present and competed with engaging in problem behavior at bedtime. |
|
|
83. Using Syringe-to-Cup Fading to Increase Cup Drinking in a Child With Pediatric Feeding Disorder |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MOLLY CARTER (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University), Alison Kozlowski (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Amanda Laprime (The Center for Children with Special Needs: The Center for Independence) |
Abstract: Treatments for drink refusal often use nonremoval of the cup which prevents escape from drinking. However, escape extinction procedures may become ineffective if a child refuses to open his or her mouth for the drink to be deposited. Groff, Piazza, Volkert and Jostad (2014) utilized a syringe as an alternative utensil to address this problem and successfully used syringe-to-cup fading to increase cup drinking in a typically developing four-year-old boy with 100% gastrostomy tube dependence. The current study replicated the results of Groff et al. (2014) with some modifications by utilizing a syringe-to-cup fading intervention for the treatment of cup drinking refusal for a three-year-old boy with autism and bottle dependence. A syringe was first used to increase liquid acceptance. Next, a syringe-to-cup fading procedure was implemented along with cup drinking escape extinction probes. Acceptance increased from 0% during baseline to 93% during the last three therapist-fed sessions of treatment, and refusal decreased from 3.4 rpm during baseline to 0.0 rpm during the last three therapist-fed treatment sessions. Although acceptance decreased to 70% during the last three caregiver-fed treatment sessions, all drinks continued to be consumed and refusal remained at 0.0 rpm. Treatment effects continue to be maintained three-months post-treatment. |
|
|
84. Increasing Pizza Box Assembly Using Task Analysis and a Least-to-Most Prompting Hierarchy |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
WILLIAM J. SWEENEY (The University of South Dakota), Erin F. Stabnow (LifeScape) |
Discussant: Amanda Laprime (The Center for Children with Special Needs: The Center for Independence) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to determine whether a least-to-most prompting hierarchy was effective in teaching students with cognitive disabilities to increase the number of task-analyzed steps independently completed in folding a pizza box as a potential pre-vocational task. An additional and related purpose of this study was also to determine whether a least-to-most prompting hierarchy was effective in improving these students productivity while decreasing the level of least-to-most prompts required for these students to completed task-analyzed steps of a pizza box assembly task. Task-analysis procedures for the pizza box assembly task were implemented throughout the entirety of the study. The intervention (i.e., least-to-most prompting hierarchy) was expected to increase the number of task-analyzed steps each subject was able to complete independently while decreasing the level of least-to-most prompts required for each subject to complete the task-analyzed pizza box assembly task. The experimental design used in this student was a multiple-baseline design across subjects to analyze the effectiveness of the implementation of a least-to-most prompting hierarchy. Results of this study indicated that the use of a task analysis and a least-to-most prompting hierarchy was effective in teaching individuals with cognitive disabilities pizza box assembly skills. |
|
|
85. Measuring the Complexity of Treatment for Challenging Behavior Using the Treatment Intensity Rating Form |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ANDREW BONNER (The Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer Ninci (Texas A&M University), Christopher M Dillon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Chloe J. McKay (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Amanda Laprime (The Center for Children with Special Needs: The Center for Independence) |
Abstract: The Treatment Intensity Rating Form (TIRF) is a 10-item scale with three categories: pharmacological interventions, behavior supports, and protective equipment. The TIRF was scored using the treatment plans of 74 individuals with an intellectual disability and hospitalized for the assessment and treatment of challenging behavior including self-injurious behavior (SIB). We compared individuals whose SIB was maintained by social reinforcement (e.g., access to attention or toys/activities) or for whom SIB was maintained by automatic reinforcement. Individuals with SIB maintained by automatic reinforcement were further subtyped into categories based on distinct patterns of responding during the FA, and the presence or absence of self-restraint based on the model proposed by Hagopian, Rooker, and Zarcone (2015). The purpose of this poster is to report the intensity of behavior supports and protective equipment required to produce clinically significant reductions in SIB, as captured in the TIRF, with respect to each of the three subtypes as compared to individuals with socially maintained SIB. Results indicate that the automatic reinforcement group had higher overall TIRF scores then the social reinforcement group. Further, when the automatic reinforcement group was delineated by subtype, Subtype 1 had the highest mean TIRF scores on the subscale addressing behavioral supports. Individuals who engaged in self-restraint (i.e., Subtype 3) had higher mean scores on the protective equipment subscale. |
|
|
86. The Effects of Advance Notice on Problem Behavior Occasioned by Interruptions of an Ongoing Activity |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
STEPHANIE VASQUEZ (Florida Institute of Technology/weBehave), Yanerys Leon (Florida Institute of Technology), Adam Thornton Brewer (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Discussant: Amanda Laprime (The Center for Children with Special Needs: The Center for Independence) |
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated that interrupting or transitioning away from an ongoing activity may occasion problem behavior. Researchers have evaluated the effect of advance notice in this context; however, findings have been inconsistent. In this study we conducted an assessment and treatment of problem behavior occasioned by interruptions of ongoing activity emitted by a 7-year old girl with autism. First, we conducted a trial-based functional analysis during typical instructional activities (e.g., math and writing worksheets, identifying objects, arts and crafts). The participant exclusively engaged in problem behavior during the test condition when interrupted from an ongoing activity. Following the assessment, we evaluated the effect of advance notice on a) problem behavior and b) compliance. During the advance notice condition, following one minute of engagement with a predetermined activity, the experimenter presented materials of an incompatible activity and delivered the advance notice instruction. Engagement with the incompatible activity produced descriptive praise. Alternatively, problem behavior resulted in continued access to the original activity (i.e., extinction was not programmed). Results of the treatment evaluation indicated that advance notice decreased the level of problem behavior and increased the percentage of trials with compliance to terminate the initial task and begin the new activity. |
|
|
87. Effectiveness of Preference Assessment Procedures Across a Population of Individuals With Severe Problem Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ERICA LOZY (University of Maryland Baltimore County), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jessica Del Carmen Garcia (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Noor Javed (Kennedy Kreiger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Amanda Laprime (The Center for Children with Special Needs: The Center for Independence) |
Abstract: Preference assessments are designed to identify an individuals hierarchy of preference among a selection of various stimuli. Research has demonstrated that preference rankings obtained via this assessment procedure predict reinforcer effectiveness. However, in some cases, these assessments are ineffective at determining an individual's preference, and no study to date has examined the effectiveness of preference assessments in a large sample of individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. The purpose of this study was to examine the outcomes of preference assessments in 183 patients (admitted to a hospital unit for the treatment of severe problem behavior) and determine how often preference assessments needed to be repeated or modified to be effective. Results indicated that preference assessments were revised or repeated for 55 individuals (approximately 30% of cases). The most common reasons for repeating or modifying preference assessment procedures were: a) within-session satiation/habituation during the preference assessment, b) to identify more items that may be reinforcers for other treatments/assessments, and c) interference due to maladaptive behavior. Common and effective strategies for conducting or refining preference assessments are discussed. |
|
|
88. Understanding Early Intervention Service Providers' Perspective of Parent Involvement in Naturalistic Behavioral Communication Intervention |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MOON YOUNG CHUNG (University of illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Hedda Meadan (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Gakyung Jeong (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign) |
Discussant: Amanda Laprime (The Center for Children with Special Needs: The Center for Independence) |
Abstract: In early intervention (EI), parents are especially important because the time they spend with their children can lead to many teaching opportunities. Parents can provide information regarding important family values and routines; they can also identify children's strengths and preferences. Thus, increasing parent involvement in their children's intervention and services is critical for successful development of young children with disabilities. However, service providers' personal perspectives may work as a discernment variable through which they reject or accept certain practices based on their beliefs (Campbell & Halbert, 2002). In the U.S., the studies investigating service providers' perspective of parent involvement in naturalistic behavioral communication intervention context are limited. The purpose of this study was to understand early intervention service providers? perspectives on parent involvement in naturalistic behavioral communication intervention. The questionnaire was sent to speech and language pathologists (SLPs) and developmental therapies (DTs) who provide early intervention service in Illinois. In addition to demographic questions, the questionnaire included questions about practices of involving parents and perceptions of parent involvement. Statisical analyses were used to describe the findings and examine relations between EI service providers? perceptions and practices. The research findings and the implications for both research and practice will be discussed. |
|
|
89. Effects of Discrimination Abilities on Functional Analysis Outcomes: A Replication and Extension |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Janie Funk (University of Nevada, Reno), MICHELLE FORMAN (University of Nevada, Reno), Ashley Eden Greenwald (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Despite established utility, functional analyses sometimes result in inconclusive data. Undifferentiated data is often attributed to a deficit of discrimination skills of the individual. Greenwald, Senuik, & Williams (2012) evaluated the extent to which conditional discrimination abilities affected a participant's differential responding during a multi-element FA. Conditional discrimination abilities were assessed by the Assessment of Basic Learning Abilities (ABLA) developed by Kerr, Meyerson, and Flora in 1977. They concluded that individuals who were unable to make conditional discriminations were less likely to show differentiated results in an FA. The current study extends Greenwald et al. (2012) to further evaluate the use of the ABLA-R as a worthwhile assessment to administer prior to a formal functional analysis (DeWiele, Martin, Martin, Yu, & Thomson, 2010). Four of four participants demonstrating conditional discriminations in the ABLA-R responded differentially during the FA, while the single participant who did not demonstrate conditional discriminations responded variably throughout the FA. |
|
|
|
|
AUT Monday Noon |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East |
Chair: Jessica L. Thomason-Sassi (New England Center for Children) |
|
90. Training ABA Service Providers to Conduct the Assessment of Basic Learning Abilities-Revised Using a Self-Instructional Manual and Video Modeling |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ASHLEY L. BORIS (University of Manitoba), Karli Pedreira (University of Manitoba), Garry L. Martin (University of Manitoba) |
Discussant: Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Self-instructional training manuals and video modeling have been demonstrated to be effective for teaching university students and direct-care staff to conduct behavioral procedures, such as preference assessments and discrete-trials teaching with persons with intellectual disabilities (ID) and children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). The Assessment of Basic Learning Abilities-Revised (ABLA-R) is an assessment tool used by Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) service providers for determining the learning ability of clients with ID and children with ASD. I evaluated the effectiveness of a training package involving a self-instructional manual and video modeling for teaching direct-care staff to administer the ABLA-R to children with ASD. I evaluated the training package using a modified multiple-baseline design across a pair of ABA service providers, replicated across five other pairs. Data coding is in progress; however, results thus far demonstrate a significant increase in the accuracy with which participants administered the ABLA-R to an experimenter from baseline to post-test, as well as high accuracy in a generalization assessment with a child with ASD. An implication of this research is that the self-instructional training package may be an effective tool for training ABA service providers to accurately administer the ABLA-R to children with ASD. Additionally, self-instructional training may be an effective and efficient method of training direct-care staff to conduct other behavioural assessments and procedures. |
|
|
91. Comparing the Effects of Tact Prompts and Echoic Prompts to Establish Intraverbals in a Preschooler With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CHIH-LIANG CHEN (Morning Light Clinic), Tz-ying Li (University of Taipei, Taiwan) |
Discussant: Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to compare the effect of two prompting strategies (Tact prompt versus echoic prompt) to teach intraverbal behaviors to one preschooler (3y8m) with autism spectrum disorder. Adapted alternating treatment design was adopted to compare two prompting strategies. The independent variable is prompting strategies and dependent variable is the immediate, generalization and maintenance effect to intraverbal behavior. Results as follows: 1. Both tact prompt and echoic prompt is effective to teach intraverbal behavior to the subject 2. No difference to generalization and maintenance effect to intraverbal behavior between prompting strategies. 3. Better immediate effect to intraverbal behavior through echoic prompt. Researcher discussed the result of the study in order to provide suggestions to further study in teaching intraverbal behavior to children with autism spectrum disorder. |
|
|
92. Joining Community Resources to Promote Success of an Adolescent With Autism and Severe Challenging Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AERIKA LEEANN HAESELI (The Homestead), Denise White-Staecker (Heartland AEA), Samantha Cermak (The Homestead), Martin Ikeda (Heartland Area Education Agency), Katherine Krieg (The Homestead), Jessica Netsch (Heartland Area Education Agency), Stacy S. Volmer (Heartland Area Education Agency), Evelyn Jo Horton (The Homestead) |
Discussant: Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: The purpose of the research was to evaluate the outcome of an inter-agency, multi-component treatment package on reducing challenging behavior and increasing functional replacement behavior. Participant was a 14-year-old male diagnosed with autism residing in a residential home with 24 hour care. He was not attending public school due to severe aggression toward adults. His public school utilized a community-based ABA provider to implement his individualized education plan with a goal to return him to school. He has no vocal language and has a history of high intensity challenging behavior including aggression, property destruction, vomiting, spitting, elopement, dropping, and disrobing. Intervention included use of differential reinforcement, token systems, escape extinction, increased number of demands, Functional Communication Training, and weekly collaboration with the school. Results suggest that the implementation of the treatment package decreased challenging behavior and increased replacement behaviors. The participant met criterion on three of six IEP goals. Increasing his day at the autism clinic has been the first step to guide pinpointing reintegration back to school. Inter-agency collaboration is an effective treatment to promote best outcomes for students exhibiting barriers to learning, while keeping their daily lives consistent. |
|
|
94. Functional Analysis and Treatment of Perseveration |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KARA LACROIX (The Autism Community Therapists), Dewey DeLisle (The New England Center for Children), Jessica L. Thomason-Sassi (New England Center for Children), Kevin J. Schlichenmeyer (TACT, LLC) |
Discussant: Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Individuals with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often exhibit perseverative speech related to restricted topics. When a majority of an individual’s speech is perseverative, as opposed to appropriate, it limits the individual’s ability to access social reinforcers and maintain relationships (Fisher, Rodriguez, & Owen, 2013). In the present study, a functional analysis of perseveration was conducted using procedures similar to Iwata et al., (1982/1994). The participant was a 6-year-old boy diagnosed with an ASD. After initial functional analyses yielded inconclusive outcomes, researchers modified the form of attention included in test and control conditions. In pair-wise design, researchers alternated between social approval (test) and social disapproval (control). Data indicated that perseveration was maintained by social approval. Intervention consisted of a Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior (DRA) procedure combined with extinction. The DRA schedule was thinned through use of a multiple schedule, wherein perseveration remained low and appropriate speech persisted under the terminal schedule. This study adds to the limited research in assessment and treatment of perseverative speech. Inter-observer agreement was collected on 33% of functional analysis sessions and averaged 94% (range, 87% to 100%). Inter-observer agreement was collected in 33% of treatment sessions and averaged 90% (range, 83% - 97%). |
|
|
95. Effects of Mand Variability Training on Acquisition and Variability in Sign Mands Emitted by a Boy With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
BRYANT C. SILBAUGH (The University of Texas at Austin, Special Education Department), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin) |
Discussant: Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Behavior analytic interventions for repetitive and stereotyped behavior (RSB) exhibited by children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) have historically targeted RSB for reduction. However, reinforcement of operant variability may replace RSB with adaptive operant variability. For example, studies have shown lag schedules of reinforcement can replace RSB with variability in intraverbals, tacts, vocalizations, and play skills of children with ASD, suggesting lag schedules may have similar effects on behavior in other skill domains affected by RSB. The need for additional work in this area is highlighted by calls from behavior analysts and behavioral neuroscientists for more translational research on operant procedures that predict and control operant variability. Prior work by our group showed that mand variability training using a lag schedule of positive reinforcement combined with a progressive time delay increased variability in vocal mand topographies of young children with ASD. This study extends that work by evaluating the effects of a nearly identical procedure on the acquisition and variability of multiple sign mand topographies of a largely non-vocal boy with ASD. The results suggest the procedure added three new, functionally equivalent sign mand topographies to the participants repertoire and established moderately increased levels of variability across topographies. Some limitations of the current study and implications for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
97. Preference for Alternative Reinforcement Within a Treatment Package to Decrease Problem Behavior During Circle Time |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ANDREW SODAWASSER (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Patrick Romani (University of Colorado School of Medicine; Children's Hospital Colorado), Brenna Cavanaugh (University of Rochester Medical Center), Amber Godsey (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Christina Simmons (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Todd M. Owen (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amanda Zangrillo (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: We conducted a two-experiment study with a 7-year-old male who engaged in aggression, disruption, and self-injurious behavior during a circle time activity in an early intervention classroom. Experiment 1 compared a baseline condition to a differential reinforcement of alternative behavior plus response cost treatment package using an ABAB reversal design. Treatment resulted in low rates of problem behavior and high levels of compliance compared to baseline. Experiment 2 evaluated choice allocation for circle time versus independent cubical time using a concurrent schedules design. Three choice arrangements were evaluated. Choice One consisted of a choice between circle time and independent cubical time, each containing alternative reinforcement. Choice Two consisted of a choice between circle time with alternative reinforcement and independent cubical time with no alternative reinforcement. Choice Three consisted of a choice between circle time and independent cubical time, each with no alternative reinforcement available. Results showed higher allocation to cubical time during Choice One and to circle time during Choice Two. Higher choice allocation to circle time persisted during Choice Three. These data suggested that the alternative reinforcement was a preferred component of the treatment package and that the circle time activity may also function as a reinforcer. |
|
|
98. Identifying Social Reinforcers for Problem Behavior Using a Concurrent Chain Procedure |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JONATHON METZ (Bancroft), Sonam G Dubal (Bancroft), George Miller (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft) |
Discussant: Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Berg and colleagues (2007) evaluated a concurrent operant assessment to determine the relative value of functional reinforcers that may be maintaining problem behavior. In this methodology, participants are asked to choose between two sides of a room in which reinforcers are available. Some conditions of a social reinforcer assessment may require the addition of a person present (e.g., demand and attention conditions) which may influence choice between reinforcers. Current study evaluated a concurrent chain procedure to evaluate relative preference for social reinforcers. Each condition was associated with a colored card and forced exposure sessions were conducted until all possible consequences were delivered by the therapist. Free-choice trials immediately followed using a concurrent chain to determine relative preference. Assessment results were compared to a differentiated functional analysis and results indicated that the concurrent chain assessment identified the same social reinforcers as a standard functional analysis. The utility of this procedure for identifying reinforcers for individuals with low rates or dangerously high rates of behavior during a standard functional analysis will be discussed. |
|
|
99. Comparing Two Instructional Methods to Increase Accuracy on Daily Living Skills for Adolescents With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER WERTALIK (The Pennsylvania State University) |
Discussant: Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: As individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) approach adulthood many have a difficult time working, living independently, socializing and participating in the community, and staying healthy and safe. Additionally, many adolescents and young adults with ASD remain largely dependent upon others for support in day-to-day activities. Therefore, the development of independent behavior, specifically for daily living skills, is critical as students pass through the high school environment into adulthood. The present study sought to compare the short-term effects of two instructional methods (i.e. TAGteach, video modeling) to improve accuracy on daily living tasks for adolescents with ASD. The experimenter implemented an alternating treatments design to compare the effects of TAGteach and video modeling for teaching daily living skills (i.e. tooth brushing, face washing, applying deodorant). Participants included three 17 year-old male students diagnosed with ASD who had made minimal progress acquiring these skills in the past. Results indicated that short-term instruction using both TAGteach and video modeling produced immediate and significant improvements in accuracy on tasks for all three participants. Future research exploring instruction for a longer duration is needed in order to determine which intervention is more effective in increasing accuracy in daily living skills for this population. |
|
|
100. Using a Differential Reinforcement of Other Behaviors Procedure to Establish the Maintenance of Treatment Effects During Transitions Followed by a Preference Assessment for Transitions |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ANDRESA A. DE SOUZA (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Patrick Romani (University of Colorado School of Medicine and Children's Hospital Colorado), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Ashley Fuhrman (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) often engage in problem behavior during transitions that may disrupt daily activities (McCord, Thomson, & Iwata, 2001). Studies have demonstrated that differential reinforcement and extinction can be an effective intervention package to decrease problem behavior and establish the maintenance of treatment effects (Wacker et al., 2011). In the current study, we used a noncurrent multiple baseline with reversal design to evaluate the effects of a differential reinforcement of other (DRO) behavior plus extinction procedure in the maintenance of treatment effects during transitions with two children diagnosed with ASD. We then assessed preference for transitions using a concurrent-chain arrangement. Two colored cards were presented; selecting the yellow card resulted in 10 s of walking, whereas selecting the blue card resulted in 10 s of standing still. Color contingencies were reversed or altered once stable selection occurred. The results demonstrated that the DRO procedure was effective in decreasing the levels of problem behavior for both participants. During the final return to baseline, we observed the maintenance of treatment effects, as zero or near-zero levels of problem behavior occurred. During the preference assessment, both participants allocated the majority of their responses to the alternative that resulted in walking. |
|
|
101. The Emergence of Intraverbals Following Equivalence-Based Instruction in a Young Male With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JAMIE FITZGERALD (Alpine Learning Group), Kathryn Looney (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group) |
Discussant: Aimee Kenzer (Southwest Autism Research & Resource Center) |
Abstract: Past research has demonstrated that oral labeling can emerge following equivalence-based instruction (Groskreutz et al., 2010). We designed an equivalence-based protocol to determine if other vocal verbal skills, such as intraverbals, would emerge following EBI. A pretest/posttest control group experimental design was used to examine the effects of teaching specific conditional relations among visual stimuli representing planets on the emergence of untaught relations, as well as intraverbals (i.e., answering questions about the planets). Class A was the written name of the planet (i.e., Neptune, Mars, and Saturn), Class B was a picture representing each planet, and Class C was a fact about the planet (i.e., has rings made of ice, is a gas giant, is covered with red rock). The format used for training and testing sessions was a match-to-sample protocol using a one-to-many training structure. Stimuli were presented on PowerPoint slides on a touch screen computer that required the participant to engage in an observing response (i.e., touch the screen) to reveal the sample stimulus and to then select the correct comparison stimulus. Prior to teaching, pretests were conducted for all relations and with the exception of C-A, scored at or below 50%. In addition, during a pretest for answering questions related to the planets, the participant did not answer any questions correctly. The participant learned all relations responding correctly on 100% of the trials during the posttest of all relations and answered 70% of the posttest questions accurately. The teaching as usual control comparison included questions about a different set of planets (i.e., Venus, Earth, and Jupiter) and facts that were taught using discrete trial instruction (DTI). The participant could not answer any questions from this set of planets during the pretest prior to DTI. Following DTI in which the participant was directly taught to answer these questions using verbal prompts, prompt-fading and reinforcement, he was able to answer 70% of the questions correctly. Results indicate that, for this participant, accuracy of intraverbal responding that emerged following EBI was similar to that trained directly using DTI. |
|
|
102. Evaluating the Effects of Response Interruption and Redirection on the Stereotypic Vocalizations of a Girl With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
NICOLE DENISCO (Alpine Learning Group), Kristi Pflug (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group) |
Discussant: Aimee Kenzer (Southwest Autism Research & Resource Center) |
Abstract: We used a multi-element design within and reversal design to determine the effects of response interruption and redirection (RIRD) on the stereotypic vocalizations of a 12- year-old girl with autism. The results of a functional analysis revealed that stereotypic vocalizations were slightly higher in an alone condition and undifferentiated in the remaining conditions indicating a possible automatic function. This functional analysis also served as the baseline condition of the reversal design. We decided to implement RIRD during the play condition of the functional analysis because a) data were most stable in this condition b) the play condition is the control condition of the functional analysis and does not require the implementation of consequences and c) we could evaluate the effectiveness of RIRD in short sessions to determine its effectiveness prior to implementing it across the day. With the initial implementation of RIRD in the play condition we observed a sharp decrease in vocalizations to near zero levels. We also observed downward trends in vocalizations during all of the other conditions of the functional analysis where RIRD was not implemented, possibly indicating generalization of RIRD to non-treatment conditions. In the return to baseline condition and removal of RIRD, vocalizations increased in the play condition. Vocalizations remained low but variable in the tangible and attention conditions, but increased in the demand and alone conditions. With the second implementation of RIRD in the play condition, responding decreased again in that condition, and is so far, low and variable in all other conditions. Results indicate that functional analyses might be a useful framework within which to evaluate the effects of the interventions while continuing to measure changes in function that might results from the generalization of the treatment effects. |
|
|
103. Google It: Autism Treatment Recommendations on the Internet |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
YENUSHKA KARUNARATNE (Penn State Harrisburg), Kimberly A. Schreck (Penn State Harrisburg), Jonathan W. Ivy (Penn State Harrisburg) |
Discussant: Aimee Kenzer (Southwest Autism Research & Resource Center) |
Abstract: Choosing a treatment for a child with autism can be daunting. Many parents and practitioners report the influence of the Internet in making their choices. This study investigated the representation of non-scientifically and scientifically supported treatments for autism on the search engine Google. The top 100 searches on Google.com (N= 213) were evaluated within three different autism treatment keywords (i.e., autism treatments, autism therapies, and autism interventions). Websites were analyzed for the inclusion of autism treatment keywords and negative or positive comments about treatments. Results indicated that Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) remained the most frequently mentioned treatment across all three keyword, followed by Treatment and Education of Autistic and Related Communication Handicapped Children (TEACCH). However, a variety of non-scientifically supported treatments (e.g., Floortime, Son Rise, and Gluten Free Casein Free Diets) were also found within these searches. These treatments commonly included inaccurate positive and negative comments to describe their efficacy. The results demonstrated the need for parents to be cautious when seeking information on autism treatments on the Internet. Furthermore, parents need to be aware of specific keywords used to inaccurately describe non-scientifically supported treatments for autism. |
|
|
104. Effect of the Writer Immersion Protocol on the Structural and Functional Components of Writing |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
NATALIE LEOW-DYKE (The Touchstone Center), Paula G. White (Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association) |
Discussant: Aimee Kenzer (Southwest Autism Research & Resource Center) |
Abstract: Young children with developmental disabilities may experience deficits within their verbal repertoire which can result in severe language delays. One important stage of verbal development is writer status. Research shows that writer immersion may be a useful tactic for teaching effective writing skills; therefore this study employed a delayed multiple baseline across participants design with three participants aged 7 to 13 years with a diagnosis of autism, to examine the effect of the writer immersion protocol on teaching functional and structural writing. The procedure involved the participants writing descriptions of pictures with ten different components for an independent reader to draw. During baseline no feedback was provided. Following daily sessions of writer immersion, the participants viewed the effects of their writing on the reader and received feedback on their structural and functional accuracy. The results showed that writer immersion was an effective tactic which led to increases in the number of components drawn by the reader, where all three participants met criterion for the functional accuracy of their writing. Significant improvements were also made to structural accuracy for two of the participants. Future research may consider targeting different types of functional writing skills such as aesthetic writing. |
|
|
105. The Acquisition of Social Skills for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder Using Peer-Mediated Approaches |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SHELBY LYNN MCGREW (Mississippi State University), Reeva Morton (Mississippi State University), Tawny N. Evans-McCleon (Mississippi State University), Daniel L Gadke (Mississippi State University) |
Discussant: Aimee Kenzer (Southwest Autism Research & Resource Center) |
Abstract: Research has examined the impact of interventions using applied behavior analysis principles and their effectiveness in improving social skills in children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD); Lovaas, 1987; Hanley, Iwata, & Thompson, 2001). Recent literature suggests using peer mediated approaches with the inclusion of children without ASD to assist individuals with ASD generalize the skills to new environments (Rogers, 2000). The current study sought to increase the literature surrounding peer mediated social skills interventions for children with disabilities. An alternating treatment design was used to compare the impacts of peer-mediated groups versus large group interaction on children between 8 and 12 years old diagnosed with an Autism Spectrum or related disorder. The peer group was based on level of functioning relative to results of the Leiter 3. Peer groups included at least one high functioning child. Social skills intervention took place in a group setting once a week for approximately 8 weeks. A partial interval recording of social reciprocity was collected for each child. Results indicated that large group interaction was more effective in improving social reciprocity between the children than peer mediated group interaction. Limitations and future research will be discussed. |
|
|
107. Intensity of Early Behavioral Intervention for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Retrospective Evaluation |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
MORENA MILJKOVIC (University of Manitoba), CT Yu (University of Manitoba), Toby L. Martin (St. Amant Research Centre) |
Discussant: Aimee Kenzer (Southwest Autism Research & Resource Center) |
Abstract: Early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) is currently the most studied and most practiced intervention for children with autism spectrum disorder. There has been increasing evidence over the past few decades supporting the use of EIBI for improving cognitive and adaptive functioning and reducing autism severity. However, there have been limited evaluations of the effectiveness of EIBI service intensity in the context of a government-funded service program. The current study addressed this gap in the literature using archival data obtained from St.Amant Autism Services, a government-funded EIBI service for children with autism spectrum disorder in Manitoba, Canada. This study compared children who have received an average of 22 hours per week and an average of 30 hours per week of EIBI for a period of one year. Standardized measures in cognitive functioning, adaptive behavior, and autism symptoms were examined using a 2 x 2 repeated measures ANOVA, with intensity (lower versus higher) as the between-group variable and time (Intake and Year 1) as the within-group variable. Communication subscales were examined for changes in language outcomes. Significant main effects for time were found for cognitive functioning, adaptive functioning, and autism severity. Data from communication subscales yielded significant main effects of time for both expressive communication and general language skills, but not for verbal performance. These results suggest the importance of both treatment intensity and duration for improvement on outcome measures. Future research should aim to address our research questions with a larger sample size and a low-intensity control group. |
|
|
108. Effects of Role-Playing on Dramatic Play of Child With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AYA FUJIWARA (University of Tsukuba), Shigeki Sonoyama (University of Tsukuba) |
Discussant: Aimee Kenzer (Southwest Autism Research & Resource Center) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders have difficulties imaginative and interaction in play. Therefore, they have few opportunities to participate in pretend play and dramatic play. This study examined instructions to help the development of dramatic play skills by using role-playing. The participant was a six-year-old boy suspected of having autism spectrum disorder. The theme of dramatic play was selected a squadron hero that the participant liked. Before commencing, the participant was instructed about skills of how to cooperate to defeat an opponent. He then performed the role-playing. As a result, the participant learned to use the skill to cooperate during dramatic play. Simultaneously, the participant performed an action of helping a playmate. When the participant pretended to attack an opponent, the pretense of attack increased and aggressive behaviors disappeared. It can be said that role-playing proved to be effective in facilitating appropriate behaviors in dramatic play for this participant. It might also be suggested that role-playing of one appropriate behavior can facilitate another appropriate behavior. This study is ongoing. After reinforcing the activity under same conditions, we will examine maintenance and generalization of other dramatic play in future. |
|
|
109. A Descriptive Analysis of Heart Rate and Self-Injurious Behavior Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement: Can This Biophysical Marker Be Useful in Behavioral Treatment? |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KAITLIN ROSS (PAAL), Lauren Erion (PAAL), Lena Handley (PAAL), Gloria M. Satriale (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life (PAAL)), David Dragone (Melmark/PAAL) |
Discussant: Aimee Kenzer (Southwest Autism Research & Resource Center) |
Abstract: Automatic functions of behavior are among the most difficult to determine and treat. The explanation for self-injurious behavior (SIB) remains controversial and can occur due to any of the functions. When SIB is socially mediated, there are many treatment plans from which to chose. However, SIB maintained by automatic function is more difficult to treat One hypothesis relates to whether SIB is influenced, or influences, biophysical activity and there are two competing theories in reference to physiological states of the person. These hypotheses suggest that individuals engage in SIB in order to regulate their arousal state-to either activate or reduce the activity of the central or peripheral nervous systems. Often the measurement of arousal states focuses on heart rate, among other areas such as salivary cortisol, and (electroencephalogram) brain activity. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the patterns of heart rate in relation to various environmental contexts and activities. An 18 year old woman with severe autism, mild intellectual disability, and a significant history of severe SIB wore a device on her wrist that measured heart rate while observers recorded these data throughout her program day for several weeks. Data collection focused on specific activities in which she was engaged (e.g. free time, demand situations, transitions). Results showed distinct heart rate patterns correlated with different environmental contexts, including a marked difference in heart rate immediately preceding instances of maladaptive behavior, providing an indication that SIB was likely to occur. Conclusions suggest that in the future treatment plan can use heart rate as an antecedent for managing challenging behavior that is maintained by automatic reinforcement. |
|
|
110. The Impact of Program Funding on the Stress of Caregivers of Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
BUSISIWE NCUBE (York University), Carly McMorris (York University), Olivia Jon (McMaster University), Jessica Abrams (York University), James M. Bebko (York University), Ginny Kontosic (Autism Ontario), Layne Verbeek (Autism Ontario), Margaret Spoelstra (Autism Ontario) |
Discussant: Aimee Kenzer (Southwest Autism Research & Resource Center) |
Abstract: Parents of children with autism report higher levels of stress than other parents (Estes et al., 2009). Support programming is cited as a major factor in reducing parental stress (Cowen & Reed, 2002); however, the financial burdens placed on families seeking such services can be overwhelming. Autism Ontario is a service provider for individuals and families affected by autism that offers families the opportunity to apply for funding that can subsidize children to attend external programs during March and summer breaks. The goals of the present study were to examine the impact of this funding on parental stress levels and to understand how funding was utilized by families. 695 caregivers of children with autism participated in an online survey. Thirty one percent of respondents stated they would not have been able to take advantage of support programs without subsidization and 78% of caregivers reported a significant decline in stress from their childs program participation. Results revealed a wide-spread improvement for children in social skills and increased interaction with others. The current findings highlight that the funding provided by agencies, such as Autism Ontario, offer a critical financial opportunity to those families who would not otherwise be able to afford these support services. |
|
|
111. Effects of a Treatment Package on Homework Related Disruptive Behaviors of Child With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
MAUD SELASIE DOGOE (St. Cloud State University) |
Discussant: Aimee Kenzer (Southwest Autism Research & Resource Center) |
Abstract: Research indicates that homework time is a trying moment for most parents. For the majority of parents with children with disabilities, especially parents of children with autism, it becomes a battle ground for parents and their children with disabilities. In this study, we examined the effectiveness of an intervention package on homework related disruptive behaviors of a twelve-year-old boy with autism in the home setting. The intervention comprises the establishment and explicit teaching of rules as antecedent strategy, and self-monitoring with self-reinforcement as consequent strategies. A brief functional analysis revealed that the target behavior was maintained by positive reinforcement in the form of attention and a tangible (i.e. access to computer game). The goal of treatment was to reduce homework related problem behaviors while increasing behaviors that enhance homework completion. The A-B with follow-up design was used to evaluate the effect of the treatment package. The results indicate that the treatment package was effective in reducing the target inappropriate behaviors and increasing appropriate homework completion. Implications for practice are discussed. |
|
|
112. Attention Training: Increasing Eye Contact in Children With Autism Using Overcorrection |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LLOYD BOUDLOCHE (Behavioral Developmental Services, LLC), Victoria Johnson (Behavioral Developmental Services), Kristen Nobles (Behavioral Developmental Services, LLC) |
Discussant: Sacha Pence (Auburn University) |
Abstract: A critical part of teaching and training children with Autism Spectrum Disorder is to develop and maintain eye contact with the therapist. Based on the study by Foxx (1977) an overcorrection procedure, functional movement training (FMT) combined with preferred items and praise were compared with preferred items and praise alone as a method to develop and increase eye contact in 4 children. During baseline the child was given the preferred item and praise when eye contact was made within 5 seconds of the therapists vocal prompt: Look at me and no consequence or reward was given for failure to make eye contact. During the intervention, condition preferred items and praise were given when eye contact was made within 5 seconds of therapists vocal prompt: Look at me and failure to make eye contact within the 5 seconds resulted in implementation of functional movement training and vocal reprimand I said look at me. During intervention the use of preferred items and praise combined with function movement training produced 87.81% eye contact in the 4 children. Preferred items and praise alone during baseline produced 63.97% eye contact in the 4 children, proving to be less effective among the children in the study. The data collected supports that functional movement training is an effective method for teaching and maintaining eye contact. However, this experiment warrants further research. |
|
|
113. Structural Analysis to Inform a Preschool Classroom Intervention: Effects on Stereotypy and Engagement |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
BETSIE JOHNSON (Vanderbilt University), Jennifer Ledford (Vanderbilt University), Mary Louise Hemmeter (Vanderbilt University), Emilee Harbin (Vanderbilt University) |
Discussant: Sacha Pence (Auburn University) |
Abstract: During child directed times of the preschool day, children with autism tend to engage in stereotypy instead of functional play. Few studies have investigated the use of multi-component interventions to decrease stereotypy in preschool classrooms, and no known studies have designed an intervention through a structural analysis to do so. A structural analysis was designed for a child with autism who engaged in vocal stereotypy and self-injurious motor stereotypy. A simultaneous treatments design was embedded in the structural analysis to determine the participant’s preference for 4 pair-wise treatment comparisons. The results of the structural analysis and the preferred conditions informed the development of a multi-component intervention aimed to reduce stereotypy and increase engagement during a classroom free play activity. Results indicated that the intervention was effective in decreasing vocal stereotypy and increasing engagement in functional block play. Motor stereotypy was variable, but was lower across intervention conditions compared to baseline. |
|
|
114. National Survey of Special Educators: Communication Use for Students With Disabilities |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
NATALIE ANDZIK (The Ohio State University), John Schaefer (The Ohio State University) |
Discussant: Sacha Pence (Auburn University) |
Abstract: The nations schools support a large group of students requiring the assistance of augmentative and alternate communication (AAC). According to the Special Education Elementary Longitudinal Study (SEELS, 2006) 53.1% of students with intellectual disability and 78.7% of students with Autism have a lot of trouble communicating or dont communicate at all. It is currently unknown what types of training and supports special education teachers require or are receiving to meet the needs of these students. A convenience sample of 3,200 teachers were surveyed about the following topics: (a) number and description of students they serve that do not have a functional ways of communicating, (b) the efforts teachers to support AAC adoption, and (c) the type and length of training the teacher has had. Using a chi-squared analysis we found correlation between amounts of training the teacher has received and the communication acceptability of their students. This study will help drive continued discussion about how educators can further support the communication access for all students. |
|
|
115. Evaluating Techniques for Thinning Reinforcement via Chained Schedules With Two Brothers With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MELINDA ROBISON (University of North Texas), Joshua Jessel (Child Study Center), Hillary Kirk (Child Study Center), Ruth Whipple (Child Study Center), Einar T. Ingvarsson (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Sacha Pence (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Chained schedules are often recommended for escape-maintained problem behavior when thinning reinforcement during treatment (Hagopian, Boelter, & Jarmolowicz, 1998). We evaluated two ways of fading reinforcement via chained schedules with two young brothers with Autism who exhibited multiply-maintained, severe problem behavior. An interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA; Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, & Hanratty, 2014) was conducted with each sibling to determine the socially-mediated variables contributing to their problem behavior. After the maintaining variables had been identified, functional communication training was implemented and successfully reduced the problem behavior of both participants. In the subsequent treatment phase, two different techniques for thinning reinforcement were incorporated using chained schedules. Jax was required to complete a number of demands before the reinforcer was presented. Jace was required to appropriately engage with alternative activities or transition with the therapists for a scheduled duration. Problem behavior remained low for both participants as the number of demands was increased (Jax) and the duration of required appropriate play/transitioning (Jace) was progressively increased. We suggest that chained schedules may be adaptable to situations in which both positive and negative reinforcement maintain problem behavior. |
|
|
116. Effects of Varying Number of Trials in a Trial-Based Functional Analysis |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ARTHUR GLENN DOWDY (Melmark/Temple University) |
Discussant: Sacha Pence (Auburn University) |
Abstract: The trial-based FA is an abbreviated FA procedure with emerging empirical support (Bloom, Iwata, Fritz, 2011; Lambert, Bloom, and Irvin, 2012). The trial-based FA, which is conducted in the individual’s natural environment(s) by inserting test and control conditions into typical activities, is potentially advantageous because it requires less time than the standard FA. However, previous studies have differed in the number of trials in the trial-based FA; therefore, the minimum number of trials necessary to determine behavioral function in the trial-based FA is unclear. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the correspondence between results of a trial-based and a standard FA for three participants, and to determine the minimum number of trials necessary for experts to determine a behavioural function from the results of the trial-based FAs. Trial-based and standard FAs were completed for three individuals diagnosed with intellectual disabilities. Results were then provided to experienced behavior analysts to determine the correspondence between analyses. The percentage of agreement of correspondence between the trial-based FAs and the standard FAs was consistently under 30% for 5, 10, 15, and 20 trials. The results suggest that the efficiency of assessment may not be improved by increasing the number of trials in the trial-based FA. |
|
|
117. Employing Sight Reading Technique To Teach A Child With Autism To Read |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
POOJA PANESAR (Kaizora Consultants), Antony Mwangi (Kaizora consultants) |
Discussant: Sacha Pence (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Reading is an important skill that allows individuals to navigate their environment, open them up to whole new worlds and ideas as well as promoting independence and is widely viewed as a skill that sets individuals up for success and progress in every other facet of life.
Children with autism experience difficulties learning skills especially abstract ones like reading.
Sight reading is a technique in which individuals are taught to automatically recognize whole words (important and high frequency) as opposed to learning letter- sound associations and spelling patterns. It has been found to be an effective way to teach individuals with significant cognitive disabilities.
This study shows the effectiveness and functionality of teaching an autistic child to read using sight reading technique
A 9yr old autistic boy was instructed to read whole words from flash cards with gradual fading of prompts until he could read the words independently. Once a set (6) of words was considered learned ( scoring 90-100 % for two consecutive days), he moved on to a new set.
Sentences containing words he’d learned two months ago were presented to him again and he was asked to read.
He took 7 sessions to learn the first set of words and then 3 sessions to learn the second set of words. After 2 months of learning the 1st set of words, he was retested and found to recall them 96% of the time.
He had a cold when he was learning the 1st set and it may have affected his performance.
Previously,he had been learning to read by blending but his rate of acquisition and generalization was quite low and consequently sight reading tried out.
The data is limited to the few months of school he had left but is set to continue when he resumes school.
It would be interesting to see which of the two techniques is generally more effective with autistic children. Also, a longitudinal study would provide some insights into the challenges or success of using sight reading technique. |
|
|
118. Polyvagal Theory Improves Dental Desensitization Programs for Children With Intellectual Disability |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LINDSAY MARGARET MILLER (Long Island University), John C. Neill (Long Island University) |
Discussant: Sacha Pence (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Children with intellectual disabilities (ID) often avoid or escape dental procedures. Dental professionals typically resort to restraints, sedation or general anesthesia, which are dangerous, alter results and may increase future problem behaviors. Desensitization programs can increase patient compliance. Polyvagal theory, proposed by Stephen Porges, focuses on prevention of biological setting events such as stress responses. The purpose of our research is to determine if a Polyvagal intervention would improve cooperation with dental procedures for individuals with a diagnosis of ID. The participants for this study were two children with a diagnosis of ID and Autism Spectrum Disorder and their ABA instructor. Pilot data indicated high escape behavior. Procedure: A desensitization program was modified with a task analysis with forward chain presentation to facilitate child compliance. The instructor was trained in therapeutic presence and assessed with a therapeutic inventory. Through direct observation, the researcher rated the instructor using a Likert-like scale. All observations yielded high rates of therapeutic performance in adherence with Polyvagal theory. Current data illustrates an increasing trend in patient compliance for one subject, indicating the effective value of integrating Polyvagal therapy techniques into dental desensitization programs. Treatment and data collection will begin shortly for the second subject. |
|
|
119. A Comparison of Verbal and In-Vivo Choice Making in the Assessment of an Adolescent With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
GUNSUNG LEE (The University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa), Deva Carrion (University of Iowa), Jennifer Andersen (University of Iowa), Kristy DePalma (The University of Iowa), Anna Ryan (The University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa) |
Discussant: Sacha Pence (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Studies have suggested that there is not always concordances between what people do and what they say. The purpose of the current study was to compare hierarchies of potential reinforcers generated by verbal (i.e., interview) concurrent operants assessment (COA) with those generated by in-vivo COA in an adolescent diagnosed with ASD and his caregivers. We present data from this participants behavioral assessment in a clinic for challenging behaviors. All sessions were completed in a clinic room. Inter-observer agreement was calculated across 30% of sessions and averaged 100%. In the verbal assessment, a therapist conducted a concurrent operants verbal interview with Ken and his parents separately. Ken was asked his preference for two potential reinforcers and his caregivers were asked what they believed Ken would choose. During the in-vivo portion Ken was allowed to allocate time to one of two choice options involving different potential reinforcers. The results of the verbal assessment showed that both Ken and his parents consistently chose the option associated with toys. The in-vivo assessment results also showed that Ken consistently allocated his time to the choice option that included toys. All in all, the two assessment methods yielded the same preference for positive reinforcement (i.e., tangible). |
|
|
120. Eye Movement and Gaze Differences Related to False Belief Understand and Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
NADIR MOHAMED BALBA (Oregon Health and Science University), Garet Lahvis (Oregon Health and Science University) |
Discussant: Sacha Pence (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Children diagnosed with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) have difficulty understanding that another person may harbor a false belief that contrasts with reality. These children also often avoid making eye contact. The current study uses an animated narrative to examine the relationship between where a child looks during a scene and whether they understand the perspective of a character. ASD and typical children watched an animation featuring a character searching for a marble that hides beneath different shells. While the character looks away, the marble moves to different shells. We tracked their eye movement to see how often and how long they looked at the character’s eyes, and the marble itself. We then asked each child where the character thinks the marble is hiding. Children with ASD were more likely to incorrectly answer this question and spent less time looking at the character’s eyes. Irrespective of diagnosis, children who answered incorrectly spent more time looking at the marble, but spent a similar amount of time looking at the character’s eyes. This is evidence that where a child fixates their gaze is related to their ability to demonstrate Theory of Mind, but the causal direction of this relationship remains a question. |
|
|
121. A Comparison of Descriptive Assessment and Trial Based Functional Analysis to Drive Function Based Treatment |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
HEATHER JONES (The Learning Tree Inc.), Caitlin Kite (The Learning Tree Inc.), Karri Humphries (The Learning Tree Inc.), Marc Williams (The Learning Tree Inc.) |
Discussant: Sacha Pence (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Functional analysis protocols are very well established within the literature and are considered best practice within the field (Hanley, Iwata, and McCord, 2003). Experimental functional analysis protocols may not be possible within public school classrooms. Furthermore, these methods may not be the most appropriate approach to identify functions of problem behaviors that occur within a more naturalistic setting (Bloom, Iwata, Fritz, Roscoe, & Carreau, 2011). Bloom and colleagues found that a trial-based functional analysis protocol demonstrated similar results as compared to traditional functional analysis. The trial-based sessions were completed within daily classroom activities.
The use of descriptive assessment is another practice that is widely used in education to determine the function of problem behaviors. The current study seeks to compare the results of descriptive assessment and a trial based functional analysis protocol as described in Bloom, (2011). Next, function based treatment was identified for a student with autism based on the results of the assessments. The treatment package included: token economy with response cost, functional communication training, and non-contingent escape. Overall, results showed that the descriptive assessment and trial-based functional analysis identified consistent potential functions. Furthermore, the treatment package data showed a decreasing trend in all problem behaviors. |
|
|
122. Trial-Based Functional Analysis of Tantrum in a School Setting |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
RASHA BARUNI (New England Center for Children - Abu Dhabi), Jenny von Rosen (The New England Center for Children - Abu Dhabi), Caitlin Moulton (The New England Center for Children - Abu Dhabi), Elizabeth Hudson (The New England Center for Children - Abu Dhabi) |
Discussant: Sacha Pence (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Hundreds of studies have demonstrated the efficacy of treatments for problem behavior based on an understanding of its function (Hanley, Iwata, & McCord, 2003). A functional analysis (FA) is an assessment tool used to determine potential environmental variables that maintain problem behavior. Sigafoos and Saggers (1995) described a modified FA consisting of a 1-min test segment, during which an EO and contingency for problem behavior were present, followed by a 1-min control segment, during which the reinforcer was available continuously. Segments were terminated if and when problem behavior occurred. These procedures warrant further examination because of their potential to extend functional analysis methodology to classroom settings, allowing teachers to conduct them under more naturalistic conditions. Furthermore, few studies have examined the use of functional analysis of tantrum behavior (Vollmer, Northup, Ringdahl, LeBlanc, and Chauvin, 1996; Wilder, Chen, Atwell, Pritchard, and Weinstein, 2006). In the current study, we systematically replicated the trial-based FA described by Sigafoos and Saggers to assess the function of tantrum behavior displayed by one boy with autism. Results indicated that the FA produced differentiated outcomes for the participant. |
|
|
123. The Use of the Social Skills Module Training to Teach Appropriate Communication Skills to a Adolescent With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MARK E SIMMONDS (Missouri State University), Linda G. Garrison-Kane (Missouri State University), Megan Boyle (Missouri State University), Rose A. Mason (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, The University of Kansas), David Goodwin (Associate Professor, Missouri State University) |
Discussant: Jason Vladescu (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of video modeling (VM) on-line instructional modules, to increase socially appropriate skills with an adolescent with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Using an ABAB Reversal design, direct observations of the participants' identified target behaviors were collected two times per week. Generalization was provided to the participant throughout the study in a community setting. Data revealed an increase in the participants ability to start, maintain, and end a conversation with same-aged peers as well as an increase in the number of times the participant emitted the targeted sub skills with online module training, provided social sessions and coaching opportunities. There was a decrease in these behaviors when the intervention package was withdrawn. In addition to current research this study complements evidence that a combined intervention presented via computer may be a beneficial method for addressing social skill difficulties for individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders. |
|
|
124. Exploring an Effective Interprofessional Staff Training Model: Application for Teachers Working With Children Diagnosed Wiith Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LINA SLIM-TOPDJIAN (ASAP-A Step Ahead Program, LLC) |
Discussant: Jason Vladescu (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: The increased prevalence of Autism has generated increased enrollment in schools requiring teachers to acquire the specialized skills needed to address the unique challenges facing children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. At the same time, however, budget cuts have generated a shortage of qualified professionals with expertise in autism interventions. As teachers we are frequently challenged with incorporating and implementing specialized strategies across professional disciplines when working with children diagnosed with autism. Unfortunately, we often receive minimal, ineffective or no training on how to do so. This study suggests a theoretical model for effective staff training, which improves intervention outcome, and enhances sustained skill acquisition. Specifically, this study investigates the impact that a Staff Training Model consisting of the Staff Training Procedures (STP) of Video Self-Monitoring (VSM), Performance Feedback (PF) and Reflection (R) with and without Mentoring has on sustained and generalized teacher performance and on Procedural Integrity, on two Dependent Variables - application of the Learn Unit (LU) and Rate of Effective Instruction (ROI). Results revealed that the STP appeared to enhance teacher performance and sustainability of Procedural Integrity. The greatest improvement and most consistent performance was observed among teachers who received STP plus Mentoring as opposed to STP alone. In conclusion, adding Mentoring to an existing STP appears to enhance teacher performance and Procedural Integrity with sustainable outcomes. The possibility of using VSM as a skill acquisition procedure is highlighted. Practical and theoretical implications for interprofessional practice are discussed. |
|
|
125. Effects of Rapid Toilet Training and Video Priming on Toileting Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ERIC ANDERSON (Haugland Learning Center; Western Michigan University), Amanda Fishley (Haugland Learning Center), Kelly Kohler (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Jason Vladescu (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: This study evaluated the effects of a rapid toilet training procedure on the toileting behavior of a preschool student with autism. The dependent variables were the number of correct and incorrect toileting behaviors (e.g., voids in toilet, pulling pants up and down, washing and drying hands). The independent variable was a rapid toilet training procedure that included rapid toilet training (i.e., scheduled sits), video priming, and positive reinforcement implemented in an educational setting utilizing a positive reinforcement based approach. During baseline, the participant had an average of .76 toileting accidents per day with a range of 0-2 per day. After the introduction of the treatment package, toileting accidents decreased to zero accidents per day and correct toileting behaviors increased to mastery criterion. Underwear tolerance was introduced before fading the intervention. After the intervention was faded, correct toileting behaviors maintained. A replication and component analysis are recommended to differentiate treatment effects. |
|
|
126. Targeting Reading Fluency Through Brief Experimental Analysis and Evidence-Based Intervention for a Child With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SHENGTIAN WU (Mississippi State University), Emily Seals Mathis (Mississippi State University), Daniel L Gadke (Mississippi State University), Carlen Henington (Mississippi State University) |
Discussant: Jason Vladescu (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Repeated Reading (RR) and Paired Reading (PR) have long been recognized as effective interventions in improving reading fluency (Foster, Ardoin, & Binder 2013; Macdonald, 2010). However, there were few researches that examined the effectiveness of RR and PR in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Especially, there were even fewer researches targeting at improving reading fluency of children with low-functioning ASD (LFA). Thus, the purpose of this study is to improve reading fluency of a child with LFA through BEA and evidence-based interventions (e.g. RR and PR). First, in order to have child engage in reading, the clinician provided an Ipad game as a reinforcer contingent upon finishing reading a passage. Second, the clinician conducted brief experimental analysis (BEA) by alternating RR and PR. Then, the clinician provided RR in the rest of sessions because RR was a more effective intervention than paired reading. The percentage of nonoverlapped data was 84%, which indicates that the intervention is was effective. However, it is important to note that he exhibited significant behavior difficulties on the final day of SAC and his performance was impacted, resulting in a lower than expected score. |
|
|
127. Using Mobile Technology to Reduce Engagement in Stereotypy: Preliminary Findings |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ISABELLE PRÉFONTAINE (Université de Montréal), Marc J. Lanovaz (Université de Montréal) |
Discussant: Jason Vladescu (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) often engage in stereotypy, which may interfere with ongoing activities and social interactions. To address this issue, we developed an iOS app, the iSTIM (individual stereotypy treatment integrated modules), designed to support parents in reducing stereotypy in their child with autism. The purpose of our study is to preliminary test the effects of the iSTIM on the behavior of children with autism spectrum disorders using university students as behavior change agents. We implemented the procedures recommended by the iSTIM and examined their effects on the stereotypy and appropriate behavior of children with ASD. To date, four children between the ages of 3 and 8 have completed their participation in the research project and five other children are currently participating in various phases of the study. Using the iSTIM reduced engagement in stereotypy while increasing appropriate engagement in three of the first four participants. Our preliminary results indicate that following the instructions of the iSTIM may lead to reductions engagement in stereotypy, but that some of the decision-making algorithms may benefit from modifications before beginning testing with parents. |
|
|
128. A Consecutive Case Series of Intensive Toilet Training for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LAURA BARNES (University of Missouri - Thompson Center), Anna Hogg (University of Missouri - Thompson Center), Anne Doyle (University of Missouri - Thompson Center), Jenny Teator (University of Missouri - Thompson Center), Casey J. Clay (University of Missouri - Thompson Center), SungWoo Kahng (University of Missouri) |
Discussant: Jason Vladescu (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Toileting is an important life skill that can often affect quality of life for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Incontinence can adversely impact socialization as well as community placements. Despite its importance, there have only been a handful of studies examining toilet training interventions most of which have demonstrated that some variation of behavior interventions are effective. To date, there have not been any studies that provide a comprehensive examination of the outcomes of intensive toilet training. Therefore, the purpose of this study is use a consecutive case series design to present the outcome of an intensive toilet training program. A consecutive case series design includes all data that meet a certain criteria, regardless of outcome. The participants were 12 individuals with ASD who participated in a toilet training clinic. Treatment consisted of frequent prompting, feedback when the child was incontinent, positive practice, and reinforcement for appropriate voiding. The results showed that in most cases, the participants continent voids increased at follow-up (at least two weeks after initial training). This study shows that an intensive toilet training program is effective for a majority of children who participated and that the effects were relatively quick. |
|
|
129. Inclusive Special Interest Groups to Teach Social Skills |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTINA F. NOEL (Western Kentucky University), Krista Cummings (Western Kentucky University), Hillary Jenkins (Western Kentucky University) |
Discussant: Jason Vladescu (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Difficulty with social interactions is a defining characteristic of students with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD, DSM-V). This study investigated the use of special interest groups in conjunction with social skills training to address social deficits present in participants with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). The structure of this social skills group utilizes key components of evidence-based practices for social instruction for students with ASD, such as explicit teaching of social skills (Klinger and Williams, 2008), modeling and reinforcing appropriate interactions (Goldstein & McGinnis, 1997) and incorporating special interests (Koegel et al., 2012).
Students with ASD and students without ASD met once weekly for 8 weeks at an after-school special interest club centered on the popular online game Minecraft. Embedded in the Minecraft Club, we used direct instruction of the social skills curriculum Skillstreaming to target individual social deficits. Data were collected using a multiple baseline across behaviors research method for three participants with ASD. Results suggest that students with ASD successfully learn targeted social skills in inclusive special interest groups. Future research should continue to examine the effects of using perseverative interests to teach skills to students with ASD. |
|
|
130. Using Task Analysis to Teach a Student With Autism to Memorize and Dial Telephone Numbers |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JOE MWENDA (Kaizora Consultants, Kenya.) |
Discussant: Jason Vladescu (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Telephone communication has been etched into almost every aspect of human relations. Telephones help in sharing information, reporting danger and generally keep in touch with significant others. Memorizing telephone numbers of others and making calls are skills that pose a challenge to many persons with Autism making it hard for them to use this convenient technology. This poster will outline how Task Analysis was used to train an eight year old boy with Autism to memorize and dial telephone numbers of his mother and grandfather. The task was broken into five steps, each step comprising of two digits making up the ten digit telephone numbers. Baseline was established for his mothers phone number after which the respondent was trained to memorize it. He was then trained to press the numbers on a cell phone and to make a call. The same procedure was used to train him to memorize and dial his grandfathers number. At the end of the intervention the student was able to dial the numbers without errors and the skill was maintained at a score of 100% in novel environments a year after training. |
|
|
131. The Effects of a Self-Management Strategy to Increase Social Behaviors in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MEAGHAN MCCOLLOW (Central Michigan University) |
Discussant: Jason Vladescu (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Students with autism spectrum disorders typically receive social skills instruction in adult-facilitated formats, limiting the number of practice opportunities available to students. This study sought to provide a comprehensive intervention model addressing concerns related to the generalization of social skills, a chronic concern in the field of social skills. This presentation will discuss the results of an investigation involving the addition of self-management strategies to typical practice. That is, small group, adult-facilitated social skills training typically used in public school settings for elementary students with autism spectrum disorders. The investigation was guided by the following research questions: 1. Is the addition of individualized self-monitoring strategies to adult-mediated social skills training in the public school setting an effective means for increasing positive social behaviors for students with autism spectrum disorders? 2. Does the addition of a self-monitoring strategy affect generalization of positive social behaviors? Results from this study indicate an increase in social behaviors when the self-monitoring strategy is in place. Information from this study can be used to direct future research in the area of social skills interventions for individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders, including strategies for increasing the effectiveness of social skills training and generalization of social skills. |
|
|
132. Response Interruption and Redirection With Stimulus Control to Decrease Stereotypy in a Student With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KAITLIN M GOULD (University of Massachusetts Boston/Melmark New England), Jill Marie Harper (Melmark New England), Emily Gillich (Melmark New England) |
Discussant: Jason Vladescu (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often engage in repetitive movements that interfere with academic and clinical programming (Potter, Hanley, Augustine, Clay, & Phelps, 2013). Response interruption and redirection (RIRD) and stimulus control are interventions that have successfully decreased stereotypy (Ahearn, Clark, MacDonald, & Chung, 2007; Rapp, Patel, Ghezzi, OFlaherty, & Titterington, 2009). The current study examined the effects of RIRD using a multiple schedule on the stereotypic behavior of a student with ASD. Before treatment, high levels of motor stereotypy were observed across leisure and academic conditions. During intervention, a matching task was presented in the presence of a red card (Component 1) and stereotypy resulted in RIRD. Directly following this session, noncontingent access to a preferred item was provided in the presence of a green card (Component 2) and there were no programmed consequences for stereotypy. Baseline probes were conducted within an alternative setting to examine generalization of the stimulus control procedure. Preliminary results indicate that response interruption and redirection with stimulus control is effective for decreasing the frequency of motor stereotypy. With a moderate level of confidence due to limited data points at this time, we can expect a decreasing trend for motor stereotypy with continued intervention. |
|
|
133. Using Incidental Teaching and Discrete Trial Training to Teach Picture Communication to Student With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JOE MWENDA (Kaizora Consultants, Kenya.), Pooja Panesar (Kaizora Consultants) |
Discussant: Jason Vladescu (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Communication is vital for helping humans express their desires and to relate with others appropriately. Persons with Autism however face challenges developing universal modes of communication; some may not develop speech and can only use alternative modes of communication. This poster will outline how a non-verbal nine year old boy with Autism and without imitation skills was trained to communicate using the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) to request for desirables in his environment. The participant attends school at Kaizora Consultants in Nairobi, Kenya. Incidental Teaching was used during his outdoor sessions where pictures were stuck on the surfaces of his favorite play structures which he was prompted to pull and hand to an instructor before he could access the structure. The participant was then trained using Discrete Trial Training to request for edibles and other reinforcers in a class set-up. Prior to the intervention baseline was established and his manding skills were tested using the Verbal Behavior and Milestones and Placement Program (VB MAPP). Significant improvement was illustrated by the data and the VB MAPP manding indicators also confirmed an improvement in his specific mands and the spontaneity of his manding. |
|
|
134. Pilot Test of a Model for Remote Provision of Evidence-Based Services for Rural Families of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Kathleen Simcoe (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), MARIE MARTINEZ (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), Alacia Stainbrook (Vanderbilt Kennedy Center), A. Pablo Juàrez (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), Zachary Warren (Vanderbilt Kennedy Center and the Treatment and Research Institute for Autism Spectrum Disorders) |
Discussant: A. Michele Williams (Rollins College) |
Abstract: Outreach services are provided to families who recently received a diagnosis of autism. Families of children under three referred by the early intervention system for a psychological evaluation and who reside in any county within the service area are eligible. As part of this service, families are provided with two home visits following the completion of the evaluation. During these visits, a Consultant provides the family with evidence-based strategies to facilitate social communication, increase independence, build play skills, and reduce challenging behaviors, within targeted daily routines to build caregiver and provider capacity to address the needs of children with autism. Families residing in a subset of rural counties are eligible for expanded services, including two additional home visits. These families are already receiving services from an Early Interventionist (EI) through early intervention, whose participation is required. During sessions, the Consultant works with the caregiver and EI to implement strategies recommended previously. Service also includes two bi-weekly clinic visits, including remote attendance of the Consultant, who watches a live video feed and provides coaching via Bluetooth. Data collected on satisfaction with services, and skill acquisition. Implications for future service expansion discussed. Additional data available following project completion in February 2016. |
|
|
135. Reducing Challenging Behaviors in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders in Family Settings |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
MALENA ARGUMEDES (Université de Montréal), Marc J. Lanovaz (Université de Montréal), Serge Larivée (Université de Montréal) |
Discussant: A. Michele Williams (Rollins College) |
Abstract: Most children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) engage in challenging behaviors, which often require intensive behavioral intervention. It is difficult for parents to plan and implement those interventions without specialized guidance. A solution to this challenge is adapting the Prevent-Teach-Reinforce model (PTR; Dunlap et al., 2010) to family settings. The PTR aims to reduce challenging behaviors and increase apporiate behaviors by identifying the behavioral function and providing a plan for modifying the antecedents and the consequences as well as for teaching an adaptive behavior. In our study, the PTR was implemented for eight weeks with eight families of children with ASD aged from 3 to 8 years old within a nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participants. The PTR was effective in reducing one challenging behavior and increasing one adaptive behavior for seven of eight participants. Levels of parental treatment integrity ranged from 50 to 100% (M = 74%). Data are still being collected for this project, but preliminary results show that parents can effectively be trained to implement multi-component behavioral intervention programs to produce desirable changes in their child’s behaviors. |
|
|
136. Decreasing Rigidity in Child With ASD by Establishing Flexibility Within a Picture Activity Schedule |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ASHLEY DOUGLAS (Beacon ABA Services), Paulo Guilhardi (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services) |
Discussant: A. Michele Williams (Rollins College) |
Abstract: Rigidity or inflexibility is one of the diagnostic characteristics of ASD (DSM-V Citation).We investigated the effectiveness of using video modeling and graduated guidance to transfer control of aspects of a rigid routine from the previous history, to a schedule (controlled by others).The routine involved (a) activities on a visual schedule, (b) engaging in a specified social initiation, and (c) doing the activity at specified location. A 4-year-old girl, (Mary) diagnosed with autism who displayed repetitive play, rigidity about location, and deficits in social initiation participated. A multiple baseline across components (a/b) and (c) was used. Mary was taught to check a schedule specifying an available activity and person to play with, find the person, bring the person to the activity, play with the person until criterion, and then repeat the process until the end of the schedule. Although there were opportunities for her to engage appropriately in play tasks in different areas of the house (signaled in the visual schedule), Mary did not acquire the location until video modeling and graduate guidance were introduced. May demonstrated generalization across people and activities on the schedule and rates of inappropriate topographies of behaviors were reduced. |
|
|
137. Comparing Standardized Language Assessment Outcomes of Two Parent-Implemented Interventions for Young Children Diagnosed With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JODIE ANN JUSTICE (Rowan University), Bianca Pizzo-Coleman (Rowan University), Michelle Ennis Soreth (Rowan University), Mary Louise E. Kerwin (Rowan University) |
Discussant: A. Michele Williams (Rollins College) |
Abstract: The purpose of this pilot study was to compare two adjunctive parent interventions for Autism Spectrum Disorder, Applied Behavior Analysis based on Skinners Analysis of Verbal Behavior (ABA/VB) and Relationship Development Intervention (RDI), a non-behavior analytic intervention. Ten parents received 16 in-home sessions over 12 weeks in which they were trained on the assigned intervention. Standardized assessments were administered at baseline, immediately following treatment, and at 3-month post-treatment follow-up. Standardized assessments evaluating language outcomes included the Mullen Scales of Early Learning (MSEL) and the Communication and Symbolic Behavior Scales Developmental Profile (CSBS). For the MSEL, no statistically significant differences were found given the small sample size, but inspection of the visual data indicated that participants in both groups improved performance over time on the Receptive and Expressive Language Subscales. On the CSBS, a 2 (condition) x 3(time) ANCOVA found a statistically significant main effect for time for the Speech Composite (F (2,7) = 8.62, p = .013). Children in both groups increased speech over time, with a significant increase from end-of-treatment to 3-month follow-up in the ABA/VB group. Results from the standardized measures will also be compared to rates of joint attention and verbal behavior observed during structured parent-child interactions. |
|
|
138. An Evaluation of Modified Behavioral Relaxation Training on a Child With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MARY HALBUR (St. Cloud State University), Sara M. Athman (MAWSECO), Eric Rudrud (St. Cloud State University) |
Discussant: A. Michele Williams (Rollins College) |
Abstract: The effects of Behavioral Relaxation Training (BRT) on a 11-year-old male with autism were investigated. A modified version of the behavioral relaxation scale was used to measure 12 relaxation positions during training. Three positions were prompted at a time using least to most prompting until mastery criteria were reached. The prompting hierarchy consisted of visuals, vocal, partial physical, and full physical prompts. Following mastery of all positions a multielement design was used to compare 3 conditions that included: vocally prompted relaxation, shown visuals and allowed to mand, and a no relaxation condition. Conditions were counterbalanced and target problem behaviors were measured in the hour following each condition. Results suggested that the child was able to learn the 12 body positions. Additionally target problem behavior durations in the hour following were lowest when the child was prompted to relax. These results correlate to the social validity measure distributed to staff members at the start and end of training. The possible efficacy of BRT in a school setting is discussed. |
|
|
139. Using Matrix Training to Teach Appropriate Communication During Sociodramatic Play in a Child With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
HAYLEY SEDGWICK (St. Lawrence College, Behavioural Psychology), Gary A. Bernfeld (St. Lawrence College, Behavioral Psychology) |
Discussant: A. Michele Williams (Rollins College) |
Abstract: Play skills are important for children to develop because expand social and communicative skills (Lewis, 2003). Children with autism show impaired play skills because of repetitive or stereotypic behaviour (Jung & Sainato, 2013). Matrix training is defined as a generative form of instruction and it is commonly used to teach communication (Axe & Sainato, 2010). After some skill combinations are taught, other untaught skill combinations within the matrix are tested for generative learning and responding (MacManus et al., 2015). A multiple-probe design was employed to test whether matrix training can teach play actions and language use during sociodramatic play in a 6-year-old boy with autism in an intensive behavioural intervention setting. Scripted actions and vocalizations were each arranged in a two-dimensional matrix and probe data were collected for correct responding with both components of the target play skills. The data showed an increasing trend and after teaching of three target combinations, the participant generalized four of the six alternative untrained combinations for actions and vocalizations. The mean level of acquired combinations was 83.33%. A visual analysis, using PEM, showed that the use of two parallel matrices was effective to concurrently increase both action and vocalization components of play. |
|
|
140. Comparison of Reinforcement Models on Maladaptive Behavior of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
JANA GOLDBERG (Verbal Behavior Associates), Matthew C. Howarth (Verbal Behavior Associates), Kerry Udo (Verbal Behavior Associates) |
Discussant: A. Michele Williams (Rollins College) |
Abstract: A delayed AB design across participants was utilized in this study to assess the effectiveness of the Self & Match intervention in reducing aberrant behaviors and increasing self-management skills. The study was conducted in each participants home environment within a major metropolitan area. Participants were selected after pre-intervention baseline measures indicated high rates of aberrant behaviors. Baseline measures included assessing the percent of accuracy in which participants were able to tact their own behavior during specified time intervals. Furthermore, participants were all assessed for and were found to have the Naming capability in repertoire. The dependent variable in this experiment was the frequency of aberrant behaviors. The independent variable in this study was the Self & Match intervention, a derivative of the differential reinforcement of other behavior procedure, which requires clients to respond to a series of individualized survey questions and compare Parent and/or Therapist responses. The results for Participants A-D are pending completion of the Self & Match intervention package. |
|
|
141. Using a Chaining Prompt within Matrix Training to Promote Acquisition and Recombinitive Generalization of Tacting Two-Digit Numbers |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
HEATHER D. DOLL (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Andrea Clements (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kendall Lanning (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Tamara L. Pawich (Scott Center for Autism Treatment at Florida Institute of Technology), Jennifer Felber (Summit Educational Resources) |
Discussant: A. Michele Williams (Rollins College) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders are characterized by deficits in expressive language. Matrix training is a procedure that has been used to teach expressive language and evaluate re-combinative generalization of targets. In the current investigation, two children with autism were taught to tact two-digit numbers. The matrix consisted of the tens position on the first axis (20 - 90) and ones position (2 - 9) on the second axis producing a matrix of 64 two-digit numbers. Pre-treatment baseline probes resulted in zero levels of independent responding for all numbers for both participants. Eight two-digit numbers were taught using chaining and progressive prompt delay procedures. The chaining prompt involved presenting flashcards with each the two-digit and one-digit number (e.g., 20 and 3 for 23), while simultaneously vocally modeling the correct number. Post-treatment baseline probes with Marty showed correct responding for all trained and untrained two-digit numbers except for two numbers in the matrix. Standard prompt delay procedures were used to teach the two unlearned numbers. Post-treatment probes with Spencer resulted in complete correct recombinitive generalization and no additional training was required. This treatment procedure will be evaluated with these participants to teach three digit numbers. |
|
|
142. Effect of Listener's Question to Establish Reporting Behavior in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SAWAKO KAWAMINAMI (University of Tsukuba), Fumiyuki Noro (University of Tsukuba) |
Discussant: A. Michele Williams (Rollins College) |
Abstract: The children with ASD tend to have difficulty of reporting what they did. The purpose of this study was to examine whether the question from the listener facilitated their reporting behavior. The participants were two children with ASD who went to the elementary school. The target behavior was to report their task and play in which they engaged during the session. There were four tasks and four play opportunities in the session. After the end of the session, the listener asked two questions, (1) What kind of task (or play) did you do today? and the number of the topic and clause of their reporting was the independent variable. The dependent variable was that the listener asked the questions right after each task and play, and if they couldn't answer the question correctly, the listener prompted their answer by pointing or modeling verbally. On the baseline condition, both of them couldn't report a lot and report unrelated things. However, the number of the topic and clause of reporting increased gradually on the intervention condition. One participant showed maintenance on the probe condition. We discussed the effect of the question in the point of view of stimulus control. |
|
|
143. Flipping Contingencies: Ignorantly Continuous Versus Strictly Contingent Use of Positive Punishment |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JOSEPH CORPA (Youngstown State University), Stephen Ray Flora (Youngstown State University) |
Discussant: A. Michele Williams (Rollins College) |
Abstract: Children pose a danger when they engage in aggression and self injurious behavior (SIB). For protection safeguards may be put in place. But without understanding their functions, the safeguards are being used ignorantly. Although ignorantly continuous safeguards may appear to be effective, they may be dysfunctional in the long term exasperating and intensifying aggression and SIB. A 14 year old, non-verbal, approximately 5 8 and 250 pounds boy with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) frequently engaged in SIB and aggression. As a safeguard, he was made to carry a stuffed backpack in each hand each time he left the classroom. Despite carrying around the weighted bags the child continued to engage in aggression and SIB. We hypothesized that carrying the bags was aversive to the child and flipped the contingencies making carrying the bags contingent on the occurrence aggression or SIB. Using Positive Punishment in this strictly contingent manner aggression and SIB were reduced to near zero levels. Once aggression and SIB were reduced and his hands were freed, the child was taught to use his hands in appropriate and reinforcing ways |
|
|
144. Assessing the Effects of Different Methods of Data Collection on Pace of Instruction |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
NICOLE BAUER (Western Michigan University), Thomas Ratkos (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: A. Michele Williams (Rollins College) |
Abstract: Data collection is an important part of conducting Discrete Trial Training (DTT) as it allows practitioners and researchers to determine whether their treatments are effective. One consequence of collecting data is that it increases the duration of the intertrial interval, resulting in behavior aides delivering a slow pace of instruction. Previous research has demonstrated that a quick pace of instruction when conducting DTT results in children engaging in higher rates of correct responding and lower rates of problem behavior. We evaluated two methods of data collection: 5-trial probes and 20-trials being used at an Early Intervention Center. Behavior aides were presented with a different data sheet each session, and observers collected data on the frequency of trials presented in the first and last 30 minutes of their session. The purpose of this poster is to display the effects of these types of data collection on pace of instruction in behavior aides in an Early Intervention setting. |
|
|
|
|
Sensory and Social Reinforcers in Infants and Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder, Learning Delays, and Typical Development |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
Columbus Hall EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT/DEV; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
Discussant: Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
CE Instructor: Svein Eikeseth, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Recent research has shown that infants who later develop ASD have a strong preference for sensory stimuli in contrast to typically developing children, who have a strong preference for social stimuli. For infants with a preference for sensory stimuli, geometric patterns and non-speech sounds in the environment select their attention and these sensory stimuli likely function as powerful reinforcers for the behavior of the infant. As the infant grows older, they will not only attend to sensory stimuli, they will also exhibit repetitive and stereotyped behaviors to produce additional sensory reinforcement. The affinity for sensory stimuli at the cost of social stimuli may result in a negative spiral of acquiring social reinforcers and social behaviors. Consequently, the infants fail to learn by imitation and to achieve developmental milestones such as joint attention, verbal skills, and theory of mind. Typically developing infants, in contrast, will attend to the eyes and the voices of the caregivers, because these stimuli function as powerful reinforcers. These social reinforcers select additional social and verbal skills such as social smiling, imitation, joint attention and pragmatic language. |
Keyword(s): ASD, Autism, Sensory Reinforcement |
|
Assessing Sensory and Social Reinforcers in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder, Typically Developing Children and Children With Intellectual Disabilities |
CATHERINE GALE (UK Young Autism Project), Svein Eikeseth (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Abstract: An application for a tablet to assess responding to social stimuli and geometric stimuli was developed. Two blurred visual stimuli, one social and one geometric, were presented simultaneously on the tablet screen. Whenever one of the stimuli was touched, it becomes complete for 2 seconds before getting blurred again. Dependent variable was number of touches on each type of stimuli, to determine the reinforcing property of the social stimuli and the geometric stimuli. Results showed that children with autism, on average, responded most frequently to the geometric stimuli and less frequently to the social stimuli, as compared to typically developing children and children with intellectual disabilities. We hypothesize that if social stimuli function as reinforcers for the behavior of an infant, the social reinforcers will select social- and verbal behavior, such as looking at adults, imitation, joint attention, social communication and theory of mind behavior. If sensory stimuli (such as geometric forms) function as a more potent reinforcer for an infants behavior as compared to social stimuli, the sensory reinforcers will select stereotyped and repetitive behavior rather than social and communicative behavior. Indeed, the presence of stereotyped behavior and the lack of social skills and communication define autism. |
|
A Sensory Reinforcement Hypothesis of Autism Spectrum Disorder |
SVEIN EIKESETH (Oslo and Akershus University College), Catherine Gale (UK Young Autism Project) |
Abstract: This presentation begins by reviewing recent studies examining infants preference for social stimuli and sensory stimuli. Using eye-tracking technology, studies have shown that infants who later develop ASD spend less time looking at eyes and listening to the voice of caregivers, as compared to typically developing infants. Moreover, research has shown that infants who later develop ASD show preference for geometric forms, as compared to typically developing infants and infants with learning delays. Research from our lab shows that children with ASD will not only prefer looking at geometric stimuli, but will also show increased responding when the consequence for responding is viewing geometric stimuli as compared to social stimuli, as compared to typically developing children and children with learning delays. Hence, sensory stimuli seem to function as a more powerful reinforcer for the behavior of infants developing ASD as compared to social stimuli. Sensory reinforcers will likely select a different behavioral repertoire in an infant as compared to social reinforcers. Sensory reinforcers will select stereotype behavior and other non-nonsocial behavior consistent with ASD, whereas social reinforcer will likely select attention to faces and human voices, imitation, joint attention, communication and other more advanced social skills. |
|
|
|
|
A Thorough Description and Outcome Analysis of Insurance-Funded Applied Behavior Analysis Services |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
Roosevelt, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Valerie R. Rogers (The ABRITE Organization) |
CE Instructor: Valerie R. Rogers, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Since the enactment of legistlation in California in 2012, children and young adults diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder have been able to access applied behavior analysis (ABA) services as covered by their health insurance provider given its proven effectiveness in treating undesirable behavior and promoting skill acquisition. Treatment is now considered medically necessary for these patients. Moreover, a recommendation of treatment hours necessary for optimal treatment is now prescribed by the assessing clinician, based on the client’s skill deficits and behavioral excesses in relation to the research literature, rather than the mandates imposed by the funding source. Though insurance-funded ABA services are more common within California, there remain few program descriptions of these services in relation to patient outcomes. With this in mind, a description of insurance-funded treatment programs and an outcome analysis will be presented for those patients in both focused and intensive ABA programs. Data with respect to cumulative skill acquisition within and across developmental domains will be analyzed and samples of developmental follow-up assessments will be presented. Additionally, participant variables will be highlighted in relation to outcome data. |
Keyword(s): autism, insurance, outcome analysis, program description |
|
A Description and Evaluation of Insurance-Funded Services Provided by an Applied Behavior Analytic Intervention Program |
JANICE DONEY FREDERICK (The ABRITE Organization), Ginger R. Wilson (The ABRITE Organization), Rebecca S Raas (The ABRITE Organization), Valerie R. Rogers (The ABRITE Organization) |
Abstract: The current literature lacks descriptions and program evaluations of the ever-growing number of applied behavior analytic (ABA) organizations that are providing these insurance-funded services. The degree to which organizations are adhering to the specific recommendations outlined in the empirical literature related to intervention procedures, treatment hours, qualifications of those overseeing treatment, as well as the frequency of supervision directed to the individual learner and to those providing the treatment is unclear. Furthermore, in relation to the number of organizations providing ABA services, few outcome analyses are presented in the literature. This program description provides information related to an organization providing behavior analytic services funded by insurance. Among other particulars, details related to the number of learners served, assessment and intervention procedures, level and type of supervision provided, training and oversight provided at all levels within the organization, and methods for evaluating outcomes will be shared. |
|
An Examination of Outcomes for Various Types of Learners Enrolled in Insurance-Funded Behavior Analytic Programs |
Ginger R. Wilson (The ABRITE Organization), Janice Doney Frederick (The ABRITE Organization), Valerie R. Rogers (The ABRITE Organization), SAMUEL GARCIA (The ABRITE Organization), Rebecca S Raas (The ABRITE Organization), Kinga Wolos-Zachmeier (The ABRITE Organization) |
Abstract: With insurance-based funding and the medical necessity model, learners can now access comprehensive behavior analytic programming and service hours in accordance with the research literature. Despite the availability of the service and the service hours, logistics have come into play presenting more challenges for service delivery. Many of the learners cannot logistically have full, or intensive, Applied Behavior Analysis programs while still attending their full educational placements. Therefore, many learners are receiving fewer hours than recommended by assessing clinicians due to patient availability. This presentation will examine the outcome data for these learners that we have categorized as receiving either intensive or focused intervention services. An analysis of the skills acquired across developmental domains and cumulative skill acquisition will be presented. In addition, the discussion will focus on the percentage of hours received versus hours recommended, in accordance with the specific learner’s gains. |
|
Learner Specific Outcome Data: An Analysis of Individual Learner Variables, Skill Acquisition Data, and Standardized Assessment and Reassessment Results |
VALERIE R. ROGERS (The ABRITE Organization), Ginger R. Wilson (The ABRITE Organization), Janice Doney Frederick (The ABRITE Organization), Rebecca S Raas (The ABRITE Organization), Samuel Garcia (The ABRITE Organization), Kinga Wolos-Zachmeier (The ABRITE Organization) |
Abstract: The utility of the empirically validated treatment practice of Applied Behavior Analysis in the treatment of children with autism has led to funding for such treatment by health insurance carriers in many states, including California. With the description of such insurance-funded programs along with a more global analysis of outcome data presented thus far, the current paper will provide a more refined analysis of particular learner outcome data. Specifically, outcome data for a representative sample of different learners enrolled in either a focused or comprehensive applied behavior analysis insurance-funded treatment program will be presented and discussed in relation to learner specific variables. Such variables will include duration enrolled in the applied behavior analysis program, treatment hours received per week and month, treatment hours recommended weekly or monthly, standardized assessment results at intake, and standardized follow-up assessments. The need for additional outcome data will also be discussed as well as roadblocks to such analyses. |
|
|
|
|
Brief Training Programs for Parents of and Staff Servicing Children With Autism |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
Randolph, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East |
Area: AUT/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Berenice de la Cruz (Autism Community Network) |
Discussant: Tracy Raulston (University of Oregon) |
CE Instructor: Berenice de la Cruz, Ph.D. |
Abstract: As the prevalence of autism increases, the need for certified behavior analyst who provide Applied Behavior Analysis therapy to individuals with autism increases as well. Many cities across the United States have few to no certified behavior analysts to provide these much needed services. This has lead behavior analyst to develop and implement innovative procedures for the dissemination of Applied Behavior Analysis, including the use of telemedicine. Even with these efforts, there are still many families throughout the nation that are unable to obtain Applied Behavior Analysis therapy for their children due to several constraints, including cost. In this symposium, two programs that were developed to address this issue will be presented. Both programs aimed at training parents to utilize behavior analytic strategies with their children in their daily lives. Results on the efficacy of these programs will be presented, including the impact on parent and child behavior and social validity. Implications of these results as they relate to the dissemination of Applied Behavior Analysis will be discussed. |
|
Short-Term Hands-On ABA Trainings for Caregivers of Children With Autism: Structure, Trends, and Outcomes |
BERENICE DE LA CRUZ (Autism Community Network) |
Abstract: Around the United States, access to Applied Behavior Analysis therapy for children with autism is limited by various factors including a shortage of certified behavior analysts to provide services and lack of insurance/Medicaid coverage. As such, many children who would benefit from Applied Behavior Analysis do not have access to this therapy. A short-term hands-on training was developed to teach caregivers of children with autism to implement Applied Behavior Analytic strategies with their children throughout the day. Twenty nine families were taught how to implement strategies to decrease problem behavior and increase appropriate skills in their children. Data was taken on the caregivers ability to appropriately implement the strategies; on average, caregivers increased their ability by 25 points. Most families who participated were unable to obtain Applied Behavior Analysis therapy for their children due to lack of insurance/Medicaid funding and lack of financial resources. The format of the caregiver training, outcomes of caregiver and child behavior, and social validity results will be presented. The results of this study indicate that caregivers can learn to implement behavior analytic strategies with short-term coaching and feedback. And, this has a positive impact on their childs behavior. This implicates the importance of training caregivers. |
|
A Multi-Modal Training Package to Improve Parent and Staff Instruction in an Outpatient Setting |
ROXANNE MICHEL BRISTOL (Virginia Institute of Autism) |
Abstract: Behavior analysis is associated with varying methods to aid staff and parents in delivering strategies with high fidelity, resulting in desirable outcomes for consumers (i.e. increased pro-social skills such as making appropriate requests, reduced problem behavior or reduced parent stress).Various means and measures have been used to assess the effectiveness of staff and parent-training methodologies (Baker-Ericzen, M.J., Brookman-Frazee, L, & Stahmer, A., 2005). The current study assessed a multimodal training package utilizing an on-line course of study and in-situ coaching using two different fidelity measures (The Instructional Session Performance Checklist and the CLM Coaching Checklist). Social validity was assessed via a parent questionnaire (Parent Stress Index, 4th edition). Participants were five parents of children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and five staff employed in an outpatient facility providing behavioral services for children with ASD in central Virginia. Parents were taught to implement strategies to increase prosocial behaviors such as making requests and following directions. Fidelity measures indicated that parents implementation of effective instructional methods increased from 95 to 97% for parent-trainers, 71 to 95%. Parent stress measures indicated a decrease of nearly 10%. Implications for delivering brief, effective and efficacious training packages will be considered. |
|
|
|
|
Sleep Problems of Children With Autism: Prevalent, Relevant, and Treatable by Behavior Analysts |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
Grand Ballroom EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Jessica L. Thomason-Sassi, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jessica L. Thomason-Sassi (New England Center for Children) |
GREGORY P. HANLEY (Western New England University) |
Gregory P. Hanley, Ph.D., has been applying the principles of learning to improve socially important behaviors of children and adults with and without disabilities for more than 20 years. He worked and trained at the Spurwink School, the Groden Center, and the Kennedy Krieger Institute; earned his Ph.D. at the University of Florida; and was tenured at the University of Kansas. He is currently a professor of psychology and director of the Behavior Analysis Doctoral Program at Western New England University and an adjunct professor of psychiatry at the University of Massachusetts Medical School. Dr. Hanley has published more than 80 articles in peer-reviewed journals in areas such as the assessment and prevention of problem behavior, teaching tactics for young children, and evidence-based values. Dr. Hanley is a Fellow of the American Psychological Association (Division 25), past editor of Behavior Analysis in Practice (BAP), and a past associate editor of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, The Behavior Analyst, and BAP. |
Abstract: Sleep problems are prevalent among children, especially children with autism. Sleep problems negatively impact the wellbeing of both the child and their family. The good news is that most sleep problems of children are treatable by applied behavior analysts. Critical features of empirically supported behavioral intervention for sleep problems will be described along with ideas for teaching consumers about the prevalence and relevance of applied behavior analysts for addressing children's sleep problems. |
Target Audience: Applied Behavior Analysts, BCBAs, intermediate |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) describe the assessment process that allows for the identification of likely causes of persistent delayed sleep onset and night awakenings in young children; (2) describe aspects of nighttime routines, schedules, and dependencies that promote or inhibit healthy sleep; (3) describe the various function-based treatments for nighttime problem behavior that interferes with sleep onset or the resumption of sleep. |
|
|
|
|
Unraveling Brain Circuits for Drug Seeking and Demand |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
Grand Ballroom AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: BPN; Domain: Applied Research |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Matthew W. Johnson, Ph.D. |
Chair: Matthew W. Johnson (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
GARY ASTON-JONES (Rutgers University) |
Gary Aston-Jones is the Inaugural Director of the Brain Health Institute at Rutgers University and Rutgers Biomedical and Health Sciences, and the Murray and Charlotte Strongwater Endowed Chair in Neuroscience and Brain Health. He earned his Ph.D. in Neurobiology from the California Institute of Technology with James Olds and Floyd Bloom, and was a Postdoctoral Fellow with Bloom at the Salk Institute. Dr. Aston-Jones’s research focuses on the neural mechanisms of reward-motivated behavior, and examines the roles of ascending brain monoamine and peptide systems in addiction and cognitive processes. His studies use neurophysiology, neuroanatomy and behavioral neuropharmacology techniques in anesthetized and behaving rats. Recently his lab has also implemented optogenetics, DREADD synthetic designer receptors, and behavioral economics methods to advance the study of these systems in behavior. He and his colleagues have described a role for the brain noradrenergic locus coeruleus system in arousal, decision and behavioral flexibility, as well as a key role for the neuropeptides orexin/hypocretins in motivation and addiction. Dr. Aston-Jones has directed a well-funded lab for more than 25 years, chaired the Neurobiology of Motivated Behavior study section at NIH, and received a MERIT award for his addiction research from NIDA. He has been a keynote speaker at many national and international meetings, and was recently a Presidential Lecturer at the American College of Neuropsychopharmacology (ACNP) meeting. He serves as the Deputy Editor-in-Chief for the journal Brain Research, and co-organized (with Karl Deisseroth) the annual Brain Research Conference in October 2013 on Optogenetics and Pharmacogenetics in Mental Health and Disease as a satellite meeting before the annual Society for Neuroscience meeting. He has published more than 240 journal and review articles, and has trained 45 postdoctoral fellows and graduated 17 Ph.D. students, many of whom now hold faculty positions including department and endowed chairs. |
Abstract: Drug addiction is a pernicious and prevalent problem with little available for clinical treatment. This presentation will review the presenter's recent studies that show roles for the ventral pallidum (VP), ventral tegmental area (VTA) dopamine (DA), and orexin/hypocretin brain systems in cocaine seeking and demand. A within-session behavioral economic paradigm revealed potent contributions of the VTA DA system to demand for cocaine. The presenter used designer receptors exclusively activated by designer drugs (DREADDs) to show that the projection from VP to VTA DA neurons is critical for cocaine seeking. Additional pharmacologic studies reveal that orexin inputs to VTA interact with glutamate inputs and those from VP to augment cocaine seeking elicited by cocaine-associated cues. The presentation concludes that DREADDs are a promising avenue for novel therapies to treat drug abuse. |
Target Audience: Licensed Psychologists, certified behavior analysts, graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) describe within-session behavioral economics procedures for measuring drug demand in animals; (2) describe roles of orexin, dopamine, and ventral palladium brain systems in cocaine addiction; (3) describe potential use of DREADD designer receptors to treat human addiction. |
|
|
|
|
We're Not Always Screaming for Attention: Considerations for Suicidal Behaviors and Bizarre Vocalizations |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
Crystal Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Green West |
Area: CBM/TPC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Shannon Shea McDonald Shea (WCI-Work, Community, Independence) |
Discussant: David B. Lennox (QBS Inc.) |
CE Instructor: Shannon Shea McDonald Shea, M.S. |
Abstract: Practitioners working with developmentally disabled populations frequently contact dually diagnosed individuals that present with less common, but clinically relevant behavioral concerns such as bizarre speech and suicidal behaviors. Behavior analysts generally are not trained to evaluate or treat the specific topographies presented in these less common behaviors. However they may be the only treatment team member available to help or provide guidance to staff members. While assessment and treatment for these behaviors is theoretically the same, there are some less common factors to keep in mind when intervening functionally in complex and dangerous behaviors. Treating bizarre speech as simply attention maintained, or suicidal behaviors as simple self injury could have extreme consequences. Even when suicidal behaviors are maintained by attention, extinction or NCR may be too high risk to consider for implementation. Factors the behavior analyst should consider when evaluating and treating complex behaviors will be discussed. Possible assessment and treatment options for further investigation will be reviewed. Special consideration when responding to these behaviors may prevent injury or death, as well as improve the individual's quality of life. We will also suggest important areas for future research. |
Keyword(s): bizarre speech, self injury, suicide |
|
Managing Risk in Suicidal Individuals With Intellectual/Developmental Disabilities |
SHANNON SHEA MCDONALD SHEA (WCI-Work, Community, Independence) |
Abstract: Behavior Analysts are often the only sole Mental Health Professionals in organizations supporting Individuals with Intellectual and/or Developmental Disabilities. Suicidal statements and attempts (suicidal behaviors) would certainly be classified as maladaptive behaviors, and it is common for support staff to ask a Behavior Analyst for guidance when these behaviors are exhibited. However, many Behavior Analysts have little or no background in Mental Health or Social Work. This leaves us woefully unprepared to confidently respond to suicidal behaviors. This session will address simple screening and prevention methods by identifying Setting Events and Establishing Operations that may increase the likelihood of a suicide attempt. Common misconceptions about suicide in general and specific to the ID/DD population will be clarified. Finally, we will suggest some possible responses to suicidal behavior for each functional behavior class. There is little awareness of suicide risk in the ID/DD population, although Individuals with ID/DD attempt and have completed suicide. Increasing awareness of Suicide Risk and promoting future research is essential to address one of the most preventable causes of death across the lifespan. |
|
Complex Behaviors, Complex Solutions: What is the Behavior Analysts Role in Treating Less Common Behaviors |
COURTNEY BUCKLEY (Vinfen Corporation) |
Abstract: Bizarre, non-contextual speech or erratic behaviors presumed to be exhibited in response to covert stimuli are often left unattended in Functional Analysis and treatment. However, this class of behavior is not extraordinarily different from other behaviors, and are certainly within the realm of study for the Behavior Analyst. With an estimated 30-35% of intellectually disabled individuals carrying comorbid mental health diagnoses, Behavior Analysis has a foundation upon which to start taking a closer look at treatment of these complex behaviors impacting one of our most common treatment populations. Some initial attempts to evaluate and treat the complex contingencies mediating bizarre speech and other unusual behaviors have identified attention as a function of behavior, while these results are promising in a conventional sense they present some misconceptions that can be conveyed in present research. These and other studies will be reviewed with a focus on major factors to consider when attempting to evaluate and treat bizarre speech patterns and other complex behaviors. |
|
|
|
|
Go Big [Data] or Go Home: Using Behavioral Science for Policy-Level Issues |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
Vevey 1 & 2, Swissotel |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Gideon Naude (University of Kansas) |
Discussant: Patrick C. Friman (Boys Town) |
CE Instructor: Jessica Juanico, M.A. |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis (ABA) is the wing of behavioral science that explicitly addresses issues of societal importance. While ABA has featured much success in applying within-subject methodology to vulnerable populations, its application to large-scale and/or population-level issues remains relatively under-investigated. One major barrier to large-scale application of ABA is data collection. However, recent advances in “big data” and related technologies have rendered data more accessible (often publicly and for free) and readily cleansed for analysis. Such datasets can subsequently be analyzed using time-series, cross-sectional, and/or naturalistic baseline approaches to remain conceptually systematic with the analytic dimension of ABA. This symposium showcases two exemplary approaches to examining big data within ABA. Both presentations in this symposium will describe how population-level data can be collected and analyzed while maintaining conformance to the dimensions of ABA. Each presentation concludes with a discussion on how large-scale and population-level analyses such as these can inform public policy. These initial forays into big data complement the existing literature on community-level ABA. Implications for translating such population-level research to practice will be discussed. |
Keyword(s): policy evaluation, public health, skin cancer, vehicular collisions |
|
An Evaluation of the Effects of State Legislation on Motor Vehicle Collisions of Young Drivers |
JESSICA JUANICO (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Rachel Jess (University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (The University of Kansas), Rachel Jackson (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Katherine Griffith (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Motor vehicle collisions are the leading cause of death for young drivers ages 15-20. Young drivers are more likely to engage in risky behavior such as speeding. Studies have shown that young drivers are two to three times more likely to send a text while driving (NCSL, 2015). In 2012, more than half of the young drivers who were involved in fatal collisions failed to wear a seat belt (GHSA, 2014). All states have passed graduated driver's licensing legislation (e.g., 30 hours supervised driving) in an attempt to reduce the number of young drivers involved in collisions. The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of graduated driver's licensing, seat belt, and cell phone legislation on young driver collisions across states using single-subject design methodology. Additionally, this study evaluated the effects of safety features of cars (e.g., airbags) and technology advances (e.g., iPhone) on the number of collisions. Results thus far have demonstrated that seat belt legislation and texting bans have been associated with decreases in collisions. The majority of car safety advances have been associated with decreases in fatal collisions, whereas the introduction of texting was associated with an increase in total collisions. |
|
Current Trends in Ultra-Violet Indoor Tanning: Using Behavioral Economics to Explore Policy-Level Interventions |
AMEL BECIREVIC (University of Kansas), Cassidy Goodman (University of Kansas), William Gormley (University of Kansas), Devin Orlando (University of Kansas), Shelby Slater (University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: A decade ago, the ultra-violet indoor tanning industry was estimated to be a $5,000,000 industry. Despite the well documented risks associated with indoor tanning, it is estimated that about 30 million Americans tan each year. Of these users, 70% are Caucasian females between 16 and 29. Recent studies have reported that tanning salons and their advertisements have and are continuing to become more prevalent in areas close to high schools and college/university campuses. The current study investigated temporal patterns of online searches for tanning services, and explored the proximity of tanning salons in relation to the five largest high schools in the seven states with no indoor tanning restrictions for minors. Results obtained from Google Trends suggest overall increased searches for tanning salons and reveal cyclical patterns of searches based on the time of year. Results regarding travel distance and travel time from high schools to tanning salons are interpreted via the behavioral economic demand framework. For example, of the five largest high schools (in terms of student population) in Kansas, the average travel time from the high schools to the tanning salons ranges between 7.5 min to 13.5 min. Policy level implications are further discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Enhancing Discriminations by Youth and Caregivers to Maintain Reductions in Problem Behavior |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
Grand Ballroom CD South, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
CE Instructor: Jonathan Dean Schmidt, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Although the field of applied behavior analysis has revolutionized how we target behaviors of social significance for individuals with developmental disabilities, there is always room to enhance the feasibility and efficaciousness of assessment and treatment. The first study, “Teaching Tolerance for Delay to Reinforcement to Young Children with Autism and Language Delays,” emphasizes methods for enhancing discriminated responding in manding, and teaching participants to allocate their behaviors to alternative activities when their mands are not reinforced. The second study, “Treatment of Problem Behavior Maintained by Access to Specific Verbal Responses from Peers,” involves a unique application of functional analysis procedures to assess the contingency between participant problem behavior and desired specific verbal responses from others, after the occurrence of perseverative speech. Treatment focuses on increasing tolerance for and preventing problem behavior from occurring when specific verbal requests to perseverative speech are not honored. The third study, “Teaching Caregivers to Identify Treatment Integrity Errors Using Behavioral Skills Training,” addresses an issue many parents encounter, which is how to supervise and monitor the implementation of their child’s treatment to ensure high levels of integrity. Each of these studies offers solutions for enhancing discrimination at multiple levels to address common treatment barriers. |
Keyword(s): developmental disability, treatment integrity, verbal behavior |
|
Teaching Tolerance for Delay to Reinforcement to Young Children With Autism and Language Delays |
LAURA C. CHEZAN (Old Dominion University), Erik Drasgow (University of South Carolina), Joseph Legg (Autism Consulting Therapies), Alanna Hollborn (Peninsula School for Autism) |
Abstract: Our primary purpose in this study was to examine the effectiveness of teaching discriminated responding and tolerance for delay to reinforcement to two young children with autism and language delays. Our secondary purpose was to examine the childrens allocation of choices when multiple alternative activities were provided during the delay. First, we used a visual stimulus to teach each child to emit a mand to obtain access to a preferred item only when reinforcement was available (timer indicating green light; reinforcement condition) and to refrain from manding for a preferred item when reinforcement was not available (timer indicating red light; extinction condition). Next, we taught the children to tolerate delays to reinforcement by gradually increasing the duration of the extinction condition by embedding choices for alternative activities. Finally, we examined maintenance of the newly acquired delay for reinforcement skills. Data indicate that our intervention was effective in producing discriminated responding and in increasing tolerance to reinforcement. One child maintained the acquired skill 8 weeks after the intervention was discontinued. Data on choice allocation indicate both children showed a preference for a leisure activity when offered the opportunity to select an alternative activity during extinction from preferred items. |
|
Treatment of Problem Behavior Maintained by Access to Specific Verbal Responses From Peers |
AMANDA GOETZEL (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Sara Deinlein (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Craig Strohmeier (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Ashley Robinson (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: When problem behavior and verbal behavior co-occur, a listeners response to the verbal behavior may provide information on the function of problem behavior. The current study included a 16-year-old male and a 10-year-old female, both diagnosed with developmental disabilities, admitted to an inpatient unit for the treatment of problem behavior. Informal observations of the patients suggested problem behavior occurred when an adult failed to comply with requests for a specific verbal response (SVR). We initiated a functional analysis (FA) to confirm the relation between verbal behavior and problem behavior. During the test condition a therapist a) responded to requests for an SVR with a topographically incongruent verbal response, and b) complied with requests for an SVR when problem behavior occurred after the request was denied. In the control condition, the therapist complied with each request for an SVR. For both participants, results suggested problem behavior functioned to increase therapists compliance with a request for an SVR. Treatment for both participants involved a multiple schedule that rotated between intervals of differential reinforcement and extinction to reduce problem behavior and gain stimulus control over requests for SVRs. Methods for generalizing treatment procedures to similar idiosyncratic events and behaviors will be discussed. |
|
Teaching Caregivers to Identify Treatment Integrity Errors Using Behavioral Skills Training |
JESSICA DEL CARMEN GARCIA (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Natalie Rolider (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Mandy M. Park (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Treatment integrity refers to the degree to which interventions are implemented as prescribed and can determine the success of a behavioral intervention. High levels of treatment integrity have been linked to high levels of intervention success (e.g., increase in appropriate behaviors, decrease in inappropriate behaviors). Caregivers are in an optimal position to regularly monitor the level of integrity others exercise when implementing their child’s treatment components. In the present study, a behavioral skills training package was used to train 4 caregivers to identify treatment integrity errors of staff working with their children. Results indicate that the behavioral skills training packet is a viable strategy to teach caregivers complex skills like identifying treatment integrity errors. The identification of treatment integrity levels improved significantly (i.e., 51% or better improvement from pre-test to post test scores) for all participants recruited in this study. Furthermore, in a post-study survey, all caregivers indicated that these skills were helpful and that they would likely utilize these skills once their participation in the study was completed. Training procedures and directions for future research are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Experimental Analysis of Persons in Groups: New Procedures and Findings |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
Zurich AB, Swissotel |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Sigrid S. Glenn (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Metacontingency experiments revived the effort to analyze the behavior of more than one individual simultaneously. This symposium will present data produced with computerized and simplified tasks, two of them directly based on cooperation procedures. The first presentation will report data produced with a new chess-board like computer program to investigate shaping, maintenance, extinction, repeated acquisition, variability, stimulus control, and schedule control of behavior in interlocked behavior contingencies leading to an aggregate product. The second presentation will describe two studies that evaluated the effects of a cultural consequence on interlocking behavioral contingencies in a new free-operant-like task, in which triads’ temporally spaced responses of clicking the mouse was the main dependent variable. The last presentation will report the effects of verbal interactions among participants on participants’ choices through 240-plus trials in an iterated prisoner’s dilemma game – a typical cooperation procedure. Overall, these data allow us to discuss the importance of standardization and simplicity in the study of group behavior. And to stress the need of metacontingency researchers thoroughly reviewing the cooperation literature. |
Keyword(s): Cooperation, Cultural Selection, Metacontingency |
|
A Procedure for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior of Persons in Groups |
JOAO CLAUDIO TODOROV (Universidade de Brasilia), Isis Vasconcelos (Faculdade AGES), Marcelo Borges Borges Henriques (UNB - Universidade de Brasília and ACBr - Associação Brasileira de Análise do Comportamento (Brazilian Association of Behavior Analysis)), Rafaela Meireles Fontes Azevedo (Universidade de Brasília), João Severo (Universidade de Brasília), Igor Costa (Universidade Federal de Sergipe), Rodrigo de Oliveira (Universidade de Brasília), Fabiana Azevedo de Andrade (Universidade de Brasília) |
Abstract: The experimental analysis of behavior requires control of independent variables and close observation and recording of dependent variables. Skinner developed a special box to increase the possibility of experimental work with less distracting stimuli in the environment. With humans, the task is more complex; with pairs of participants, it is even more troublesome. A software was developed to use a chess-board like computer program to study shaping, maintenance, extinction, repeated acquisition, variability, stimulus control, and schedule control of behavior in interlocked behavior contingencies leading to an aggregate product. In a series of experiments, undergraduate students in pairs moved, one at a time, one knight, until they met at two adjacent cells of the board: interlocked behavior contingencies resulted in an aggregate product. Scheduled consequences contingent on the occurrence of the aggregate product resulted in patterns of spatial and temporal distributions of behavior and events similar to the ones found in individual operant behavior. These data allow us to discuss the importance of standardization and simplicity in the study of group behavior. |
|
Metacontingencies in the Laboratory: Using Schedules of Reinforcement as Baseline for Grupal (Cultural) Demands |
Thais F N de Toledo (Universidade Federal de Mato Grosso), NATALIA SANTOS MARQUES (Universidade de São Paulo), Marcelo Frota Lobato Benvenuti (Universidade de São Paulo) |
Abstract: We conducted two studies to investigate the effects of a cultural consequence on interlocking behavioral contingencies (IBCs) in a task in which a response of clicking the mouse was free to occur. Undergraduate students, in triads, performed the task on a computer. The operant contingency arranged for responses to produce reinforcement on a VI or VR schedule. The cultural contingency arranged that when the interval between participants' responses was larger than X s, a "bonus" was presented. One study compared arrangements in which there was no conflict between operant and cultural contingencies with those in which meeting cultural contingency requirements resulted in less individual reinforcers. The other study investigated maintenance of IBCs when cultural consequences were presented independent of IBCs occurrence and when they were suspended (two forms of extinction). Results showed the selection and transmission of IBCs. The analysis about what occurs in extinction situations supports the notion that a metacontingency describes the effects generated by the interdependency of IBCs, aggregate products and environmental events. |
|
Verbal Interaction Promotes Cooperation in an Iterated Prisoners Dilemma Game: A Multiple Baseline Metacontingency Experiment |
ANGELO A. S. SAMPAIO (Universidade Federal do Vale do São Francisco (Univasf)), Marcelo Frota Lobato Benvenuti (Universidade de São Paulo) |
Abstract: Recent metacontingency experiments were based on cooperation procedures such as the iterated prisoners dilemma game (IPDG), but dismissed earlier results on cooperation as pertaining only to operant (not cultural) selection, and did not control verbal interactions among participants. We evaluated the effects of verbal interactions among participants, and how participants choices would change through 240-plus trials when exposed to an IPDG. 3 sets of 4 university students played an IPDG in 4 networked computers (screened by panels) and were exposed to conditions with or without permission to use the computer chat in a multiple baseline design. Without verbal interaction, choices varied, but tended to be all-defect. Once verbal interaction was allowed, choices quickly shifted and stabilized in all-cooperate in almost all trials. An IPDG can be interpreted as programming a metacontingency in which the higher payoff for the group (a cultural consequence) selects participants choices of the cooperative alternative (a culturant). As the cooperation literature had already found, verbal interactions among participants even through a computer chat are necessary for, or at least, accelerate the selection by the higher payoff. Metacontingency and cooperation procedures are indistinguishable and the results produced by both must be compared and evaluated together. |
|
|
|
|
Effectiveness of Video-Based Instruction to Support Parents, Teachers, and Learners With Disabilities in Applied Settings |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
Regency Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Gold West |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Jesse (Woody) W. Johnson (Northern Illinois University) |
CE Instructor: Jesse (Woody) W. Johnson, Ed.D. |
Abstract: Video-Based Instruction (VBI) is emerging as an evidence-based practice for improving skill acquisition of individuals with and without disabilities across a broad range of environments and skill sets. It has many applications for improving behavioral outcomes not only for individuals with disabilities, but also for caregivers and teachers who deliver instruction for these learners. The purpose of this symposium is to present research on various strategies for implementing VBI across providers (teachers and parents), devices (iPad, Google Glass), instructional formats (video feedback, video prompting, and simultaneous video modeling), and skill sets (daily living skills, vocational skills, and effective teacher praise). The first study presents results of a study that involved presenting simultaneous video models on Google Glass to improve vocational skills of individuals with ASD and/or IDD; the second study presents results of a study that used video feedback to improve teachers use of praise in classroom settings; and the third study presents results of a study that involved teaching parents to implement video prompting strategies presented on iPads to increase daily living skills of learners with ASD. Presenters will offer practical strategies for using VBI effectively across devices, participants, and instructional formats. |
Keyword(s): Autism, Google Glass, Video-Based Instruction, Vocational Skills |
|
Effectiveness of Using Google Glass to Teach Vocational Skills to Students With Intellectual Disabilities and/or Autism Spectrum Disorder |
TONI R. VAN LAARHOVEN (Northern Illinois University), Jesse (Woody) W. Johnson (Northern Illinois University), Caylee Irving (Northern Illinois University), Daina Hunt (Indian Prairie School District #204), Michael Ackerman (Indian Prairie School District #204) |
Abstract: A multiple probe across participants design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of using Google Glass to teach vocational skills to three young men with autism and/or intellectual disabilities. Instructional trials involved a simultaneous video model presented on the Glass device to teach participants to pack a first aid kit. The video model had an embedded demonstration of how to use a visual checklist to prompt task completion and the generalized skill of using a visual checklist was also measured with another task (stocking a coffee station). Results indicated that all three participants demonstrated an immediate increase with independent correct responding for packing the first aid kit when simultaneous video models were presented on Google Glass. In addition two of the three participants demonstrated generalization of visual checklist usage following intervention. All students indicated that they liked using Google Glass and stated they would like to use it again in the future. The practical utility of using Google Glass as a prompting system will be discussed. |
|
Effects of a Video-Feedback Intervention on Teachers’ Use of Praise |
ERIKA PINTER (Northern Illinois University), Allison East (Northern Illinois University), Nicole Thrush (Northern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of a video-feedback intervention on the frequency of teachers’ use of a) general group praise, b) general individual praise, c) specific group praise, d) specific individual praise, e) negative comments directed toward the entire class, and f) negative comments directed toward an individual student. The video-feedback intervention involved teachers watching video-recordings of their own teaching and self-evaluating their use of praise. A multiple-baseline across subjects single-case design was used across four secondary-level teachers to examine the effect of a video feedback intervention on teacher’s use of praise. Frequency data were collected for all types of praise and negative teacher comments. While further study is warranted, results indicate that video-feedback may be an effective method for increasing teacher’s use of praise in classroom settings. |
|
Teaching Parents to Deliver Video Prompts via iPads to Teach Individuals With Autism Daily Living Skills |
ELISA M. CRUZ-TORRES (Florida Atlantic University) |
Abstract: Utilizing visual resources presented on various technological devices to support individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) has yielded?positive outcomes and promoted independence across a variety of skills. Parents and caregivers have not only attained these advanced?technological devices, but often actively seek to become more competent in using them. While there is?ample research to support the use of portable devices to promote daily living skills for individuals?with autism, relatively few studies have examined whether parents can be trained effectively to?deliver evidence-based practices, such as video prompts, using portable, mainstream devices. The?current study sought to evaluate parent fidelity in the implementation of behavior skills training procedures aimed at delivering video prompts to their child using an iPad. A multiple baseline across participants' design was used to determine if child participants with ASD, between the ages of 12 and 17, were able to acquire and master the steps of a targeted daily living skill. Results indicated that parents were successful in their delivery of the training procedures. Results also demonstrated that their children were able to correctly and independently complete the steps of their daily living skills with high accuracy. |
|
|
|
|
PDS: Organizational Behavior Management in Health Care |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
Vevey 3 & 4, Swissotel |
Area: OBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: David Kelley (Florida Institute of Technology) |
T. V. JOE LAYNG (Generategy, LLC) |
E. SCOTT GELLER (Virginia Tech) |
MICHAEL MCCARTHY (Sustain Lean Gains) |
Abstract: This panel discussion includes three presentations that cover different applications of Organizational Behavior Management to issues within the healthcare industry. Some topics that will be covered include the application of Behavior Based Safety to healthcare and using behavioral science to sustain Lean and Six Sigma initiatives. |
|
|
|
|
Science Needs Experiments, but Experiments Are Not Enough to Get People and Institutions' Consensus About Science: How to Spread Behavior Analysis in Italy |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
Montreux, Swissotel |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: Douglas A. Johnson, Ph.D. |
Chair: Douglas A. Johnson (Western Michigan University) |
FABIO TOSOLIN (Italian Scientific Society of Behavior Analysis (AARBA)) |
Since the 1980s, Fabio Tosolin has been introducing and spreading organizational behavior management (OBM) and performance management (PM) in Italy. In the 1990s, he applied Lindsley's precision teaching (PT) and fluency building approach to the rapidly growing e-learning applications: developing PT in a software application for the first time in Italy. From 2009 to 2012, he has been the leader of the Italian Cluster in the European ManuVAR Consortium that adopted Precision Teaching method in the operators' training through Virtual and Augmented Reality learning machines. Further, he led many Italian and European industries in their implementation of behavior-based Safety (B-BS) processes. He is currently professor of health, safety, environment, and quality at the Milan Polytechnic, Faculty of Engineering of the Industrial Processes. He has been the chair of the last seven editions of the European Behavior-Based Safety Conference and led the scientific committee for the certification of B-BS process and professionals. He is author of more than 100 scientific communications, experimental studies, articles and books on psychology of learning, didactic communication, learning technologies, behavior management and B-BS. He is the president of the Association for the Advancement of Radical Behavior Analysis, the Italian Chapter of ABAI, and adviser of the Cambridge Center for Behavior Studies. |
Abstract: Behavior analysis expiates unfair preconceptions in Italy because of the lack of scientific culture and the psychoanalytic approach, both well spread in several clinical, educational, institutional, political and academic environments. Further, there are common misconceptions of our principles themselves and their applications. ABA Chapter of Italy (AARBA) has been committed to disseminating our science since its founding in 2001 and we have challenged all those prejudices. As professionals and members of the ABA community, we tried many ways before getting partially successful: AARBA tried to influence institutions and academics first, but the evidence provided by our experiments was not enough to move them forward their conflicts of interests. So, we changed the direction of our efforts, from top-down (from institutions to clients) to bottom-up (from clients to institutions). The efficacy of our application, especially in organizational settings, developed a community that got benefit from behavior analysis and that yearly have been gathering in our annual conference, since 2004. Invited institutions to our conference could not ignore the audience and have been obliged to endorse us, sometimes under negative reinforcement. It has been a hard work but worth it. This presentation will show the results of our successful applications and experiments and the impact they had on clients in terms of benefits and on institutions, in terms of consensus. |
Target Audience: Students and practitioners interested in reviewing a possible application of behavior analysis to business and e-learning, and in understanding how to nurture and value OBM in the civil society. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) avoid common errors in disseminations of science; (2) list the marketing activities to promote and sell behavior analysis to clients and institutions; (3) list the variety of business results and environments which behavior analysis may apply to, from sales to safety, from hospitals to industries. |
|
|
|
|
Attention, Escape, and Tangible: Critical Analysis of Problem Behavior and Its Controlling Variables |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
Columbus Hall AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University) |
CE Instructor: Joseph Michael Lambert, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Functional analysis (FA) is a dynamic assessment that allows practitioners to produce empirical evidence of the relationship between problem behavior and its controlling variables. Furthermore, standard test conditions (i.e., attention, escape, and tangible) have demonstrable utility and provide practitioners with obvious starting points when tasked with the organization and analysis of the unique learning histories of strangers who engage in chronic problem behavior. However, positive test outcomes are a function of more than the mere arrangement of contingencies between problem behavior and known reinforcers (talk 1). Often, nuanced analysis of idiosyncratic behavioral and/or environmental events is required to identify functional relationships between response classes and their controlling variables (talks 2 and 3). The primary purpose of this symposium is to highlight factors that might contribute to successful functional analysis outcomes when traditional test conditions are contraindicated. A secondary purpose is to dispel myths of the counter-therapeutic qualities of the FA and to highlight the complexity of positive function identification. |
|
Prompts, Probes, and Correspondence Between Reinforcer Assessments and Functional Analysis Outcomes |
RACHEL MOTTERN (Vanderbilt University), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), Lillian Stiff (Vanderbilt University), Nealetta Houchins-Juarez (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: One concern with functional analysis (FA) is that practitioners evoke and reinforce problem behavior, with the potential of facilitating its acquisition of new functional classes. If arranging contingencies between known reinforcers and problem behavior (in the absence of additional instruction) can confound FA results, then reinforcer assessment outcomes should be predictive of FA outcomes. In the current investigation we conducted a series of preference assessments to identify high-preferred tangible items, high-preferred social interactions, and low-probability demands. We then evaluated the reinforcing effects of contingent access to (or escape from) these stimuli/events during subsequent reinforcer assessments. Finally, we conducted FAs of each participant’s problem behavior and arranged consequences identical to those manipulated during previous reinforcer assessments. Correspondence between reinforcer assessments and FA outcomes was low, with reinforcer assessments implicating both false positive and false negative behavior functions. Our results suggest that the threat of new learning during FAs is likely minimal. |
|
Functional Analysis and Treatment of Aggression Maintained by Access to Physical Play |
ELIZABETH DAYTON (Melmark), Jim Chok (Melmark), Lauren Davison (Hogan Learning Academy), Amanda Gill (Melmark), Arthur Dowdy (Melmark) |
Abstract: In the case of severe challenging behavior there are instances that require physical restraint in order to maintain safety for the individual served as well as others. There are many concerns with the use of physical restraint, including the possibility that restraint may serve as a reinforcer. One possible way to compete with the reinforcing effects of restraint is to find an alternative activity that the individual can access. We discuss a case in which a childs aggression often necessitated the use of physical restraint. During a functional analysis, physical play was used as reinforcer for aggression during test conditions and applied noncontingently during control sessions. Differentiated results were obtained during the functional analysis. Subsequently, the individual was taught a functional communication response that provided access to physical play. The intervention resulted in a decrease in aggression and an increase in the functional alternative response. The results of the study highlight a possible intervention for individuals with severe aggression who often require physical restraint to maintain safety, but whose aggression is also maintained by the stimulus properties associated with restraint. |
|
Assessing Physical Aggression and Physiological Reaction to Environmental Noise |
SAMANTHA RUSSO (Melmark), Samantha Smith (Melmark), Jennifer Croner (Melmark), Kady Gahman (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: Forty percent of children with Autism have hypersensitivity to noise (Rimland & Edelson, 1995). Few studies have evaluated aversive noise in correlation with challenging behavior, even less show treatment interventions following assessment. Results in the current published literature evaluating noise have found that various types of noises may serve as an establishing operation for challenging behavior (McCord, Iwata, Galensky, Ellingson, & Thompson, 2013). The purpose of this study was to evaluate heart rate as a reliable measure of agitation and to identify the correlation between increased heart rate and aggression when presented with an aversive noise. This hypothesis was evaluated using a pair-wise functional analysis with a multi element design testing various aversive noises which were found in the participant’s natural environment. The participant engaged in relatively low levels of challenging behavior across all test conditions, however there was a significant correlation between instances of aggression and maximum heart rate. |
|
|
|
|
Contrived Automatic Consequences |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
Columbus Hall CD, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Discussant: Abigail B. Calkin (Calkin Consulting Center) |
Abstract: Behavioral interventions often rely heavily on caregivers observing a response, delivering a programmed consequence, and collecting requisite data associated with the intervention. As a result, human error often interferes with the optimal implementation of behavioral interventions. In addition, aspects of some responses (e.g. intensity) are not easily captured through human observation. Here, we describe various methods that transduce operant responses into digital signals. Specifically, we review the applied use of decibel meters, micro switches, touch sensors, and inertial measurement units. Additionally, we describe the automatic delivery of reinforcers and punishers made possible through the transduction of behavior. Taken together, these technologies enhance interventions by (a) improving temporal contiguity between response and consequence; (b) allowing for precise measurement of behavior; (c) reducing the demands on the caregiver carrying out the intervention; (d) simplifying the implementation of complex schedules; and (d) improving procedural integrity. |
|
The Transduction of Behavior |
NATHAN BLENKUSH (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Nick Lowther (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: We describe the development and implementation of various behavioral transduction and consequence delivery technologies. First, we describe the use of a decibel meter paired with an automatic food dispenser capable of automatically carrying out a DRO procedure. Second, we review the development of DRI procedures based on micro switches adapted for specific cases. Third, the use of inertial measurement units (IMUs) are described and demonstrated. IMUs are capable of detecting the force, duration, frequency, interresponse time, and topography of a wide range of behaviors over long periods of time. The IMUs collect data 300 times per second on 19 different variables useful in describing behavior. Taken together, these technologies enhance interventions by a) improving temporal contiguity between response and consequence; b) allowing for precise measurement of behavior; c) reducing the demands on the caregiver carrying out the intervention; and d) improving procedural integrity. |
|
Contrived Automatic Reinforcement of Academic Behavior |
JASON CODERRE (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Maryellen Newman (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: We describe the automatic delivery of conditioned reinforcers (money) contingent upon academic responses. The system is designed so that money is delivered contingent upon achieving a predetermined rate of responding (aim) on various academic subjects. Upon meeting an academic aim, fixed or variable magnitude reinforcers can be arranged according to various schedules. An adjustable response cost can also be arranged for inappropriate behaviors. Money acquired can be added to an online account visible to the student. Generally, programs are arranged so students can earn up to $100 per week. Finally, we compare the contingencies associated with the aforementioned system and other contingency management systems described in the educational and substance abuse literature. |
|
|
|
|
Weapons of Influence: Examining Persuasion, Conformity, and Cooperation Through a Behavior Analytic Lens |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
Zurich E, Swissotel |
Area: TPC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Christopher Hebein (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno) |
Abstract: Many researchers have suggested the scope of behavior science is far-reaching. However, given such claims, social phenomena such as cooperation, conformity, and persuasion have been left to the assumptions of less equipped fields. The extent to which behavior scientists can examine such phenomena depends on ways the role of verbal behavior are examined in the analysis of cultural phenomena. The importance of rhetoric in cultural analysis has been highlighted as weapons of influence by marketing, political science, social psychology, to name a few. Within the behavior analytic literature, for instance, there have been a number of experimental studies on cooperation. However, what does or does not constitute cooperative behavior has remained unclear. As such, many researchers have adapted the definition of cooperation to complement their experimental procedures, resulting in a number of contradictory and unclear definitions. For example, whether or not cooperation necessitates a social element and/or verbal behavior is not consistently addressed. By drawing upon some of the literature in social sciences and behavior analysis, presentations in the symposium will provide behavior scientific accounts of persuasion, cooperation and conformity. |
Keyword(s): conformity, cooperation, persuasion, social issues |
|
Cooperation and Conformity: Cultural Implications for Delineating the Two Terms in Applied Work |
ELIZABETH GHEZZI (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Voter turnout for the 2012 United States presidential election was 53.6% of eligible voters, a relatively low percent as compared to other developed countries with democracies. Recent political science research suggests voting is an act of cooperation -- a shared outcome not achievable by any one source acting alone (Rafacz). Behavior analysis can contribute to the complex cultural phenomenon of voting by looking at cooperation and conformity, whether there is a difference between the two terms, and the implications they have on the study of voter turnout and other political choices from a behavior analytic perspective. This paper will address cooperation and conformity from a conceptual and theoretical framework, and the advantages and disadvantages of delineating the two terms. Lastly, future methodology for researching voter behavior, specifically voter turnout, from both a cooperation and conformity standpoint will be discussed. |
|
Take My Word for It: A Behavioral Account of Persuasion |
JOVONNIE L. ESQUIERDO-LEAL (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: For centuries, philosophers, researchers, and psychologists have been hard at work studying the verbal weapons of influence, more specifically, the phenomenon of persuasion. Although persuasion has been studied across four millennia, the bulk of the experimental work has been conducted within the last century, and primarily exists in the literatures of social psychology. Despite a robust line of research in social psychology, the literatures still lack a theoretically and empirically sound explanation for how skilled persuasive repertoires are shaped and maintained. It can be argued that a behavior analytic approach, especially one that focuses on verbal behavior, would serve useful to the scientific community. For instance, by eschewing futile mental associations and focusing on the behavior involved in principles outlined by social psychologists, the scientific utility of behavior analysis can be demonstrated. This presentation will provide an overview of ways by which behavior analysis may offer a scientific contribution to the analysis of persuasion. |
|
|
|
|
Reviews and Research on Perspective Taking and Problem Solving With Children With Autism and Related Disabilities |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
Michigan ABC, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East |
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Judah B. Axe (Simmons College) |
CE Instructor: Judah B. Axe, Ph.D. |
Abstract: There is an abundance of research on behavior analytic strategies for teaching simple skills to children with autism and related disabilities. These relatively simple skills include manding, tacting, imitating, matching, sorting, and tooth brushing. There is less research on teaching more complex skills such as engaging in conversation, initiating joint attention, and solving difficult math problems. The analysis of verbal behavior has much to contribute to the analysis of complex repertoires. This symposium centers on two complex repertoires often limited in children with autism and related disabilities: perspective taking and problem solving. The first paper, by Taylor-Santa and colleagues, is a theoretical paper and literature review paper on perspective taking. The authors offer an account of the controlling variables of perspective taking and suggest problem solving is involved in the repertoire. The second paper by Phelan and colleagues offers a conceptual analysis of problem solving and reviews applied studies examining the teaching of problem solving skills to establish complex social, communicative, and academic skills. The third paper is a study by Frampton and colleagues who taught two children with autism the problem solving strategy of sorting, sequencing, and tacting pictures to establish explanations for how to complete familiar activities. |
Keyword(s): perspective taking, problem solving |
|
Perspective Taking: A Functional Account and Review of the Literature |
CATHERINE TAYLOR-SANTA (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is characterized by deficits in social interactions including more complex social behavior such as perspective taking (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). Individuals with ASD might continue to show deficits in perspective taking as they age due to insufficient learning opportunities and insubstantial teaching methods. It is possible that programs designed to teach perspective taking fail to teach some component behaviors needed for success (e.g., listener behavior). This failure could be attributed to a lack of a complete account of the behaviors involved in perspective taking as well as their controlling variables. The purpose of this paper is to provide a functional assessment of perspective taking in which relevant behaviors (i.e., self-speaker and self-listener) are identified and defined according to their controlling relations. To aid in this analysis, relevant behavior analytic literature on perspective taking was reviewed and analyzed. Suggestions for future research on perspective taking are provided. |
|
Problem Solving: A Conceptual Analysis and Review of Applied Research |
STEPHANIE PHELAN (ABACS, LLC), Caitlin Irwin (Newton Public), Judah B. Axe (Simmons College) |
Abstract: The field of Applied Behavior Analysis is commonly criticized for teaching rote responding. However, teaching problem-solving skills to children with disabilities has produced novel responses to novel stimuli. Problem solving has been defined as manipulating stimuli to increase the probability of arriving at a solution to a problem (Palmer, 1991; Skinner, 1953). When given a problem, such as a question that involves recalling a past event, an individual problem solves and arrives at a solution by emitting “self-probes,” such as asking questions, drawing out possible solutions, and visualizing. Although people problem-solve on a daily basis, there is limited empirical guidance on teaching problem-solving strategies to individuals with disabilities. A challenge of analyzing problem solving is it often occurs covertly. In this paper, we provide a conceptual analysis of problem solving and a review of six applied, behavior analytic studies in which participants were taught to use problem-solving to improve math, communication, and social skills. The review highlights the procedures for teaching problem solving skills. The review ends with recommendations for research, as well as recommendations for incorporating the instruction of problem solving into behavior analytic programming for students with disabilities. |
|
Teaching Children With Autism to Explain "How" Using a Problem Solving Strategy |
SARAH FRAMPTON (Marcus Autism Center), Stacy A. Cleveland (Marcus Autism Center), Kelly Schleismann (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: The current study evaluated whether children with autism could learn to use a problem solving strategy (PSS) to explain how to complete familiar activities. A multiple probe across sets (paired activities) was used to isolate the effects of tact training and the PSS. During baseline neither participant could explain how to complete familiar activities. Both participants were first taught to tact pictures that corresponded to the steps of two familiar activities (e.g., bowling and making juice) in set 1. Following tact training alone, the participants remained unable to successfully explain how to complete the tasks. A PSS consisting of sorting the pictures by activity, sequencing them in order, then tacting the position of the pictures in the sequence (e.g., "First... next... then... last") was trained. Following training of the PSS, the participants explained how to complete the first set of tasks in several contexts. For sets 2 and 3, tact training alone was sufficient to teach the children to explain how, as the use of the PSS generalized across sets. These results extend the problem solving literature through the inclusion of combined visual and verbal PSS and demonstration of generalization of the strategy to untrained sets. |
|
|
|
|
Procedural Advances for Teaching Tacts and Intraverbals to Children With an Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
2:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Columbus Hall GH, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Regina A. Carroll (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee) |
CE Instructor: Regina A. Carroll, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium includes a collection of studies exploring procedures for promoting the emergence of untrained tacts and intraverbals for children with an autism spectrum disorders. First, Casey Nottingham will present a study evaluating different arrangements for incorporating secondary targets into learning trials during tact training for children with autism. Second, Tina Dass will present a study evaluating procedures to teach children with autism to tact olfactory stimuli. Third, Jessica Cheatham will present a study examining the effects of instructive feedback on promoting variability in intraverbal responses for children with autism. Fourth, Alice Shillingsburg will present a study evaluating the effects of interspersing mastered tact and listener skills into a teaching session, on the emergence of intraverbals for children with autism. Finally, Tiffany Kodak will discuss interesting components of each study, and describe future areas of research related to skill acquisition training for children with an autism spectrum disorder. |
Keyword(s): Instructive feedback, Intraverbals, Skill acquisition, Tacts |
|
Various Arrangements for Incorporating Additional Targets Into Learning Trials for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
CASEY NOTTINGHAM (Caldwell College), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell College), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell College) |
Abstract: The current study examined the effectiveness and efficiency of presenting additional targets in learning trials for individuals with autism spectrum disorder. Specifically, we compared conditions in which (a) an additional target was presented in the antecedent and consequence portion of the same learning trial, (b) two additional targets were presented in the consequence portion of the same learning trial, (c) a single additional target was presented within the consequence portion of a trial, and (d) no additional targets were presented in a trial. The results demonstrate that participants acquired the majority of additional targets that were presented in the absence of prompts and reinforcement. These findings replicate and extend the previous research in this area by demonstrating that the presentation of additional targets within learning trials may result in more efficient skill acquisition than a typical discrete trial instruction format for individuals with autism spectrum disorder. |
|
Teaching Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder to Tact Olfactory Stimuli |
ASHLEY SILBERMAN (Caldwell College), Tina Dass (Caldwell College), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell College), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell College), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College) |
Abstract: Research on tact acquisition by children with autism spectrum disorder has focused on teaching the identification of visual stimuli. It is also important to evaluate procedures for teaching tacts of stimuli in other modalities (e.g., olfactory, tactile). The purpose of the current investigation was to evaluate the effects of an echoic-to-tact transfer of stimulus control procedure, multiple exemplar training, and the addition of secondary targets on the acquisition of item and category tacts of olfactory stimuli with three children with autism spectrum disorder. An adapted alternating treatments design (Sindelar, Rosenberg, & Wilson, 1985) was used to evaluate the effects of the intervention. All participants learned the item and category tacts following intervention and some generalization of the category tacts was demonstrated with each participant. |
|
Using Instructive Feedback to Increase Response Variability During Intraverbal Training for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
JESSICA CHEATHAM (West Virginia University), Regina A. Carroll (West Virginia University), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Instructive feedback is a teaching procedure that involves presenting a secondary target during the learning trial. Previous research has shown that learners will acquire the secondary targets in the absence of direct reinforcement. We used an adapted alternating-treatments design to compare variability in intraverbal responses across a condition with and without instructive feedback for four children with autism spectrum disorder. In both conditions, the therapist provided an instruction for the child to list items from a category, and in the condition with instructive feedback, the therapist modeled response variability during the consequence portion of the trial. Three of four participants provided more novel response combinations in the condition with instructive feedback. Findings suggest that instructive feedback may be useful for increasing variability in intraverbal responses for children with autism spectrum disorder. |
|
The Effects of the Interspersal of Related Skills on the Emergence of Intraverbal Responses for Children With Autism |
M. ALICE SHILLINGSBURG (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine), Sarah Frampton (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Wymer (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: The present study evaluated the emergence of intraverbal responses for two children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Prior to Experiment 1, both children could tact the name and function of 12 different picture stimuli and select the pictures by name and function; yet, they failed to demonstrate intraverbals related to the function of the items (e.g., "What do you do with item?" and "What do you use to function?"). Following Baseline, Interspersal Treatment was provided which consisted of the presentation of the previously mastered tact, tact function, listener, and listener by function prior to a probe trial for the target intraverbals. Results showed that Interspersal Treatment led to the emergence of all the intraverbals not emitted in Baseline for both participants. In Experiment 2, the emergence of intraverbals was evaluated for one participant as tact function and listener by function responses were trained. Results of Experiment 2 showed that now tact function and listener by function training was sufficient to establish the emergence of both intraverbal responses in the absence of Interspersal Treatment. These results are discussed in relation to the growing literature suggesting that establishing bi-direction speaker and listener relations facilitates the emergence of untrained skills. |
|
|
|
|
Refining Instructional Procedures for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
2:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Columbus Hall IJ, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Sacha T. Pence (Auburn University) |
Discussant: Jennifer Ledford (Vanderbilt University) |
CE Instructor: Sacha T. Pence, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Practitioners make decisions about skill-acquisition programming for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) based on best-practice recommendations in the literature. However, there is still much we do not know when providing recommendations on how to best develop and implement skill-acquisition programming. This symposium is a group of presentations that look to refine instructional procedures when teaching skills to individuals with ASD. The first presentation will evaluate the types of prompts used during discrete-trial instruction. The second presentation will compare the materials used (flashcards compared to tablets) used during discrete-trial instruction. The third presentation will examine the level of instruction necessary for preschool children to learn social skills. Finally, the fourth presentation will compare chaining procedures to teach cooking skills. The presentations will include implications for clinical practice. A discussant will review the presentations and provide suggestions for future research and clinical considerations. |
Keyword(s): chaining, discrete-trial teaching, prompting procedures, skill acquisition |
|
Evaluating Efficacy and Preference for Prompt Type During Discrete-Trial Teaching |
VICTORIA MARKHAM (University of South Wales), Aimee Giles (University of South Wales), Richard James May (University of South Wales) |
Abstract: Discrete-trial teaching is an evidence-based teaching strategy that may be individualized to each learner. One way to individualize discrete-trial teaching is the type of prompts which are used. Prompts may include: modelling the correct response, gesturing, providing verbal cues, and physical guidance. There is limited research on the relative efficiency and effectiveness of these different prompt types making it difficult to identify which prompt will be best for each learner (Seaver & Bourret, 2014). In addition, the learners preference for how they are taught is not always considered. The present study compared the relative effectiveness of three different prompt types to teach a receptive identification task for three boys with autism. An adapted alternating treatments design was used to compare a gesture, modeling, physical guidance, and a no-prompt control condition. For one participant, the physical prompt was the most effective. For a second participant, the model prompt was the most effective. Following mastery, a concurrent chains preference assessment was conducted to assess individual preference for prompt type. Both efficacy and client preference may be used to determine prompt selection during discrete-trial teaching. |
|
A Comparison Between Presenting Receptive Language Stimuli on a Tablet vs. Flashcards |
AZURE PELLEGRINO (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Kristina Gerencser (Utah State University), Lorraine Becerra (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Discrete trial teaching is often a component of behavior analytic services for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Typical materials used in receptive labeling programs using discrete trial teaching include flashcards. Recent advances in technology, including the use of tablets, have been implemented in the area of skill acquisition for children with ASD. The current study extends these findings to examine if children with ASD acquire receptive labeling skills when the stimuli are presented on a tablet as quickly as when the stimuli are presented on flashcards. The results for the first participant show that most stimuli sets were acquired quicker using a tablet than using flashcards. |
|
Preschool Life Skills Training Using the Response to Intervention Model With Preschoolers With Developmental Disabilities |
JOHN FALLIGANT (Auburn University), Sacha T. Pence (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Children with developmental disabilities are at increased risk to develop problem behavior in the absence of appropriate social and communication skills. Hanley, Heal, Tiger, and Ingvarsson (2007) created a classwide preschool life skills (PLS) program that taught young children to request teacher assistance, tolerate delays or denials in the delivery of materials, friendship skills, and functional communication skills. The purpose of the current study was to assess the effectiveness of the PLS program when implemented with children with developmental disabilities and at risk for developing classroom problem behavior. A multiple-baseline across-behaviors design was used to demonstrate the effects of instruction, differential reinforcement, and error-correction procedures that systematically increased as necessary for participants to acquire the target skills. Probes were also conducted in the classroom with adults and peers following acquisition to test for generalization. The level of instruction varied across participants. Four participants acquired the skills with least-to-most prompting and praise. Three participants required individualized instruction and reinforcers. Overall, there was little generalization of the acquired skills to peers and adults in the participants classrooms. |
|
Clustered Forward Chaining as a Strategy for Teaching an Adult With Autism to Follow Written Recipes |
KATE CHAZIN (Vanderbilt University), Danielle Bartelmay (Vanderbilt University), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), Nealetta Houchins-Juarez (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: This study evaluated the utility of a clustered forward chaining (CFC) procedure for teaching a 23-year-old male with autism to follow written recipes. CFC incorporated elements of forward chaining and total task chaining by teaching a small number of steps (i.e., clusters) using total task chaining, and introducing new clusters sequentially, contingent upon sustained mastery of previous clusters. For each of three recipes targeted in a multiple probe design, we organized 45 total steps into 15 functional triads (i.e., read, do, record). We then organized the triads into three clusters (five triads each). We used a 5-s constant time delay to prompt responses for every step within a training cluster and immediately prompted responding for all untrained clusters. We probed for mastery of the entire response chain after demonstrations of mastery of each individual cluster (and before initiating training for a new cluster). Results showed that CFC successfully established independence of all three response chains and required considerably fewer training trials than what would have been required had we implemented a traditional forward chaining procedure. Maintenance probes 3-5 weeks after training demonstrated continued independence of all three cooking recipes. |
|
|
|
|
Advancements in Teaching Language Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
2:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Columbus Hall KL, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Daniel R. Mitteer (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University) |
CE Instructor: April N. Kisamore, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In early intensive behavioral interventions for children with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD), teaching language skills (verbal operants) is a fundamental educational goal (Love, Carr, Almason, & Petursdottir, 2009). The outcomes from comparisons of teaching strategies may identify how to teach these skills more effectively and efficiently and create more preferred instructional contexts. This symposium presents advancements in how best to teach language skills (e.g., intraverbals, tacts) to children with an ASD. Majdalany et al. compared the efficacy of tact prompts and textual prompts during intraverbal teaching. Mitteer et al. evaluated the effects of including or omitting background stimuli when teaching expressive-identification of images, with an emphasis on efficiency and stimulus generalization to novel images, videos, and figurines. Lorca et al. taught children to engage in reciprocal conversational skills (e.g., asking a question following a partners statement) and assessed the emergence of intraverbal responding with novel topics. Haygood and Pence compared the efficacy, efficiency, and childrens preference for least-to-most, most-to-least with a delay, and progressive-time delay prompting hierarchies during discrete-trial training, and analyzed the correspondence between efficiency and preference. Taken together, recommendations based on these studies may assist clinicians in selecting teaching procedures that are more efficient, efficacious, and preferred. |
Keyword(s): early intervention, intraverbal, prompting strategies, tact |
|
A Comparison of Textual and Tact Prompts on the Acquisition of Intraverbal Behavior in Children With Autism |
BROOKE TOMPKINS (Florida Institute of Technology), Randi Margarian (Florida Institute of Technology), Lina M. Majdalany (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Prompts are supplemental stimuli used to facilitate the development of novel skills. Textual prompts are written cues, while tact prompts are pictorial cues. Both textual and tact prompting techniques have been shown to be effective in the acquisition, maintenance, and generalization of intraverbal behavior in children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders. However, the direct comparison of the textual and tact prompts has yet to be conducted. In the current study, we taught one young child to engage in intraverbal behavior using tact and textual prompting techniques. Tact prompts resulted in quicker acquisition and fewer trials to criterion when compared to textual prompts. Responding maintained one week later in both textual and tact conditions. The participant scored 100% on generalization probes across people in both conditions. The participant scored 80% on generalization probes across stimuli in the tact condition, and 100% on the generalization probes across stimuli in the text condition. |
|
Effects of Background Stimuli on Acquisition and Generalization of Tacts Across Pictures, Videos, and Figurines |
DANIEL R. MITTEER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kevin C. Luczynski (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Victoria Smith (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Teaching children with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) to name (tact) images is a common skill area. Teaching with backgrounds may increase the difficulty of discriminating the target stimulus and may lead to faulty stimulus control (e.g., background images evoke the target response). However, including backgrounds may enhance stimulus generalization to additional exemplars of the category (stimulus class) with backgrounds. To date, no study has examined the effects of including or omitting backgrounds. We used an adapted alternating treatments design to evaluate the effects of teaching with and without backgrounds on acquisition and stimulus generalization to novel images, videos, and figurines. Across four participants, ages 3-4 with an ASD, we observed minimal differences in the number of sessions to mastery when teaching with backgrounds (M = 6) or without backgrounds (M = 4). Stimulus generalization occurred more often in the condition taught with backgrounds (33%) than without backgrounds (0%). When differential reinforcement was programmed during generalization tests, mastery was observed in 64% of targets taught with backgrounds and in 50% of targets taught without backgrounds. Teaching with backgrounds may produce slower acquisition of pictures but enhance generalization to images and videos exemplars containing backgrounds as compared to teaching without backgrounds . |
|
The Emergence of Generative Intraverbal Responding in Children With Autism |
JOHANNA F. LORCA (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.), Hoang T. Nguyen (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.), Junelyn Lazo (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.) |
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to investigate if novel conversation responses would generate after teaching specific conversational styles and minimal components of intraverbal responses to children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Intraverbal responses involved making general statements, asking questions, and developing conversation styles. Statement/Question and Question/Statement style of conversation were taught to three children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. The participants in the study ranged in age from 6 to 9 years. During the statement/question and question/statement, the participants discussed topics of their own interest. Then specific topics of conversation were used in these conversation styles. Finally, they were taught to ask about the interests of various conversation partners. In the generalization testing phase, the participants were able to begin conversations with others using similar conversational styles, but with novel topics (topics of various conversation partners interests) and components of each topic. Results showed that novel intraverbal responses can generate after training of minimal number of discrete stimulus-responses relationships. |
|
Evaluation of the Efficiency of and Preference for Three Prompting Procedures |
SARAH BROOKE HAYGOOD (Auburn University), Sacha T. Pence (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Discrete-trial teaching (DTT) is frequently used to teach new skills to individuals with developmental disabilities and can include a variety of prompting procedures. Currently, little research exists to help guide best-practice recommendations for practitioners. During Experiment 1, least-to-most (LTM), most-to-least with a delay (MTL-D), and progressive-time delay (PTD) prompting hierarchies were compared. Acquisition during DTT was evaluated with seven preschool children with a developmental disability. Least-to-most prompting was most effective for 2 participants, MTL-D was most effective for 2 participants, and PTD was most effective for 1 participant. In general, the most efficient prompting hierarchy was idiosyncratic across participants. During Experiment 2, a modified concurrent-chains preference assessment was used to evaluate participants’ preferences for the different prompting procedures. Four of five participants preferred the prompting strategy that was most efficient in Experiment 1. These data replicate previous studies suggesting that there are individual differences in prompting effectiveness and efficiency. Similar to previous research, LTM was consistently associated with the highest number of errors across participants. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Medicine SIG Presents: A Sampling of Current Research in Behavioral Medicine and Health Promotion |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
2:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Crystal Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Green West |
Area: CBM/PRA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons College) |
Discussant: Richard K. Fleming (University of Massachusetts Boston) |
CE Instructor: Gretchen A. Dittrich, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavioral medicine is an interdisciplinary field that utilizes behavior analytic principles and methodology to identify behaviors associated with health and disease states, identify the controlling variables, and increase behaviors associated with improved health outcomes and decrease behaviors associated with illness and disease states. There are myriad studies investigating behavioral interventions to improve behaviors associated with health and disease, including blood glucose monitoring in diabetes, substance use, dietary intake, feeding disorders and food selectivity, disordered eating, sedentary and physical activity, sleeping challenges, dental hygiene, and chronic pain management. Furthermore, behavioral medicine research also targets preventative techniques to avoid health-related issues, such as early screening and self-screening for cancer, following specific recommendations for dietary consumption and physical activity to prevent obesity and other related illnesses, and accident prevention in elderly, pediatric, and work populations. Treatment adherence may also be targeted during routine medical procedures, in continued care for health conditions, such as diabetes, and following injury (e.g., compliance with physical therapy). Behavior analysts are well-equipped to address these problems of public health, yet many studies in behavioral medicine are published outside of behavior analytic journals. The purpose of this symposium is to highlight current and diverse research in the area of behavioral medicine, and to provide attendees an opportunity to hear from established researchers in the field. |
Keyword(s): Behavioral dentistry, Behavioral Medicine, Obstetrics, Sleep problems |
|
Assessment and Treatment of Sleep Problems of Young Children: Application of Behavioral Medicine |
SANDY JIN (Eastern Connecticut State University), Melanie Byrne (Eastern Connecticut State University), Royce Manifold (Eastern Connecticut State University) |
Abstract: Sleep problems are prevalent in typically-developing children and children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorders. These problems negatively impact the health and development of youths and present challenges to parents, caregivers, and clinicians. Pharmacological interventions are commonly recommended despite limited research on their efficacy and social acceptability. Behavioral interventions shows merit as a promising alternative but has yet to draw to focus of mainstream treatment providers. We will discuss the assessment and treatment of sleep problems as an area of application of Behavioral Medicine. Efficacy data of behavioral intervention with and without pharmacological intervention on the sleep problems (i.e., sleep onset delay, night and early wakings, and problem behaviors that interfere with sleep) of children diagnosed with and without autism are presented. |
|
Momentary Prompting and Modeling of Behavior-Based Labor Strategies |
ASHLEY EDEN GREENWALD (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The Cesarean Epidemic is categorized by the increasing cesarean section rate in the U.S., currently 30.8% (Boyle et al., 2013), which is in stark contrast to the 5% cesarean rate during the early 1970’s (Goer & Romano, 2012). The “cascade of interventions” resulting from an otherwise healthy women utilizing non-medically-necessary but often routine pain medications during labor contribute to the U.S.’s poor outcomes in maternal and infant health. A troubling statistic released by the United Nations in September of 2010 placed the U.S. 50th in the world for maternal mortality, higher than almost all European countries (WHO, 2010; Coeytaux, Bingham & Langer, 2011). In a report summarizing the World Health Organization’s principles of perinatal care, appropriate methods for pain relief are all suggested to be behavioral (Chalmers, Mangiaterra & Porter, 2001). However, skills learned during childbirth education are difficult to generalize and the unavailability of ongoing labor support are major contributing factors in high requests for pain medication (Goer & Ramano, 2012). This talk addresses these concerns using a contingency analysis as well as results from an empirical study utilizing a behavior analytic software program for labor support during unmedicated labor. |
|
A Review of a Program of Research in Behavioral Dentistry |
KEITH D. ALLEN (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Compliance with medical/dental routines is an important part of basic health care for everyone. Many diseases and illnesses are preventable or treatable, but the benefits only accrue if patients cooperate with the procedures involved in the delivery of care. Unfortunately, many children do not cooperate. This presentation will review both the respondent and operant components of medical/dental noncompliance and the common treatments for promoting compliance. The presentation will then review a program of research in applied behavior analysis (both small n and RCT) that follows the development and empirical validation of applications based on negative reinforcement in treatment of noncompliance with routine dental care in every day practice. |
|
Current Publication Trends in Behavioral Medicine Research |
GRETCHEN A. DITTRICH (Simmons College), Richard K. Fleming (University of Massachusetts Boston) |
Abstract: The field of behavioral medicine focuses on identifying the variables associated with health and disease states, and manipulating those variables to facilitate change in the behaviors relatedto improved health status. The variety of research within the behavioral medicine field is extensive. However, trends in current publication data suggest much of the research within the field is published outside of behavior analytic fora. The current presentation will review the state of behavioral medicine research in the field of behavior analysis and in other related fields. Data reviewed will focus onpublication trends in behavioral medicine research, provide an overview of health behaviors of interest, offer suggestions for future publications, and emphasize theneed to continue disseminating research both in behavior analyticjournals and conferences. |
|
|
|
|
Refinements of Established Preference Assessment Procedures |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
2:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Grand Suite 3, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Emily White (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
Discussant: Stacie Bancroft (New England Center for Children) |
CE Instructor: Emily White, M.S. |
Abstract: The identification of reinforcers is critical to maximize skill acquisition for individuals with autism. This symposium presents four studies detailing refinements of preference assessment procedures. In Study 1, single-operant preference assessments (SOA) effectively identified preferences (and subsequent reinforcer efficacy) for edibles, tangibles, and social stimuli for 4 individuals with autism. In Study 2, response restriction (RR) and brief response restriction (BRR) assessments were conducted with 12 individuals with autism. There was strong correlation between the RR and BRR results, but the BRR took 79% less time to complete. Study 3 evaluated whether edible, tangible, and social stimuli presented in a single-class MSWO were displaced when presented in a combined-class MSWO. Results indicated that displaced stimuli functioned as reinforcers for three children with autism. Study 4 evaluated the effects of lag schedules of reinforcement on variability in play material selection using a preference assessment format, with 5 children with autism. Lag schedules were found to be effective at increasing variability of selections for only one participant. In all studies, interobserver agreement (IOA) data were collected in a minimum of 30% of sessions, and was above 90% for all participants. These studies highlight the importance of continuing to refine preference assessment procedures. |
|
An Evaluation of a Single-Operant Preference Assessment With Children With Autism |
Nicole Adamo (Caldwell College), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Megan Borlase (Caldwell University), JESSICA MILLER (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: There are many preference assessment methodologies available for identifying preference across a range of stimuli. To date, one study has used a single-operant assessment (SOA) to assess preference for social interactions. The purpose of the study was to extend previous research by evaluating a SOA to identify preference for edibles, tangibles, and social stimuli with four individuals with autism. Outcomes of the SOA were compared to outcomes from an MSWO. The SOA identified highly-preferred stimuli and correlations with the MSWO were found for some participants. The effects of top-ranked stimuli identified from SOA were then evaluated on a novel skill. Results support the use of a SOA to identify preferred edibles, tangibles, and social interactions and found that participants successfully acquired targets using stimuli identified from the SOA. Three of the four participants maintained the targets acquired and that the SOA identified an effective and efficient reinforcer. Interobserver agreement (IOA) data were collected in a minimum of 30% of sessions, and was above 90% for all participants. The procedures of the single-operant assessment were reported to be socially valid. Results support the use of an SOA to identify preference across a range of stimuli. |
|
Evaluation of a Brief Response Restriction Preference Assessment |
Allan Kinsella (New England center for Children), Stacie Bancroft (New England Center for Children/Western New England University), STEPHANIE MUSE (New England Center for Children), Kelly Gallagher (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: The response restriction (RR) preference assessment (Hanley et al., 2003) combines elements of existing preference assessments, utilizes free operant responding, and restricts items while reducing the likelihood of aberrant behavior that may occur due to denied access or insufficient duration to access reinforcers. However, the RR criteria to restrict items can be difficult to implement and the assessment can last multiple hours. In the current study, Phase 1 evaluated the validity and total duration of a brief response restriction (BRR) preference assessment. A RR, BRR, and 80-min free operant assessment were conducted twice each with 12 participants with autism. Validity results indicated a mean .69 correlation between the RR and BRR results, but the BRR took 79% less time to complete. Phase 2 evaluated that procedural integrity and implementer preference of the RR and BRR. We used enhanced training materials (Graff & Karsten, 2012) to train 10 special educators to conduct both a RR and BRR assessment. Procedural integrity scores were higher for the BRR, specifically for restriction criteria, and implementer surveys indicated preference for the BRR. Interobserver agreement (IOA) data were collected in a minimum of 30% of sessions and agreement was above 90% for all sessions |
|
Evaluating Displacement Within MSWO Preference Assessments in Children With Autism |
DANIELLE CICALESE (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University), Megan Borlase (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Preference assessments yield valuable clinical information important for skill acquisition and behavior reduction programs. Research has demonstrated that combining edibles and leisure items within a MSWO stimulus array can displace preference for leisure items among individuals diagnosed with profound intellectual disability. To date, no study has evaluated the potential displacement of edible, leisure, and social stimuli when combined in a single-class multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessment with children who have an autism spectrum disorder. The purpose of this study was to evaluate whether stimuli that are highly preferred when presented in a single-class MSWO array are displaced when presented in a combined-class MSWO array. The reinforcing effectiveness of displaced stimuli was evaluated in a single-operant reinforcer assessment. Results from this study indicate that stimuli that were displaced in rank order by two or more places when presented in a combined array MSWO functioned as reinforcers for three children with autism spectrum disorder. Interobserver agreement (IOA) data were collected in a minimum of 30% of sessions and agreement was above 90% for all sessions. |
|
Behavioral Variability in Selection of Play Materials: Assessment and Treatment |
THOMAS FARNSWORTH (New England Center for Children), Stacie Bancroft (New England Center for Children), Rachel H. Thompson (Western New England University) |
Abstract: Repetitive behavior is a defining feature of autism-spectrum disorder (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). Children with autism tend to make invariable selections of play materials relative to their typically developing peers (Bancroft et al., in press). Lag schedules have been shown to increase behavioral variability (e.g., Cammilleri & Hanley, 2005), but they are not always effective alone (e.g., Napolitano et al., 2010). The purpose of the present study was to examine the effectiveness of a treatment hierarchy consisting of lag schedules combined with other techniques for increasing variable responding in play contexts for five children with autism aged 4 to 8 years. Across 4 activities, participants were instructed to choose an item from an array and prompted to engage in the activity associated with that item. Items were replaced between trials to allow opportunities for invariable selections. Experimental control was demonstrated using a multiple-baseline design across activities. Lag schedules alone were effective at increasing variability of selections for one participant, with generalization across activities. Variability of selections for the remaining participants did not increase until modifications were included. Interobserver agreement (IOA) data were collected in a minimum of 30% of sessions for all participants; IOA was above 90% for all participants |
|
|
|
|
New Developments in Preference and Reinforcer Assessment Research |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
2:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Grand Ballroom CD North, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Ruth DeBar (Caldwell University) |
Discussant: Richard B. Graff (New England Center for Children) |
CE Instructor: Richard B. Graff, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior analysts have developed a rich technology to identify reinforcers for individuals with developmental disabilities; the studies in this symposium seek to add to this knowledge base. In Study 1, reinforcer assessments for tangible and social stimuli were conducted with 3 individuals with autism. High-preference tangible items were the most potent reinforcers for all participants, but some individuals responded more to access low-preference social interactions. In Study 2, two participants with autism participated in MSWO assessments under different schedules of reinforcement (CRF, VR2, No access). Preference hierarchies were broadly consistent across reinforcement schedules; the no access condition required the least amount of time to complete. In Study 3, the outcomes of engagement-based assessments with varied access to selected items were compared to MSWO assessments. The engagement-based and MSWO assessments identified the same highest-preferred activity for three of four individuals with autism. In Study 4, 12 individuals with no previous knowledge of preference assessments accurately implemented free operant preference assessments when provided with an antecedent-only self-instructional packet. In all studies, interobserver agreement (IOA) data were collected in at least 30% of sessions, and IOA was above 95%. The results of these studies may help clinicians better identify reinforcers for their clients |
Keyword(s): preference assessment, reinforcer assessment |
|
A Comparison of Reinforcer Assessments With Social and Tangible Reinforcers With Individuals With Autism |
MEGAN BORLASE (Caldwell Universsity), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Danielle Gureghian (Garden Academy), Ruth DeBar (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: There is a wealth of research on preference assessments, but to date, no studies have been conducted to identify optimal procedures for conducting reinforcer assessments or to determine the most appropriate reinforcer assessment for tangible or social stimuli. This information is important to validate new preference assessments, to evaluate stimuli that are being established as conditioned reinforcers, and to provide evidence that the stimuli being used function as reinforcers. To address the above limitations the current study compared three reinforcer assessments with social and tangible stimuli with three individuals with autism. The items included were identified through paired-stimulus preference assessments. The tangible reinforcer assessments supported the current research as the high-preference items were the most potent reinforcers for all participants. There was more variability with the social reinforcer assessments and the concurrent-operants reinforcer assessment did not support the current research for any of the participants as findings were undifferentiated or showed higher rates of responding for the low-preference interaction than the high-preference interaction. Interobserver agreement data were obtained across 50% of sessions; mean agreement was 99%. Further research is needed to determine the best procedures to use in the reinforcer assessments and the most appropriate procedures based on participant characteristics. |
|
Evaluating the Results of Multiple Stimulus Without Replacement Preference Assessments Using Different Schedules of Reinforcement |
ERICA J BAUER (University of Saint Joseph, West Hartford, CT), John D. Molteni (University of Saint Joseph) |
Abstract: Preference and reinforcer assessments are central to the development of effective reinforcement-based systems. Two participants with an Autism Spectrum Disorder, ages 9 and 13, participated in three multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessments under different schedules of reinforcement (CRF, VR2, No access). Experimenters used the percentage of stimulus selection to establish preference hierarchies (High-, moderate-, and low-preferred stimuli). Participants engaged in reinforcer assessments under a progressive ratio schedule using a free operant response to evaluate the reinforcing efficacy stimuli selected from each level of the hierarchy. Preference assessment results were broadly consistent across reinforcement schedules with the no access condition requiring the least amount of time to complete. Results of the reinforcer assessment suggest that, for one participant, only one of the two highest ranked stimuli served as an effective reinforcer. For the second participant, both high preference items and one moderate preference item were effective. Interobserver agreement data were collected in at least 30% of sessions for all participants; mean IOA was above 95%. The researchers discuss these outcomes in terms of the efficiency of preference assessments and the correspondence of preference assessment results to reinforcer assessment outcomes. |
|
Comparing Outcomes of Engagement- and Approach-Based Preference Assessments |
Nicole Adamo (Caldwell College), Ruth DeBar (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), KAITLYN DONOVAN (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Identifying preferred stimuli may be challenging for those who work with individuals with developmental disabilities, such as autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Preference assessments have been empirically supported and can generally be categorized as approach-based (e.g., MSWO; multiple-stimulus without replacement) described as presenting stimuli to an individual for brief periods of time and recording approach (i.e., selection) or engagement-based (e.g., SSE; single-stimulus engagement) which measures engagement with a particular item. Few studies have directly compared outcomes produced by engagement-based as compared to approach-based preference assessments. The purpose of the proposed study was to compare the outcomes of a SSE preference assessment across a 30 s, 2 min, 5 min, and a duration based on the typical trade-in time per participant to a MSWO preference assessment across open-and closed-ended activities with four young children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Interobserver agreement (IOA) data were collected for 50% of sessions across participants and mean agreement was 99% (range, 97%-100%) across sessions and participants. The SSE assessments indicated that some individuals may be more sensitive to access duration than others. Results from the MSWO assessments and SSE assessments identified the same activity as highest-preferred for three of the four participants. |
|
Training Staff, Parents, and Special Educators to Conduct Free Operant Preference Assessments |
SHANNON WARD (New England Center for Children), Richard B. Graff (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Research has suggested that training staff to conduct stimulus preference assessments requires a trainer to provide performance feedback. Although expert-facilitated training is desirable, it is not widely accessible. In this study, the efficacy of an antecedent training tool to implement a free operant preference assessment was evaluated. In Experiment 1, eight newly hired staff members participated. When provided with written instructions alone (the methods section from the published study), accuracy was below criterion levels (90% accuracy) for all participants. When access to enhanced written instructions was provided (i.e., technical jargon was minimized; instructions included pictures, diagrams, and step-by-step examples), 3 of 8 participants accurately implemented the assessment. When the enhanced instructions were modified slightly, accuracy for 4 additional participants increased to criterion levels. In Experiment 2, four parents and special education teachers participated. Accuracy was low for all participants in baseline. When provided with the modified enhanced written instructions, accuracy quickly increased to criterion levels for all participants. Interobserver agreement in both studies was collected in a minimum of 33% of sessions, and was above 96%. Self-instruction packets provide opportunities to disseminate behavior-analytic technology and serve as a training tool that is both accessible and cost effective. |
|
|
|
|
Current Research on Behavioral Persistence and Relapse With Humans and Nonhuman Animals |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
2:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Zurich FG, Swissotel |
Area: EAB/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Toshikazu Kuroda (Aichi Bunkyo University) |
Discussant: Mark E. Bouton (University of Vermont) |
Abstract: This symposium will present current research on behavioral persistence and relapse. The persistence of problem behavior and the recovery of once-extinguished behavior following treatment are common issues in applied/clinical settings. Findings from laboratory settings suggest some variables relevant to the issues. Ribeiro, Kelley and Tanz point out that noncontingent reinforcement, which is a common technique for decreasing problem behavior, may actually increase its persistence in children diagnosed with autism. Ferreira and Canado show that behavioral persistence can partially be determined by the dependency between a response and the reinforcer that follows it. Abreu-Rodrigues, Canado, Ferreira and Siqueira, and Kuroda, Podlesnik and Canado, show that the manipulations of contextual stimuli (i.e., renewal procedures) also affect the degree of resurgence in rats and humans. Our discussant, Mark Bouton, will address implications of these studies. This symposium should be informative for both basic and applied researchers. |
Keyword(s): Autism, Non-human Animals, Renewal, Resurgence |
|
Non-Contingent Reinforcement and Behavioral Persistence: A Translational Evaluation |
AURELIA RIBEIRO (Florida Tech), Michael E. Kelley (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Jeanine R Tanz (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment at Florida I) |
Abstract: We evaluated the persistence-strengthening effects of noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) and some factors that may interfere with maintenance of treatment effects. Basic, translational, and applied research have demonstrated that the resistance of a given response rate to change depends on the baseline overall rate of reinforcement, regardless of response rate, such that the greater the rate of reinforcement the greater the resistance of behavior to change. These findings suggest that adding reinforcers to a context in which problem behavior has been reinforced (as it is usually the case with NCR) is likely to increase behavioral persistence when treatment is challenged. In the present study, we evaluated the effects of NCR on behavioral persistence during extinction (Experiment 1), with five children with autism, and during other disruption procedures (Experiment 2), with three autistic children. Basically, we compared responding during disruption following a reinforcement only condition and responding during disruption following a condition with both contingent and non-contingent reinforcement. Results from Experiment 1 were not consistent across participants and may be related to the procedure used to test for resistance. In Experiment 2, we found that behavioral persistence was greater after NCR for all three participants, which replicates previous findings on behavioral persistence. |
|
Response-Reinforcer Dependency and Resistance to Change: A Parametric Analysis |
FLAVIA FERREIRA (Universidade de Brasilia, Brazil), Carlos Renato Xavier Cancado (Universidade de Brasilia, Brazil) |
Abstract: A parametric analysis was conducted with four rats to investigate the effects of different percentages of response-dependent food on resistance to change. Lever pressing was maintained under a three-component multiple schedule with the same rate of food in each component. The percentage of response-dependent food was 10 and 100 in the first and second components, respectively, throughout the study. The percentage in the third (Alternative) component varied across conditions from 10 to 80 for each rat. In each component, interfood intervals were variable. Responding in the first component (10%) consistently was more resistant to change than that in the second component (100%). When the percentage of response-dependent food was 10, 20, or 30 in the third component, resistance to change approximated that in the first component. When it was 50 or 80, resistance to change was closer to that in the second component. Overall, resistance to change was an inverse function of the percentage of response-dependent food. Replicating previous findings, these results suggest that resistance to change is at least partially determined by aspects of the response-reinforcer relation. |
|
Effects of Contextual Stimuli on Resurgence |
JOSELE ABREU RODRIGUES (Universidade de Brasilia), Carlos Cancado (Universidade de Brasilia, Brazil), FlÁvia Ferreira (Universidade de Brasilia), �talo Siqueira (Universidade de Brasilia) |
Abstract: The effects of contextual stimuli on resurgence were studied in two experiments with rats. In each, lever pressing was reinforced on a multiple variable-interval (VI) 20 s VI 20 s schedule in the Training phase. In the Elimination and Test phases, respectively, a differential-reinforcement-of other-behavior schedule (DRO) and extinction were in effect in each component. Contextual stimuli (houselight illumination patterns) were manipulated across components and phases. In Experiment 1, contextual stimuli were similar across phases in one component (AAA, with letters representing the context in each phase); in the other component (ABA), contextual stimuli changed from Training to Elimination phase, but in the Test phase, the context was similar to that in effect in the Training phase. In Experiment 2, the context changed from Training to Elimination phase in both components. In the Test phase, the context was that in effect in the Elimination phase in one component (ABB), and that in effect in the Training phase in the other component (ABA). Resurgence of greater magnitude occurred in the ABA than in the other component for all rats in Experiment 1, and for two of three rats in Experiment 2, indicating the relevance of contextual control for conceptualizations of resurgence. |
|
Effects of ABA and ABB Contextual Changes on Resurgence in Rapid Assessment Procedures for Humans |
TOSHIKAZU KURODA (Aichi Bunkyo University), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology), Carlos Cancado (Universidade de Brasilia, Brazil) |
Abstract: It remains unclear whether resurgence and renewal can combine to determine relapse effects. The present study tested this question in a rapid assessment procedure for humans. Resurgence was assessed by first reinforcing button pressing as the target response in Phase 1 in a computerized task. In Phase 2, target responding was extinguished while a concurrently available alternative response was reinforced. In Phase 3, extinction was in effect for both responses. The three phases were in effect within a single laboratory visit. Moreover, contextual stimuli were manipulated through changes in the background color of the computer screen across the three phases according to either an ABA or ABB renewal preparation, counterbalanced across participants for the sequence of exposure. Target responding extinguished more quickly with the second exposure to extinction in Context B (Phase 2), but resurgence generally was greater when returning to Context A than when remaining in Context B. These findings suggest that the reinforcer- and stimulus-control processes underlying relapse procedures can combine to determine relapse effects. Additionally, these methods provide a rapid way to assess these processes in humans. |
|
|
|
|
Out of the Organism and Into the Lab: Contemporary Basic Research on Motivating Operations |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
2:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Zurich D, Swissotel |
Area: EAB/TPC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Matthew Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Alan D. Poling (Western Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Matthew Lewon, M.A. |
Abstract: There has been much recent interest in motivating operations (MOs) in the applied wing of behavior analysis, and this is likely due to the fact that MOs exert a ubiquitous influence on behavior in real-world circumstances. Within the laboratory, motivational variables are more easily controlled and are therefore sometimes overlooked as independent variables in their own right. Perhaps because of this, contemporary basic behavior analytic research on MOs has lagged somewhat behind applied research on the topic. Nevertheless, important basic research on MOs is currently being conducted, and the purpose of this symposium is to highlight some of this research. The presentations in this symposium will describe recent developments in the experimental analysis of motivation, including investigations pertaining to the relationship between MOs and stimulus discrimination and generalization, the relevance of Pavlovian conditioning to the study of motivation, and the importance of MOs in the evaluation of the behavioral characteristics of transgenic mouse models of human disease. |
Keyword(s): basic research, establishing operations, motivating operations, motivation |
|
The Effects of Establishing and Abolishing Operations on Stimulus Control |
AMIN LOTFIZADEH (Easter Seals Southern California/Western Michigan) |
Abstract: Studies have found that stimulus control, as evident in generalization gradients, changes when the organism is deprived more or less of the relevant reinforcers. Drug-discrimination studies, however, have not revealed such an effect consistently. A procedural detail that may account for this inconsistency is that deprivation was reduced relative to the training condition in most drug-discrimination studies. Recently, we examined how substantially increasing deprivation affects d-amphetamine discrimination in non-humans. Rats initially were trained to discriminate d-amphetamine (1.0 mg/kg) from vehicle (0 mg/kg) injections under 22-h food deprivation conditions. Dose–response gradients were then obtained under 22-h and 46-h deprivation levels. The ED50 was significantly higher with greater deprivation. This finding suggests that increasing motivation relative to the training condition may reduce stimulus control by drugs, while decreasing it may improve discrimination. This phenomenon was subsequently examined in an observational study to see if the results generalize to human performance, particularly batters' performance in professional baseball as a function of specific establishing operations (EOs). |
|
Pavlovian-Instrumental Transfer and Establishing Operations |
TIMOTHY EDWARDS (University of Waikato) |
Abstract: Conditioned stimulus presentations can function as establishing operations in that they often result in a momentary increase in the efficacy of relevant reinforcers and an increase in the strength of responses that previously produced those reinforcers. The relevance of respondent conditioning to establishing operations has been noted in much of the literature dealing with establishing operations on the conceptual level. However, little relevant experimental research has been carried out. Data from two experimental arrangements designed to study the effects of conditioned stimulus presentations on response strength and reinforcer efficacy with rats will be presented. Because discriminative stimuli are likely to have respondent functions, presentations of discriminative stimuli are also likely to function as establishing operations. On a conceptual level, the distinction between discriminative stimulus functions and establishing operations remains. In practice, however, the respondent functions of discriminative stimuli have important implications. These implications and examples of the relevance of this analysis to applied settings will be discussed. |
|
Motivational Characteristics of the mdx Mouse Model of Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy |
CHRISTINA M. PETERS (University of Nevada, Reno), Matthew Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno), Pam Van Ry (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Dean Burkin (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Kenneth W. Hunter (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Geneticists have engineered a variety of transgenic knockout mice to serve as animal models for human diseases. One such model, the mdx mouse, is used extensively for Duchenne muscular dystrophy (DMD) research. While the mdx mouse has been utilized effectively to research various cellular and muscular deficits associated with DMD, attempts to identify behavioral differences between mdx and wild-type (WT) control mice using behavioral neuroscience methods have been unsuccessful. The identification of such differences is important for the evaluation of the effects of preclinical treatments for DMD. The present paper will describe an attempt to evaluate the behavior of the mdx mouse through operant conditioning procedures including but not limited to a delayed non-matching to position task (DNMTP) and escape/avoidance of loud noise. The main finding of this research was that food deprivation and aversive stimulation appeared to have differential motivational effects on mdx relative to WT mice. We will describe these differences and discuss the implications of such findings for behavioral research using nonhuman models of human disease. Potential benefits of this type of interdisciplinary collaboration will also be discussed. |
|
Reassessing the Value-Altering Function: Motivating Operations, Extinction, and Stimulus Discrimination |
MATTHEW LEWON (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Two classes of antecedent conditions affect the probability of response at any given moment: discriminative stimuli and motivating operations (MOs). While a conceptual distinction between these two classes of events has been maintained, they are both always concurrently operating and function together to evoke behavior. Nevertheless, relatively little is known about the interaction of these two types of events in the development of stimulus control. We will present a combination of data obtained from experimentation we have conducted as well as conceptual analyses drawing from data appearing in the literature to suggest that MOs contribute to the development of discriminated responding by differentially affecting stimuli correlated with either the availability or unavailability of reinforcement. Specifically, greater motivational levels appear to increase the evocative efficacy of stimuli correlated with the availability of reinforcement while simultaneously increasing the extent to which responding is suppressed in the presence of stimuli correlated with the unavailability of reinforcement. This suggests that motivational level during extinction is particularly important in bringing responding under discriminative control. The implications of this analysis will be discussed with regard to the putative value-altering function of MOs. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Innovations in the Use of Equivalence-Based Instruction |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
2:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Regency Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Gold West |
Area: EDC/EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group) |
Discussant: Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University) |
CE Instructor: Jaime DeQuinzio, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Equivalence-based instruction (EBI)provides leaners with the opportunity to go beyond what was explicitly taught and acquire responses that were not directly targeted, thus greatly expanding repertoires and improving the efficiency of instruction. This symposium includes four studies that have used EBI to teach various relations to different types of learners- from challenged learners to advanced learners. Additionally, all participants in all four studies demonstrated the emergence of various untaught relations and responses. The first study was a case study in which an adolescent girl with autism, who had struggled for years with learning to orally label double-digit numerals, learned to do so as an emergent response after learning relations among four types of stimuli representing numbers. The second study found that EBI produced not only novel untrained relations among musical stimuli but sequenced generalization in the form of playing songs on the piano by both children with autism and children of typical development. The third study used EBI to teach graduate students to estimate portion sizes. In the fourth study, graduate students who learned classes of time sampling methods (PIR, MTS, and WIR) via equivalence based instruction showed overall improved responding in written and computerized pretest to posttest scores; whereas, the control group showed little to no improvement in pretest to posttest scores. |
Keyword(s): emergent relations, equivalence-based instruction |
|
The Emergence of Oral Labeling Following Equivalence-Based Instruction: A Case Study |
KELLY DELLA ROSA (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group) |
Abstract: Following years of traditional, direct instruction to orally label numerals, an adolescent girl with autism could not orally label double-digit numbers. Despite this deficit, she could read any written word (e.g., the word thirteen) and had an intense interest in baseball and the names and team affiliations of baseball players. Past research has demonstrated that oral labeling can emerge following equivalence-based instruction (Groskreutz et al., 2010) so we designed an equivalence-based protocol to determine if oral labeling would emerge following training. We used a pretest/posttest experimental design to examine the effects of teaching specific conditional relations among complex auditory visual stimuli (i.e., Class A is the written digit and the auditory word), the written word (Class B), and the corresponding written names of baseball players (Class C) on the emergence of untaught relations and the oral labeling of digits. The format used for training and testing sessions is a match-to-sample protocol using a one-to-many training structure. Stimuli are presented on PowerPoint slides on a touch screen computer that require the participant to engage in an observing response (i.e., touch the screen) to reveal the sample stimulus and to then select the correct comparison stimulus. Prior to equivalence based instruction, pretests were conducted for all relations and for oral labeling of numerals with each set of numbers. Following pretests, A-B and B-C relations were trained. After each training session, a probe was conducted for oral labeling of numerals. Oral labeling of numerals was near zero levels on pretest measures with the exception of one target. Following EBI, the participant learned to label a total of 4 of the 6 target numerals. Post-tests for all relations were also at criterion levels. These data support past research that has found the emergence of untaught repertoires following EBI. |
|
Using Equivalence-Based Instruction to Teach Piano Skills to Children |
Kelli Kent (California State University, Sacramento), KRISTIN GRIFFITH (California State University Sacramento), Emily Darcey (California State University Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effects of using equivalence-based instruction (EBI) to teach individual note playing and playing a song on the piano. Participants included both typically developing children and children with autism. Six children ranging in age from seven to eleven were exposed to an auditory-visual matching-to-sample procedure using musical stimuli. Following training, researchers tested for the emergence of novel untrained relations and sequenced generalization in the form of playing two songs on the keyboard. Results suggest that the EBI procedure was effective in producing emergent relations and teaching piano playing skills, a leisure activity long associated with collateral benefits such as improving socialization, language, listening and motor skills. The success of this procedure is indicative of the wide-ranging application of EBI to novel and creative domains. |
|
Improving Portion-Size Estimation Using Equivalence-Based Instruction |
Lisa Trucil (Caldwell College), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell College), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell College), LAUREN K. SCHNELL (Caldwell College) |
Abstract: Obesity has become a major health concern in the United States. Obesity can be caused by genetics, socioeconomic status, sedentary lifestyle, and overconsumption. However, the underlying cause for obesity tends to be overconsumption. Interventions are needed that will teach individuals to accurately estimate portion sizes. The current study evaluated the use of equivalence-based instruction (EBI) to teach graduate students to accurately estimate portion sizes. The participants were directed to estimate ¼, ½, and 1 cup portions of various foods. EBI was implemented to teach the participants the portion sizes in a measuring cup, on a plate, and what aids represent each portion. The results demonstrated that EBI is an effective and efficient training procedure. These findings extend the current literature on teaching individuals to accurately estimate portion sizes. |
|
Teaching Time-Sampling Procedures to College Students Using Stimulus Equivalence-Based Instruction |
Briana Tingler (Caldwell College), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College), LEIF ALBRIGHT (Caldwell College), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College), Jessica Day-Watkins (Caldwell College), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell College), Denise Kerth (Bancroft, Rowan University) |
Abstract: Time sampling is a procedure that involves systematically estimating the percentage of time a person engages in a behavior (Saudargas & Zanolli, 1990). Three commonly used time sampling methods are partial interval recording (PIR), momentary time sampling (MTS), and whole interval recording (WIR). Although rules vary for each method, each involves dividing time into blocks of time units, recording the occurrence or nonoccurrence of a target behavior, and calculating the percentage of intervals of engagement/non-engagement in the behavior (Saudargas & Zanolli, 1990). Few studies have investigated how to teach these data collection methods. Stimulus equivalence refers to training relations among stimuli and then testing for emergent untrained relations to determine whether all stimuli occasion the selection of all others. The purpose of the present study was to assess whether different time sampling data collection methods can be taught using a computer-based stimulus-equivalence training model. There were 3 classes of stimuli taught which were momentary time sampling, partial interval recording, and whole interval recording. The members of each class were A (the term), B (definition), C (recommended use), and D (multiple exemplars of vignettes). Undergraduate students at a Northeastern-based private liberal arts university served as participants. A pretest-training- posttest design was used with a control group comparison. The dependent variable was the percentage of correct responses. Generalization of class-consistent responding was also assessed across written tests and sorting tasks. The results increased from an average score of 61% to 98% as a result of training across all training, emergent relations and generalization probes for only the experimental group. |
|
|
|
|
Novel Applications of Behavior Analysis to Teach Typical Learners II |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
2:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Regency Ballroom A, Hyatt Regency, Gold West |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy) |
Discussant: Vicci Tucci (Tucci Learning Solutions, Inc.) |
CE Instructor: Kent Johnson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium addresses three challenges in teaching typical learners. The first challenge is increasing feedback to individual learners in large classrooms contingent on their specific performances. Two presentations address this challenge. In the first presentation, Erickson will describe an adaptation of Morningside Academy’s teacher-led delayed prompting procedures for students to use as an intervention in paired work with each other. In the second presentation, Reilly and Bohnen will describe a generalized peer coaching procedure for students to give feedback to each other, after both timed practice in reading and math, and paragraph writing. A second challenge in teaching typical learners is implementing evidence-based procedures with fidelity, given the relative novelty of implementing specific protocols in general education, as well as the complex environment of a large classroom. In the third presentation, Lewis will describe one school district’s journey to apply Implementation Science to improve procedural fidelity in reading instruction. A third challenge is teaching learners to cope with the conditioned aversive stimuli that arise from their individual histories of academic failure and challenges. In the last presentation, the Newsomes will describe an ACT-based strategy that they teach to learners to support flexible behaviors and reduce avoidance behaviors. |
|
Teaching Children to Use Delayed Prompting Procedures to Coach a Peer’s Performance During Reading, Writing, and Math |
NICOLE ERICKSON (Morningside Academy), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: We use a Delayed Prompting procedure to help our students answer questions that require them to apply reading, math and writing principles we have taught them, in new contexts. During instruction, the teacher asks questions and uses prompts to help the student give the correct answer. When a student makes an error, we do not call on another student to answer, we help the student identify correct their original answer to our question. We use a series of organizational, language, content, and definition prompts to improve their answers. Recently, the first author has taught students how to use delayed prompting to help one another. She will present a student-friendly delayed prompting procedure and recording tool that allows peers to identify the error being made, identify the correct answer, and determine what prompts will work to help their partner correct their errors. Students are able to identify and correct another student’s errors easier when they are partnered with a peer who performs similarly to them. We partner middle level performers with other middle performers, or middle performers with high performers. Videos of teacher-led and student-led delayed prompting procedures will also be presented. |
|
Peer Coaching: Increasing Active Behaviors in Reading and Writing Fluency and Composition Writing Tasks |
JENNIFER REILLY (Morningside Academy), Bryon Bohnen (Morningside Academy), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: Well meaning educators often overuse prompts with their learners and decrease both the learner’s opportunity and the learner’s responsibility to engage in the learning process. Transferring the responsibility from an adult to the child is the main premise in Solving Behavior and Learning Problems of Children (Ozer, 1980). Ozer defines responsibility in part, as continuing a dialogue between adult and child. Ozer’s principle of Degrees of Responsibilities is an underlying concept used to operationally define target behaviors included in the Levels of Active Behaviors Tracking Sheet (LAB Sheet) designed by Jenni Reilly at Morningside Academy, 2007. Underlying components for the different phases of learning from acquisition to adduction are placed on a continuum and include the degree or level a child initiates and gives a correct unprompted response. This presentation, will describe how Morningside Academy uses the LAB sheet as a tool for guiding peer coaching transactions in precision teaching and composition editing sessions. Students engage in taking turns being a performer and monitor and apply the repertoires of Problem Solver and Active listener defined in Learn to Reason with TAPS: A Talk Aloud Problem Solving Approach (Robbins, 2014). |
|
Utilizing Implementation Science Within an MTSS Framework to Improve Teacher Instruction and Learner Reading Outcomes |
SONIA M. LEWIS (Michigan's Integrated Behavior and Learning Support Initiative) |
Abstract: Reading research indicates that 90-95% of all students can achieve literacy levels at or approaching grade level. Furthermore, we have research that tells us what evidence-based practices will produce better reading outcomes for learners. Yet, nearly half of American fourth graders have not achieved a minimal level of reading fluency. Knowing what works does not guarantee improved student learning outcomes. The gap from research to practice needs to be filled by high quality implementation, or a specified set of activities designed to put into practice an activity or program. The goal of implementation is to have teachers use innovations effectively. To accomplish this, high-fidelity practitioner behavior must be created and supported. The field of Implementation Science, which is based on the concepts and principles of Applied Behavior Analysis, is the how to create hospitable environments in districts and schools where strong leadership, solid organizational structures, and educators with the necessary competencies to deliver evidenced-based practices becomes routine practice. This presentation will describe one school districts journey to improve teacher instruction, and thus learner reading outcomes utilizing Implementation Science within a Multi-Tier System of Supports (MTSS) framework. |
|
"I Hate School, My Brain Is Broken, and My Teachers Are Jerks": Strategies for Undermining Language-Based Barriers to Academic Progress |
DONNY NEWSOME (Fit Learning), Kendra B. Newsome (Fit Learning), Staheli Meyer (University of Nevada, Reno & Fit Learning) |
Abstract: For struggling learners, features of the academic context may come to function as conditioned aversives. The environment is smattered with letters, words, numbers and symbols, requiring sufficient academic skills to navigate successfully. When these skills are lacking, the resulting avoidance behavior has considerably different manifestations in verbal learners when compared to animal learning-based avoidance paradigms; there is no lever press to terminate aversive stimulation, and physical escape is often unavailable. Whereas physical or mechanical escape is futile, psychological escape is possible. Behaviors like arguing, giving up, changing the subject, cheating, procrastinating and �checking out�, emerge as the dominant forms of avoidance. Verbally mediated avoidance can persist even when conditions under which the repertoire was established are gone. A student whose reading skills have vastly improved may still resist reading. Exercises informed by Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) and Relational Frame Theory (RFT) can help students overcome language-based barriers to progress. Applying Precision Teaching's (PT) measurement and pinpointing, we can produce accelerations of academic skills while producing decelerations of avoidance behaviors. In this presentation we will demonstrate how PT can be integrated with these approaches, and curricula can be developed to support mindful and flexible behaviors in academic settings. |
|
|
|
|
The Use of a ShaperSpace to Support the Development of Behavior-Analytic Identity |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
2:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Regency Ballroom D, Hyatt Regency, Gold West |
Area: TBA/VBC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Lee L. Mason (University of Texas at San Antonio) |
Discussant: Alicia Bravo (Victoria University at Wellington) |
CE Instructor: Lee L. Mason, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In this symposium, we extend the use of the term makerspace to environments that allow for the contingency-shaping of behavior-analytic interventions and verbal repertoires. A makerspace is an informal establishments where makers gather to create science, technology, engineering, and mathematics (STEM) projects of their own devising. Concomitantly, an increasing number of educational researchers are dedicating substantive time to examining the affordances of makerspaces for supporting interest, engagement, and participation in STEM learning. A defining feature of a makerspace is the informal approach in which instructions are minimized to allow for maximal contingency-shaping. Extended to the science of behavior, we propose the term "shaperspace" to describe an environment in which ABA students are challenged with behavioral excesses and deficits, and learn to employ behavior-analytic interventions primarily through successive approximations. Additionally, shaperspaces offer a verbal behavior community to differentially reinforce tractable, pragmatic descriptions over explanatory fictions. The current state of shaperspace and project-based learning community research should not obfuscate the potential benefits of such environments for facilitating the acquisition of a behavior-analytic repertoire. Nor should the current state of shaperspace research, presented here, impede rigorous behavioral research into the educational affordances of such environments. |
Keyword(s): behavioral phenomenology, makerspace, supervision, verbal community |
|
Novice Behaviors in a MakerSpace: A Behavioral-Phenomenological Investigation |
DON DAVIS (North East Independent School District) |
Abstract: Given the substantive recent attention given to makerspaces and their potential for supporting learning, this researcher conducted a behavioral-phenomenological investigation of novice behaviors in a makerspace. The results presented here provide a behavioral-phenomenological analysis, similar to a “pre-treatment” functional analysis (Groden, 1989), in the style of Day (1977) and McCorkle (1978) among others (e.g., Dougher, 1989; Leigland, 1989) intended to inform future makerspace / maker research and design. Moreover, the methodology represents a reconciliation between past approaches (e.g., Lahren, 1978; McCorkle, 1978), methodological concerns, such as interrater reliability, and modern development in behavioral research such as derived relational responding (Hayes et al., 2001; Leigland, 1997). Similarly, the research focus on makerspaces and computer science participation highlights research areas of great contemporary interest commonly ignored by the community of behavioral researchers. The researcher will discuss discriminated relationships among participant-articulated relationships to computer science (CS) and related topics, researcher-discriminated participant relationships to CS and related topics, and behaviors observed in situ at the makerspace as well as in interviews. |
|
The Effects of Fluency Building on Intraverbal Equivalence Formations |
LEE L. MASON (University of Texas at San Antonio), Katherine Tyler (North East Independent School District), Victoria Escobedo (TEAM Autism Center), Rebecca Martinez (Northside Independent School District) |
Abstract: The results of three interventions to address deficits in derived responding are presented here. Project-based learning was incorporated within the context of an intensive practicum for graduate students accruing supervised field experience hours. Three pre-service behavior analysts were charged with addressing the verbal behavior deficits of three children with autism spectrum disorder. Each behavior analyst employed a stimulus control ratio equation (SCoRE) to identify individual deficits in derived responding emitted from their assigned child. The results of the derived operant SCoRE served as a "judgmental aid" to more effectively control the behavior of the novice analyst throughout the duration field experience. Based on the results of their child's SCoRE, the behavior analysts then developed specific interventions that were conceptually-systematic with the behavior-analytic literature to address their child's deficits, and then experimentally-evaluated the effects of these interventions. The distinct behavioral deficits of the three children led to three different research questions that provided the context for each pre-service behavior analysts' field experience. One student evaluated different error correction techniques to address deficits in derived responding. Another examined the extent to which teaching reflexive sequelic responses to fluency led to increased transitive sequelic responding. The third researched the effects of transitive response training by assessing the concomitant outcomes of novel transitive responses and structurally-similar symmetrical responses. |
|
Conditioning the Control of Reflexive Stimuli Over Derived Responses to Wh- Questions |
ALONZO ANDREWS (University of Texas at San Antonio), Laura Joann (TEAM Autism Center), Melissa Kaplan (San Antonio State Supported Living Center) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorder often have difficulty responding to Wh- questions. This may be due to a deficit in relational responding that prevents the individual from producing a response based on the class memberships of stimuli found in the question (Daar, Negrelli, & Dixon, 2015). Hall and Chase (1991) described how intraverbal responding may be analyzed within an equivalence framework. The present study attempted to apply this framework through an intervention designed to increase the responses to "who," "what," and "where" questions. A 6-year-old boy diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder, who displayed deficits in responding to rotating wh- questions, served as the participant in this idiographic research. A concurrent mulitple-baseline across behaviors design was used to demonstrate a functional relationship between the explicit reinforcement of fill-in-the-blank symmetry relations and stimulus generalization to corresponding wh- questions. Additionally, the emergence of untrained responses to transitive Wh- questions were also assessed. Results indicate that correct responding to Wh- questions was functionally related to the reinforcement contingencies applied specifically to each type of Wh- question. Additionally, our data support the functional independence of symmetrical and transitive control over intraverbal relations. |
|
Behavioral Hermeneutics: The Effects of Written Feedback on Special Educator's Use of Behavior-Analytic Terminology |
Ernesto Salinas (University of Texas at San Antonio), Caleb Hood (North East Independent School District), Mariana De Los Santos (Bloom Childrens Center), LEE L. MASON (The University of Texas at San Antonio) |
Abstract: A significant obstacle towards developing the behavior-analytic perspective is penchants for using tautological "explanatory fictions" or "mentalisms,"which obfuscate the behavioral conceptualization necessary to effectively address clinical concerns. At a university-based center serving as a field-experience site, pre-service behavior analyst participating in verbal operant training with children with Autism Spectrum Disorders were trained to write a technical description of their interactions with their client subsequent to composing a daily therapy notes. The daily therapy notes were prepared to review with the children's caregivers, and so were specifically composed in common parlance. For the technical description, however, the pre-service behavior analysts were asked to precisely describe how their manipulation of the environment supported their clients' performance and contributed to reducing challenging behavior using the concepts and principles of applied behavior analysis. Specifically, the technical description asked:(a) Which of the childs behavior are you strengthening/weakening? (b) Under what circumstances are the childs behavior excesses/deficits present? And (c) How do you manipulate the childs environment? How does your behavior affect childs responding?The supervising BCBA reviewed this documentation tallying behavior-analytic terms for cumulative examination. This paper presents the results of a multiple-baseline across participants design employed to evaluate the contingent effects of written feedback on supervisees use of behavior-analytic terminology. |
|
|
|
|
Doing Gender: Behavioral Assessment of Implicit and Explicit Gender(ing) |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
2:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Alpine, Swissotel |
Area: TPC/VBC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Maria R. Ruiz (Rollins College) |
Discussant: Anthony O'Reilly (University of Essex ) |
CE Instructor: Maria R. Ruiz, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The past dozen years has seen an increased interest by behavior analysts in assessing what cognitivists refer to as implicit cognitions. In response to The Implicit Association Test (IAT) by Greenwald and colleagues behavior analysts have developed and published studies focusing on verbal histories as a core process (e.g. Roche, Ruiz, O'Riordan & Hand, 2005; Gavin, Roche & Ruiz, 2008; Gavin, Roche, Ruiz, Hogan & O'Reilly, 2012; O'Reilly, Roche, Ruiz & Champion, 2013). The most recent iteration is the Function Acquisition Speed Test (FAST) developed by O'Reilly and colleagues. This symposium focuses on Gender related issues and extending the behavioral analysis of doing gender (Ruiz, 1995, 2003) and applying the FAST to assess verbal histories that the authors have demonstrated are related to implicit attitudes.An application to the gaming community is included and implications of negative gendering practices are examined. |
|
Developing the Function Acquisition Speed Test: Methodological Improvements and Conceptual Challenges for Attitude Measurement From a Behavioural Perspective |
ANTHONY O'REILLY (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Bryan T. Roche (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Aoife Cartwright (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
Abstract: The Function Acquisition Speed Test (FAST) is a novel implicit attitude measure that applies behavioural principles and methodology to the assessment of subjects' histories of verbal behaviour with regard to particular natural stimulus relations in the vernacular - or, more commonly, their "implicit attitudes". The implicit attitude construct is ubiquitous in social cognitive psychology, but how are "implicit attitudes" best discussed in behavioural terms? This paper will discuss the developing FAST methodology and the conceptual questions surrounding "implicit attitudes", and consider the implications for applying a functional approach to attitude measurement for intervention. |
|
Using a Modified Function Acquisition Speed Test (FAST) for Assessing Gender Stereotypes |
AOIFE CARTWRIGHT (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Bryan T. Roche (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Michelle Gogarty (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Anthony O'Reilly (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
Abstract: The current study was an application of the Function Acquisition Speed Test (FAST) procedure to the assessment of natural stimulus relations in the vernacular. Specifically, this experiment assessed the sensitivity of the FAST to common gender stereotypes of men as “masculine” (i.e., dominant or competitive) and women as “feminine” (i.e., nurturing or gentle). Thirty participants completed a FAST procedure consisting of two testing blocks. In one block, functional response classes were established between classes of stimuli assumed to be stereotype-consistent (i.e., men-agentic and women-communal), and in the other between classes of stimuli assumed to be stereotype-inconsistent (i.e., men-communal and women-agentic). Differences in the rate of class acquisition across the two blocks were quantified using cumulative record-type learning curves plotting correct responses as a function of time. Acquisition rates were significantly faster (i.e., steeper learning curve) for the stereotype-consistent relative to the stereotype-inconsistent block. Corroborating agency/communality stereotypes were observed on an Implicit Association Test containing identical stimuli. |
|
Gendering Practices in Video Games: A FAST Assessment |
MARIA R. RUIZ (Rollins College), Kevin M. Miraglia (Rollins College), Rachel Vlahov (Rollins College), Bryan T. Roche (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: The gaming industry has built itself as a male-dominated space, despite relatively recent efforts to become more inclusive. These efforts have met with backlash against the perceived intrusion of women into gaming recently manifested as Gamergate. We examined the portrayal of women and gamers’ reactions using the Function Acquisition Speed Test (FAST). The FAST yields behavioral measures of so-called implicit attitudes, or as behaviorists understand them, verbal histories. Seven college undergraduates responded to colors directly related to images of a sexualized and a non-sexualized female video game character and to nonsense syllables indirectly (transitively) related to a neutral word / derogatory word used to describe women. In general, participants found it easier to respond to the sexualized character combined with the derogatory word, which may have implications for the way female characters are portrayed in the gaming industry. |
|
Sex as a Discriminative Stimulus for Gendered Practices: A Case for an Operational Definition of Gender |
MARK RZESZUTEK (St Cloud State University), Elizabeth Harri-Dennis (MNABA), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: Radical behaviorism generally rejects dualistic interpretations of natural phenomena, but our culture often imposes dualisms that require our continued analysis (cf. Skinner, 1953). Ruiz (2003) noted that gender as a subject of analysis is mired in dualistic interpretations such as; individual versus environmental control of behavior, male and female as distinct biological categories, and cultural practices that divide into masculine and feminine categories. The purpose of this paper is to extend Ruiz’s (2003) analysis of sex as a discriminative stimulus of gendered practices. For behavior analysts, the object of concern is that gender is dualistically interpreted as a stimulus class and a response class. When gender is defined as a stimulus, a person becomes a discriminative stimulus for how to act in their presence. This is useful in some ways, and helps us to align our behavior with cultural norms. The difficulty becomes when we impose gender as a stimulus on people whose behavior does not align with cultural norms. The purpose of this paper is to demonstrate that a definition of gender that includes such an imposition is not in alignment with radical behaviorism by including a pragmatist-feminist interpretation of gender to inform an operational definition of gender. |
|
|
|
|
Joint Attention, Social Referencing, and Empathy in Children With Autism |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Grand Ballroom EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT/DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children) |
CE Instructor: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald, Ph.D. |
Abstract: It is well established that individuals with autism spectrum disorders have deficits in joint attention and social referencing. Efforts to remediate these deficits have proven to be challenging as the source of difficulty has much to do the failure of social behaviors to function as motivation operations. In the current symposium we will present data from three lines of work in this area. In the first paper, Mary Roberts, explores the effects of using multiple exemplars to increase generalization and maintenance of joint attention. Using 36 different toys, many with a surprise element, children generalized these skills both within and across toy classes. In the second paper, Pamela Peterson, compares social orienting and social referencing performance between children with autism and typical peers in an attention to distress assessment. These data reveal that typical children orient and reference immediately while children with autism do not. In the third paper Elena Carcia-Albea examines procedures to teach children with autism to use appropriate empathetic responding. Using video priming, behavior rehearsal, and socially mediated consequences they successfully taught empathetic responding under the conditions of happiness, frustration, scared and sadness. In addition, empathetic responding generalized across novel stimuli. |
|
Multiple Exemplar Training: Effects on Acquisition, Maintenance, and Generalization of Joint Attention Initiation |
MARY ROBERTS (New England Center for Children), Elizabeth Sloan (New England Center for Children), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to examine the effects of multiple exemplar training on the acquisition, maintenance and generalization of initiating joint attention (IJA). Participants were 3 typically developing children and 4 children with autism spectrum disorder. A composite score was developed based on the performance of the typical samples and used to evaluate IJA of the children with autism. Gaze shifting and commenting were taught using social reinforcement in a multiple exemplar format where training sessions were followed by probes of untrained stimuli both within and across toy classes. Results showed that the children with autism learned to initiate joint attention using social reinforcers. Multiple exemplar training was also effective in facilitating acquisition within and across toy classes and the maintenance of IJA for 3 of the 4 participants. Additionally, stimulus control generalized to a second setting and a second experimenter for all participants. IOA was collected in 31% of all sessions and agreement across all sessions was 95.6%. These results demonstrate the efficacy of using multiple exemplar training on generalization and maintenance of joint attention. |
|
Assessment and Treatment of Social Orienting and Social Referencing in Children With Autism |
PAMELA PETERSON (New England Center for Children), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Children with autism show a marked deficit in social skills, including both social orienting and social referencing responses. The purpose of this study was two-fold. First, to evaluate the differences across social orienting and social referencing responses between typically-developing toddlers and children with autism, and secondly to evaluate a treatment protocol for teaching orienting and referencing. An adaptation of the Sigman attention to distress assessment was used which included three conditions: hurt, choke, and spill. Results showed that typical peers had higher percent of both orienting and referencing compared to children with autism. Further analysis revealed differences in the quality of these responses including latency, duration, frequency, and affective behavior. One participant was taught to orient to an adult under a condition of distress (e.g., hurt) and then to reference a familiar adult following the orienting response. Findings indicated that the use of visual prompts and social reinforcers were effective in establishing social orienting and social referencing. Interobserver agreement were collected on30% of the sessions and ranged from 80% and 100% across all training and assessment conditions. Considerations for the generalization and maintenance of these skills are discussed. |
|
Establishing a Generalized Repertoire of Empathetic Responding With Children With Autism |
ELENA GARCIA-ALBEA (Caldwell College), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University), Linda A. LeBlanc (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Kevin J. Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute) |
Abstract: Children who display appropriate concern and interest when others are sad, happy, scared, or frustrated will likely increase their opportunities for future interactions with peers. Some individuals with autism, however, exhibit severe deficits in empathy. In the current study, a video modeling priming procedure with audio and manual prompts, behavior rehearsals, and socially mediated consequences were used to teach four children with autism a generalized repertoire of empathetic responding. Four experimenter-defined categories (happiness, frustration, scared, and sadness) were used to program for generalization of empathetic responding from trained to novel compound discriminative stimuli. A multiple-probe across participants design was used to assess the effectiveness of the treatment package. Results indicated that the treatment package was effective in the rapid acquisition of empathetic responding. Empathetic responding generalized from trained stimuli to novel stimuli within categories used for teaching and across novel categories of empathy. Empathetic responding also maintained in the absence of the video model. Inter-observer agreement and procedural integrity data were collected on 50% of the sessions and ranged from 98%-100% across all conditions and participants. Results of this study demonstrate that behavior-analytic techniques are effective in improving complex social skills, such as empathy, in children with autism. |
|
|
|
|
Licensure of Behavior Analysts: Ethical Considerations, Lessons Learned, and Next Steps |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Montreux, Swissotel |
Area: CSE/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Amanda N. Kelly, Ph.D. |
Chair: Amanda N. Kelly (Hawaii Association for Behavior Analysis) |
KRISTEN E. KOBA-BURDT (Hawaii Association for Behavior Analysis) |
CHARNA MINTZ (Imagine) |
KAREN KELLUM (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Requests for the regulation of the practice of behavior analysis is ever increasing with the adoption of insurance coverage for ABA services. Developing licensure for practitioners of behavior analysis might be possible and could produce benefits for consumers as well as practitioners. In certain cases however, pursuing licensure can be a risky undertaking. This panel consists of individuals from three states in the US, that have recently adopted Licensure laws. Our panelists will describe the pitfalls and pivotal moments along the way. Finally, the panelists will discuss and suggest strategies that may be helpful for other states also seeking to regulate (or redefine) behavior analytic practices. |
Keyword(s): ABA Licensure, Hawaii Licensure, Mississippi Licensure, Washington Licensure |
|
|
|
|
Open Data and Community Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Vevey 1 & 2, Swissotel |
Area: CSE/TPC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Bradley G. Frieswyk (BGF Performance Systems, LLC) |
RON VAN HOUTEN (Western Michigan University) |
PATRICK B. MARCOTTE (Chicago Community Data Project) |
REGINA L. MAENDLER (Chicago Community Data Project) |
Abstract: Data related to crime, pedestrian and bicyclist safety, and economic development are becoming publicly available at an unprecedented rate. States, counties, and cities are making data available through open application programming interfaces, which allows developers to create data analysis platforms and a variety of customized visualizations. This increase in the availability of open data presents a unique opportunity for behavior analysts interested in working at the community level. Legislative decision-making based on careful analysis of public data can ensure better allocation of time, money, and resources to programs producing meaningful changes in each community, and behavior analysts are uniquely positioned to help community stakeholders and policymakers use public data to identify socially significant community interventions. In this panel discussion, presenters will describe trends in the availability and scope of open data, examples of the use of open source tools for analyzing data and presenting data to community stakeholders, and examples of effective community interventions. |
Keyword(s): Community Interventions, Open Data, Standard Measurement |
|
|
|
|
Evaluating Components and Variables Associated With the Treatment of Problem Behavior Maintained by Negative Reinforcement |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Grand Ballroom CD South, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Emory University/Marcus Autism Center) |
CE Instructor: Mindy Christine Scheithauer, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Problem behaviors (PB), such as aggression and disruption, are prevalent among individuals with developmental delays. These behaviors negatively impact development and create a stressor for caregivers. PB is often maintained by negative reinforcement (i.e., escape from demands or aversive situations). The current symposium discusses the effects of specific treatment components and variables associated with the treatment of PB maintained by negative reinforcement exhibited by individuals with developmental delays. The first presentation evaluates diaphragmatic breathing (DB), an intervention commonly recommended, which lacks quantitative evidence for reducing PB. The experimenter prompted DB contingent on precursor behaviors in a demand context and observed decreased rates of PB in one participant, while another required additional treatment components. The second presentation evaluated the weekly frequency of treatment sessions targeting tolerance of dental appointments, finding that more frequent treatment sessions may promote superior outcomes. The final presentation describes the use of a multiple schedule in the treatment of PB maintained by escape from interruption to ones environment. Multiple schedules were used to successfully thin the reinforcement schedule in treatment with two participants. This symposium provides guidelines for clinicians designing treatments for PB maintained by negative reinforcement and provides important extensions to the current literature. |
Keyword(s): Autism, Escape, Negative Reinforcement, Problem Behavior |
|
Evaluation of Diaphragmatic Breathing on Decreasing Escape-Maintained Aggression |
LAUREN PHILLIPS (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Lisa Rettig (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: The use of coping skills, such as diaphragmatic breathing (DB), is sometimes recommended to prevent or reduce the occurrence of problem behavior. For example, the Autism Speaks Challenging Behaviors Tool Kit (2012) advises parents to prompt their children to take deep breaths when they are engaging in challenging behaviors and then to praise independent responding. However, research to date only has demonstrated qualitative improvements in behavior for participants through the use of DB, and further investigation is needed to assess quantitative decreases in problem behavior. In this study, the effectiveness of DB was assessed on reducing the rate of aggression maintained by social negative reinforcement exhibited by two individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. A precursor assessment was conducted to determine behaviors that reliably occurred before aggression, and DB was prompted contingent on precursors during treatment without extinction. Treatment was evaluated using an ABAB reversal design, and reliability was calculated for at least 50% of sessions and averaged over 90%. DB treatment without extinction was effective at reducing aggression for one of two participants. A different treatment that included extinction was required to produce socially significant reductions in the second participant’s aggression. |
|
An Evaluation of Inter-Session Interval Duration in Treating Problem Behavior During Mock Dental Exams |
JULIA SZALWINSKI (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Jessica L. Thomason-Sassi (New England Center for Children; Western New England University) |
Abstract: Dental professionals have reported that problem behavior in individuals with autism precludes adequate care (Kuhn et at., 1994). Prior research has illustrated effective treatments for escape-maintained behavior in this context; however, there is little information on whether the amount of time between treatment sessions impacts treatment effectiveness. However, prior literature has shown that intertrial interval (ITI) duration could have an effect on skill acquisition (e.g.,Tincani et al., 2005). The purpose of this study was to determine whether the length of the ITI impacts the effectiveness of an intervention for escape-maintained problem behavior. The intervention consisted of demand fading and extinction for problem behavior; in one condition, treatment sessions were conducted weekly, and in the second condition treatment sessions were conducted 3-5 times per week. Participants included two students from a residential school for children with autism. A multiple baseline across subjects design is being used to demonstrate experimental control. Results for Subject 1 suggest that ITI is an important variable, in that more frequent sessions produce better treatment outcomes. Subject 2 has not yet experienced the second treatment condition. Inter-observer agreement was calculated for 47% of sessions with 97.4% agreement. |
|
Use of a Multiple Schedule for Problem Behaviors Maintained by Avoidance of Interrupted Play |
SARAH J. MILLER (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Jessica Alvarez (New Directions Counseling Center), Seth B. Clark (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center/Emory University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Up to 96% of individuals with autism spectrum disorder exhibit complex repetitive behavior (McDougle et al., 1992). Functional analyses have demonstrated that some individuals engage in problem behavior maintained by termination of interruption of repetitive or rigid behaviors, such as a therapist manipulating items the participant has arranged (e.g., Fisher, Adelinis, Thompson, Worsdell, & Zarcone, 1998; Leon, Lazarchick, Rooker, & DeLeon, 2013). In both of these previous studies, participants were taught a functional communication response to terminate or avoid the interruption, resulting in a decrease in problem behavior. However, both studies reinforced mands on a FR1 schedule, and such dense schedules of reinforcement may not always be feasible in the natural environment. The current study used a multiple schedule for two individuals whose problem behavior was determined to be maintained by avoidance of interruption of repetitive play. During the multiple schedule, participants were required to tolerate a periods of interruption of increasing duration without engaging in problem behavior. Access to repetitive play served as the reinforcer for tolerating interruptions. Results show that participants were able to tolerate periods of interruption as a result of treatment. |
|
|
|
|
Observing Behavior and Discrimination Processes in Children and Adults |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Grand Ballroom AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Gerson Yukio Tomanari, Ph.D. |
Chair: Iver H. Iversen (University of North Florida) |
GERSON YUKIO TOMANARI (Universidade de São Paulo) |
Dr. Gerson Yukio Tomanari is a full professor at the University of São Paulo (USP), Brazil, institution in which he has completed the Bachelor degree in Psychology (1993), as well as the master (1995) and doctoral (1997) degrees in Experimental Psychology - the latter in collaboration with the University of Massachusetts Medical School - Shriver Center. At the University of São Paulo, Dr. Tomanari coordinates the Laboratory of Experimental Analysis of Behavior. From a comparative perspective involving humans and non-humans, his main interests have been: Behavioral and learning processes, attention, observing behavior, eye movements, visual discrimination, symbolic behavior and concept formation. On these topics, Dr. Tomanari has published more than 60 papers in peer-reviewed journals, books and chapters, and supervised more almost 30 master and doctoral students. He has lectured and taught in the United States, France, Norway, Peru, Japan, and served as “ad hoc” reviewer for the main journals in the field. Dr. Tomanari is the current dean of the Institute of Psychology, USP, as well as the adjunct coordinator of the National Psychology Graduate System of CAPES, an agency of the Ministry of Education in Brazil. |
Abstract: Observing behavior is an operant behavior that has the production of discriminative stimuli as consequence. This presentation will review the main course of the scientific production in this field, from early investigations up to some of the most recent works. To analyze this quite numerous and diverse literature, the speaker will identify and describe the basic observing-response procedures that employed humans as participants, especially children and adults. The maintenance of observing behavior by discriminative stimulus of extinction (that is, S-) compared to discriminative stimulus of reinforcement (that is, S+) will be addressed and two sets of empirical works involving adults and children with typical and atypical development will be presented. The first work will present the current advances in the study of observing behavior by tracking the participants' eye movements. The second work will focus on the role of observing responses in conditional discrimination processes that lead to the formation of equivalence classes. Based on these recent findings, the speaker will discuss how discrimination is established as the product of the main three-term contingency interlocked with the observing-response contingency. |
Target Audience: Basic and applied researchers interested in mechanisms of behavior change. Additionally, it should be of great interest to practitioners in a variety of applied settings. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) define and conceptualize observing behavior in theoretical and methodological terms; (2) describe different studies that investigated observing behavior in children and adults, comparing and discussing their results; (3) expand the role of observing behavior to a variety of learning contexts, including the formation of symbolic classes. |
|
|
|
|
Visual Management Systems in the Workplace |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Vevey 3 & 4, Swissotel |
Area: OBM/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Dale C. Gregory (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: A component of the Lean (AKA: Toyota Production System) methodology is the use of Visual Management Systems (VMS). Likewise, visual input and feedback systems are essential components to Performance Management interventions. This symposium will share examples of VMS applications in different: industries (i.e., petroleum, health care, education), lines of business (e.g., HR, IT, operations), and various strategic & tactical leadership levels (e.g., VP, Director, Manager). Other elements of a packaged VMS solution which increase the probability of success are: recurring huddles, goal-directed metrics, defined escalation path (AKA: Andon), problem identification & resolution, and action plans. After this symposium, attendees should have increased fluency with this approach and clarity on the importance of behaviorism to enhance such interventions. |
Keyword(s): Lean, PerformanceManagement, visual management |
|
Using Visual Maps to Design and Implement Learning and Performance Improvement Interventions Across Global Organizations |
LORI H. DIENER-LUDWIG (Zimmet Group) |
Abstract: Corporate learning and performance interventions are costly to develop especially to organizations as complex as global Fortune 1000 companies who have various sub-organizations within them. Those who want their performance improvement efforts funded must demonstrate return on investment to the company. There are two major challenges: 1) Designing performance-based learning interventions that are relevant to target audiences who have different cultural and environmental influences; 2) Delivering performance based learning interventions to target audiences and measuring the impact on performance. This presentation will show you how visual mapping is used across different stages of a project to facilitate the management of various stakeholder input into the design of performance-based training itself as well as an implementation strategy. By employing the visual mapping approach at a strategic level, disconnected systems and processes were identified and redesigned to include accountability and feedback to manage behaviors of various roles involved in the success. The result is a sustainable model that helps program owners manage key behaviors across various sub-organizations and roles. This presentation will describe examples of this visual mapping/management approach to help global organizations design and implement performance based training on a strategic and tactical level, but the techniques can be applied to any organization of any size. |
|
Bundling Behavioral and Lean Practices to Improve Performance in Mining Operations |
Laura L. Methot (CLG, Inc.), GERTA DUME (CLG) |
Abstract: Mining operations are under continuing pressure to adapt to increasingly price driven and socially conscious markets. Miners are building capability in operational excellence (OE) and are expecting integrated solutions from their change vendors. A recent gathering of energy and mining executives cited cost reduction, maintenance and reliability, and management system application as their top three targets for focusing their OE efforts. Those same executives identified discipline, leadership, and culture as their biggest challenges with the application of OE in their companies. In this presentation, we will share best practices for bundling behavioral with visual management solutions to address the challenge of improving safe, reliable, cost-effective operations. The approach begins with defining the organization's Perfect Day, identifying supporting metrics, and cascading those metrics through the operating structure. By combining the use of visual management techniques with proven OBM practices, both business results and workforce engagement can be improved rapidly and sustained over long periods. |
|
Going Old School to Improve Performance: Paper-Based Visual Management Systems in an Information Technology Department |
EDWARD BLACKMAN (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Many Information Technology (IT) departments struggle with delivering services on time, staying within budget, reducing quality issues, and increasing both employee and customer morale. These struggles are not unique to IT and tend to occur with any service provider whether internal (HR, Finance, Sales, Marketing, etcetera) or stand alone companies. This presentation will share the step-by-step approach used and results obtained repeatedly within a 700-person IT department of a global manufacturer. After this presentation, attendees should have familiarity with a packaged intervention with broad applicability and sound demonstrations of improving team performance. |
|
|
|
|
Now What? Comprehensive Competency Based Staff Training Programs for Staff in Settings With Intense Aggressive Behavior |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Columbus Hall CD, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: PRA/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Tammy A. Carroll (Benchmark Human Services) |
CE Instructor: John M. Guercio, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The following symposium will provide practical guidelines for training support staff in environments where they will encounter high risk aggressive behavior in the clients that they are serving. The talks will include the implementation of Registered Behavioral Technician (RBT) with direct care staff in an intensive behavioral community based setting. Alternative strategies will be reviewed in the description of a competency based staff training program in a crisis respite setting for staff encountering clients with displays of high frequency aggressive behavior. Scenarios for the safe management of potential problem behavior were presented to staff along with functional responses that they should engage in. The 3rd talk in this symposium will detail a behavioral skills training protocol and its effects on the high intensity behaviors exhibited in a small school setting by a young male student diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and mood disorder (NOS). Each of these training approaches will be accompanied by acquisition data and concomitant client behavioral responses. |
Keyword(s): Staff training |
|
Measurement of Staff Responses Following Behavior Skills Training and the Effects on a Student Demonstrating High Intensity Behaviors |
TINA G. PATTERSON (BCBA Consultant) |
Abstract: The discussion will review how educational professionals responded to behavioral skills training and the effects of those components on the high intensity behaviors exhibited in a small school setting by a young male student diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and mood disorder (NOS). The student had a 3-year history of physical aggression towards others and elopement from the school grounds. We will review the components of behavior skills training with each staff person (a combination of verbal explanation, modeling, role-play, video modeling and feedback). The results show that as each staff member demonstrated competence in intervention strategies, the student’s high intensity behaviors were reduced and he was able to transition back to his school of zone. |
|
Competency Based Training of Staff in a Developmental Disabilities Crisis Program |
JOSEPH A. DARLING (Benchmark Human Services), Dee Sharma (Benchmark Human Services) |
Abstract: This project is designed to provide a format for training for all staff assisting in the crisis program. The purpose is two-fold: 1) to have a format to prepare for situations that may come up in the crisis homes so that individuals and staff are safe and receive the maximum assistance and 2) develop rapport between clinical staff and DSPs (team building). Participants were all staff working with individuals in a crisis respite home in Georgia. The presentation will detail the operations of the mobile crisis team. The home is a four-bedroom home in a rural neighborhood and is staffed 24-hours a day with a minimum of two direct care professionals. Clinical and direct support staff were tested on nine protocols addressing common target behaviors and were trained by didactic presentation, demonstration, practice, and then feedback on performance. All participants then completed a post-test to demonstrate competency of each of the nine tasks. |
|
Incorporation of Registered Behavioral Technicians Into a Comprehensive Treatment Intervention for an Adult With Autism and Severe Aggressive Behavior |
John M. Guercio (Benchmark Human Services), ROBERT CORMIER (Benchmark Human Services) |
Abstract: The following presentation details the implementation of a changing criterion and design to address the desensitization of an adult male with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), intellectual disability (ID), and severe aggressive behavior to riding in a vehicle while in the community. The subject had a lifelong history of institutionalization and had not successfully been transported in a vehicle for close to 10 years at the time of the study. The presentation will detail the comprehensive behavioral staff training (see Registered Behavioral Technician, BACB, 2015) and integration of behavioral technicians within a comprehensive vehicle desensitization procedure. The results show that the intervention produced decreases in aggressive responding both in his residence and in the vehicle on community outings. Suggestions will be made for future studies in this area. |
|
|
|
|
What is Secular Humanism? |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Lucerne, Swissotel |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: Edward K. Morris, Ph.D. |
Chair: Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas) |
PHIL ZUCKERMAN (Pitzer College/Claremount Graduate University/University of Aarhus, Denmark) |
Phil Zuckerman is a professor of Sociology and Secular Studies at Pitzer College in Claremont, California. He is also a regular affiliated professor at Claremont Graduate University, and he has been a guest professor for two years at the University of Aarhus, Denmark. He is the author of several books, including The Nonreligious (Oxford, 2016), Living the Secular Life (Penguin, 2014), Faith No More (Oxford, 2012), and Society Without God (NYU, 2008) and the editor or several volumes, including Atheism and Secularity (Praeger, 2010) and The Social Theory of W.E.B. Du Bois (Pine Forge, 2004). His research has also been published in various scholarly journals, such as Sociology Compass, Sociology of Religion, Deviant Behavior, and Religion, Brain, and Behavior. In 2011, Phil founded the first Secular Studies department in the nation. Secular Studies is an interdisciplinary program focusing on manifestations of the secular in societies and cultures, past and present. Secular Studies entails the study of non-religious people, groups, thought, and cultural expressions. Emphasis is placed upon the meanings, forms, relevance, and impact of political/constitutional secularism, philosophical skepticism, and personal and public secularity. Phil is also currently the series editor of the Secular Studies book series with New York University Press. He blogs for Psychology Today and the Huffington Post. He lives in Claremont, California, with his wife and three children. |
Abstract: Back in the 1950s, fewer than 5% of Americans were non-religious. Today, nearly 30% define themselves as such. And in many other nations, rates of irreligion are even higher. This recent increase of people who describe themselves as "none" in terms of religious identification is one of the most significant demographic shifts in recent history. Who are these non-religious individuals? Are they all atheists? Agnostics? Secular Humanists? And more importantly: what do these various designations even mean? In this lecture, secular typologies and taxonomies will be covered, and secular humanism -- as a growing worldview, existential orientation, and group identification -- will be defined, explored, and explained. For as the number of non-religious men and women continues to dramatically rise both in the USA and abroad, it is more important than ever to understand those men and women who choose to live without religious affiliation or beliefs, and yet still maintain core values, morals, and convictions which influence and direct so many aspects of their lives. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts and graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) discuss sociological knowledge concerning the growing rate of non-religious Americans; (2) define a variety of terms, labels, and typologies developed for describing and defining various types of irreligious people and identities; (3) discuss the meaning and core components of secular humanism. |
|
|
|
|
Issues in Reductionism: Mind, Brain, and Behavior |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Zurich E, Swissotel |
Area: TPC |
Chair: Andre V. Maharaj (Florida International University) |
|
Is Mentalism Dualistic? |
Domain: Theory |
JOSE E. BURGOS (University of Guadalajara) |
|
Abstract: Mentalism is the thesis that the mental is subjective, internal, and plays a causal role in behavior. Radical behaviorists persist in accusing mentalism of Cartesian dualism. This criticism, however, stems from a misunderstanding of Cartesian dualism as a philosophy of mind. Strictly, Cartesian dualism is the conjunction of a substance-separation thesis (SST) and a causal-interaction thesis (CIT). SST propounds the ontological separation between immaterial and material substances. CIT propounds that both substances interact causally. The two theses are logically independent, so one can be coherently maintained without the other. In particular, one can coherently maintain CIT, and thus be Cartesian, without SST, and thus be anti-dualist. Mentalism cannot possibly commit us to dualism for two reasons. First, if internality is a spatial relation and thinking substances lack spatial extension, they cannot possibly be internal. The mental can be internal only if it is physical. Second, if the mental causation of behavior is fundamentally incompatible with SST (a standard criticism of Cartesian dualism), such causation too commits us to materialism. On these two counts, mentalism can only be materialistic. The subjectivity of the mental, the third defining feature of mentalism, is entailed by SST, but also by materialism. Hence, propounding such subjectivity does not necessarily commit us to dualism either. The answer to the title question, then, is resoundingly negative. |
|
Considerations for the Reductionist Approach in Behavior Analysis in Light of Recent Neuroscientific Advances |
Domain: Theory |
Andre V. Maharaj (Florida International University), JACOB L. GEWIRTZ (Florida International University) |
|
Abstract: Contemporary advances in the realm of neuroscientific research have provided a window into once unobservable, under-the-skin phenomena. Empirical analyses in many fields has long advocated a reductionist approach, holding that phenomena are best understood by breaking them down into their smallest constituent parts. However, rather than viewing behavior from the value position that biochemical events must be the most basic elements of the stimulus-response relationship, we assert that reductionism is only useful insofar as the level of analysis remains parsimonious. A current trend in the field is the incorporation of neurological evidence, namely brain-behavior correlates, in theoretical conceptualizations for explanations of behavior. However, the vacillation of results in work done at these levels, such as those exemplified by recent findings on the cytoarchitecture of memory processes (Chen, 2014), serves to illustrate that such analyses may be less than useful. Indeed, the functional analysis of a behavior is both necessary and sufficient to inform analytic deconstruction and prediction, and we argue that Behavior Analysis may be better served by focusing on the explanation of events at the level at which they occur. |
|
|
|
|
|
Service Delivery Models for Caregiver-Mediated Interventions |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Columbus Hall EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Christopher A. Tullis (Georgia State University) |
Discussant: Natalie A. Parks (Positive Behavior Supports Corporation) |
CE Instructor: Christopher A. Tullis, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Many caregivers are playing a larger role in the service delivery of interventions to their children with developmental disabilities. These services can be provided across a variety of settings. This symposium includes four papers on behavioral parent training to address the core and associated deficits associated with autism and related development disabilities. Each study provided caregiver-implemented interventions in a particular setting or across a different medium (i.e., clinic-based, home-based, web-based, or live telehealth). Specifically, Connolly, Wilczynski, Finch and McIntosh evaluated the use of an online training to improve parent confidence within a school setting. Lea, Baker, Gillespie, Walton, and Delfs compared parent satisfaction and programmatic outcomes across three different service delivery models in a large scale parent training program. Walton, Yosick, Shillingsburg, Kansal, and Delfs evaluated the feasibility of a 12- week mand training program delivered via telehealth to the parents of preverbal children with ASD in rural Georgia. Durand and Parks modified a feeding intervention delivered in home by parents and evaluated the generalizability of the intervention. Data will be presented on individual outcomes, parent satisfaction, attendance, and other variables relevant to each study. Information on the feasibility and utility of these technologically-based parent interventions will be discussed. |
Keyword(s): Caregiver training, Technology |
|
Caregiver-Mediated Mand Training Using Telehealth: A Feasibility Study |
WILLIAM WALTON (Marcus Autism Center), Rachel Yosick (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine), Caitlin H. Delfs (Marcus Autism Center and Emory University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Abstract: Language deficits are one of the most common presenting complaints of parents of children with ASD (De Giacomo & Fombonne, 1998). Mand Training (MT), which focuses on teaching individuals to request items, activities, or actions from others, is based on the conceptualization of language as verbal behavior first described by Skinner (Skinner, 1957). MT is an intervention for severe language delays that incorporates behavioral techniques (e.g., prompting, reinforcement, specific antecedent manipulations) within naturalistic teaching opportunities (Paul, 2008, Le Blanc et al., 2006). MT can be implemented by therapists through direct services or delivered as a caregiver-mediated intervention (Loughrey et al., 2014). Several barriers to accessing evidence-based treatment for language deficits in ASD are unfortunately, common, and include cost and distance. Other behavioral services have been previously delivered via telehealth technology; however, it is not yet clear if MT is feasible for delivery via telehealth. The purpose of this open pilot study was to evaluate the feasibility of caregiver MT in a well-characterized sample of 15 preverbal children with ASD (ages 2.0 years to 4.9 years) via telehealth in rural Georgia that participated in a 12 week MT program. Data has been collected to determine if therapists can reliably train caregivers with a high level of fidelity, if caregivers can implement MT with fidelity, if there is improvement in the childs social communication skills, and if caregivers find the use of telehealth technology acceptable. |
|
Web-Based Parent Training and Identification of Evidence Based Treatments |
SARAH CONNOLLY (Marcus Autism Center and Emory University School of Medicine), Susan Wilczynski (Ball State University), Holmes Finch (Ball State University), David E. McIntoch (Ball State University) |
Abstract: The process of entering into the special education maze may be an overwhelming task for parents of children with autism who seek to best meet the needs of their children. Poor communication and collaboration between the family and school personnel may result in parental feelings of confusion during IEP meetings, as well as dissatisfaction with services (Stoner et al., 2005). A lack of knowledge regarding their child’s condition or the evidence-based treatments that can improve their child’s educational experiences may serve as a significant barrier to parental involvement. Families who have not learned enough credible information about their child’s diagnosis or treatments may have increased difficulty in advocating for their child’s needs. Web-based instruction is a method of increasing parental knowledge of evidence-based treatments for ASD is an emerging area of research, with a limited number of existing studies exploring the effects of web-based instruction on knowledge acquisition for parents of children with ASD (Jang et al., 2011). Should web-based learning become an option for parents of children with ASD, this may result in more cost effective and time efficient delivery of training in the area of behavioral interventions. The purpose of this study was to explore web-based training as a method of increasing parent knowledge of behavioral interventions for children with autism. The current study also aimed to determine if parents who received the training were better equipped to request these evidence based treatments in their child’s IEP. Findings, implications, and future directions will be discussed. |
|
Comparison of Service Delivery Models for a Behavioral Parent Training Program: Clinic-Based, Home-Based, and Telehealth |
CLAIRE LEA (The Marcus Autism Center), Ashley Baker (Marcus Autism Center), William Walton (Marcus Autism Center), Caitlin H. Delfs (Marcus Autism Center and Emory University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Parent training programs based in applied behavior analysis have been utilized as an alternative to intensive behavioral interventions for children with autism to alleviate the costs for parents and lessen the disparity between the number of children with autism who need services and the number of available trained professionals. Positive outcomes of parent training programs have been found when conducted in the home, in the clinic, and more recently via telehealth services; however, more research is needed to evaluate the feasibility and comparative effectiveness. The current study evaluates a 12-week parent training program that provides strategies on teaching new skills and managing problem behavior to over 100 parents of children with autism across the three service delivery models. Collectively, the data show the parent training program increases participants parenting skills and decreases parental stress. The current analysis aimed to assess whether the parents ability to acquire new skills and evaluation of the service differed depending on the location of parent-training. |
|
Procedural Modifications of an In-Home Feeding Treatment to Facilitate Generalization and Maintenance With Parent Implementation |
SHANNON DURAND (Positive Behavior Supports Corporation), Natalie A. Parks (Positive Behavior Supports Corporation) |
Abstract: Feeding issues and difficulty during mealtime effects up to 40% of all children, ranging from picky eating to almost complete refusal or selectivity (Sharp et al., 2010). Anywhere between three and ten percent of children develop chronic feeding issues that will not resolve without specific intervention. While research on feeding treatments and their effectiveness is rather vast, the literature on parent implementation of protocols, long-term outcomes, and implementing feeding treatments solely in the home setting are much more limited. This study examined the effects of a treatment developed solely within the home setting and that focused heavily on parent training and implementation. The caregiver was trained to implement treatment and long-term gains were measured. Initially the child made remarkable gains in both variety and texture; however, these gains were lost over time. Measures of treatment integrity of caregiver were measured and modifications were made as a result of caregivers inability to maintain high integrity over time to ensure long-term success and outcomes. |
|
|
|
|
Establishing and Refining Language Skills in Children With Autism |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Randolph, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Melissa Lynne King (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
|
Using Tactile Prompts to Evoke Speech Sounds With Non-Vocal Individuals With Autism |
Domain: Service Delivery |
RISCA L. SOLOMON (Skybound Autism Therapies), Renee Roy Hill (Crossroads Therapy Clinic) |
|
Abstract: Physical prompting is often used when teaching children with autism a variety of skills including imitation and self help skills. There have been a very small number of studies which show some physical prompting can be used to develop speech sounds. Despite the relatively small number of studies, there are a growing number of people implementing these physical prompts. We will discuss the limited research, present video case studies from the authors' practice, along with a small study and discuss the urgent need for more research in this area. |
|
Evaluation of the Efficiency of and Preference for Analog Versus Naturalistic Mand Training on the Acquisition of Mands for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Domain: Applied Research |
MELISSA L. KING (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Ashley Marie Lugo (Saint Louis University), Paige McArdle (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Hanna Schleu (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Therese L. Mathews (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
|
Abstract: The present study provides a systematic replication of the Jennett, Harris, and Delmolino (2008) study comparing discrete trial instruction (DTI) and naturalistic mand training on the acquisition of mands for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). An adapted alternating treatment design was implemented across three participants. Independent mands, variation in requested items, and duration of sessions were assessed across conditions. Generalization probes were conducted to assess generalization across communication partners (e.g., novel research assistants), along with a maintenance probe one-week post-training. Furthermore, a concurrent-chains arrangement was implemented to assess participants preference for teaching strategies. All participants reached mastery criterion quickest with naturalistic mand training. Implications, limitations, and areas of future research are discussed. |
|
Assessing Preference for Descriptive or Generic Praise in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Domain: Applied Research |
ALAYNA T. HABERLIN (Momentum Learning Services), Paul Harris (Momentum Learning Services) |
|
Abstract: There is a wealth of information indicating that an individuals preferences for stimuli are highly individualized (Zhou, Iwata, Goff, & Shore, 2001). This logic should then be applied to peoples preference for the type of praise she or he receives when learning. The purpose of this study was to explore childrens preference for descriptive or generic praise. There were 3 children with Autism Spectrum Disorder who participated. This study conducted two phases: skill acquisition and preference evaluation. In the skill acquisition phase, intraverbals were taught to each participant in an alternating treatment embedded within a multiple baseline design. The results of this phase indicated that neither type of praise was consistently better in establishing new intraverbals. In the preference evaluation, results indicated that 1 participant displayed a strong preference for descriptive praise while the other 2 did not display a preference for either type of praise. These results add to the growing body of literature that the type of praise used, does not necessarily increase the speed of acquisition. Second, the children in this study demonstrated that their preference for the type of praise was highly individualized. |
|
|
|
|
|
Best Practice Recommendations for Behavioral Economic Demand Curve Analyses |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Zurich C, Swissotel |
Area: BPN/EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Derek D. Reed (The University of Kansas) |
Discussant: Steven R. Hursh (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.) |
CE Instructor: Derek D. Reed, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The subdiscipline of behavioral science known as “operant behavioral economics” (hereafter termed simply “behavioral economics”) integrates concepts from microeconomic theory and behavior analysis. Behavioral economics provides scientists, researchers, practitioners, and policy makers with unique insights into motivation and reinforcer efficacy. Of particular noteworthiness is the influence of behavioral economics in the domains of addiction, behavioral pharmacology, and empirical public policy. Central to behavioral economics’ success is its unique demand curve analysis that quantifies the degree to which an organism/agency defends its baseline rate of consumption of a target commodity (i.e., its blisspoint). Recent advances in data collection for demand curve studies, as well as the quantitative modeling and analysis of subsequent data, have advanced both the theoretical interpretations and practical applications of behavioral economic principles. This symposium highlights these recent advances in both data collection for and quantitative analyses of demand curves. Contributors will provide data-based recommendations for best practices in this line of research. |
Keyword(s): behavioral economics, demand curve, quantitative analysis |
|
Construction, Interpretation, and Novel Application of Hypothetical Purchase Task Questionnaires |
PETER G. ROMA (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.), Brent Kaplan (The University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (The University of Kansas), Steven R. Hursh (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.) |
Abstract: Hypothetical purchase task (HPT) questionnaires provide quantitative insights on behavioral, motivational, and decision-making processes, preferences, and outcomes at the individual, group, market, and population levels when measuring actual consumption is impossible, impractical, illegal, or unethical. However, the development of HPTs beyond the substance abuse field has been limited. To facilitate broader application of HPTs and provide empirical guidance for construction of novel tasks, we tested the effects of HPT price density (17, 9, or 5 prices) and purchase type (quantity purchased or probability of single purchase) on behavioral economic (BE) measures in 1,219 participants for six generic commodities related to food, household/utility, entertainment, and recreation. The Exponential Model of Demand provided excellent fits (mean R2=0.98). High density HPTs were most sensitive yet most resistant to distortion. BE value measures were lower in quantity vs. probability HPTs. Rank-ordering of commodity values agreed regardless of HPT structural manipulations. Expenditure curves were bimodal, but consistent with Exponential Model predictions. Researchers and practitioners should carefully consider the construction and interpretation of existing and novel HPTs, but these and other data reveal the generalizability of the HPT approach and should encourage novel applications to public health and safety, business, operational environments, and broader national policy. |
|
A Comparison of Methods to Describe Economic Demand and Elasticity |
LESLEIGH ANN CRADDOCK (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children), Joshua Jackson (New England Center for Children), Allison Josephine Castile (New England Center for Children), Andrew Nuzzolilli (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Economic demand describes the consumption of a commodity across increases in price. A typical demand curve takes a monotonically decreasing form. In other words, consumption decreases as price increases. In behavioral economic preparations, price and commodity may be considered synonymous with FR value and reinforcer, respectively. Two quantitative models have been frequently used in the behavior analytic literature to describe this relation (Hursh et al., 1988; Hursh & Silberburg, 2008). We directly compared fits of the two equations across multiple data sets. In addition, we investigate the utility of model-neutral, area-under-the-curve measures of demand elasticity. |
|
Behavioral Economic Demand Curve Parameters Predict Response to Brief Alcohol Interventions |
JAMES MURPHY (University of Memphis), Ashley Dennhardt (University of Memphis), Matthew Martens (University of Missouri), Jessica Skidmore (Scripps Whittier Diabetes Institute), Ali Yurasek (Brown University), James MacKillop (McMaster University), Meghan McDevitt-Murphy (University of Memphis) |
Abstract: Identifying both predictors and mechanisms driving treatment response is necessary to improve alcohol treatment efficacy. The present study determine whether behavioral economic indices of alcohol reward value, measured before and immediately after a brief alcohol intervention, predict treatment response. Participants were 133 heavy drinking college students who were randomized to 1 of 3 conditions: brief motivational interview (BMI), brief computerized intervention (BCI), and assessment only. Baseline level of alcohol demand intensity (maximum consumption) significantly predicted drinks per week and alcohol problems at 1-month follow-up. BMI and BCI were associated with an immediate post-session reduction in alcohol demand (p < .001, n2p = .29) that persisted at the 1-month follow-up, with greater reductions in the BMI condition (p = .02, n2p = .06). Reductions in demand intensity and Omax (maximum expenditure) immediately post-session significantly predicted drinking reductions at 1-month follow up (p = .04, ∆ R2 = .02, and p = .01, ∆ R2 = .03, respectively). Behavioral economic reward value indices may function as risk factors for poor intervention response and as clinically relevant markers of change in heavy drinkers. The presentation will include a replication and extension of these results using a second clinical trial sample that included behavioral economic intervention elements. |
|
Essential Aspects of "Essential Value" in Behavioral Economic Demand: Recent Advances in Quantification |
BRENT KAPLAN (The University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (The University of Kansas), Peter G. Roma (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.), Steven R. Hursh (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.) |
Abstract: Demand curve analyses are useful for quantifying the relation between consumption of a reinforcer, or commodity, and increasing constraints. One advantage of the exponential demand equation is that it yields a single parameter (α) to describe the rate of change in elasticity across the entire curve. However, because α is not independent of k (range of consumption in logarithmic units), Hursh (2014) recently proposed a new generalized essential value (EV) formula that corrects for this interaction. Also recently, researchers have proposed alternative methods to analyze data from demand curve studies, but the degree to which those equations adequately reflect EV is unknown. We examined data from demand curves across several previous studies to not only test the transitional validity of the new EV formula, but to also examine the degree to which new methods accurately describe the data. Results indicate that EV adequately corrects for differences in k among the majority of demand curves analyzed. In addition, we demonstrate comparative advantages and disadvantages of various methods of analyzing demand curves. |
|
|
|
|
Analyses of Antecedent Variables Related to Improved Academic and Social Behavior |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Regency Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Gold West |
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Patrick Romani (University of Colorado School of Medicine and Children's Hospital Colorado) |
Discussant: Edward J. Daly (University of Nebraska-Lincoln) |
CE Instructor: Patrick Romani, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Antecedent-based interventions have been used to address a wide variety of common referral concerns for applied behavior analysts. This symposium will present four papers investigating the effect of antecedent variables on improvements in academic (Schieltz and Wacker and Hamad) and social behavior (Watkins et al. and Torelli et al.). Both Schieltz and Wacker and Hamad present data showing the effect of instructional strategies matched to academic weaknesses on decreases in problem behavior and accurate responding. Watkins and colleagues present a study in which incorporating children diagnosed with autisms interests into play activities increased pro-social behaviors, and Torelli and colleagues present data showing the positive effects of a class-wide multiple-schedule of reinforcement on student disruptive behavior. Together these four papers extend the literature investigating the creative use of antecedent strategies to improve academic and behavioral concerns. Thus, this symposium will provide attendees with information about the extension of antecedent-based interventions to issues of social concern. |
Keyword(s): Academic Inteventions, Antecedent Interventions, Social Skills, Stimulus Control |
|
Effects of Instructional Strategies on Academic Behavior Maintained by Negative Reinforcement Within Concurrent Schedules |
KELLY M. SCHIELTZ (University of Missouri), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate whether antecedent variables associated with academic tasks biased choice responding towards academic tasks with a history of negative reinforcement. Ella was a fifth grade girl diagnosed with mild intellectual disability. Academic instruction was provided at the first and second grade levels. Primary behavioral concerns were aggression and noncompliance. All procedures were conducted in a 90-min outpatient clinic. IOA was assessed across 40% of sessions and averaged 99%. Assessments were conducted within a concurrent schedules design during all phases. A preference assessment was conducted during Phase 1 to determine the relative value between positive and negative reinforcement. Results suggested that choice allocation was maintained by negative reinforcement, whereby choices occurred away from academic tasks. During Phase 2, a reinforcer assessment was conducted to determine whether positive reinforcement, in the form of attention, biased choice responding towards the academic task. Results showed that attention was not sufficient to maintain choice responding. During Phase 3, an antecedent analysis was conducted to determine whether instructional strategies biased responding towards the academic task. Results showed that choice responding switched to the academic task and improved academic performance, suggesting that the instructional strategy functioned as an abolishing operation. |
|
Increasing Peer Social Interactions Using the Preferred Interests of Preschoolers With Autism |
LACI WATKINS (The University of Texas at Austin), Mark O'Reilly (The University of Texas at Austin), Michelle Kuhn (The University of Texas at Austin), Katherine Ledbetter-Cho (Texas State University) |
Abstract: The literature suggests that children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) educated in inclusive settings generally do not interact with their typically developing classmates during social activities. This study assessed whether an antecedent strategy of incorporating the preferred interests of preschoolers with ASD into play activities mutually engaging to typical peers would result in an increase in social interaction. A multiple baseline design across participants (with ABAB phases embedded) was used to demonstrate the effects of the intervention on participant initiations and responses during play sessions with typical peers. Initiations and responses to typical peers increased for all four participants, and generalization to novel peers was observed. Treatment gains were maintained during six-week follow- up sessions. Recommendations for practitioners working with children with ASD in inclusive settings and potential areas of future research are discussed. |
|
Teaching Stimulus Control via Class-Wide Multiple Schedules of Reinforcement in Public Elementary School Classrooms |
JESSICA TORELLI (Vanderbilt University), Blair Lloyd (Vanderbilt University), Claire Diekman (Vanderbilt University), Joseph H. Wehby (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: In elementary school classrooms, students commonly recruit teacher attention at inappropriately high rates or at inappropriate times. Multiple schedule interventions have been used to teach stimulus control by signaling to students when reinforcement is and is not available contingent on an appropriate response. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate effects of a class-wide multiple schedule on differentiated rates of student recruitment of teacher attention in two public elementary classrooms. General education teachers implemented the multiple schedule intervention in the context of a common instructional routine (i.e., small group rotations among reading centers). Results indicated that the multiple schedule intervention was effective at decreasing disruptive bids for attention when teacher attention was not available. Additional research on teacher implementation of class-wide multiple schedules is needed to evaluate whether this intervention may be identified as an effective supplement to tier 1 classroom management strategies within multi-tiered systems of support. |
|
Testing a Model for Assessment and Intervention Decision-Making for Students With Co-Occurring Behavior Problems and Reading Difficulties in the Classroom: Exploring the Relative Effects of Antecedent Intevention Strategies |
ANDREA EGAN HAMAD (Minnesota Department of Human Services), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: Many students exhibit behavior problems and reading difficulties in the classroom. Interventions to address these issues have been shown to be increasingly less effective after third grade. A practical model was created in this study to assist researchers and practitioners in assessment and intervention decision-making. Six first-grade students participated in the three parts of this study: (1) functional analysis; (2) reading assessment; (3) brief analysis to test the effects of antecedent interventions matched and mismatched to hypothesis for reading difficulties on off-task behavior and reading accuracy. Results from the functional analyses revealed three participants with attention-maintained problem behavior and three participants with escape-maintained problem behavior and the reading assessment revealed that all six participants exhibited skill deficits. Participants received sessions of antecedent attention and the use of an instructional strategy immediately followed by independent reading in their classroom. Results showed response covariation (i.e., low levels of off-task behavior concurrent with high levels of reading accuracy) for two of six participants when the intervention strategy was matched to hypothesis for reading difficulties. Findings suggest that under some conditions, interventions that directly address reading difficulty may have potential to concurrently decrease problem behavior and increase reading accuracy. |
|
|
|
|
Current Issues and Directions Regarding Stimulus Preference Assessments: Implications for Research and Practice |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Columbus Hall AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: PRA/TPC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: James Moore (University of Southern Mississippi) |
Discussant: Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida) |
CE Instructor: James Moore, Ph.D. |
Abstract: While research has clearly demonstrated the efficacy of stimulus preference assessments in the identification of potential reinforcers, practitioners still rely primarily on indirect methods to select these stimuli (Graff & Karsten, 2014). In the current symposium, we will explore and discuss procedural and theoretical parameters of direct preference assessment in the attempt to increase audience competence in the use of direct methods. Basic procedural issues, as well as complex questions regarding potential sources of stimulus control within the assessment context will be discussed. The focus of this symposium is not only stimulate future research, but to also challenge practitioners to increase their use of direct over indirect assessment methods. |
|
Advancements in Brief MSWOs Conducted in Electronic Pictorial and Video-Based Formats With Children With Autism |
MATTHEW T. BRODHEAD (Purdue University), Gina Warren Abston (Clinical Director, Cornerstone Autism Center), Meredith Mates (Cornerstone Autism Center) |
Abstract: This presentation will review three recent studies that examined the predictive validity of brief MSWOs conducted in electronic pictorial and video formats with children with autism. The first study will demonstrate the predictive validity of electronic pictorial preference assessment, conducted on an iPad, in predicting reinforcing efficacy of toys. The second study is a replication of the first study, except stimuli were depicted in video format. Finally, the third study examined the extent to which a video-based preference assessment without contingent access to chosen activities (e.g., jumping on a trampoline or playing video-games) corresponded to a video-based preference assessment with contingent access. We also examined the reliability of instructor reports in predicting obtained student preference for activities. All three studies demonstrated the effectiveness of these novel formats of preference assessments and further highlight the importance of systematic evaluation of student preference in early-intensive behavioral intervention settings. |
|
The Effects of Pairing Procedures on Subsequent Item Engagement and Challenging Behaviors During Operant Play Conditions |
GREGORY R. MANCIL (Louisiana Tech University) |
Abstract: Several research studies have demonstrated the success of using preferences as reinforcement for children with autism and other developmental disabilities (Roane, et. al., 1998). However, children with autism often become obsessed with just one or small set of items, which can relate to higher levels of challenging behaviors (Mancil, 2009). Thus, the purpose of this study was to examine the effects of pairing procedures between preferred items and novelty items and the effects on subsequent item engagement and challenging behaviors during operant play conditions. A multi-element design was used to compare engagement time and challenging behaviors between highly preferred items and novelty items. Data was collected via iPad during 5-minute sessions. Prior to pairing procedures, preference assessments were conducted keeping response effort levels equal across items to identify the highly preferred items. A multiple stimulus with replacement and a paired stimulus preference was conducted on each participant. In addition, novelty items were identified for each participant and tested to ensure a zero level of engagement prior to pairing Novelty items were paired with highly preferred items for each participant. Pairing procedures consisted of requiring the participant to engage with the novelty item with the highly preferred item simultaneously. Results indicate that participants engaged in play with novelty items for significantly higher periods of time and challenging behaviors decreased following pairing procedures with highly preferred items. This study potentially impacts planning for individuals with limited preferences and obsessive interests. IOA was 95% across all conditions and reliability with each observers data was 100% across all observers. |
|
The Impact of Stimulus Presentation and Size on Preference |
CHRISTOPHER M. FURLOW (The University of Southern Mississippi), James Moore (University of Southern Mississippi), Keith Radley III (University of Southern Mississippi), Evan Dart (University of Southern Mississippi) |
Abstract: The impact of stimulus size and presentation on choice during a preference assessment was investigated using a modified multiple-stimulus without replacement (MSWO) technique. Stimuli were either presented with a uniform magnitude, as determined by mass, or in a manner consistent with caregiver report of reinforcer consumption. Marked differences in both overall item selection, as well as rank order were observed as a function of the different presentation methods.
DESCRIPTORS: Preference assessment, choice, reinforce magnitude, caregiver report |
|
Size Matters: An Examination of Stimulus Magnitude With Respect to Reinforcer Efficacy |
TRISTA LINN (St. Cloud State University), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: Considerations in selecting items to include in a stimulus array for preference and subsequent reinforcer assessments are seldom addressed in the literature. While stimulus selection in preference assessments works on a utilitarian level, there is evidence to suggest that researchers might need to take additional precautions for stimulus selection practices. Specifically, research that does not consider the difference in magnitude between and within items in a stimulus array may result in a lack of correspondence between preference level and reinforcer efficacy (Halbur, Linn, & Witts, 2015). In their study, Halbur et al. (2015) found that preference levels of varying portion sizes of pizza did not reliably predict reinforcer efficacy in subsequent progressive ratio reinforcer assessments. It is our goal to extend DeLeon, Frank, Gregory, and Allman (2009), which demonstrated a correspondence between paired-stimulus preference assessments and progressive ratio reinforcer assessments, by considering magnitude across preferred and non-preferred items in a stimulus array. We conclude with a discussion on practical limitations, additional research considerations, and future directions in stimulus array selection. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Joint Control Research |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Michigan ABC, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East |
Area: VBC/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: David W. Sidener (Garden Academy) |
Discussant: Joyce C. Tu (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.) |
CE Instructor: Joyce C. Tu, Ed.D. |
Abstract: Joint control (Lowenkron, 2005) is explained as an event when a verbal topography currently evoked by one stimulus is also evoked by a second stimulus. In the first presentation, several studies of joint control and it's role in listener responding will be discussed. In addition, several new directions for joint control will be suggested, including applied research. Three joint control research studies will also be included in this symposium. In the first study, joint control methods were used to teach manded selection responses with three children diagnosed with autism. Second, joint control was used as a method to generate novel responding in three individuals with disabilities. And finally, joint control methods were used to teach children to count objects from a larger set (e.g., count 15 from a group of 25 objects) by introducing a verbal mediating response with response product, then gradually fading the presence of the added stimulus. |
Keyword(s): Generative Responding, Joint control, Listener responding, Verbal Behavior |
|
Recent Joint Control Research and Suggestions for Additional Research Topics |
DAVID W. SIDENER (Garden Academy), Joyce C. Tu (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.), Lauren Sinning (Garden Academy) |
Abstract: In a series of papers, Lowenkron and colleagues described a model they referred to as joint control. As described by Lowenkron (2004) the joint control event occurs when a verbal topography currently evoked by one stimulus is also evoked by a second stimulus. That is, the speaker “says” something, sometimes covertly, evoked by one stimulus, then says the same thing but evoked by another stimulus. In the language of verbal behavior, the speaker may be said to emit one verbal operant topography (e.g., “push the green switch”) then when she can emit the same topography as before but as a different operant (as a tact – “There’s the green one!”) the match then jointly controls some other kind of behavior such as a selection response. Several published examinations of this phenomenon have looked at various types of match to sample and listener responding preparations. Recent research is reviewed and, building on that, several new directions for joint control research are suggested, including applied research. |
|
The Role of Joint Control in the Acquisition of Listener Responses |
ELISA SAHAGUN (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.), Alex Silva (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.) |
Abstract: The purpose of the study is to teach manded selection responses through joint control training to children diagnosed with autism. The goal of this study is to evaluate the role of joint control in teaching selection responses in children with autism. This research investigates the effectiveness of joint control training in teaching selection responses and if self-echoic and tact skills alone will be sufficient in producing name-object responses. Joint control were taught to children with autism such as to echo, tact, and use these two skills jointly to emit correct selection behaviors. The finding demonstrated that echoic and tact training alone did not result in generalized selection response; it was only when the participants were taught to emit the two verbal responses (self-echoic and tact) jointly that the performance in manded selection behavior improved significantly. |
|
Joint Control as Another Generative Strategy When Teaching Novel Manded Selection Responses and Tact to Children With Autism |
RONALD MORENO (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.), HaeRim Choun (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.), Kelly Montague (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.) |
Abstract: Joint control was used as a method to generate novel responding in three individuals with disabilities. In the training phase, the experimenter taught the participants to select components (nouns, verbs, actions, colors, and objects) of four pictures using joint control. That is, the participants first echo the name of the specific component emitted by the experimenter (e.g., Beige), then select the appropriate picture with the specific component, and finally, tact the specific component. Each component was taught until 80% or higher accuracy was reached. Then the experimenter tested for generative responding in both the manded selection and tact repertoire. The result showed that the participants were able to select and tact the pictures using combination of the components taught in joint control. For example, Man reading a beige magazine. This study shows that joint control can be an additional way to generate novel untrained/unreinforced responses in individuals with disabilities. |
|
Behavioral Mediation of Remote Responding: Exploring Other Applications of Joint Control |
David W. Sidener (Garden Academy), LAUREN SINNING (Garden Academy), Samantha Lockhart (Garden Academy) |
Abstract: A small but growing group of studies is providing increasing support for behavioral mediation of various matching and other discrimination tasks. In the current examination, we attempted to use joint control methods to teach children to count objects from a larger set (e.g., count 15 from a group of 25 objects) by introducing a verbal mediating response with response product, then gradually fading the presence of the added stimulus. Preliminary findings indicate that for children who could rote count beyond 30 but could not reliably count a specified number from a larger set, the introduction and subsequent fading of a written mediating stimulus may be an effective method to teach remote (e.g., not immediate) tasks like counting. |
|
|
|
|
Self-Monitoring/Management as an Intervention for Aberrant Behaviors |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Columbus Hall IJ, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Jessica E. Frieder, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This session will discuss the effectiveness of self-monitoring in treating individuals with aberrant behaviors. First, Self & Match, a self-monitoring intervention that has student-teacher match component and reinforcement, as an effective intervention that leads to increases in appropriate classroom behavior and decreases in maladaptive classroom behavior for students with an autism spectrum disorder in the classroom setting will be reviewed. Next, the application of the Self & Match system to a child diagnosed with autism who was at risk for being removed from his local school district and placed in a center based program for engaging in high rates of inappropriate language will be highlighted. Finally, the results of a peer feedback component on a self-management program will be discussed. |
Keyword(s): aberrant behaviors, behavior intervention, self-management, self-monitoring |
|
Effectiveness of Self and Match as an Intervention for Increasing Appropriate Classroom Behavior in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
KATHARINE M. CROCE ("Self & Match") |
Abstract: This study evaluated Self & Match, a self-monitoring intervention that has student-teacher match component and reinforcement, to improve appropriate classroom behavior of seven students diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder, receiving applied behavior analytic services as a part of their Individualized Education Program (IEP). Using a multiple-baseline withinsubjects and across behaviors with a probe assessment design, the effectiveness of Self & Match was evaluated in the classroom setting. The results indicated that Self & Match is an effective intervention that leads to increases in appropriate classroom behavior and decreases in maladaptive classroom behavior for students with an autism spectrum disorder in the classroom setting. |
|
"Self & Match" in the Schools: A Preliminary Analysis of Utilizing Self Management Procedures With Students at Risk for Alternative Educational Placements |
ANDREW BULLA (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Self-Monitoring/Self-Management is an evidence-based intervention for managing aberrant behaviors in school settings, so much so it is often utilized as a tier two intervention in a Response to Intervention (RtI) framework. This presentation will discuss the successful application of the Self & Match" system, a self management motivational system, for a child diagnosed with autism who was at risk for being removed from his local school district and placed in a center based program for engaging in high rates of inappropriate language. Functional behavior assessment results will be discussed, as well as outcomes from the intervention. Implications for future research will also be reviewed. |
|
Evaluating the Effects of Peer Supports on Self-Management |
SEAN FIELD (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University), Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University), Rodney D. Clark (Allegheny College) |
Abstract: The use of self-management to assist with the management of problem behavior and to increase on-task academic behaviors has been demonstrated as an effective behavioral strategy. However, some common impediments to their wide spread use include the demands that are often placed on teachers and the ability of the student to maintain and generalize the repertoire. The current study evaluated the effects of a peer feedback component on a self-management program. Students were trained to implement a self-management procedure and then allowed to gain peer attention and feedback for achieving specific performance levels. The results of the study will be discussed followed by a discussion of the limitations of the current study and directions for future research. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis and Traumatic Brain Injury |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Crystal Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Green West |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Anneka Hofschneider (Centre for Neuro Skills) |
Discussant: Chris Persel (Centre for Neuro Skills) |
CE Instructor: Anneka Hofschneider, M.A. |
Abstract: An estimated 2.5 million Americans sustain an isolated or compounding brain injury. According to the Centers for Disease Control (CDC), a diagnosis of Traumatic Brain Injury (TBI) affected more than 280,000 hospitalizations and 2.2 million Emergency Department visits (2010). Survivors may suffer effects lasting several days to their whole lifetime. These conditions include impairments in cognition, executive functioning, movement, sensation, and emotional and behavior functioning (CDC, 2010). Maladaptive behaviors observed following a brain injury vary across individuals. Common factors identified to contribute to their occurrence include location and severity of injury, verbal and physical skills, time post-injury, and treatment course. In addition, hospitalization and further medical treatment impact maladaptive behaviors, from pharmacological restraints to inappropriate consequence contingencies which do not address function of behavior. The purpose of this symposium is to feature several cases that have greatly benefitted from Applied Behavior Analysis procedures integrated into the Neurorehabilitation setting. Such procedures were implemented as function-based and have been observed to impact overall improvements in rehabilitation potential, level of care, and quality of life. |
Keyword(s): brain injury, independent living, neurorehabilitation |
|
"I Love You, but I Gotta Get the !@#$% Outta Here" |
CHRIS PERSEL (Centre for Neuro Skills) |
Abstract: This talk will present a case study on a 49-year-old male who suffered a traumatic brain injury. Admission to a post-acute rehabilitation program with behavior analytic programming was prioritized for this individual due to history of maladaptive behaviors observed during hospitalization and acute care. Upon admission, confusion, agitation, swatting, body-shoving, exiting, and perseverative speech were observed. These behaviors appeared to be escape-maintained and impeded therapy. Procedures that included escape extinction were implemented. Cooperation and participation in therapy and safe behaviors, necessary for discharge and return to work, were measured pre- and post-implementation. Data monitoring indicated marked improvements ranging from 0% cooperation at admission to 100% cooperation at discharge. Post-intervention data demonstrated an increase to 100% cooperation at discharge. Data and graphical analyses will be presented, along with limitations. |
|
Brain Injury, Language Deficits, and Escape: Overcoming Challenges in Rehabilitation |
MATTHEW SABO (Centre for Neuro Skills), Anneka Hofschneider (Centre for Neuro Skills) |
Abstract: Further applications of escape-extinction procedures are analyzed. Findings from two case studies utilizing similar design procedures will be presented. Similarities between the clinical features of these cases, including receptive aphasia and apraxia, will be discussed. The first case study will discuss history, injury severity, and maladaptive behaviors as demonstrated by a 63- year-old male. Maladaptive behaviors included exiting, spitting, nonsensical speech, and yelling. Visual cues and modeling were utilized along with use of written instructions to promote skill reacquisition. Graduated guidance was utilized in compliance training. Results demonstrated gradual lessening of maladaptive behaviors with application of strategy. The second case will review the implementation of similar procedures to address confusion, yelling, and noncompliance secondary to expressive aphasia demonstrated by a 63-year-old- male. The use of escape extinction, response interruption, verbal and physical prompting will be discussed. Findings and limitations will be reviewed as well. |
|
|
|
|
Ethics Cases That Will Drive You Crazy |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Vevey 1 & 2, Swissotel |
Area: CSE/PRA; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Thomas L. Zane, Ph.D. |
Chair: Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College) |
JON S. BAILEY (Florida State University) |
VALBONA DEMIRI (Hopewell Valley Regional School District/Endicott) |
THOMAS L. ZANE (Institute for Behavioral Studies, Endicott College) |
Abstract: Behavior analysis has grown in popularity over the past 20 years, to the point of being a high-demand service in the area of autism and developmental disabilities. Our field has an ethical code that governs our professional behavior. However, there are an increasing number of incidents of behavior analysts behaving in ways that are in conflict with ethics and best practice. Section 7 of the BACB Professional and Ethical Compliance Code obligates behavior analysts to approach behaviorists who are drifting from our ethical code, in an attempt to rectify potentially unethical situations. The panel members will start this session by briefly describing some cases where behavior analysts were engaging in ethically questionable practices and how they were resolved. The bulk of this session will provide opportunities for dialog between the audience and panel members to discuss questions of practice by audience members, and strategies to resolve these potential ethical situations. Participants will be given decision-making strategies and role-play various scenarios to better prepare them for improving the behavior of behavior analysts who may be drifting from ethical practice. |
Keyword(s): ethics, practice, service delivery |
|
|
|
|
Cultural and Social Behavior in Behavioral Perspective |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Montreux, Swissotel |
Area: CSE/TPC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Mitch Fryling (California State University, Los Angeles) |
CE Instructor: Mitch Fryling, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium consists of three papers, each of which focuses on the behavioral analysis of cultural and social behavior. The first presentation, by Linda Parrott Hayes, focuses on cultural behavior, specifically describing its unique features relative to other types of behavior. Particular emphasis is placed on the arbitrary nature of cultural behavior, as well as it's artificiality, adequacy and inconsistency. Also addressed are conditions under which cultural behavior is acquired, modified and eliminated, along with their implications for social order. The second presentation, by Mitch Fryling, describes an analysis of interpersonal relationships, especially interpersonal closeness and conflict. Emphasis is placed on behavioral processes involved in observational learning, stimulus substitution and stimulus-stimulus relations more broadly, and the observation of another person's thoughts. The practical implications of this analysis for both educational and therapeutic interventions are provided. Finally, the third presentation, by Genevieve DeBernardis, focuses on community behavior, and in particular on the extent to which coordinated patterns of behavior contribute to eco-friendly practices. |
Keyword(s): Cultural Behavior, Social Issues |
|
Cultural Behavior |
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: While each individual’s full psychological make-up is uniquely configured, some of its patterns are shared with other members of the groups in which the individual is a participant. Some of these shared patterns are attributable to common ecological circumstances, while some are artificial in this regard. Conventional behaviors of the latter sort, namely cultural behaviors, are distinguished by the arbitrariness of their response forms as relates to the natural properties of the stimulating objects with which they are coordinated and by their non-universal distribution across the population. These distinctions speak to the means and conditions under which cultural behaviors are acquired, as well as the type of organism capable of exhibiting behavior of this type. This paper examines the nature of cultural behavior including its artificiality, arbitrariness, adequacy and inconsistency as exemplified in religious belief. Also addressed are conditions under which cultural behavior is acquired, modified and eliminated, along with their implications for social order. |
|
Conceptualizing Interpersonal Closeness and Conflict |
MITCH FRYLING (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: Interpersonal relationships are central to the day-to-day lives of humans. Helping professionals spend a considerable amount of time on these relationships while working with clients, including the improvement of impaired relationships, enhancement of existing relationships, and the development of new relationships. In addition, the therapeutic relationship, which is also an interpersonal relationship, has been of interest to many helping professionals. This presentation describes a behavior analytic conceptualization of interpersonal relationships, including factors that contribute to the development of “close” or intimate relationships as well as those which contribute to interpersonal conflict. In particular, processes associated with observation, stimulus-stimulus relations, stimulus substitution, and the observation of thoughts are considered. This conceptualization is contrasted with traditional, mentalistic ways of thinking about the topic. Special emphasis is given to factors that may be isolated during educational and therapeutic interventions. |
|
The Role of the Community in Eco-Conscious Change |
GENEVIEVE M. DEBERNARDIS (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: It is becoming increasingly important that communities protect and improve upon the environment that surrounds them. However, the challenge with creating rapid social change in response to environmental issues is that many of the consequences of eco-positive behavior are significantly delayed. In addition, these behaviors require coordinated efforts of individuals in the community in order to provide a lasting impact. Despite these barriers, some communities have had great success in promoting and sustaining eco-friendly behavior. One example of this is the elimination of littering. This paper will cover examples of communities that have been successful in instilling the principle of “leaving no trace” in their culture. Examples will range from large, permanent cities to small, temporary gatherings of people. The success of these communities will be discussed from a behavior analytic perspective, concluding with ways in which behavior analysts can expand and improve upon these approaches. |
|
|
|
|
Evaluating Methods for Aiding in Assessment or Treatment of Problem Behavior |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Grand Ballroom CD South, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida) |
CE Instructor: William H. Ahearn, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium consists of three talks. The first talk will be delivered by Seth Clark from The Marcus Autism Center. Concurrent operant and progressive ratio schedules are each useful approaches to evaluating the influence of qualitative differences between reinforcers. This investigation examined the influence of qualitative differences between functional reinforcers shown to maintain problem behavior (i.e., differing qualities of attention and different types of restraint) within the context of treatment. The second talk will be delivered by Travis Jones of the University of Florida. DRO is implemented in a variety of ways and sometimes involve instructions. Contingency-specifying instructions occasionally are delivered at the beginning of the session, and a recent study by Watts and colleagues (2013) in which DRO was implemented with and without instructions found that instructions were either (a) necessary to effect behavior reduction or (b) more efficient than DRO without instructions. This study conducted a further analysis of the effects of instruction alone, DRO alone, and DRO plus instruction. The third talk by Bill Ahearn of the New England Center for Children will discuss the roles preference assessment played in the treatment of problem behavior across three areas of treatment. |
Keyword(s): concurrent operants, DRO, preference |
|
The Utility of Concurrent Operant and Progressive Ratio Assessments to Clarify Functional Reinforcers |
SETH B. CLARK (Marcus Autism Center), Andrea Zawoyski (University of Georgia), Peyton Groff (Georgia Neurobehavioral Associates), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Sensitivities to different aspects of a reinforcer can impact the outcome of a functional assessment, as well the outcome of function-based treatments. For example, different qualities of attention provided within an assessment may bias the outcome (Gardner, Wacker, & Boelter, 2009; Kodak, Northup, & Kelley, 2007). Concurrent operant and progressive ratio schedules are each useful approaches to evaluating the influence of qualitative differences between reinforcers (Gardner et al., 2009). The current investigation examined the influence of qualitative differences between functional reinforcers shown to maintain problem behavior (i.e., differing qualities of attention and different types of restraint) within the context of treatment. Participants were two individuals with developmental disabilities who engaged in severe problem behavior. Each completed a concurrent operant assessment to determine which qualities of attention or types of restraint were most preferred, and progressive ratio analyses to examine the degree to which the different qualities of attention or restraint affected their potency as reinforcers. Assessment results were then incorporated into treatment. A clear preference for one type of reinforcer was observed for both participants. Results suggest the utility of concurrent operant and progressive ratio analyses for functional reinforcers have the potential to affect treatment outcomes. |
|
Effects of Instructions on Responding Under DRO Contingencies |
TRAVIS JONES (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) is implemented in a variety of ways, but typically involves delivery of reinforcement following a period of time during which a target behavior did not occur. Contingency-specifying instructions occasionally are delivered at the beginning of the session, and a recent study (Watts, Wilder, Gregory, Leon, & Ditzian, 2013) in which DRO was implemented with and without instructions found that instructions were either (a) necessary to effect behavior reduction or (b) more efficient than DRO without instructions. Because these results may have been an artifact of the experimental design and procedure, we conducted a further analysis of the effects of instruction alone, DRO alone, and DRO plus instruction. Instruction alone was effective in reducing the target behavior (engagement with a highly preferred leisure item) for two of four subjects, and DRO alone and DRO plus instruction were effective for all subjects. DRO plus instruction was more efficient for one subject. |
|
The Role of Assessing Preference Across Various Treatment Strategies |
WILLIAM H. AHEARN (New England Center for Children), Clelia Garance Deltour (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Preference assessments play a variety of roles in the treatment of problem behavior. This presentation will review the contribution of preference assessment to three areas of treatment. The first involves treating stereotypic behavior maintained by automatic positive reinforcement. Duration-based preference assessment can play a helpful role in identifying competing activities and data from several studies will be presented briefly. The second involves behavior likely maintained by automatic negative reinforcement. Preference for and aversion to activities was evaluated while assessing and treating behavior related to anxiety-provoking events. Finally, in a third study preference for and aversion to activities was evaluated in a different manner for problem behavior occurring during transitions. The results obtained in all three lines of work suggest that preference assessments can helpfully contribute to treatment success. Interobserver Agreement (IOA) data were collected for at least 30% of all assessment and treatment sessions and IOA averaged over 90% for all conditions. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Cusps: Twenty Years Later |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Grand Ballroom AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: DEV; Domain: Theory |
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Jesus Rosales-Ruiz, Ph.D. |
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Presenting Authors: : JES&UACUTE;S ROSALES-RUIZ (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Rosales-Ruiz and Baer first wrote about the concept of behavioral cusps in 1996. However, it wasn't until the publication of a JABA article the next year (Rosales-Ruiz and Baer 1997) and a follow-up article by Bosch and Fuqua (2001) that the idea begins to spread throughout behavior analysis. A behavioral cusp is a special type of behavior change because it brings the organism in contact with new contingencies that have even more far-reaching consequences. The concept of the cusp has been both theoretically and pragmatically useful for the field of behavior analysis. In practice, the concept of the cusp helps guide the selection of target behaviors. In theory, it contributes significantly to our understanding of the way that behavior changes. This presentation will illustrate the concept of the cusp and distinguish it from other types of behavior change, such as generativity, and types of behavior, such as pivotal behaviors. It will also highlight some of the developments that have helped advance the concept of the cusp over the last 20 years and discuss the theoretical importance of the cusp concept. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: This tutorial will be of interest to basic and applied researchers interested in mechanisms of behavior change and to practitioners who work in a variety of applied settings. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, the participant will be able to: 1) Describe the difference between behavioral cusps and other types of behavior change. 2) Identify cusps in teaching situations in applied settings. 3) List possible behaviors that could be cusps. |
|
JES&UACUTE;S ROSALES-RUIZ (University of North Texas) |
Jesús Rosales-Ruiz is an associate professor at the University of North Texas in the Department of Behavior Analysis. He obtained his Ph.D. from the University of Kansas in 1995, under the mentorship of two pioneers in the field of behavior analysis, Donald M. Baer and Ogden R. Lindsley. Jesús is one of the few scientists in the world studying animal training from both the theoretical and applied perspectives. He, along with his students, has greatly contributed to the understanding of the science and practice of animal training. Jesús also studies the antecedent control of behavior, generalization, behavioral cusps, fluency-based teaching, treatment of autism, teaching of academic behavior, rule-governed behavior and contingency-shaped behavior. He has served on several editorial boards, including the Journal of Precision Teaching, the European Journal of Behavior Analysis, and the International Journal of Psychology and Psychological Therapy. He has also served as a reviewer for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, the Journal of Neuroscience Methods, Behavioral Processes, and PLOS ONE. Jesús is a fellow of the Eastern Psychological Association, a trustee of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies and a member of the Association for Behavior Analysis International. |
Keyword(s): Behavior change, Behavioral cusps, Generativity, Pivotal response |
|
|
|
|
Current Investigations in Animal Learning |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Zurich D, Swissotel |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Linda Muckey (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
CE Instructor: Ashley Shayter, M.D. |
Abstract: The present set of investigations use three separate animal species to demonstrate the fundamental processes underlying human operant behavior. The continuity of species is a core assumption of the field of behavior analysis, and the use of these invertebrate and basic mammal species highlight the role of motivation both organismically and chemically, and highlight how such variables affect responsiveness to immediate environmental contingencies. The studies will show probabilistic discounting in rats, variables affecting the motivation of cockroaches, and the effects of psychoactive chemical compounds in flatworms. |
Keyword(s): Delay Discounting, Invertebrate Animals, Motivation, Rats |
|
Probabilistic Outcomes in Nonhuman Delay Discounting |
JAY HINNENKAMP (Utah State), Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Delay discounting refers to the observation that the consequences of our actions lose subjective value as they are delayed in time (Madden & Johnson, 2010). To understand why delayed consequences exert less control over behavior than more immediate consequences, research has manipulated a variety of behavioral, pharmacological, and neuromodulatory factors (Gray & MacKillop, 2015). One factor that has been shown to influence human choice of smaller sooner vs. larger later consequences, but has received little attention within animal delay-discounting research, is the probability at which larger-later consequences are delivered (Mahrer, 1956). This paper will discuss the results of a between-subjects experiment that explored the effects of two different probabilistic schedules – one that delivers food with an increasing probability across time and one that delivers food with a decreasing probability across time – on rats’ impulsive choice. Furthermore, the paper will discus the relationship between rats’ interval timing during probability training and their choice within the impulsive choice assessment. |
|
Assessing Motivation in the Madagascar Hissing Cockroach |
ASHLEY SHAYTER (Southern Illinois University), Matthew L. Johnson (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Proportion of free-feeding body weight has become an important preparation for ensuring that appropriate motivating operations are present in laboratory organisms. While well suited to work with rodents, body weight is less predictive of motivation in invertebrate organisms due to their larger proportion of weight from exoskeleton, reduced organ mass, and comparatively less fat and muscle mass. Additionally, the practice of limiting access to food to increase the value of edibles has been observed in some invertebrates to be detrimental in evoking food acquisition behaviors. This paper will present a discussion on the differences between vertebrate and invertebrate physiology as related to food-seeking behaviors and will explore methods that seek to better determine appropriate motivating operations for the Madagascar Hissing Cockroach (Gromphadorhina portenosa). Weight differences between free-feeding and deprivation will be discussed in relation to the standard proportion of body weight currently used, in addition to the amount and rates of consumption, and the utility of a free operant motivation assessment prior to conducting an experiment. Finally, a simple lever-pressing task was used in order to determine whether such assessments are better able to predict higher rates of responding. Implications of these findings and future research directions will be discussed. |
|
An Invertebrate Animal Model to Assess Psychoactive Properties of Tobacco Alkaloids |
BRADY J. PHELPS (South Dakota State University), Nick Thompson (South Dakota State University), Shafiqur Rahman (South Dakota State University), Heath Arens (South Dakota State University) |
Abstract: Conditioned place preference (CPP) is used to assess the abuse potential of psychoactive substances, using animals as models. Invertebrates such as the planarian flatworm are widely used in the CPP procedure. In the CPP, if animals are found to spend more time in an environment in which a putative psychoactive had been experienced, relative to settings in which a placebo had been localized, the psychoactive agent has addiction/abuse potential. Current research has highlighted that tobacco contains several compounds with unknown psychoactive properties. Given the outcome that nicotine replacement therapies have very high failure rates, it is likely that tobacco dependence is not solely based on nicotine. We will present data on the alkaloid compounds in tobacco, namely, cotinine, nornicotine, and anabasine for their psychoactive potential using the CPP animal model protocol. |
|
|
|
|
Literature Reviews of the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Vevey 3 & 4, Swissotel |
Area: OBM |
Chair: Steven Sparks (Western Michigan University) |
|
The Durability of Behavior Change: Temporal Generality in Organizational Behavior Management |
Domain: Applied Research |
JAMES MORRISON (Western Michigan University), Anna Conard (Western Michigan University), Douglas Johnson (Western Michigan University) |
|
Abstract: The endurance of behavior change over time, including the time period after a behavior specialist has ceased to offer direct services, is an important consideration for both organizational behavior management and behavior analysis in general. This paper considers a dozen strategies labelled as temporal generality tactics that may foster the maintenance and institutionalization of intervention efforts in organizational settings. The use of such tactics was examined by conducting a comprehensive review of articles published between 1977 and 2014 in the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management. The results of this review suggest that although follow-up measures are frequently collected, explicit and proactive strategies to systematically increase the success of long-term behavior change are rarely used or researched. |
|
A Review of the Applicability of Matching in Organizational Behavior Management |
Domain: Theory |
STEVEN SPARKS (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University), Alan D. Poling (Western Michigan University) |
|
Abstract: This presentation will discuss the findings of a review of applications of the matching relation published in the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management. While over 250 articles discussing matching have been published in the Journal of Experimental Analysis of Behavior, only eight articles published in the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management were found at the time of the current review. Previous reviews concluded that evidence of matching in organizational behavior management was inconclusive due to a lack of empirical studies. The current review includes this previous research, as well as what has been published since. Much like the previous article, the current review also found that there is a lack evidence to make a strong conclusion. Along with a discussion of the current evidence, the presenter will also discuss the theoretical applicability of matching in general. This will include discussions of whether matching is applicable in situations which are dissimilar from the well-controlled experimental settings in which it was discovered, whether undermatching should be considered similar to matching, whether matching (if it occurs in applied settings) is useful, among other potential topics. |
|
|
|
|
|
Refining Competency-Based Supervision in Behavior Analysis: Practical Challenges and Solutions |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Columbus Hall CD, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: PRA/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Gwen Dwiggins, Ph.D. |
Chair: Kara Batson (Accelerated Learning Clinic) |
GWEN DWIGGINS (Accelerated Learning Clinic) |
JAMIE HUGHES (Summit Autism Services) |
JUSTIN N. KYRIANNIS (Achievable Behavior Strategies, LLC) |
Abstract: The purpose of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) supervision experience is to improve behavior analytic, professional, and ethical repertoires of the supervisee, and monitor the performance of supervisees in the field. The independent fieldwork supervisory requirements can be a challenge for supervisees to adhere to if the individual providing supervision is not well versed in the regulations, and up-to-date on the changing requirements. The supervision experience should be carefully programmed, with competency-based assessments conducted of the supervisee's skills. There should be a clear course of study, supervisee's behavior should be operationally defined with objective and measurable goals to determine the application of their skills, and supervisees should receive prudent guidance to enhance their professional development. Supervisees should clearly demonstrate mastery of the competencies outlined in the BACB Task list. This will increase the quality of their experience, uphold the values of the field, and ensure practice requirements are of the highest fidelity and rigor. Panelists will discuss competency-based training standards, the use of a professional portfolio todocument the supervisory experience, and the use of video modeling. Challenges encountered while supervising individuals in community settings will be discussed, as well as solutions to address these issues. |
|
|
|
|
Quantitative Modeling in Behavioral Analysis, Part 1: Why? |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Lucerne, Swissotel |
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: Federico Sanabria, Ph.D. |
Chair: Blake A. Hutsell (Virginia Commonwealth University) |
FEDERICO SANABRIA (Arizona State University) |
Dr. Sanabria is an associate professor of psychology at Arizona State University and principal investigator at the Basic Behavioral Processes laboratory. He is also affiliated to the neuroscience program in Arizona State University. Dr. Sanabria received his professional degree in psychology from the Universidad de los Andes en Bogotá (Colombia), where he spent a few years as marketing research analyst. He received his doctoral degree in experimental psychology in 2004 from Stony Brook University, where he worked on self-control under the guidance of Dr. Howard Rachlin. He was a postdoctoral research associate under the supervision of Dr. Peter Killeen (2004–2008) and Dr. Janet Neisewander (2008) in Arizona State University. He has published over 40 peer-reviewed publications in the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior (JEAB), Behavioural Brain Research, Psychopharmacology, and other journals. He is the president-elect of the International Society for Comparative Psychology, board member of the Society for the Quantitative Analysis of Behavior, and associate editor of JEAB and Learning and Behavior. His research is primarily concerned with the development and evaluation of quantitative models of basic behavioral processes (learning, timing, choice, and regulation) in psychiatric disorders (mainly, substance abuse and attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder). |
Abstract: Quantitative modeling is increasingly common in behavior analysis. Performance on concurrent schedules, timing, delay discounting, behavioral momentum, schedule and stimulus control, variability of inter-response times, and many other aspects of behavior, are often characterized in terms of mathematical equations and computational algorithms. This presentation outlines the advantages, challenges, and pitfalls of a quantitative analysis of behavior. In particular, this presentation is focused on identifying the outcomes that quantitative models may and may not deliver, the assumptions and pre-requisites for quantitative modeling, the risks involved in this strategy, and the tactics that minimize such risks. The presentation will introduce the concepts of model-based inference, parameter estimation, stochastic vs. deterministic models, likelihood vs. probability, parsimony vs. goodness-of-fit, Bayesian modeling, and model selection. This introduction will set the stage for the practical implementation of some of these concepts. |
Target Audience: Licensed Psychologists and those interesed in quantitative modeling. |
Learning Objectives: At the end of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) identify the advantages and challenges associated with a quantitative analysis of behavior, relative to conventional approaches to behavior analytic research; (2) identify and appropriately use the concepts of model-based inference, parameter estimation, stochastic and deterministic models, likelihood and probability, parsimony and goodness-of-fit, Bayesian modeling, and model selection. |
|
|
|
|
Variations of Prompting and Reinforcement Arrangements During Skill Acquisition and Maintenance for Individuals With Autism |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Columbus Hall KL, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Meagan Gregory (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology) |
CE Instructor: Meagan Gregory, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Prompting and reinforcement are important components of any instructional program for learners with autism spectrum disorders. The current symposium includes four papers describing modifications to prompting procedures during intraverbal and imitation training and evaluations of different reinforcement arrangements in acquisition and maintenance trials. In the first paper, imitation training was conducted using two therapists, one functioning as a model and one as a prompter. In addition, the effects of a continuous model were also evaluated. In the second paper, the efficacy and efficiency of two types of stimulus control transfer procedures for intraverbal acquisition were evaluated in a replication and extension of Coon & Miguel (2012) conducted with children with autism. In the third paper, the effects of quality of reinforcement on the speed of target acquisition were examined, and the fourth paper evaluated the effects of different schedules of reinforcement on maintenance tasks. |
Keyword(s): learning history, maintenance, prompting, skill acquisition |
|
A Comparison of Imitation Training With and Without a Second Therapist |
CARA L. PHILLIPS (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Meghan Deshais (University of Florida), Katie Wiskow (Texas Tech University), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Texas Tech University) |
Abstract: Previous research has shown that imitation is a beneficial skill for children because it can facilitate learning a variety of skills (e.g., through modeling). Additionally, imitation skills have been linked to desirable outcomes for children diagnosed with autism, but the skill is often lacking in this population. The purpose of the current study was to compare the effects of a second therapist on the acquisition of imitative responses to examine the possibility that the presence or absence of a delay between the therapist model and the subjects response might effect acquisition. That is, in the standard model for imitation training, the task is similar to a delayed match-to-sample procedure, which may be more difficult than matching an ongoing sample. Three participants with autism were exposed to three conditions: a 1-therapist (standard) condition, a 2-therapist (delayed) condition, and a 2-therapist (ongoing) condition. Overall results indicated that the 2-person (ongoing) condition was the most efficient with regard to acquisition. These results suggest that the benefit of a 2-therapist arrangement during imitation training can be attributed to the absence of a delay between the therapists model and the subjects response, not the assistance provided by the second therapist per se. |
|
Effects of Exposure to Prompts on the Acquisition of Intraverbals in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Jessica Kay (Caldwell College), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), JAMIE FETZER (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Mixed findings in past research on efficacy and efficiency of stimulus control transfer procedures for intraverbal acquisition might be due to exposure to those procedures (Coon & Miguel, 2012). The current study systematically replicated Coon and Miguel (2012) by evaluating the efficiency of echoic and tact prompts on the acquisition of French-to-English translations following exposure to each prompt type. We extended Coon and Miguel by (a) evaluating the effects of exposure to the procedures with children with autism spectrum disorder, (b) including behavior-specific praise and (c) evaluating participants current language repertoires. For 2 of 4 participants, the procedure with the most recent exposure resulted in faster acquisition of intraverbals, suggesting the importance of examining learning history prior to selecting teaching procedures. |
|
Effects of Different Reinforcement Schedules During Maintenance Assessment |
ERIN RICHARD WHITE (Alpine Learning Group), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Maintenance of treatment effects has been a hallmark of applied behavior analysis since its inception. Despite this, there is limited research in this area. The purpose of this study was to compare the effects of three different reinforcement schedules on the maintenance of skills using an alternating treatments design. Three adults with autism were each taught three separate targets in each of three different skill areas: tacting, spelling, and assembling, for a total of nine experimental analyses. Following acquisition, each target was placed on one of three reinforcement schedules (i.e., extinction, VR 3, and FR 1), and data were collected every other week for eight weeks. In the final phase, all targets were placed on extinction, and data continued to be collected every two weeks for an additional eight weeks. Results of this on-going study will be discussed in terms of optimal reinforcement schedules for maintaining treatment effects. Areas for future research will be discussed. |
|
The Effects of Reinforcer Quality on Rate of Skill Acquisition by Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
JENELLE WADE (STE Consultants), Meagan Gregory (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Clare Liddon (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Discrete trial training often employs the use of positive reinforcement during skill acquisition. Varying parameters of reinforcement (e.g., schedule, quality) may affect the rate of acquisition within this teaching procedure. In particular, it has been suggested as best practice to deliver the most potent (i.e., highest quality) reinforcers for better responding (i.e., correct responding with less intrusive prompts); however, there were no data on whether this practice actually produces more rapid skill acquisition. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of quality of reinforcement on rate of skill acquisition during discrete trial instruction. A paired stimulus preference assessment was conducted to identify high (HP) and low preference (LP) items followed by a concurrent and a single schedule reinforcer assessment to determine relative and absolute reinforcement effects. During teaching, a single target skill was identified, and two exemplars were taught in each condition: HP, LP, praise only, and a control (no programmed reinforcement). Sessions to criterion for each condition were measured. Results suggested that quality of reinforcement may not be an important parameter to manipulate when teaching skills to individuals diagnosed with autism. |
|
|
|
|
Caring for Children With Autism: Approaches to Establishing and Maintaining Treatment Implementation Skills |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Roosevelt, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Adriano Alves Barboza (Universidade Federal do Pará) |
|
Spanish Language Applied Behavior Analysis Parent Training for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Domain: Service Delivery |
KYLAN S. TURNER (Arizona State University), Erin Rotheram-Fuller (Arizona State University), Lauren Parra (Arizona State University), Tania Pinon (Arizona State University), Hyejin Park (Arizona State University), Priscilla Miller (Arizona State University) |
|
Abstract: Training parents of children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) to use Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) to address behavioral challenges and teach new skills can be beneficial to both children and parents (Bearss, Johnson, Smith, Lecavalier, & Swiezy, 2015); however, the applications of ABA parent training for mono-lingual Spanish speakers has been limited. The current study seeks to examine the feasibility and impact of a 10 week Spanish-language parent training intervention program for parents of school-aged children with ASD. Nine families with children with ASD between the ages of six-eight years participated in the training program, which consisted of six group sessions, followed by four individual sessions. Sessions focused on teaching ABA principles and concepts, data collection methods, and strategic application of intervention. Parent trainings are currently in session four of the 10-session sequence. Preliminary results suggest that the trainings have been appropriately adapted for the Spanish-speaking parents attending; the majority of parents have consistently attended sessions and report changes in their use of strategies as a result of participation. This supports the feasibility of this training and indicates it should be evaluated further for wide-scale use. |
|
Intervention via Caregivers to Teach Tact With Autoclitic in Children Diagnosed With Autism |
Domain: Applied Research |
MARILU MICHELLY CRUZ DE BORBA (Universidade Federal do Par�), Romariz Barros (Universidade Federal do Para) |
|
Abstract: The advancement of research on the efficiency of parent-implemented and caregiver-based interventions is a key question in developing countries such as Brazil. The effectiveness of a caregiver-based behavior analysis intervention to autism was evaluated in applied context with some families in Northern Brazil. We taught the repertoire of tact with autoclitics. Three children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (and their respective caregivers) participated: one girl (6 years old) and two boys (4 and 5 years old). They were previously taught tact repertoire. Discrete Trial Teaching (DTT) was carried out. After finishing training to implement DTT, they were given systematic supervision once a week. All the children showed 0% accuracy performance during baseline measurement and accuracy close to 100% of correct responding on the final step of training. The maintenance of the repertoire was also evaluated in a follow-up session a month later, with one child showing total and two partial maintenance. The data show that caregiver-based approach was effective to teach this repertoire. We discuss that parental implementation is a promising alternative way to give comprehensive access to behavior-analytic intervention to children diagnosed with autism in Brazil. |
|
Using Instructional Videomodeling to Teach Caregivers of Children With Autism on How to Conduct Discrete Trials |
Domain: Applied Research |
ADRIANO A. BARBOZA (Universidade Federal do Pará), Romariz Barros (Universidade Federal do Para) |
|
Abstract: Parent implementation may be a feasible alternative to disseminate high quality behavioral intervention to autism in developing countries such as Brazil. Public networks of educational and health assistance are still unprepared to provide intensive behavior-analytic intervention. There is a lack of well-trained professionals compared to the service demand. This paper aims to present results of the effects of a caregiver-training program, based on instructional videomodeling, on the performance accuracy on the implementation of discrete trials. Five parents participated in this study. We used a multiple-baseline design across participants, assessing the caregivers’ accuracy in implementing two intervention programs. The performances reached an average of 59% (65% for Beatriz; 67% for Mario; 54% for Vanda; 65% for Livia; and 45% for Eliana) in the last baseline session and increased 36%in an average in the generalization phase. Additionally, the number of complete learning units actually performed has increased as well (from 0 of 5 complete learning units at baseline phase to 4.2 of 5 complete learning units at the generalization phase). Results show an increase of the performance precision, as well as the accuracy of the learning units, in a reduced period of time (an average of 3h30min of training). Also, the skills that were taught could be generalized to new teaching programs, as shown by generalization data. |
|
Exploring a Staff Training Model for Enhancing Post-Training Procedural Integrity and Staff Performance Outcomes, When Working With Children Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Domain: Applied Research |
LINA SLIM-TOPDJIAN (ASAP-A Step Ahead Program, LLC) |
|
Abstract: The increased prevalence of Autism has generated higher special needs enrollment in schools requiring teachers and/or therapists to acquire the skills needed to address the unique educational and behavioral challenges facing children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. At the same time, however, budget cuts have generated a shortage of qualified professionals with expertise in autism interventions. More effective interprofessional staff training may provide an avenue for addressing this shortage. This study investigates the impact that a Staff Training Procedure (STP), consisting of Video Self-Monitoring (VSM), Performance Feedback (PF) and Reflection (R) with and without Mentoring has and sustained and generalized teacher/therapist performance and on Procedural Integrity, on two Dependent Variables - application of the Learn Unit (LU) and Rate of Effective Instruction (ROI). Results revealed that the STP appeared to enhance teacher/therapist performance and sustainability of Procedural Integrity. The greatest improvement and most consistent performance was observed among teachers who received STP plus Mentoring as opposed to STP alone. In conclusion, adding Mentoring to an existing STP appears to enhance teacher/therapist performance and Procedural Integrity with sustainable outcomes. The possibility of using VSM as a skill acquisition procedure is highlighted. Practical and theoretical implications for interprofessional practice are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Practical and Ethical Issues in Service Delivery to Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorders: Credentialing, Insurance Funding, and Polypharmacy |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Grand Ballroom EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Anita Li (Western Michigan University) |
|
The QABA Credentialing Board Report |
Domain: Service Delivery |
THOMAS MCCOOL (QABA Credentialing Board) |
|
Abstract: Summary: The QABA Credentialing Board Process
In 2008 The QABA Credentialing Board initiated the ABAT™ (Applied Behavior Analysis Technician) job analysis to identify and confirm the competency areas of the paraprofessional delivering Applied Behavior Analysis treatment and support to those individuals diagnosed with Autism and related disorders. In January 2012, formal surveys of candidates and subject matter experts were conducted and continue to June 2015.
The process began with a comprehensive literature review to initially identify and validate the core competencies of the Applied Behavior Analysis Technician™ (ABAT™). The initial competencies that were identified then were subject to a pilot survey and a large-scale validation survey, in order to assess the appropriateness of the various core and domain competencies and tasks to the ABAT™.
Validation studies were conducted to further confirm and increase confidence that the identified Performance Domains are representative of those used in actual practice. The survey was conducted using an online survey tool and was sent to 2634 ABAT's to further validate the committee of SMEs recommendations.
The QABA job analysis identified and verified the competency areas of the paraprofessional delivering Applied Behavior Analysis treatment and support to those individuals diagnosed with Autism and related disorders. |
|
Navigating the 10th Circle of Hell: Medical Necessity versus the VB-MAPP |
Domain: Service Delivery |
VINCENT LAMARCA (Little Star Center), Breanne K. Hartley (Little Star Center), William Tim Courtney (Little Star Center) |
|
Abstract: Receiving reimbursement for ABA therapy from insurance funding can be a hellish experience, both for ABA providers as well as insurance companies. Health insurance continues to gain prominence as the major source of funding for ABA therapy in the United States. There are currently forty three states that mandate insurance companies fund autism treatment. One hot topic behavior analysts would do well to understand is medical necessity and its impact on both the assessment and treatment of autism. For instance, the VB-MAPP is a common assessment tool used by behavior analysts. However, its categorization of skill acquisition as well as its suggestions for IEP curriculum development can lead to tension between what is medically necessary and what is educational. Such tension may ultimately result in a denial of coverage, on the basis that the service should be provided by the Department of Education. This paper will focus not only on differences in language used by medical and behavioral professionals, but also on how these differences impact treatment objectives. Finally, this paper will identify a potential resolution that allows proper funding of ABA therapy upon which both behavior analysts and health insurance providers can agree. |
|
Navigating the 10th Circle of Hell: Trends in Adverse Determination of Insurance Funding |
Domain: Service Delivery |
BREANNE K. HARTLEY (Little Star Center), Vincent LaMarca (Little Star Center), William Tim Courtney (Little Star Center) |
|
Abstract: It is crucial to understand the rationale for adverse determinations through health insurance funding when attempting to solidify services for Applied Behavior Analysis therapy for individuals on the autism spectrum. Through understanding the rationale for these decisions, providers are better equipped to appeal the adverse determination and increase the likelihood of solidifying funding for the medically necessary services.
This paper will analyze trends in adverse determinations of insurance funding within a non-profit Applied Behavior Analysis organization providing services to individuals on the autism spectrum. Trends over the past five years will be specifically highlighted, outlining the rationale for which insurance funders did not approve the entirety of services that were requested through submission of a comprehensive treatment plan. Responses to the denials will also be reviewed, in light of evidence-based research and other support for the medical necessity of the requested treatment.
Lastly this paper will review data regarding the monetary totals and the number of service hours that have been recouped through appealing adverse determinations made by health insurance providers. |
|
Ethical Considerations for Practitioners and Current Status of Evaluations in Polypharmacy in Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Domain: Service Delivery |
ANITA LI (Western Michigan University), Brian MacNeill (Western Michigan University), Alan D. Poling (Western Michigan University) |
|
Abstract: Polypharmacy is defined as the concurrent use of multiple medications by a consumer and has been increasing for individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Polypharmacy has been predicted for individuals by a variety of factors such as psychiatric support, group home residence, and history of aggressive behavior. Unfortunately, there has been little research conducted examining combined drug effects on metabolic or behavioral factors in individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. This has serious implications because it is assumed that each drug will impact the consumer individually while in actuality, there may be summative effects that may impact influence behavioral interventions. This paper will present an overview of current studies that have examined combined drug effects, predictors for polypharmacy, and potential effects of summative drug administration from a behavior analytic perspective. In addition, the paper will also discuss ethical considerations for consulting practitioners in relation to responsibility and the conflict of evidence-based treatment recommendation between behavioral and medical interventions. |
|
|
|
|
|
Going Mainstream With Behavioral Treatments for Common Problems: Can We Be Popular and Stay Functional? |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Crystal Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Green West |
Area: CBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Katie Wiskow (Texas Tech University) |
Discussant: Patrick C. Friman (Boys Town) |
CE Instructor: Katie Wiskow, M.A. |
Abstract: Over the past decades, behavioral techniques have become a staple of "mainstream" psychotherapy. Behavioral and cognitive-behavioral therapies are now the treatment of choice in major healthcare systems that support evidence-based practice. To facilitate the implementation of behavioral technologies on large scale, behavior-analytic interventions have been translated into to treatment packages and manuals accessible to mental health practitioners with varied backgrounds and training. However, this good news about the uptake of behavioral approaches is accompanied by significant limitations in the efficacy and reach of manualized behavior therapy. Behavioral treatment packages demonstrate superior efficacy to non-behavioral control therapies, but yield relatively small effects compared to the early treatments developed by pioneers of applied behavior analysis. For many problems, manualized behavioral treatments fail with a majority of patients. Where has the power of our interventions gone? We argue that packaged behavioral therapies retain our techniques, while underemphasizing (or omitting) the function-based approach that is hallmark of contemporary applied behavior analysis. We discuss this issue as it relates to the implementation of behavioral treatments for several common behavioral/psychiatric problems. Factors contributing to this phenomenon, relevant clinical trials data, and potential remedies are discussed. |
Keyword(s): clinical, dissemination, implementation, training |
|
Disseminating Behavioral Parent Training: Has the Train Left the Station? |
MATTHEW CAPRIOTTI (University of California San Francisco) |
Abstract: Disruptive behavior problems are among the most prevalent child health problems in the U.S. In the 1960s, behavior analysts began to develop powerful behavioral parent training (BPT) interventions, grounded in principles of learning, that led to behavioral normalization in a majority of treated children. These interventions have gained mainstream popularity, with major physician-led bodies now recommending them as a first-line treatment for disruptive behavior in typically developing children. To increase BPT's reach, various treatment packages and manuals aimed at non-behavior-analytic providers have been developed and disseminated. In clinical trials, these treatments demonstrate superior efficacy to waitlist or non-behavioral controls. However, their effectiveness is often suboptimal, with only a minority of children demonstrating a clinically significant response in some studies. Reasons for this variability in child outcomes are discussed from a function-analytic perspective. It is suggested that overreliance on group teaching formats, insufficient function-based individualization, and suboptimal programming for parent behavior change may account for many "treatment failures" observed in applied practice. Strategies and tactics for addressing these issues and strengthening the public health impact of BPT are discussed. |
|
Analyzing the Function in Dialectical Behavior Therapy |
SABRINA DARROW (University of California, San Francisco) |
Abstract: Dialectical Behavior Therapy (DBT) is a therapy package, designed and demonstrated to be efficacious in decreasing suicide attempts, suicidality, in-patient hospitalizations, and self-injury. This third-wave behavior therapy is considered a well-established empirically supported treatment. While originally developed for individuals who are chronically suicidal and/or engage in self-injury (i.e., meet criteria for Borderline Personality Disorder), DBT has been adapted for many other behavioral disorders (e.g., eating disorders, substance use) that area purported to share core of difficulties regulating emotion. Similar to other therapies based on behavioral principles, DBT employs mid-level terms in order to ease training of clinicians who lack training in behavior analysis. Many of these terms are also taught to clients as part of the learning DBT skills. This presentation will highlight the ways DBT is informed by behavior analysis, explore the ways that these principles are communicated to non-behavioral practitioners, consider common pitfalls through which behavioral principles may be lost, and discuss possible solutions. |
|
Is Clinical Behavior Analysis Ready for Measurement-Based Care and a Modular Approach to Evidence-Based Therapy? |
THOMAS J. WALTZ (Eastern Michigan University), Brenton Abadie (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: The ideographic tailoring of treatment to a clients specific needs is a central feature of clinical behavioral analysis (CBA). However, contemporary CBA-based therapies are disseminated as packages of techniques as well as conceptual frameworks for conducting treatment with particular populations of clients. In the absence of adequate training in behavior analysis, therapists on the receiving end of dissemination and implementation efforts can only relate to these therapies as collections of techniques. One way to anchor CBA-based therapies to a behavior analytic conceptual frameworks is to have measures of the functional dimensions of clinical presentations guide treatment selection and progress. Unfortunately, we have yet to develop a bank of such measures in CBA. Molar functional relations and metrics from behavioral economics will be presented as measurement opportunities that can help fulfill this need. Second, CBA-based treatment packages need to be dismantled into multiple modules that each address particular functional concerns. This would serve the multiple exemplar learning needs of both therapists and clients and pave the way for ideographic treatment tailoring grounded in CBA-based measurement. IF CBA-based therapies are to be functional as well as popular, we will have to lead the way. |
|
Reconnecting Behavioral Treatment With Behavior Analysis for Neurocognitive Loss |
CLAUDIA DROSSEL (Eastern Michigan University), Ted Douglas Allaire (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Pioneers such as Lindsley (1964) and Goldiamond (1974) introduced behavior analytic approaches to living well with cognitive difficulties more than half a century ago. Since then, interventions rooted in behavior analysis and targeting individuals who acquired problems remembering, thinking, reasoning, or problem-solving later in life, have been packaged and widely disseminated within the mainstream healthcare landscape (see Projects REACH I and II, for example). Questions have been raised regarding the utility and clinical significance of many of these intervention packages (e.g., Schulz, 2002). We will argue that an understanding of neurocognitive loss and its associated behavioral and emotional changes from a functional perspective is countercultural and thus difficult to acquire without individualized instruction. In effect, most formal and informal caregivers are not able to gauge the deficits and the strengths of the person for whom they care, and packaged interventions do not help caregivers interpret a person’s narrowing skill set from a functional perspective based on behavioral principles. Unsupportive and often coercive environments are inadvertently propagated, even when caregivers receive services in the form of treatment packages. Best practices will be suggested. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Advances in Health, Recreation, and Safety Interventions for Individuals With Developmental Disabilities |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Grand Suite 3, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jeffrey Michael Chan (Northern Illinois University) |
Discussant: Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University) |
CE Instructor: Jeffrey Michael Chan, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Individuals with developmental disabilities have a variety needs in the domains of personal health, recreation/leisure, and personal safety. The current symposium includes four data-based projects that examine methods for improving the well-being of children and adults with disabilities. The first study is a research synthesis of physical activity studies conducted with individuals with intellectual disabilities. The synthesis is an update of a review by Lancioni and OReilly (1998) and includes research published in the past 15 years. The second study examines the effect of goal-setting and reinforcement on increasing the number of daily steps taken by young adults with autism spectrum disorder in multiple environments. Additionally, changes in weight and body mass indices were reported. The third study is an examination of a video modeling intervention to teach three adults with developmental disabilities to play Fruit Ninja on an Android tablet device. The fourth study analyzes the effectiveness of a training program to teach abduction-prevention skills to three children with autism. |
Keyword(s): health, recreation, safety |
|
A Review of Physical Activity for People With Disabilities |
EDWARD PAGE (The Ohio State University), Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Obesity is a disease that affects people with intellectual disabilities (ID) at a higher rate than the general population. This disease can increase the risk for other diseases such as cardiovascular disease or cancer, and can even cause premature death. Previous research has indicated that there were gaps in the literature and more research was needed on physical activity with this population. This review updates the literature review by Lancioni and O’Reilly (1998) and found that although more research has been published, the interventions mainly focused on people with cerebral palsy or autism spectrum disorder, and the results were mainly mixed. Finally, this review highlighted the need for more research in physical activity for people with ID. |
|
Increasing Physical Activity in Young Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
KATE LA LONDE (Michigan State University), Alan D. Poling (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The present study comprised two experiments that evaluated behavioral intervention on physical activity in young adults with ASD. The first experiment employed a multiple-baseline-across-participants design with a reversal design to determine the effects of a treatment package on the number of daily steps measured using a pedometer. During treatment, participants set individual goals and received reinforcers for meeting those goals. By the end of each treatment condition all participants were successfully meeting their goals and walking at least 10,000 steps per day. These findings suggest that behavioral intervention can substantially increase walking in individuals with ASD. Experiment 2 extended the findings in three ways. First, participants wore the pedometer in less structured settings (i.e., nights and weekends) to see if the treatment would be as effective in natural settings. Second, self-monitoring was evaluated to determine if participants could manage their goal independently and if doing so would maintain high levels of walking. Lastly, participant�s weight was measured to see if the intervention had a positive impact on these health measures. Results suggest that self-monitoring can be effective at maintaining steps, but reinforcers may need to be periodically provided. Additionally, participants� weight decreased during the experiment. |
|
A Video Modeling Intervention to Teach Adults With Multiple Disabilities to Play Fruit Ninja on an Android Tablet |
Jeffrey Michael Chan (Northern Illinois University), MALANA WALUS (Grand Canyon University/Individual Advocacy Group), Kristy Saylor (Northern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Recreation and leisure skills are an important part of everyones daily lives. These skills are important for rest and relaxation as well as improving ones quality of life. However, adults with disabilities often have limited access to recreation and leisure skills. In the current study, we implemented a video modeling intervention to teach three adults with physical and developmental disabilities to play Fruit Ninja on an Android tablet at a community-based day treatment program. A multiple baseline across participants design was utilized. The video modeling procedure consisted of showing participants a brief video that highlighted the main components of game play, such as selecting the game mode, earning points (e.g., slicing virtual fruit), avoiding obstacles (e.g., slicing virtual bombs), and earning bonus points. Participants scores achieved during game play served as the dependent variable. Results indicate that scores improved following implementation of the video modeling intervention. Social validity and maintenance data will be presented, and future directions for research will be discussed. |
|
Effects of Behavioral Skills Training and In Situ Feedback on the Abduction-Prevention Skills of Children With Autism |
KATHERINE LEDBETTER-CHO (Texas State University), Katy Davenport (Texas State University-San Marcos), Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos), Melissa Moore (Texas State University), Allyson Lee (Texas State University), Mark O'Reilly (The University of Texas at Austin), Laci Watkins (The University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin) |
Abstract: Children with autism have characteristics that would seem to make them particularly susceptible to abduction (e.g., a higher rate of elopement from safe places, difficulty interpreting the intentions of other people). A concurrent multiple baseline across participants design was used to evaluate the effects of behavioral skills training and in situ feedback on the abduction-prevention skills of four children with autism. In each phase of the study children were exposed to four different abduction lures delivered by strangers including: (a) simple requests; (b) appeals to authority; (c) requests for assistance; and (d) incentives. Prior to intervention, one or more of the lures was effective with each participant. Following intervention, three children demonstrated the three-step target response to abduction lures (i.e., refuse to go with the stranger, leave the area, and report the event) and one child refused to leave with strangers but did not consistently leave the area or report the event. These results generalized to novel settings and were maintained during four-week follow-up probes. Implications for practitioners and directions for future research are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Advances in Function-Based Treatments of Problem Behavior: Multiple Schedules, Delay Fading, and Demand Assessments |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Grand Ballroom CD North, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Melissa Krabbe (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee) |
Discussant: Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin) |
CE Instructor: Melissa Krabbe, M.S. |
Abstract: Over the past 30 years, researchers have demonstrated the efficacy of function-based interventions for problem behavior exhibited by individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Although efficacious, this body of research can be broadly characterized by the implementation by trained research staff in highly controlled environments. The transition of these procedures to more normative environments will require continued modification and evaluation. The four presentations within this symposium are designed to better address the practical exigencies associated with implementing function-based treatments in more normative environments. |
Keyword(s): delay fading, function-based treatment, functional analysis, problem behavior |
|
Using Multiple Schedules During Functional Communication Training to Promote Rapid Transfer of Treatment Effects |
ASHLEY FUHRMAN (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Angie Christine Querim (People Inc.) |
Abstract: Multiple schedules with signaled periods of reinforcement and extinction have been used to thin reinforcement schedules during functional communication training (FCT) to make the intervention more practical for parents and teachers. We evaluated whether these signals would also facilitate rapid transfer of treatment effects from one setting to the next and from one therapist to the next. With two children, we conducted FCT in the context of mixed (baseline) and multiple (treatment) schedules introduced across settings or therapists using a multiple baseline design. Results indicated that when the multiple schedules were introduced, the functional communication response came under rapid discriminative control, and problem behavior remained at near-zero rates. We extended these findings with another individual by using a more traditional baseline in which problem behavior produced reinforcement. Results replicated those of the previous participants and showed rapid reductions in problem behavior when multiple schedules were implemented across settings. |
|
A Comparison of Delay-to-Reinforcement Procedures Following Functional Communication Training |
MELISSA KRABBE (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee) |
Abstract: FCT involves teaching an alternative communication response (request) that results in the same reinforcer that had historically maintained problem behavior. After establishing this response through immediate reinforcement, therapists must then teach individuals to tolerate delays to reinforcement, without the resumption of problem behavior or repeated requesting. We conducted a multi-element comparison of three procedures to teach delay tolerance, including a time delay, a DRO delay, and a DRA delay, with a child with autism who engaged in tangibly-maintained problem behavior. That is, appropriate requests were honored following a set amount of time (time delay), a set amount of time without problem behavior (DRO delay), or after a set amount of tasks were completed (DRA delay). Results of this evaluation indicated that each delay procedure was equally effective at increasing the delay to reinforcement without problem behavior. However, the DRA delay was superior in that it did not result in excessive mands during the delay period, as was the case with both the time delay and DRO delay. |
|
A Comparison of Contingency-Based Progressive Delays and Multiple Schedules Within Communication-Based Treatments for Problem Behavior |
MAHSHID GHAEMMAGHAMI (Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Laura A Hanratty (Western New England University) |
Abstract: Contingency-based progressive delays (CBPD) and multiple schedules have both been successfully used within functional communication-based interventions to maintain reasonable levels of communication and near-zero rates of problem behavior as periods of extinction for newly acquired communication responses are introduced. Within a multielement design, we compared the relative efficacy of CBPD and multiple schedules while yoked periods of extinction for communication responses were introduced. Two young children diagnosed with autism who engaged in the problem behavior of vocal disruptions, physical disruptions, and aggression participated. Inter-observer agreement was calculated for 20% sessions; it was 88% for all measures (range 70%-98%). CBPD resulted in similarly optimal rates of communication, lower rates of problem behavior, and higher rates of compliance, relative to multiple schedules for one child. Similar levels of problem behavior and compliance were observed across both conditions for the second child, but compliance was relatively higher during CBPD. |
|
Evaluation of an Indirect Assessment for Identifying Tasks to Include in Functional Analysis and Treatment |
HOLLY WIGGINS (Western New England University, New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children), Daniel Fredericks (Western New England University and New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Pre-assessments, such as a demand assessment, have been found helpful in identifying potential motivating operations for the functional analysis (FA) demand condition. Another pre-assessment tool that has been used for this purpose is the Negative Reinforcement Rating Scale (NRRS), an indirect assessment. In the current study, four individuals with an autism spectrum disorder who exhibited aggression or disruption participated. First, the NRRS was administered to two informants to identify tasks associated with high levels of problem behavior and low levels of compliance (potentially high aversive tasks) and tasks associated with low levels of problem behavior and high levels of compliance (potentially low-aversive tasks). Second, a demand assessment, which included tasks identified by the NRRS, was subsequently conducted to assess its validity. Third, a functional analysis that included high-aversive and low-aversive demand conditions was conducted to evaluate the validity of the NRRS and the demand assessment. Finally, a task interspersal intervention was evaluated in which three low-aversive demands were presented immediately prior to each presentation of the high-aversive demand. If the task interspersal intervention was ineffective, differential reinforcement of compliance was conducted. Interobserver agreement was calculated and adequate. |
|
|
|
|
Practical, Inexpensive, and Easy-to-Program USB Interfacing: Recording and Control of External Equipment |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Zurich FG, Swissotel |
Area: EAB/TBA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Rogelio Escobar (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Discussant: Monica Vandbakk (Norwegian Association for Behavior Analysis/Oslo and Akershus University College) |
CE Instructor: Rogelio Escobar, Psy.D. |
Abstract: Costly, bulky, and complicated interface equipment between computers and experimental equipment may no longer be needed for experiments and application. Modern computers feature several USB ports, and low-cost interface equipment that connects directly to a USB port is available from several vendors. Rudimentary understanding of programming code enables the user to control the interface to turn lights, sounds, and feeders on and off and to record responses via switches and photo sensors. Several programming languages can be used to implement control of equipment and recording of responses via the USB interface. The presentation will feature the particular interface and programming platforms used in different laboratories and in a zoological garden. Programs written in Visual Basic Net or Liberty Basic using relatively simple code read inputs and controls outputs from the interfaces. The presentations will illustrate the practical use of the interface devises both in teaching and research laboratories (where each experimental chamber has its own interface and PC). In addition, we will show how the USB interface is being used for research in a zoological garden to operate feeders and record a variety of responses in different species of animals. Using small notebook computers, the setup is easily transported for application purposes. Having one individual PC with one individual interface connect to one equipment setup creates considerable flexibility both in research and application and voids the need for complex systems that rely on expensive equipment and professional programming. |
Keyword(s): Interface, Visual Basic |
|
New Ways to Build Old Devices for Operant Research: Developments for the Arduino-Visual Basic Interface |
ROGELIO ESCOBAR (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Irving Hernández-López (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Nadia Santillán (UNAM) |
Abstract: High cost of commercial equipment has been the impetus for creating inexpensive devices to control experiments in operant research. Escobar and Pérez-Herrera (2015) described a control interface based on the popular Arduino boards. According to the design, an operant chamber is controlled with an Arduino board that communicates to a program in Visual Basic running on a PC. This Visual Basic program is used to generate schedules of reinforcement. Arduino boards can be used to control a variety of sensors and motors, in most cases, just by plugging the devices to the board and changing a few lines of code. Furthermore, adding 3D printing technology could allow researchers to design and build numerous devices for operant research. This presentation will describe three examples of devices commonly used in operant experiments that can be controlled with the Arduino-Visual basic interface. An inexpensive photocell composed of an infrared LED and a phototransistor, a retractable lever using a servo motor and a 3D printed case, and a peristaltic pump that delivers precise amounts of water reinforcement. The results of precision tests will be described, and the instructions for building these devices and for downloading free-distribution programs will be provided. |
|
Low-Cost Portable Equipment Based on Arduino for Laboratory Courses on Operant Conditioning |
CARLOS ALEXIS PEREZ HERRERA (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Irving Hernández-López (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Rogelio Escobar (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Abstract: Laboratory courses are an essential supplement to classes on behavior analysis. High-cost of control equipment, however, limits the creation of laboratories for teaching purposes. Microcontroller boards can be used as inexpensive alternatives to commercial equipment not only for demonstrating the basic principles of behavior in classrooms but also for teaching basic electronics. We have developed and tested two portable systems based on Arduino microcontroller boards that can be used for controlling operant conditioning chambers for rats in the classroom. One system consists of an app (Ratuino Mobile) running on an Android tablet or smart phone. This app communicates via Bluetooth with an Arduino board connected to an operant chamber. Within the app, students select different reinforcement schedules that are executed automatically. A second system consists of using Arduino boards as standalone control equipment. An Arduino board is connected to an operant chamber and to a keypad. Students control stimuli by pressing buttons. Experimental events are automatically recorded using an SD card. The two systems were assembled by the students during the courses. These systems are inexpensive, relatively easy to setup, and could help students experiencing first-hand the basic principles of behavior by bringing the laboratory to the classroom. |
|
Basic Research Examples Using the Ontrak ADU208 Interface |
IVER H. IVERSEN (University of North Florida), Per Holth (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
Abstract: The Ontrak ADU208 interface relay can be used to record operations of several different operanda and to turn different stimuli on and off in basic research. Examples of operanda include standard levers, chains, poles, photo cells, and stimuli (Sd’s and reinforcers) include lights, sounds, smells, and a diversity of dispensers. We will also present some simple programming text lines from liberty basic and from visual basic, to demonstrate how environmental events can be relatively easily recorded and controlled and contingencies can be designed by the use of the Ontrak ADU208 interface relay. |
|
Examples From the Zoo: Operanda and Recordings |
PER HOLTH (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Iver H. Iversen (University of North Florida) |
Abstract: Operanda placed in the zoo include different levers for chimpanzees and for tigers, chains for orangoutans, keys for hens, and a tongue switch for giraffes, and stimuli controlled from the computer (Sds and reinforcers) include lights, sounds, smells, and a diversity of dispensers. We will also show some simple programming text lines from visual basic, to demonstrate how behavior can be recorded in cumulative records and in event records. |
|
|
|
|
Stimulus Control and Equivalence Class Formation |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Zurich AB, Swissotel |
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Discussant: Gerson Yukio Tomanari (Universidade de Sao Paulo) |
CE Instructor: Erik Arntzen, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The present symposium focuses on some important findings with the area of emergent relations. The first paper by Arntzen, Granmo, and Fields investigated the concordance between the matching-to-sample (MTS) test and the sorting test. Participants in two different groups were exposed either an immediate sorting test after training of baseline relations, followed by the administration of a MTS test, and second sorting test or an immediate MTS test after training of the baseline relations, followed by a sorting test and a second MTS test. The main findings showed replication of earlier findings with respect to concordance between the tests, dissociation in some cases, and approached performances (see Table 1). The second paper by Mizael, de Rose, Silveira, and de Almeida is focusing on changing racial bias by transfer of functions in equivalence classes. Children served as participants and they were to matching tasks that would potentially establish equivalence relations between black faces and positive symbols, contrary to their pre-experimental bias. The main findings were that the participants showed class formation (see Figure 1). The third paper by Grisante and Tomanari present on experiment in which they studied the controlling relations for acquisition in stimulus observation sequence. They found that the different manipulations on stimuli presentation produced differences in controlling relations acquisition. (see Figure 2). The fourth paper by Vaidya and Stancato, asked about interactions between the development of analytic units and equivalence. The results from their study have implications for developing stimulus control in applied settings will be discussed. (see Figure 3). |
Keyword(s): application, emergent relations, stimulus control, stimulus equivalence |
|
Matching-to-Sample, Sorting and Equivalence Class Formation |
ERIK ARNTZEN (Oslo and Akershus University College), Sjur Granmo (HiOF), Lanny Fields (Queens College, City University of New York) |
Abstract: The purpose of the present experiment to further study the concordance between the matching-to-sample (MTS) test and the sorting test. Twenty college students were allocated to two different groups. In Group 1, the participants were exposed to an immediate sorting test after training of baseline relations, followed by the administration of a MTS test, and second sorting test. In Group 2, the participants were exposed to an immediate MTS test after training of the baseline relations, followed by a sorting test and a second MTS test. The results show systematic replication of earlier findings with respect to concordance between the tests, dissociation in some cases, and approached performances (i.e., one or two, of three possible, classes established). However, based on the experimental design of the present experiment, we are able to more effectively discuss the role of equivalence classes in relation to the sorting test outcome. |
|
Changing Racial Bias by Transfer of Functions in Equivalence Classes |
Táhcita Medrado Mizael (University of Sao Carlos), JULIO C. DE ROSE (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Carolina Coury Silveira (University of Sao Carlos), João Henrique de Almeida (University of Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: Several research groups have used the stimulus equivalence paradigm to investigate changes of attitudes or preferences toward socially relevant stimuli. We conducted a previous study with children using matching-to-sample training to establish equivalence relations between a positive symbol and faces of individuals of African descent (toward which children showed negative bias before the research). Only one of four children showed the intended classes, replicating results of other researchers showing that pre-experimental relations with socially loaded stimuli interfere with class formation. We will report a replication of this study that manipulated training parameters to increase the yield of equivalence classes comprising relations contrary to previous racial bias of the children. Thirteen children learned matching tasks that would potentially establish equivalence relations between black faces and positive symbols, contrary to their pre-experimental bias. All thirteen children showed class formation, and 9 of them maintained relations between black faces and positive symbols in a different and more stringent test. Figure 1 shows that children’s evaluations of the faces with the Self-Assessment Manikin (SAM) showed a pronounced negative bias toward black faces before training. After class formation, the difference between evaluations of black and white faces decreased and was no longer statistically significant. An application of the IRAP after class formation confirmed the absence of negative biases toward black faces after class formation. These results show that procedures based on equivalence and transfer of functions may contribute to educational programs designed to eliminate racism, a significant challenge for our increasingly multi-cultural and multi-racial societies. |
|
Controlling Relations Acquisition in Children in a Procedure That Controls Stimuli Observation Sequence in Matching-to-Sample Tasks |
PRISCILA CRESPILHO GRISANTE (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Gerson Yukio Tomanari (Universidade de Sao Paulo) |
Abstract: We verified controlling relations acquisition in a modified three-choice MTS procedure designed to promote responding under control of either Sample/S+ or Sample/S- relations. Black squares covered experimental stimuli during conditional discriminations training. Observing responses (OR) to a button below each black square produced a brief stimulus presentation. A software presented S+ as the first or the last stimulus displayed to participants in a certain proportion of trials (80%) to promote Sample/S+ (choosing S+ without observing other comparison) or Sample/S- (choosing the square after observe both S-) controlling relations, respectively. Three children attended to Sample/S+ condition (OR under FR3 schedule) and nine, to Sample/S- conditions (OR under FR3 or FR6). All Sample/S+ participants and seven of nine Samples/S- participants met learning criterion and presented equivalent class formation. The number of trained conditional relations simultaneously seems to affect establishment of Sample/S- relations. In general, different manipulations on stimuli presentation produced differences in controlling relations acquisition. An analysis of controlling relations acquisition suggests that Sample/S+ relations are mostly related to conditional discrimination acquisition while Sample/S- relations are related to the maintenance of conditional discriminative repertoire. |
|
Further Explorations of Interactions Between the Development of Analytic Units and Equivalence Relations |
Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas), STEFANIE S. STANCATO (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Sidmans (2000) theory of stimulus equivalence suggests that equivalence relations arise out of the contingencies that also develop analytic units. As such, the theory predicts an interaction between the development of analytic units and the development of equivalence relations. Vaidya & Brackney (2014) documented one such type of interaction for groups of stimuli, simple discriminative functions were acquired more rapidly when the groups were drawn from within the an equivalence class than when the groups were drawn from different equivalence classes. Thus, equivalence relations facilitated the development of analytic units. The current set of studies further explore these interactions. Can equivalence relations also retard the development of analytic units? Can existing analytic units (such as simple discriminations) influence the development of equivalence relations? This address will present data addressing each of these questions. The implications of these analyses for developing stimulus control in applied settings will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Research on Teacher and Practitioner Training and Treatment Integrity |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Regency Ballroom A, Hyatt Regency, Gold West |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University) |
Discussant: Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Mary Sawyer, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In order for children to derive the benefits of evidence-based practices, intervention agents must be taught how to implement them accurately and to monitor progress. The extent to which those treatments are subsequently applied with integrity influences their effectiveness when used with students. This symposium will present research on training procedures for teachers and practitioners and the influence that varying levels of treatment integrity may have on student outcomes. The first study consisted of two experiments that compared the effects of training conducted by experimenters to training conducted by peers on teachers' performance of discrete trial training procedures. In the second study, the effects of behavioral skills training were compared to the effects of training delivered via a traditional lecture format on pre-service teachers' performance of eight evidence-based practices. The third study evaluated the effects of using behavioral skills training to teach graduate students to create single-subject graphs. In the fourth study, the effects of errors in treatment integrity on students' acquisition and durability of self-care skills were examined. Together these empirical investigations offer important implications for training of intervention agents and regarding the impact of teaching errors on student outcomes. |
Keyword(s): college teaching, evidence-based practices, teacher training, treatment integrity |
|
A Comparison of Experimenter- Versus Pyramidal- Peer Training of Teachers |
Wai-Ling Wu (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Kally M Luck (University of Houston - Clear Lake), DANIELLE DUPUIS (University of Houston--Clear Lake), Shimin Bao (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: Previous studies have examined pyramidal training and consultant-led training in clinical settings (Haberlin, et. al, 2012). This study compared the effects of one-on-one pyramidal-peer training and experimenter training in the context of weeklong summer trainings for teachers of children with developmental disabilities. In Experiment 1, experimenters taught four teachers to implement one form of discrete trial training (DTT), and then peers taught the four teachers to implement a different form of DTT. In Experiment 2, half of the teachers received experimenter training first and the other half received peer training first. All teachers in Experiment 1 successfully trained their peers. However, in Experiment 2, teachers performed more accurately after being trained by the experimenter than after being trained by their peers. Results showed that more experienced teachers preferred experimenter training whereas less experienced teachers preferred peer training. Results have important implications for the use of peer- versus consultant-led trainings for teachers. |
|
Behavioral Skills Training to Improve Pre-Service Teachers' Performance of Evidence-Based Practices |
MARY SAWYER (Aubrey Daniels Institute), Natalie Andzik (The Ohio State University), Michael Kranak (The Ohio State University), Carolyn Page Willke (The Ohio State University), Emily Curiel (Summit Pointe), Lauren Hensley (The Ohio State University), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: In light of high-stakes teacher accountability and the achievement gap between students with disabilities and their typically developing peers, there is a pressing need to identify effective training methods to equip pre-service special education teachers with evidence-based practices. Research has demonstrated the efficacy of behavioral skills training (BST) as an instructional method with adult learners; however, few studies have examined its use in college teaching environments. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the comparative effects of lectures followed by BST sessions versus lectures followed by study sessions on seven undergraduate pre-service special education teachers' performance of eight evidence-based practices. An alternating treatments design was used to evaluate participants' performance during role-play assessments. Evidence-based practice performance was assessed via role-plays with experimenters acting as students. Results demonstrated that, on average, lectures followed by BST sessions produced substantially higher levels of percentage correct performance than lectures followed by study sessions. These results suggest that it may be valuable for pre-service teacher educators to integrate BST into their college teaching practices. Further research is needed to determine the extent to which skills taught through BST are used in the classroom with actual students. |
|
Using Behavioral Skills Training to Improve Graduate Students' Graphing Skills |
MARNIE NICOLE SHAPIRO (The Ohio State University), Michael Kranak (The Ohio State University), Mary Sawyer (Aubrey Daniels Institute), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: The ability to create single-subject graphs is a crucial skill for behavior analysts and students in the field of behavior analysis or related disciplines. Microsoft Excel is often the chosen medium by which single-subject design graphs are created. Many studies have used task analyses to teach graduate students how to create single-subject design graphs (Deochand, Costello, & Fuqua, 2015; Dixon et al., 2009; Lo & Starling, 2009); however, this type of passive training may result in prompt-dependent performance. That is, students may come to rely on using task analyses to create graphs, and these task analyses are likely to become outdated as new versions of Excel are developed. Active training procedures may circumvent reliance on such prompts. Behavioral skills training (BST) is an evidenced-based, interactive, competency- and performance-based approach (Parsons, Rollyson, & Reid, 2012) that has been used to teach a wide variety of skills (Himle & Wright, 2014; Homlitas, Rosales, & Candel, 2014; Iwata et al., 2000). In the present study, a multiple probe across behaviors design was used to evaluate the effects of BST on three graduate students graphing skills. Results and implications will be discussed, as well as recommendations to improve the behavior analytic training of graduate students. |
|
Effects of Treatment Integrity Errors on Acquisition and Durability of Behavior Chains |
MAEVE G. DONNELLY (New England Center for Children), Amanda Karsten (Western New England University) |
Abstract: Ecologically-valid treatment integrity errors have been shown to prevent or delay skill mastery in the context of discrete trial teaching (e.g., Carroll, Kodak, & Fisher, 2013); however, the effects of assessment-informed teaching errors on acquisition and durability of behavior chains are unknown. We evaluated the effects of teaching errors on behavior chains related to self-care skills with adolescent boys diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders. Study 1 identified the types of errors that occurred during self-care instruction. In Study 2, the relative effects of three errors (related to sequencing chain steps, reinforcement, and completion of the chain) from Study 1 were evaluated across two behavior chains for three participants. The effects of individual errors were then studied with a third behavior chain per participant. Reliability (Study 1 and Study 2) and procedural integrity (Study 2) measures averaged over 90% across studies. All errors included in the evaluation interfered with skill acquisition and disrupted performance of mastered skills. Teaching without errors resulted in skill mastery. The present results indicate that three types of assessment-informed teaching errors affect learning; further research is needed to determine whether a minimum level of integrity is necessary to produce skill acquisition and durability. |
|
|
|
|
The CABAS Accelerated Independent Learn Model: The Application of a Science of Teaching in Inclusive Classrooms |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Regency Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Gold West |
Area: EDC/VBC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Discussant: Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University) |
CE Instructor: JoAnn Pereira Delgado, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In this symposium we will present an overview the procedures utilized in the Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) Model of Instruction. The AIL model is based on the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to School (CABAS) model and utilizes scientific procedures for classroom management, curricular design and pedagogy. We currently have general education classrooms for students with and without disabilities from preschool through 5th grade. We also have classrooms composed of students with disabilities, ranging from lower elementary through middle school that function to prepare students for inclusion into our other classrooms. A thorough curriculum based measurement is used and individualized progress is measured and displayed on learning pictures, which is a visual display of student learning across subject areas. A critical component of the AIL model is that students move at their own pace and are taught to mastery. In some cases, teachers may induce critical verbal behavior developmental cusps or capabilities so that they may learn in ways they could not prior to interventions and can then successfully access the general education curriculum. Our goal is to accelerate learning for all learners by utilizing a functional curriculum that teaches students to enjoy learning. |
Keyword(s): AIL, CABAS, Inclusion, Observational Learning |
|
Teaching Academics in a General Education Inclusion Pre-Kindergarten and Kindergarten Accelerated Independent Learner Classroom |
EMMY NERLANDY MAURILUS (Teachers College Columbia University), Michelle Mackey (Morris School District), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Abstract: We will present an overview of the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis (CABAS®) Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) model classrooms in the early grade levels. Teachers apply the principles and tactics derived from the science of behavior to general education inclusion classrooms to build foundational knowledge and skills. In the early grades, teachers emphasize teaching self-management and are strategic scientists who are able to use the learn unit, AIL decision protocol tactics and verbal behavior protocols to teach all students. Teachers in the CABAS® classroom make moment-to-moment decisions about a student’s learning while they are teaching. This ensures that the students in CABAS®classrooms continue to learn and excel at their own pace. When a student is not learning, the teacher uses verbal behavior protocols that enable students to learn in ways that they could not before. Teacher use of protocols, data analysis, and the application of tactics derived from science of behavior results in data that has demonstrated the efficacy of the CABAS® model in teaching many students in these classrooms to remain at or above grade level across all academic subjects. |
|
Maximizing Instruction: Teaching Academics to First and Second Grade Students in Accelerated Independent Learner Classrooms |
KELLY L KLEINERT (Morris School District), Jennifer Lee (Teachers College, Columbia University), Laura Darcy (Teachers College, Columbia University), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Abstract: In Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS) Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) inclusion classrooms, tactics and principles of behavior analytic literature were implemented to maximize the acquisition of academic repertoires for first and second grade students. Class-wide and individual self-management tactics were selected to target independent learning repertoires across all students. Some self-management tactics applied included class-wide systems of reinforcement (i.e., token economy), checklists, public postings, and class-wide contingencies. Learning tactics were applied to increase the amount of instruction contacted across all students, for example: (a) peer tutoring, (b) personalized system of instruction (PSI), and (c) acquisition of verbal behavior developmental cusps and capabilities. Data were collected on the students’ rate of acquisition (i.e., number of learn units to objective) and cumulative numbers of objectives met. The data suggest that principles and tactics of behavior analysis applied in general education classroom settings increased the academic gains made by first and second grade students. A general overview of the principles and tactics of behavior analysis applied to target acquisition of academic repertoires will be presented and discussed to foster further applications in the general education setting. |
|
The Application of the Accelerated Independent Learner Model in Upper Elementary Classrooms |
KELLY MERCORELLA (Teachers College Columbia University), Jennifer Weber (Teachers College, Columbia University), Colleen Cumiskey (Teachers College, Columbia University), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Abstract: The Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) Model of instruction is a researched based program that focuses on the needs of the individual student. The goal of the AIL model is to create independent learners driven by the need to know and a love of learning through the use of tactics based on the principles of behavior. In order to allow students to make greater academic gains, the Accelerated Independent Learner model focuses on teaching students the foundational skills needed for higher-level problem solving to mastery and fluency, as well as incorporating functional writing into all aspects of instruction. All responses are rotated between written and vocal responses using tactics such as choral responding, response boards and independent practice. Each student’s responses to instruction are recorded, graphed, and individually analyzed using learning pictures, in order to maximize academic gains through the implementation of tactics to increase learning outcomes. This paper aims to explain the tactics implemented to increase learning outcomes and help struggling learners, display school-wide data across 3-5 AIL classrooms, and highlight the importance of teaching skills to fluency and mastery. |
|
The Application of Accelerated Independent Learner Model to Middle School Students in a Self-Contained Classroom |
CAROLINE MARY LOUISE CROSBIE (Columbia University, Teachers College), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Abstract: The Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS) Accelerated Independent Model is a scientific method for teaching which is applicable to students with disabilities and typically developing students. This paper will focus on a new middle school program for students with disabilities. The students in this self-contained classroom are 6-8th graders who receive inclusion opportunities in resource rooms and general education classrooms based on individual needs. Research-based behavior supports and tactics are used with the students in every setting. Protocols based in the Verbal Developmental Theory are conducted in the self-contained classrooms in addition to self-management, and modified academic programs in order to prepare students for inclusion to be independent learners in a less restrictive environment. Data will be presented on students social interactions and academic programs. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Economics: Implications for Research and Practice |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Zurich E, Swissotel |
Area: TPC/PRA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University ) |
Discussant: Michael E. Kelley (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology) |
CE Instructor: Robert LaRue, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Through the combination of microeconomics and behavior analysis, behavioral economics has contributed much to the understanding to both choice and contextual behavior. Economic principles have helped shed light on the variables associated with a myriad of problem behaviors, such as obesity, alcoholism, and drug use, to name a few.
This symposium will explore issues ranging from economic manipulations of cost and benefit, through delay discounting. Data will be presented to explore both basic and applied questions to expand and extend investigations of choice behavior across a number of different situations and behaviors. |
Keyword(s): Behavior economics, Delay discounting |
|
The Impact of Stimulus Preference on Choice During a Delay Discounting Task |
HEATHER WHIPPLE (University of Southern Mississippi), James Moore (University of Southern Mississippi), Keith Radley III (University of Southern Mississippi), Evan Dart (University of Southern Mississippi) |
Abstract: Delay Discounting refers to a pattern of responding in which smaller, less beneficial stimuli that are immediately available are chosen over larger, more beneficial stimuli that are available after a progressively longer delay. This constitutes a behavior analytic account of impulsivity, thus allowing data-based evaluations of the variables that influence choice between immediately-available and delayed stimuli. Most research studying this phenomenon has employed hypothetical choices in which the subjects neither experience their actual choice nor any associated delays. In addition to needed research on real choices, other variables, such as the preference level of the stimuli included in the task warrant careful evaluation. In the current paper, a procedure combining the methods of Green et al. (1997) and Fisher et al. (1993) were used to isolate the impact of stimulus preference. The effects of stimulus preference were evaluated with four subjects ranging in age and presenting diagnosis (no diagnosis, ADHD, and ASD). Results suggest that the level of stimulus preference of items included in a real discounting task significantly impact choice of delayed over immediately-available stimuli. Discussion will also include the variety of subject behaviors observed during progressively longer delays. |
|
The Use of Economic Principles to Increase Physical Activity in Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
ETHAN EISDORFER (Rutgers University), Christopher Manente (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), James Maraventano (Rutgers University), Jenna Budge (Rutgers University), Erica Dashow (Douglass Developmental Disabilites Center, Rutgers University), Edina Bekesi (Rutgers University), Efrat Kemp (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: The prevalence of obesity in the U.S. has increased dramatically in recent decades. The empirical literature has suggested that the increase in obesity is even more pronounced in individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders (ASDs). A recent study suggested that 30.4% of individuals with ASD meet the criteria for being obese (Curtin, Anderson, Must, & Bandini, 2010). Individuals who are obese are at an increased risk for chronic diseases, such as diabetes and cardiovascular disease. The failure to fade the use of edible reinforcers and the inherent communication deficits associated with ASD, complicate weight management and symptom reporting in this population even further. The purpose of the current investigation is to use the principles of behavioral economics to alter physical activity choices and meal selection for individuals with ASD. Specifically, we intend to identify high/low calorie preferred lunches as well as strenuous/non-strenuous exercises for each of the participants. The economic manipulations would involve making strenuous exercises pay more than exercises that are less strenuous. Meals with high caloric content would then cost more than healthier, low-calorie alternatives. The outcome of the protocol would be to have participants engage in more strenuous exercise and make more sensible choices regarding meals. |
|
The Use of Contingency Contracting to Reduce Binge Eating Behavior |
EMILY NESS (University of Southern Mississippi), James Moore (University of Southern Mississippi) |
Abstract: Binge eating behaviors are prevalent across a diverse population and associated with a number of problems, including obesity, diabetes, and depression, to name a few (Hoek & Van Hoeken, 2003). One associated feature of binge eating behaviors appears to be the discounting of larger, more beneficial rewards (such as those associated with exercise and healthy eating) in favor of more detrimental stimuli, such as high caloric foods. In the current paper, the efficacy of a two-level contingency contract was evaluated in controlling the binge eating behavior of three morbidly obese subjects. A multiple baseline design was used, with data suggesting that the contract helped control binge eating behavior, with an associated significant loss in weight. |
|
An Evaluation of the Effects of Signaled Delays on Temporal Discounting in Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
MIKALA HANSON (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Erica Dashow (Douglass Developmental Disabilites Center, Rutgers University), Robert W. Isenhower (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Ethan Eisdorfer (Rutgers University), Rachel Davis (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Impulsivity is a common concern in individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASDs). While not a defining characteristic of ASDs, the presence of impulsivity can be pervasive and can dramatically affect the intervention process. Temporal discounting refers to the decrease in the present value of reinforcers as a function of the delay of their receipt. In other words, the value of reinforcers often decreases as the length of time one has to wait for them increases. Researchers have outlined some procedures for evaluating delay discounting in human populations. However, much of this research is limited to hypothetical choices with typically developing populations. The purpose of the current investigation was the employ delay discounting procedures with individuals with ASDs. In the investigation, participants were given choices between an impulsive choice (a sooner smaller amount of reinforcement) and a self-controlled choice (accepting a delayed, larger amount of reinforcement). Indifference points (the point at which an individual switches from the smaller-sooner to larger-later reinforcement) were plotted. We evaluated the effectiveness of a signaled delay on the ability of participants to wait for the larger delayed rewards using a visual timer application. The preliminary results suggest that using delay discounting procedures may inform treatment development for this clinical population. |
|
|
|
|
Stimulus Equivalence-Based Instruction: Evaluating Training Variables and Teaching Critical Thinking |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Alpine, Swissotel |
Area: TPC/EDC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Carol J McPheters (Caldwell University) |
Discussant: Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
CE Instructor: Carol J McPheters, M.S. |
Abstract: This symposium will examine procedural and content domain advances in stimulus equivalence-based instruction (EBI). The first study evaluated the effects of training specific foreign/native language relations on the emergence of untaught relations with two young children (i.e., foreign-language tact, auditory (foreign language word)-visual (pictures) conditional discrimination, foreign-to-native intraverbals, and native-to-foreign intraverbals). Both participants acquired nearly all emergent relations. The second study evaluated the effects of a fading procedure on equivalence classes formed with either the simple-to-complex or simultaneous protocols. The probability of forming equivalence classes was nearly identical across both protocols, suggesting that the fading procedure plays a significant role in promoting equivalence class formation since the simultaneous protocol is typically weak at promoting class formation. In the third study, EBI was used to teach equivalence classes consisting of stimuli representing science and pseudoscience to college students. All participants formed the classes and responding generalized to both oral and written tests. Finally, in the last study, logical fallacies were taught to college undergraduates with either equivalence-based instruction, self-instruction, or no instruction, in a pretest-train-posttest group design. EBI resulted in superior class formation with shorter instructional duration than self-instruction and no instruction. |
Keyword(s): critical thinking, fading, stimulus equivalence, verbal behavior |
|
A Comparison of Equivalence-Based Strategies to Teach Foreign Language Nouns |
ASHLEY MATTER (Texas Tech University), Katie Wiskow (Texas Tech University), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Texas Tech University) |
Abstract: Recent research has utilized equivalence-based instruction to teach a foreign language vocabulary, which may result in emergence of untrained foreign language relations. The current study systemically replicated Petursdottir and Haflidadottir (2009) by evaluating the effects of training specific relations on the emergence of untaught relations for 1 pre-kindergarten and 1 first grade student. The 4 relations evaluated included: foreign-language tact, auditory (foreign language word)-visual (pictures) conditional discrimination, foreign-to-native intraverbals, and native-to-foreign intraverbals. We assigned 3 different stimuli to each relation and assessed the untaught relations of each stimulus set prior to and after training. We also assessed participants’ preference for learning conditions using a concurrent chains procedure. Both participants acquired all relations (with the exception of 1 relation in 1 set for 1 participant) and exhibited the highest levels of emergence when taught relations that required them to vocalize the Spanish word. One participant preferred the foreign-language tact condition. The other participant preferred the auditory-visual conditional discrimination condition. The results of this study suggest that foreign language teaching procedures requiring the learner to speak the foreign word is an efficient means to teach multiple foreign language relations. |
|
Teasing Apart the Effects of Training Protocol and a Fading Procedure: A Follow-up |
JULIA BRODSKY (The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Daniel Mark Fienup (Queens College, City University of New York) |
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated that the simple-to-complex (STC) protocol promotes equivalence class formation better than the simultaneous (SIM) protocol. Brodsky and Fienup (in preparation) also found that a fading procedure during conditional discrimination training produced greater fluency and the highest probability of passing derived relations probes on the first attempt, but the relative effects of the fading procedure and the training protocol (STC) are unknown. The purpose of this study was to tease apart these effects. In Experiment 1 the fading procedure was evaluated both using the STC protocol and using a SIM protocol with STC testing phases after all conditional discriminations were trained (called a hybrid protocol). In Experiment 2, the fading procedure was evaluated using both the STC protocol and a traditional SIM protocol. Across both studies, the probability of forming equivalence classes was nearly identical across STC, SIM, and hybrid protocols, suggesting that the fading procedure plays a significant role in promoting equivalence class formation. Additionally, fading with the SIM protocol required less time to form classes than STC. Thus, using a fading procedure in conditional discrimination training moderates the effects of training protocol and makes the SIM protocol, which is otherwise inferior, more efficient. |
|
Using Stimulus Equivalence-Based Instruction to Teach College Students to Identify Scientific and Pseudoscientific Characteristics |
ELIZABETH G. CALLAHAN (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Leif Albright (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: The present study evaluated the use of equivalence-based instruction to teach two classes of stimuli representing science and pseudoscience. Computerized equivalence-based instruction and multiple exemplars of stimuli were used to teach two five-member classes to 7 undergraduate students. A pretest-train-posttest design was used to evaluate the effects of equivalence-based instruction on participants’ performance on a computer-based test, as well as on both an oral, and written test (topography-based responding). Testing scores improved for most participants from pretest to posttest on the computer-based, oral and written tests in both groups. Additionally, test performance maintained one week after equivalence-based instruction was completed for most participants. The present study demonstrated that (a) equivalence-based instruction can be used to effectively teach concepts of science and pseudoscience, (b) a selection-based teaching protocol presented via a computer promoted the emergence of responses to a selection-based testing protocol and to a topography-based oral response and written formats, and (c) maintenance of the classes occurred for most participants. |
|
Using Equivalence-Based Instruction to Teach College Students to Identify Logical Fallacies |
TRITON ONG (University of the Pacific), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: Critical thinking is an important skill across many, if not all, academic disciplines and professional occupations. Scholars across a range of disciplines have described critical thinking as a collection of individual skills (e.g., identifying common logical fallacies) that should be directly taught, especially in traditional academic settings such as colleges and universities. However, no robust empirically-supported teaching strategies have been developed. Moreover, instructional time already is at a premium, and adding instructional content is therefore a challenge. Equivalence-based instruction, derived from basic and applied research on stimulus equivalence, has been shown to produce skill acquisition across a variety of academic domains, with some research suggesting such instruction also is more efficient than alternative approaches. This makes equivalence-based instruction an attractive strategy for teaching critical-thinking skills. For this study, identifying logical fallacies was selected as the target skill for 30 college undergraduates who received either equivalence-based instruction, self-instruction, or no instruction in a pretest-train-posttest group design. Although EBI instruction resulted in greater mean score increases with shorter instructional duration than self-instruction and no instruction; however, mean session length and Ennis-Weir Critical Thinking Essay Test scores did not differ between groups. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Developments and Applications of the Conceptual Analysis of Behavior Across Europe |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM |
St. Gallen, Swissotel |
Area: TPC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Robert C. Mellon (Panteion University of Social and Political Sciences) |
Discussant: Ricardo Pellon (Universidad Nacional de Educacion a Distancia) |
CE Instructor: Robert C. Mellon, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Across Europe the science and practice of behavior analysis are far less developed than in North America, but youth does have its charms: as we are few in number, our meetings are necessarily characterized by high levels of interaction among basic and applied researchers investigating a wide range of behavioral processes and practitioners servicing a rich variety of human needs. Indeed, in Europe the core aspects of the repertoires of basic scientist, applied researcher, practitioner and philosopher of science often emerge in the same individual. It is natural that in servicing a range of demands in various settings, the value of general principles of behavioral determination are fully appreciated; the papers in this symposium are examples of the fruits of such an appreciation emerging in the esprit de corps of the small but growing band of European behaviorists. They show how a comprehensive or molecular analysis of fundamental processes inherent in such phenomena as behavioral variability and aversive control can enhance the effectiveness of educational and clinical intervention, and how the application of such principles in the functional classification and publically-funded treatment of behavior problems can bring the full joy of social living to more of our deserving fellow citizens. |
|
New Developments in the Classification of Behavioral and Life Problems |
MARTTI T. TUOMISTO (University of Tampere) |
Abstract: From a behavior-analytic perspective the use of the current systems of problem diagnosis in the area that is traditionally called “mental health”, has been and is associated with a range of difficulties and inconsistencies such as the inability of them to give useful goals of treatment, accurate descriptions of behavior, and adequate predictive validity. In addition, the levels of analyses in these systems are mixed. The “Decimal System” of Behavior and Life Problems (DSBLP) was developed for the classification of behavioral problems and problems with life circumstances according to behavior-analytic concepts to get a comprehensive and functional tool to guide goal-setting and interventions in clinical behavior analysis, but also for the use of the positive side of the problems, strengths and skills in interventions. DSBLP has been used in the supervision of students of behavior analysis and therapy to give research basis for further development of the system. The new developments of DSBLP include the application of the system in other areas of applied behavior such as nutrition, behavioral medicine (generally and in dentistry), and speech therapy. The system classes, new developments and applications of the system as well as challenges and dissemination of the systems will be discussed. |
|
Sources of Behavioral Variability |
SIV KRISTIN NERGAARD (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Per Holth (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
Abstract: In the 2010 IBM "Working Beyond Borders" report, over 700 HR Executives worldwide recognized that the ability to develop future leaders with the creative skills able to adapt to a constantly changing environment, is the number one challenge for their company. A necessary, but not sufficient, component of creativity is behavioral variability and novelty. Evoking or suppressing variability is also of great importance when working with individuals characterized by abnormal levels of behavioral variability, e.g. autism, OCD and ADHD. The recognition that it is possible to modify novelty and variation by contingencies of reinforcement has had implications in several fields, e.g. problem solving, creativity and developmental disabilities. Still, the questions of what is being discriminated and what exactly is reinforced when novelty and variation is reinforced has yet to be answered, limiting clinical and educational effectiveness. In evolutionary biology the persistence of abundant genetic variation still remains a central problem, as with behavior variability in behavior analysis. Being able to affect behavioral variability and novelty by altering the contingencies is a great step forward, but there are several important questions that need answering regarding behavioral variability and novelty; these questions will be specified and addressed in the present conceptual analysis. |
|
Problematic Thinking, Perceiving and Rule-Following as Unconscious Self-Control: A General-Process Interpretation |
ROBERT C. MELLON (Panteion University of Social and Political Sciences) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts efforts to provide natural-science interpretations of the phenomena known as dysfunctional cognition have been disproportional to the suffering and disability generated by these behavior patterns. Such patterns are here interpreted as a form of unconscious self-control: when people incipiently engage in activities that have been both reinforced and punished, they might then expose themselves to aversive stimuli (e.g., perceiving themselves as grossly overweight, as inadequate to task, as experiencing strokes, infections, property loss, etc.) as a means of generating biobehavioral events to be terminated by the subsequent emission of escape responses incompatible with the continuation of the reinforcing but censored act. Private acts will be more susceptible to adventitious reinforcement by the termination of self-produced warning signals for punishment, generating the otherwise nonsensical content characterizing dysfunctional cognition. Recent experimental studies with human and avian subjects support the present interpretation that self-exposure to aversive stimulation such as self-deprecation and threat-monitoring occurs at high rates when it terminates even more aversive warning signals, that such self-exposure more effectively generates escape when it occurs at greater temporal distances from the terminal reinforcers of punished acts, and that such termination of warning signals adventitiously reinforces the nonsensical stereotypic self-vocalization that characterizes psychopathology. |
|
A Conceptual Analysis for Ensuring Efficacy, Efficiency, and Sustainability in Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention |
PAOLO MODERATO (IULM & IESCUM), Giovambattista Presti (Kore University/IESCUM), Melissa Scagnelli (IESCUM) |
Abstract: The magnitude of demand for Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) creates severe problems whenever state welfare systems directly deliver treatment, as occurs in many European Union countries. How can we ensure effective behavioral intervention for as many children as possible when resources are limited? IESCUM, the Italian Chapter of ABAI, is trying to solve this problem by testing a conceptual model derived from the Italian Model for EIBI (the MIPIA). The core of the model is sustainability, a concept borrowed from economics and applied to the field of behavior analytic services delivery: it means finding the point known as good enough, i.e. the point at which it is possible to reach, on the basis of skills assessments of service recipients, and an efficient cost/benefit use of available resources. The practical implementation of this conceptual model began in 2011, and has proved to be effective and efficient in generating core behavioral repertoires in three age groups ranging from two to 16 years while maintaining financial sustainability, illustrating a fruitful compatibility in explanatory principles derived from economic theory and behavior analysis, and yielding a model of service provision that might be useful in state-run EIBI and other publically-funded behavioral services abroad. |
|
|
|
|
Big Rats, Big Opportunities, and Big Challenges: HeroRATS and Me |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Grand Ballroom AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AAB; Domain: Service Delivery |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Alan D. Poling, Ph.D. |
Chair: Christy A. Alligood (Disney's Animal Kingdom and Florida Institute of Technology) |
ALAN D. POLING (Western Michigan University) |
Dr. Alan Poling is Professor of Psychology at Western Michigan University. He received his B.A. from Alderson-Broaddus College, his M.A. from West Virginia University, and his Ph.D. from the University of Minnesota. A Fellow of Divisions 3, 25, and 28 of the American Psychological Association, Dr. Poling has published 12 books and roughly 350 articles and book chapters and served as the research advisor of 35 Ph.D. recipients. They, and he, have conducted research and done conceptual work in several areas, including behavioral pharmacology, clinical psychopharmacology (with special emphasis on the effects of psychotropic drugs in people with developmental disabilities), applied behavior analysis, gender issues, animal welfare, quantitative analysis, learning processes, and research methods. Dr. Poling was recognized as a Distinguished Faculty Scholar at Western Michigan University in 1996 and as a Distinguished Alumnus of West Virginia University in 1999. In 2003, he received the Western Michigan University College of Arts and Sciences Outstanding Achievement in Research and Creative Activity Award. In 2016, he will receive a Lifetime Achievement Award from the California Association of Behavior Analysis, a Translational Research Award from the Association for Behavior Analysis International, and an International Humanitarian Award from the American Psychological Association. |
Abstract: For more than a decade, APOPO, a Belgian NGO headquartered in Tanzania, has used scent-detecting giant African pouched rats (Cricetomys) to detect landmines and other explosive remnants of war and to detect human tuberculosis. APOPO has also explored other potential humanitarian applications of the rats. For several years, my students and I have worked with other APOPO personnel to ascertain how well the rats perform in detecting landmines and in finding tuberculosis, to devise strategies to increase the rats' effectiveness and efficiency, and to extend the range of valuable services they can provide. This presentation summarizes what we have learned. |
Target Audience: Licensed Psychologists, certified behavior analysts, graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) specify how pouched rats are trained and used operationally to detect target scents, such as though associated with landmines and human tuberculosis; (2) specify how the rats are currently used for humanitarian purposes, their value in these applications, and potential future uses of the rats; (3) specify challenges associated with conducting high quality scent detection research in general and in conducting such research under the auspices of a humanitarian organization that works under difficult conditions in resource poor areas. |
|
|
|
|
Evaluating Preference and Reinforcement in Individuals With Autism: Considerations for Lower-Functioning Learners |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Columbus Hall IJ, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Robert W. Isenhower (Rutgers University) |
CE Instructor: Robert W. Isenhower, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Formal assessment of preference is a critical component of applied behavioral analytic intervention for learners with autism and developmental disabilities. Empirically determining individuals’ preferences can facilitate the identification of putative reinforcers and can increase the amount of control individuals have over their own therapeutic interventions. The current symposium will discuss empirical and methodological issues that surround the assessment of learner preference in individuals with autism with more profound intellectual and communicative impairments and choice-making difficulties. Specifically, this symposium will examine modifying single stimulus preference assessments to incorporate latency as an index of relative preference; comparing formal reinforcer assessments to determine which might be more appropriate for these learners; and incorporating learner preference to select the most appropriate communication modality for a learner to use. Attendees should garner a greater appreciation for the nuanced issues surrounding the assessment of learner preference in lower-functioning populations and should leave with concrete preference assessment strategies that can be incorporated into their own behavior analytic practice. |
Keyword(s): Choice Analysis, Preference Assessments, Reinforcer Assessments |
|
A Comparison of Two Assessments for Evaluating the Reinforcing Value of Tokens |
ROBERT W. ISENHOWER (Rutgers University), Meredith Bamond (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Kate E. Fiske Massey (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Progressive-ratio (PR) schedules of reinforcement have been used to evaluate the potency of a reinforcer using successively higher ratio requirements. Critics note that the procedure is lengthy and may be aversive for some individuals (e.g. Poling, 2010). Smaby et al. (2007) describe a reinforcer assessment that rapidly alternates between extinction and reinforcement conditions to compare rates of responding. The extent to which these two reinforcer assessments achieve commensurate results, and the comparative efficiency of each, is unknown. In the current study, three students with autism participated in a full analysis of tokens and primary reinforcement using both a PR schedule (Roane et al., 2001) and the rapid reinforcer assessment (Smaby et al., 2007). For all students, the PR analyses indicated that primary reinforcement produced the highest (or most stable) rates of responding and that tokens were variably reinforcing. In contrast, for two students the rapid reinforcer assessment indicated that tokens were nearly as effective as primary reinforcement in maintaining high response rates. For the third student, tokens appeared to have a suppressive effect on responding. The rapid assessment was significantly faster to conduct than the PR schedule. Implications for the use of reinforcer assessments in clinical practice will be discussed. |
|
Using Latency to Increase the Utility of Single-Stimulus Preference Assessments |
ERICA M. DASHOW (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Robert W. Isenhower (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Todd Frischmann (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Meredith Bamond (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University) |
Abstract: The development of formal preference assessments has been useful in identifying putative reinforcers for individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities. Standard preference assessment formats include single stimulus, paired stimuli, and multiple stimuli without replacement (MSWO). Paired stimuli and MSWO assessments present stimuli in an array, which allows for the creation of preference hierarchies. However, both formats are subject to position biases and may not be suitable for learners with choice-making difficulties. Furthermore, paired-stimuli assessments can be time consuming. Traditional single stimulus presentations overcome these design limitations, but may over identify preferred items and cannot establish preference hierarchies. Measurement of response latency from stimulus presentation to selection in single-stimulus assessments may be a viable way to assess preference. The current study compared latency-based single-stimulus assessments to both paired stimuli and MSWO preference assessments utilizing a touch screen computer monitor to measure latency. Results indicated that the latency-based preference assessment yielded high concurrent validity to other formal preference assessment methods. These findings have implications for assessing learner preference in individuals with motor skill deficits, position biases, and impairments in choice-making. |
|
Effect of Response Effort on Preference for Communication Modality |
SARAH JANE LUEM (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University), Katelyn Selver (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Sarah Levine (Rutgers University), Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Autism spectrum disorders are characterized by deficits in communication. To address this issue, a number of different modes of communication have been developed (i.e., picture exchange, sign language, voice output communication aides (VOCAs)). Research has shown that the rates of acquisition of each modality and preference for modality may vary across individuals (e.g., van der Meer et al., 2012). For example, a student may acquire a picture exchange response to label items in fewer trials than sign language and may also show preference for the picture exchange response (i.e., engage in that response when given a choice of both responses). The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the effects of response effort on communication preference. Three participants were first taught to label pictures with vocal approximations and VOCAs (Proloquo to go). The pictures included one, two, and multi-syllable words. Data were collected on trials to acquisition for each modality. Then, a choice analysis was conducted in which participants were asked to label the picture with either communication modality. Preference for modality was idiosyncratic across participants and influenced by different variables (e.g., distance to AAC or word complexity). |
|
|
|
|
Evaluating and Disseminating Parent-Implemented Early Interventions for Autism Based on Skinner's Analysis of Verbal Behavior |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Columbus Hall EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Bianca Pizzo (Rowan University) |
Discussant: Vincent Joseph Carbone (Carbone Clinic) |
CE Instructor: Michelle Ennis Soreth Soreth, Ph.D. |
Abstract: As the incidence rates of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) continue to rise, innovative delivery models for wide-scale dissemination of effective, empirically validated treatments for ASD are urgently needed. Parent-implemented interventions for ASD offer multiple advantages, and a number of non-behavior analytic, developmental interventions for ASD have distinguished themselves from ABA-based interventions by explicitly centering on parent-implementation. Non-behavior analytic, parent-implemented developmental interventions have also been the focus of multiple randomized clinical trials (RCTs), and despite mixed outcomes, contribute to an increasing volume of ASD intervention research in disciplines outside behavior analysis. This symposium will explore critical issues in the evaluation and dissemination of a parent-implemented intervention based on Skinners analysis of verbal behavior, including preliminary treatment outcomes comparing parent-implemented behavior analytic and non-behavior analytic interventions, as well as the development and early evaluation of a telehealth delivery model of parent-implemented behavior analytic intervention based on Skinners analysis of verbal behavior. |
Keyword(s): Autism, Parent-implemented intervention, Telehealth, Verbal Behavior |
|
Comparing Treatment Outcomes of Parent-Implemented Applied Behavior Analysis and Relationship Development Intervention (RDI) |
MARY LOUISE E. KERWIN (Rowan University), Michelle Ennis Soreth (Rowan University), Bianca Pizzo (Rowan University) |
Abstract: Early interventions for ASD based on Applied Behavior Analysis have not traditionally been designed exclusively for parent-implementation. Recently, several developmental interventions for ASD have distinguished themselves from thoroughgoing behavior analytic interventions by explicitly centering on parent-implementation. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the efficacy of a parent-implemented ABA intervention based on Skinners analysis of verbal behavior (ABA/VB) and Relationship Development Intervention (RDI) as adjunctive treatments to treatment-as-usual (TAU) by conducting a small, randomized pilot trial. ABA/VB and RDI have vastly different theoretical bases as well as different primary targets for intervention; however, both approaches assume that joint attention and verbal behavior, respectively, will emerge as a corollary effect of the intervention. To prepare for evaluation, 16-session adjunctive, parent-implemented intervention manuals for ABA/VB and RDI developed, manualized, and validated. Outcomes were assessed at pre-treatment, post-treatment (3 months) and at 3 months follow-up (6 months post-baseline) via direct observation and standardized measures. Preliminary pilot results indicated that the parent-implemented ABA/VB intervention group experienced gains in responding and initiating forms of joint attention and verbal behavior, whereas the gains in RDI intervention group were largely limited to responding forms of joint attention and verbal behavior. |
|
Telehealth Delivery of a Parent-Implemented Intervention for Autism Based on Skinner's Analysis of Verbal Behavior |
MICHELLE ENNIS SORETH (Rowan University), Jacqueline Eggink (Rowan University), Michelle Simon (Rowan University), Mary Louise E. Kerwin (Rowan University) |
Abstract: Telehealth technology has the potential to remove barriers to wide-scale dissemination of effective parent-implemented intervention. The purpose of this study is to evaluate a telehealth delivery model of a parent-implemented intervention for Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) based on the science of Applied Behavior Analysis and Skinner�s analysis of verbal behavior (ABA/VB). A multiple baseline across participants design was used to evaluate the preliminary efficacy of a parent-implemented VB intervention delivered through a web-based videoconferencing platform for 6 parent-child dyads. Parent training was delivered through in-person coaching and video conferencing software over 10-weeks. Parents were coached in the implementation of verbal acquisition and behavior reduction strategies for 1 hour each week by trained graduate student therapists. Direct observations of the parent-child interactions including parent implementation fidelity and rates of child verbal behavior were collected at the beginning of each session. Preliminary results indicated parents� levels of implementation fidelity and rates of child manding increased after treatment was introduced, and these improvements were maintained throughout telehealth phase of the study. These initial results suggest that telehealth delivery of the parent-implemented ABA/VB intervention may be effective as a primary treatment delivery vehicle or as an adjunctive mechanism to promote maintenance of treatment gains. |
|
|
|
|
Teaching Language Skills in Autism: Relational Frame Theory and Naming |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Randolph, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Kelli Perry (Therapeutic Pathways/The Kendall Center) |
|
Learning to Learn and Naming Through Receptive and Expressive Identification |
Domain: Applied Research |
KELLI PERRY (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
|
Abstract: Poor or no language skills are typical for most preschool children with autism.
Language can be divided into the two components of receptive, or listener, skills and
expressive, or speaker, skills. Recommendations for sequencing language instruction vary
across the different behavior-analytic instructional models (Lovaas, 1981; Barbara &
Rasmussen, 2007; Sundberg & Partington, 1998; Sundberg, 2008). The current study sought
to examine those recommendations using young children (aged two- to four-years) with
limited vocal repertoires. For two of the three participants, there appeared to be no
significant difference in the number of trials or the number of errors in learning the
expressive use of words, regardless of whether or not the children had previously learned
to respond receptively to those specific words. This suggests that having a receptive
history provides no major benefit for expressive training. Implications for learning to learn and naming are also discussed. |
|
Integrating Precision Teaching and Relational Frame Theory to Produce Complex Language Repertoires in Learners With Autism |
Domain: Service Delivery |
KIMBERLY NIX BERENS (Fit Learning: New York) |
|
Abstract: It is a common understanding that learners diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder struggle to acquire complex language repertoires. Moreover, such learners often display rigid, rote responding, prompt dependency, inattentiveness, and inadequate generalization of skills. Although these characteristics likely have their origins in the nature of the disorder itself, it is possible that discrete-trial teaching procedures and more traditional approaches to training verbal behavior exacerbate such characteristics. The current paper will illustrate the benefits of using precision teaching to train and measure the establishment of derived stimulus relations with learners with autism. These procedures will be discussed with respect to their origins in behavioral science, their utility for more reliably evaluating learning and skill mastery, and their effectiveness in producing complex, generative language repertoires. Such repertoires include listening and attending, response flexibility, creativity, inferential language, critical thinking, problem solving, and comprehension. Video clips, clinical outcome data, and controlled research findings obtained with learners who have received this type of training will be shared and discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Modeling Prefrontal Cortex-Related Behavioral Dysfunction After Developmental and Adult Neural Insults |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Zurich C, Swissotel |
Area: BPN/EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Cole Vonder Haar (University of British Columbia) |
Discussant: Megan R. Heinicke (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: Animal models of diseases and disorders are essential for the development of effective treatments and therapies. However, the degree of behavioral assessment is frequently limited in animal models, despite relevance to the human condition. This symposium will highlight current uses of operant behavioral techniques in the assessment of central nervous system damage. Specifically, it will focus on fields that have historically relied on very basic assessments of sensorimotor functioning or even eschewed behavioral outcome measures in favor of markers of neural damage and dysfunction. A presentation from Dr. Kris Martens will cover the assessment of choice impulsivity following experimental traumatic brain injury, and a presentation from Dr. Chris Newland will describe functional assessments after developmental exposure to toxicants. Finally, Dr. Megan Heinicke will discuss the implications of these animal models for developing therapeutics. Together, these studies suggest that operant techniques offer numerous advantages for modeling human-relevant dysfunction in a variety of animal models. Further development of these procedures could lead to vastly improved detection therapeutic efficacy and increase the likelihood of translation to humans. |
Keyword(s): Injury, neuroscience, rat, translational |
|
Choice Impulsivity Is Increased After Experimental Traumatic Brain Injury Regardless of Severity |
KRIS M. MARTENS (University of British Columbia), Cole Vonder Haar (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: Traumatic brain injury (TBI) affects 2.5 million Americans each year, leading to the development of long-term deficits in function. Impulsivity is one of the major problems reported following brain injury in humans. Despite the scope of this problem, few animal studies have addressed chronic behavioral deficits and studies of impulsivity are nearly nonexistent. Recent research in our laboratory using a frontal model of brain injury in rats has demonstrated considerable increases in motor impulsivity. In the current work, we evaluated choice impulsivity using the delay discounting procedure and assessed the effects of TBI. Following either a mild or severe brain injury, rats demonstrated a reduced tolerance for delay that continued for the duration of the eight weeks of testing. This data suggests that brain injury, independent of the severity can lead to chronic changes in impulsivity. Behavioral models of these types of deficits could be key to understanding the TBI-related pathophysiology resulting in chronic dysfunction and help devise therapeutics to alleviate it. |
|
Experimental Models of Environmental Contaminants: Analysis, Understanding, and Treatment |
M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Our understanding of how environmental contaminants act relies heavily on experimental laboratory models, which are important because they reveal the mechanisms by which contaminants disrupt behavior and how one might intervene to prevent or even reverse such damage. Operant techniques are especially important because they model voluntary behavior, which is what we are frequently concerned about. Laboratory models reveal what contaminants do. Drawing from our research of methylmercury exposure, I will describe how this contaminant affects cognitive and motor function and how we have addressed questions about prevention or amelioration of damage. We have also tested the functional relevance of hypotheses about neurobiological mechanisms of action using operant behavior. This research has not just yielded an appreciation of a contaminant but, more broadly, about how events that disrupt early cortical development can have subtle, long-lasting effects on operant (voluntary) behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Aversive and Appetitive Control of Complex Human Behavior |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Crystal Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Green West |
Area: CBM/VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Jessica Auzenne (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: Complex human behaviors have been characterized in a number of ways within contemporary behavioral communities. The operationalizing of such complex behaviors centers on the extent to which behavioral patterns are temporally extended or involve ostensibly unique human behaviors, including derived relational responding. Focusing on complex human behaviors is one way in which behavioral researchers can maintain a close link between basic experimental research and externally applicable, useful applications. Contextual control over derived relational responding is one area in which this link is important, as distinct clinical outcomes can be linked to appetitive and aversive sources of control. This symposium will examine basic research and theoretical investigations of derived relational responding under both aversive and appetitive control. The first paper will explore the transfer of the extinction of avoidance functions through derived relational networks. The second paper will explore derived relational responding and the transfer of values functions to arbitrary stimuli. The third paper will provide a functional contextual account of flow and hypothesize conditions under which this optimal state might be experienced. |
Keyword(s): CBA, complex behaviors, function transfer, functional contextual |
|
The Transfer of Extinction of Avoidance Functions Through Derived Relational Networks |
NOLAN WILLIAMS (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Michael Bordieri (Murray State University) |
Abstract: Fear and avoidance are implicated in many forms of psychopathology, disrupting human functioning in a number of ways. This seems to be, in part, attributable to how readily fear and avoidance functions transfer across relational networks. Humans easily learn to fear and avoid novel events simply because of their derived relations with aversive events. Further, once established, the avoidant repertoire tends to dominate, suppressing behaviors under appetitive control. Developing procedures to disrupt avoidance and rebuild the behavioral repertoire has significant applied implications. Several studies have explored the transfer of extinction of fear avoidance functions across relational networks, but with mixed results. In short, the conditions under which transfer of extinction of avoidance functions occurs are not well understood. The current study aimed to add to the growing literature on the transfer of extinction of avoidance functions and to provide a preliminary investigation of the impact of derived extinction of avoidance on conditioned suppression. Implications for clinical treatment of avoidance-based difficulties will be discussed. |
|
Learning With Purpose: A Preliminary Demonstration of Derived Transformation of Values Functions |
TRACY PROTTI (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Nolan Williams (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Gina Quebedeaux Boullion (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emmie Hebert (University of Mississippi), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Michael Bordieri (Murray State University) |
Abstract: Values-based interventions are increasingly included in behavior therapy (e.g., Acceptance and Commitment Therapy) and are purported to effect behavior change through transformation of function across relational networks. The current study aimed to demonstrate derived relational responding and subsequent transformation of function with values-relevant stimuli. Participants were 34 undergraduate students. Participants selected personally meaningful values-relevant stimuli and were trained through matching to sample to coordinate a subset of those stimuli to arbitrary stimuli. All participants exhibited mutual entailment, and all but one exhibited combinatorial entailment, suggesting that individuals learn to coordinate events with values quite readily. Further, there was evidence of transformation of functions, both in terms of changes in ratings of derived stimuli and in terms of changes in approach/avoidance behavior. These data are offered in support of continued scientific exploration of what values are, how they emerge, and how they are best intervened upon. |
|
A Functional Contextual Analysis of Flow |
GRAYSON BUTCHER (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: Experiences which foster a sense of absorption and engagement with the present moment greatly influence personal and professional behaviors. These sort of experiences go by many functionally synonymous names including getting “in the zone,” intensely concentrating, present–moment orientation, and being consistently productive and creative. Positive psychologists refer to these states and their accompanying activities as being in flow. Flow is one of three optimal experiences described by positive psychologists, the other two being spirituality and mindfulness (Lopez, Pedrotti, & Snyder, 2014). Together these experiences are said to be indicative—and possibly facilitative of—a deeper and more purpose-filled quality of living that is characterized by novelty, absorption, and the sacred. Within the behavior analytic community, little research has been done on activities associated with the flow state. The purpose of this conceptual paper is threefold: 1) to draw on existing empirical and conceptual behavioral literature to discuss and hypothesize the necessary and sufficient conditions (behavior-environment relations) which may account for the experience of flow, 2) to identify explanatory gaps (both empirical and conceptual) worthy of further inquiry, and 3) to situate the analysis of flow within CBS’s reticulated, progressive scientific enterprise. |
|
|
|
|
PDS: Movers and Shakers: What It Takes to Make Meaningful Change |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Montreux, Swissotel |
Area: CSE/TPC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Janie Funk (University of Nevada, Reno) |
RAMONA HOUMANFAR (University of Nevada, Reno) |
SCOTT A. HERBST (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
MARTHA HUBNER (University of São Paulo) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts continue to make great progress in expanding our influence to a variety of domains, though many significant societal issues remain in need of contingency analysis and overhaul. We are presented with the task of re-designing macrocontingencies to facilitate sustainable cultural change. Cultural change will require a host of considerations on behalf of the designers, including not only the analysis of individual behaviors and interlocking behavior contingencies, but also gaining the cooperation of public officials and corporate executives, which may appear a daunting task. This panel consists of a selection of the field's experts who will share their experiences influencing large-scale change. The discussion will prove inspiring and informative for the aspiring mover and shaker. |
Keyword(s): cultural behavior, macrocontingency, public policy, social significance |
|
|
|
|
Improving Effective Behavior Support Practices in Large Behavioral Organizations Serving Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder and Developmental Disabilities Using a Data Based Multi-Tiered Framework |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Grand Ballroom CD South, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: DDA/OBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Gordon A. DeFalco (May Institute) |
CE Instructor: Robert F. Putnam, Ph.D. |
Abstract: School-wide Positive Behavior Support, a data based multi-tiered framework has been shown to be effective in schools in improving behavior support (Sugai & Horner, 2009). The use of data based decision making incorporating applied behavior analysis/evidenced based practices at the universal, secondary and intensive level has not been implemented in large organizations serving adults with autism spectrum disorder and developmental disabilities. A critical feature of an effective multi-tiered data based decision approach is to have efficient and effective data systems that allow teams to make timely data based decisions at each tier. Secondly, it is a challenge of large organizations to install data-based organizational wide systems to support effective applied behavior analytic practices implemented with treatment integrity. The symposium will present data from a large behavior analytic organizations in how to implement a multi-tiered system of support to improve staff performance as well as clinical outcomes for individuals with ASD and/or IDD. The presentations will review how to efficiently use staff resources to maximize clinical effectiveness. |
|
Implementing Universal Behavior Support Interventions Across a Large Behavioral Analytical Organization Using Data-Based Decision Making |
ROBERT F. PUTNAM (May Institute), Deidre Donaldson (May Institute), Shannon Barry (May Institute) |
Abstract: This presentation will review the implementation of universal behavior support interventions across a large behavior analytical organization serving over 2,000 individuals with IDD and/or autism across 100 programs. The hallmark of any effective multi-tiered system of support using behavior analytical/evidenced based practices is timely data based decision making by representative data teams at each tier. The use of paper based systems and the timely and efficient conversion of this information into representative visual presentations using excel/and or other graphing programs to allow teams to make data based decisions is consumes significant staff resources. Secondly, the use of functional assessment information to ascertain system interventions particularly in these programs is often lacking. The development of an efficient electronic data collection system for universal data (incident reports) and automatic visual presentation of these data was a high priority to help universal teams analyze their information and build program-wide behavior support plans. Data will be presented on the analysis of data, treatment integrity and reductions in problem behavior. |
|
Developing and Implementing Data Based Decision Making Teams for Those Individuals With Developmental Disabilities With High Risk Behavior Within a Multi-Tiered System of Behavior Support |
GORDON A. DEFALCO (May Institute), Erin McDermott (May Institute), Robert F. Putnam (May Institute), Shannon Barry (May Institute) |
Abstract: This data based presentation demonstrates the development and implementation of data based decision making teams for those individuals with developmental disabilities with high risk behavior within a multi-tiered system of behavior support. Within a multi-tiered system of support universal interventions are implemented across all individuals with the organization. Secondary or targeted interventions are implemented for those individuals who are not responsive to the universal interventions. At the intensive level are those individuals who exhibit problem behavior who either are not responsive to targeted/secondary interventions or engage in high risk behaviors. This presentation will review the implementation of intensive behavior support interventions across a large behavior analytical organization serving over 2,000 individuals with IDD and/or autism across 100 programs. Intensive data based teams were formed to review on a monthly basis progress monitoring data on the most challenging behaviors of these individuals. All individuals had behavior support plans in place. Based on the responsiveness of the individuals to their behavior support plans these teams make suggestions to improve intervention effectiveness. Treatment integrity of the system implementation was taken and showed improvements over the course of nine months. Improvements were seen in the effectiveness of the behavior support plans in 19 of the 20 individuals involved in the intervention. Overall reductions were seen in the amount of restraints used during the intervention as compared to preintervention. |
|
A Cost-Benefit Analysis of the Implementation of a PBS Model Within an Adult Service System |
ANNIE K. BARLOW (Amego Inc.), Paul Mahoney (Amego Inc.), John C. Randall (Amego Inc.), Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College), Dennis H. Reid (Carolina Behavior Analysis and Support Center) |
Abstract: In 2013, the Massachusetts Department of Developmental Services (DDS) began a process of mandating the adoption of a positive behavior support (PBS) approach, in lieu of applied behavior analysis, as the model for clinical service delivery for the currently 32,000 adults served through DDS and its contracted vendors. A seminal article by Horner et al. (1990) began with the statement that, "In recent years, a broad-based movement has emerged in support of non-aversive behavior management" (p. 125). Unfortunately, while there is a plethora of data supporting the use of a PBS approach within school based systems, as noted by Johnson, Foxx, and Mulick (2004), little such evidence exists within adult populations. The purpose of the research described within this symposium is to evaluate the implementation of a PBS model within a large-scale adult service system utilizing a within-subject experimental design. While the primary Independent Variable in the study is a system-wide PBS approach, the research design was structured to focus on the impact of the effect of the Reid and Parsons (2007) Positive Behavior Support Training Curriculum, 2nd Ed. The results of this evaluation along with a discussion of the cost-benefit implications for service providers will be discussed. The PBS training was implemented in a Multiple Baseline Design across three cohorts of 18 DDS funded adult group homes, serving 5+/- individuals each. A pre-Training Baseline was followed sequentially by Training alone and Training combined with feedback. Inter-Observer reliability was collected across all conditions and settings, with an overall mean of >85%. Results indicated that Training alone was insufficient to produce clinically significant results. However, Training plus Feedback did produce clinically significant results in staff behavior. Indirect measures of client behavior, such as the level of restrictive practices employed and the frequency of emergency physical restraints also showed positive changes as a result of the Training plus Feedback condition. Additionally, maintenance data on the long-term impact of this approach will be reported. |
|
|
|
|
New Applications of Organizational Behavior Management |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Vevey 3 & 4, Swissotel |
Area: OBM/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Nicole Gravina (Florida Institute of Technology) |
CE Instructor: David Kelley, M.A. |
Abstract: This symposium will present new applications of Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) in applied settings. The goal is to extend current understanding and application of common OBM tools to real business challenges and identify innovative solutions that are acceptable and sustainable. The first talk will describe an alternative approach from BBS for improving safety behaviors and results in a chemical manufacturing organization. The second talk will introduce a new tool for gathering individualized feedback preferences for employees that can guide managers in their feedback conversations. And, the third talk will demonstrate an approach for teaming OBM up with Lean, a well known and useful tool in business, to have an important impact in a healthcare setting. All of the presentations will include data from organizations where this work was evaluated. Attendees will leave with a better understanding of how to use OBM and new ideas for making positive changes in business settings. |
|
Teaching Behavioral Concepts to Leaders to Improve Safety Performance |
NICOLE GRAVINA (Florida Institute of Technology), John Austin (Reaching Results) |
Abstract: Safety is commonly addressed in the organizational behavior management (OBM) research literature through the Behavior-Based Safety (BBS) process. But, BBS has some limitations. For example, it is not practical in some cases, it is not viewed favorably by some organizations, and it doesn’t incorporate top leaders who have enormous influence in organizations. An alternative approach that involved teaching leaders at a chemical manufacturing site behavioral analysis concepts, having them complete homework, and coaching them to apply the concepts, will be described. Over 50 leaders at the site were trained and they each conducted projects that applied behavior analysis concepts to workplace safety and other issues as part of the initial course and then on an ongoing basis. The training and projects were associated with a substantial improvement in safety performance and reduction in spills that has maintained for three years. An overview of the training process, sample projects, and results will be shared. |
|
Assessing Feedback Preference of Employees Towards a More Function-Based Feedback System |
APRIL ROWLAND (Florida Institute of Technology), Manuel Rodriguez (ABA Technologies, Inc.) |
Abstract: Performance Feedback has been used successfully as a consequence-based intervention across varied and numerous studies in organizational behavior management (Alvero, Bucklin, & Austin, 2001). Based on the existing preference assessment literature (Waldvogel & Dixon, 2008; Wilder, Therrien, & Wine, 2006) the authors investigated the use of an informant-based method for identifying employee feedback preferences. A tool was developed based on the dimensions of feedback commonly sited in organizational behavior management literature (Alvero, Bucklin, & Austin, 2001; Daniels & Bailey, 2014). Interviews were conducted with six employees of an educational service organization that provides online education and consulting of behavior analysis and instructional design. These employees represent a virtual team tasked with the development and implementation of various products. The results of these interviews indicate feedback preferences vary across both individuals and the specific job tasks those individuals perform. The presentation will provide the methodology used, the results, and conclude with a discussion on how different aspects of feedback should be investigated and accounted for in the design of feedback systems, and some thoughts on future research to evaluate feedback preferences over time. |
|
What We Can Learn From Our Interdisciplinary Friends: We All Can Get Along |
DAVID KELLEY (Florida Institute of Technology), Allison King (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Dissemination of the science of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is no easy task, particularly in the field of Organizational Behavior Management (OBM). Communicating the science of behavior in business can be a considerable challenge. It becomes particularly challenging when faced against individuals with different philosophical backgrounds. Despite this challenge, OBM interventions can often be successful if done properly in partnership with these individuals from different philosophical backgrounds. This presentation will provide examples of OBM being applied in a health care setting in partnership with disciplines outside of ABA. The work being presented will focus on OBM projects completed in partnership with Industrial Engineers (specifically Lean/Six Sigma) and Organizational Development Practitioners (OD) that helped reduce organizational waste and improve patient satisfaction. The presentation will shed light on the importance of working with these individuals in business to assure not only the successful implementation of OBM interventions, but the dissemination of our science to the business world. |
|
|
|
|
Towards a Functional Analysis of "Prompt Dependency" |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Columbus Hall CD, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Paulo Guilhardi (Beacon ABA Services) |
CE Instructor: Paulo Guilhardi, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The term "prompt dependency" is widely used to identify problem believed to be inherent to the learner. Evidence supporting those explanations is scarce as systematic research on the establishment of prompt dependency is not widely available in the behavior analytic literature. The first presentation describes a functional assessment approach for the explanation the acquisition of the phenomena described as prompt dependency. The authors propose a new behavior analytic term and definition, namely, "prompt maintained behavior" the term places the focus on the identification of the contingencies of reinforcement that may be responsible for the establishment and maintenance of prompt dependency. The other two presentations describe data supporting this analysis, one in which prompt maintained behavior is maintained by positive reinforcement in the form of physical attention and the second maintained by avoidance of corrective procedures. This research has implications for prevention and treatment prompt maintained behavior. |
Keyword(s): Functional Assessment, Prompt Dependence, Stimulus Control |
|
Prompt Dependency or Prompt Maintained Behavior? |
PAULO GUILHARDI (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services) |
Abstract: Prompt dependency is a term used to describe a characteristic believed to be inherent to an individual often labeled as "prompt dependent". Prompt dependency is observed when correct responses only appear when the controlling prompt is presented during skill acquisition and it can be affected by differential reinforcement of independent vs. prompted responses by manipulations of the rate and quality of arbitrary reinforcements. The behavior analytic literature often described the emergence of prompt dependency as a result of a failure of transfer of stimulus control from a prompt to the targeted stimulus. This presentation will provide a functional analysis of prompt dependency with focus on the identification of contingencies of reinforcement responsible for the establishment and maintenance of prompt dependency. As a result, the authors propose that the term "prompt maintained behavior" replace "prompt dependency". In addition, the authors will propose a brief assessment protocol that reduces the risk of establishment and maintenance of prompt maintained behavior. |
|
Prompt Dependency Maintained by Positive Reinforcement |
JOSEPH ROBITAILLE (Beacon ABA Services) |
Abstract: The current study attempted to identify and describe a positive reinforcement contingency that establishes and maintains prompt dependency. That is, refraining from emitting a known response until a prompt is delivered. A 2-year old girl diagnosed with ASD was exposed to trials in which (1) a known instruction was delivered, (2) a response was either emitted or omitted, (3) a prompt was delivered if response was omitted, and (4) consequences were delivered. Two conditions differed in the type of prompt used and the reinforcement delivered for independent vs. prompted responses (Prompt dependency and independency conditions). In the prompt dependency condition, the prompt consisted of physical guidance, which was consistent to the type of physical attention reinforcer identified during a functional analysis. In the independency condition, the prompt was visual and reinforcer for independent responses consisted of physical play. Data from an ABA design indicated that the participant showed prompt dependency only when physical prompted was delivered contingent on a 3-s interval with no response (omission). These results alert for the need of consideration of the reinforcer properties of the prompt itself when designing instructional tasks. |
|
Prompt Dependency Maintained by Avoidance |
JENNIFER SMITH (Beacon ABA Services), Paulo Guilhardi (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services) |
Abstract: The current study attempted to identify and describe an avoidance contingency that establishes and maintains prompt dependency, that is, refraining from emitting a known response until a prompt is delivered. A 5-year old girl diagnosed with ASD was exposed to trials in which (1) an instruction was delivered, (2) a choice between responding independently or with a physical prompt was made, (3) independent or prompted response was made, and (4) consequences were delivered. Two conditions differed in the consequence delivered following prompted responses (Aversive and Non-Aversive Conditions). The aversive stimulus was verbal error correction and "help" delivered by parent in the natural environment. Data indicate that the participant consistently chose to respond independently when praise was delivered following both independent and prompted choices, but chose the prompt condition when the aversive stimulus was introduced following independent responses (ABA design). |
|
|
|
|
PDS: I Didn't Learn This in Grad School: What Every BCBA Needs to Know About Opening Their Own Clinic |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Columbus Hall AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Michael Weinberg, Other |
Chair: Lauren Phillips (University of Houston - Clear Lake) |
MICHAEL F. DORSEY (Endicott College) |
DANA B. HARRIS (Spectacular Kids ABA Therapy & Consulting, LLC) |
MICHAEL WEINBERG (Orlando Behavior Health Services, LLC) |
Abstract: There are many components to starting one's own early-intervention clinic within the field of behavior analysis. Knowing where to start can often be a barrier to effectively allocating one's resources to develop the most successful clinic. Following these initial decisions, it is essential to ensure that the materials developed, and treatments delivered uphold the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts. Additionally, maintaining compliance with the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) is crucial to ensure that protected health information of one's clients is appropriately safeguarded. Come learn from experts in the field as they discuss their experiences of opening their own clinics, upholding HIPAA regulations, evaluating problematic derivations from the BACB ethical guidelines, and working on a state licensing board to protect consumers through the enforcement of professional ethical standards. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts. |
Learning Objectives: At the end of the presentation, participants should be able to: (1) determine a good starting point and avoid common errors associated with starting one’s own clinic; (2) evaluate the BACB ethical guidelines, and establish policies that uphold these guidelines; (3) manage the flow of information in a manner that is compliant with HIPAA regulations. |
Keyword(s): Clinic Startup, Ethics, HIPAA Compliance |
|
|
|
|
Quantitative Modeling in Behavioral Analysis, Part 2: How? |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Lucerne, Swissotel |
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: Blake A. Hutsell, Ph.D. |
Chair: Federico Sanabria (Arizona State University) |
BLAKE A. HUTSELL (Virginia Commonwealth University) |
Blake Hutsell received his doctoral training in experimental psychology at Southern Illinois University under the direction of Dr. Eric Jacobs. Subsequently he completed a postdoctoral fellowship at Auburn University under the direction of Dr. Chris Newland and currently holds a postdoctoral position in the Virginia Commonwealth University School of Medicine under the direction of Dr. Matt Banks. He was the 2011 recipient of the APA Division 25 Basic Behavior Analysis Dissertation Award and his publications have appeared in the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, Neurobiology of Learning and Memory, Drug and Alcohol Dependence and other journals. His research interests include novel applications of quantitative models to socially-relevant behavioral phenomena such as drug addiction and neurotoxicant exposure to target underlying behavioral mechanisms that mediate these phenomena. |
Abstract: While quantitative modeling has become increasingly common in the behavior analytic literature, many researchers have received little formal training in the practical implementation of these methods. The purpose of this presentation is to encourage quantitative analyses of behavior by providing an introduction to modeling in Microsoft Office Excel. Excel represents an advantageous platform due to its wide availability to researchers in various settings and relative ease with which prominent quantitative models may be implemented. This presentation has three major aims: (1)to provide an overview of how to simulate quantitative models commonly encountered in the literature for the purposes of gaining an understanding of the model's behavior; (2) demonstrate how to set up a workbook to perform regression analyses and basic visual analyses to assess the goodness of a model's fit to data; (3) provide an accessible introduction to model selection techniques comparing nested and non-nested models to aid the identification of candidate behavioral mechanisms. |
Target Audience: Licensed pschologists and those interested in quantitative modeling. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) set up workbooks for model simulation and visualization to understand model behavior; (2) perform regression and implement model selections techniques. |
|
|
|
|
Designing Courses Based on Research and Theory in Behavior Analysis and Psychology |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Regency Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Gold West |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
CE Instructor: Henry D. Schlinger, Ph.D. |
Chair: Nicole Luke (Surrey Place Centre) |
HENRY D. SCHLINGER (California State University, LA) |
Henry D. (Hank) Schlinger Jr. received his Ph.D. in psychology (applied behavior analysis) from Western Michigan University under the supervision of Jack Michael. He then completed a two-year National Institutes of Health-funded post-doctoral fellowship in behavioral pharmacology with Alan Poling. He was a full tenured professor of psychology at Western New England University in Springfield, MA, before moving to Los Angeles in 1998. He is now professor of psychology and former director of the M.S. Program in Applied Behavior Analysis in the Department of Psychology at California State University, Los Angeles. Dr. Schlinger has published numerous scholarly articles and commentaries in 25 different journals. He also has authored or co-authored three books, Psychology: A Behavioral Overview (1990), A Behavior-Analytic View of Child Development (1995) (which was translated into Japanese), and Introduction to Scientific Psychology (1998). He is a past editor of The Analysis of Verbal Behavior and The Behavior Analyst, and on the editorial boards of several other journals. He also serves on the Board of Trustees of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies. |
Abstract: There is currently widespread concern for effective teaching at all levels of education. A defining feature of teaching—perhaps more than any other profession—is the range of variability in styles and approaches. Unlike the practice of medicine, for example, teaching is still seen as an art. Moreover, few college professors are ever taught how to teach; their only qualification is a Ph.D. and expertise in their subject matter. But nowadays when colleges and universities are struggling to attract and then retain students, it is imperative that instructors take more responsibility for the success of their students. They can do this by designing their courses and classrooms according to existing research and theory in behavior analysis and psychology. This presentation describes (a) the purpose and goals of assessment; (b) the principles of a high-feedback instructional system; (c) the role of assessment in a high-feedback system; and (d) one model of a high-feedback system. |
Target Audience: Educators and teachers of applied behavior analysis. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) understand the purpose and goals of assessment in college teaching; (2) understand the principles of a high-feedback instructional system; (3) understand the role of assessment in a high-feedback system. |
|
|
|
|
Verbal Behavior and Depression |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Michigan ABC, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East |
Area: VBC/TPC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: W. Joseph Wyatt (Marshall University) |
Discussant: Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
CE Instructor: W. Joseph Wyatt, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Depression is a mix of emotion, thoughts and behaviors, and diagnoses of depression are increasing by twenty percent per year. The result is that billions of dollars are spent "treating" depression, often without guarantees of behavior change. Depression is a leading health concern according to the World Health Organization, which established universal guidelines to treat this mental health "illness". Depressive thoughts and feelings are internal phenomenon that can only be experienced by the individual. Thus, in routine clinical practice diagnoses are based mainly on the verbal report of the individual who labels himself as depressed, as well as on his self-description of his at-home depressive behaviors. Ordinarily, only a relatively small degree of the diagnostic input arises from direct observation of depressive behaviors in the clinical arena. This symposium will (a) address how verbal behavior of the individual and within the broader culture are antecedents to a diagnosis of depression by a health care provider and by lay people such as parents and caregivers, and (b) address ways individuals can change their verbal behavior to address effective behavior change that can decrease their self-perception of depression or reduce the need for medical intervention. |
Keyword(s): depression, intervention, self management, verbal behavior |
|
Perception of Verbal Behavior |
JUDY G. BLUMENTHAL (Association for Behavior Change) |
Abstract: Each person experiences thoughts, emotions, and feelings hundreds of times throughout the day. Because the relationship among the three modes is quite complex, it is easy for individuals to forget they have control over each mode. For example, if an individual is having a bad day, he has the opportunity to read affirmations or call a friend to feel better. He can also say, "I am not good at anything," which can trigger feelings of sadness, causing the person to cry and otherwise worsen his mood. This sequence of events can result in a self description of “I am not normal,"
and health care providers or caregivers might agree. However, the individual has described himself erroneously, in a way that led to a mistaken perception by others. Another example is a routine failure to complete a crossword puzzle that elicited the thought, " Why can't I do anything right?" perhaps even followed by saying it aloud, despite the fact the person typically completes nine out of ten such puzzles (and also does a number of other things quite well). Strategies to become conscious of verbal behavior and its influence will be discussed. |
|
The Verbal Roots of Medication Mania, and Suggestions for Dealing With It |
W. JOSEPH WYATT (Marshall University) |
Abstract: When it comes to treatment of depression, the U.S. now sports an unfortunate culture of pills before skills. The roots of this phenomenon largely are verbal and may be traced to the symbiosis of two powerful verbal forces the profit motive of the pharmaceutical industry and organized psychiatrys faux reliance on the biological causation model. This presentation will trace the mutually reinforcing natures of drug makers advertising and of the non-science promotion of the biological model by the psychiatry profession, and the ways that the two have become absorbed into the verbal culture of the populace. Unfortunate results of these twin forces include treatment that often is minimally helpful and that more effective treatment, such as those done from a behavioral perspective, may never be undertaken. Suggestions for ways that behavior analysts may best deal with clients perceptions of the prevailing misinformation will be presented. |
|
|
|
|
Business Meeting of the New York State Association for Behavior Analysis (NYSABA) |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Columbus Hall AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Chair: Frank R. Cicero (Eden II Programs) |
Presenting Authors: |
The NYSABA business meeting is held so that representatives of the NYSABA Board can update attendees on the activities of NYSABA over the past year and goals and activities for the future. Topics discussed include committee reports, legislative issues, NYSABA activities at the ABAI conference, NYSABA activities throughout the state, ongoing CEU opportunities as well as other topics affecting behavior analysts in the state of New York. Audience questions will be encouraged. |
Keyword(s): New York |
|
|
|
|
Oregon Association for Behavior Analysis Business Meeting |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Columbus Hall EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Chair: Melissa J. Gard (Oregon Association for Behavior Analysis) |
Presenting Authors: |
Members of the Oregon Association for Behavior Analysis (ORABA), non-member Oregon behavior analysts, and those interested in ORABA are invited to meet to discuss updates as they relate to the practice or dissemination of behavior analysis in Oregon or surrounding states. |
|
|
|
|
History of Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Vevey 1 & 2, Swissotel |
Chair: Edward K. Morris (The University of Kansas) |
Presenting Authors: |
The purpose of the business meeting is to review the SIG’s vision (i.e., to advance and expand behavior analysis through history and historiography), its mission (i.e., to cultivate and nurture, enrich and improve, and communicate and disseminate the field’s history), and its strategies for addressing them (e.g., maintaining a Listserv and a website). At last year's meeting, we established our first strategic initiatives, among them creating a syllabus bank for instructors, developing lists of relevant archives, appointing an historian in every SIG and ABAI affiliate chapter, and preparing bibliographies of published and electronic sources. We will review our progress in these and other initiatives. Still others await (e.g., an annual ABAI HoBA symposium, an awards program). Anyone interested in the field’s history and historiography and advancing the forgoing (or other) initiatives is welcome to attend the meeting. |
Keyword(s): History-Historiography |
|
|
|
|
Behaviorists for Social Responsibility |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Vevey 3 & 4, Swissotel |
Chair: Molli Luke (ADM Associates) |
Presenting Authors: |
BFRS is the oldest SIG in ABAI. BFSR members engage in theoretical, conceptual, and empirical analyses of significant social issues related sustainability, economic and social justice, violence, health and wellness, political systems, culture, among others. In the business meeting, the BFSR planners will report on our active projects, including (a) the Matrix Project which is oriented toward increasing preparation and opportunities for behavior analysts to engage in work related to major social and sustainability issues, (b) the journal Behavior and Social Issues, (c) international outreach, (d) expanded social media presence, (e) a sustainability initiative/research project under development, and (f), maintaining a visible presence at ABAI conventions with panels, symposia, and invited presenters. Discussion of opportunities for participation will follow these brief reports. |
Keyword(s): Environmental Action, Human Rights, Social Justice, Social Responsibility |
|
|
|
|
Dissemination of Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Columbus Hall KL, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Chair: Megan Miller (FSU CARD/Navigation Behavioral Consulting) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Dissemination of Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group (DBA-SIG) gathers to explore ways of sharing and advancing the science of human behavior, spreading information and providing access to behavior analysis to the public at large. The DBA-SIG stresses the importance of using language that is friendly and easy to understand: providing a sense of what exactly our science and helping society realize the potential of this science. We're looking to release behavior analysis from its pigeonholes, and publicize the potential our science has to develop global solutions. If you are interested in the dissemination of the science of behavior analysis worldwide, then this is the place for you. |
Keyword(s): Dissemination |
|
|
|
|
Montana Association for Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Columbus Hall CD, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Chair: Cheryl A. Young-Pelton (Montana State University in Billings) |
Presenting Authors: |
Montana Association for Behavior Analysis (MT ABA) became a new chapter in the fall of 2013. This meeting of MT ABA is open to members and prospective members. Members are Montana residents or individuals who are interested in behavior analysis in Montana belonging to one of three categories: (a) full members, (b) student members, or (c) friends of MT ABA. Events discussed at this meeting will represent a culmination of our third year in existence. Together we will make plans to further promote behavior analysis in Montana through education, research and practice. Join us in this celebration! |
Keyword(s): Montana, MT ABA |
|
|
|
|
Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis SIG Event: Invited Presenter: Mahabalagiri (Giri) Hegde, Ph.D., CCC-SLP |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Columbus Hall GH, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Chair: Nikia Dower (Dower and Associates, Inc.) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis (SPABA) Special Interest Group business meeting is open to anyone interested in promoting a behavioral approach to the analysis and treatment of speech and language disorders. Admission is free and membership in the SIG is not required in order to attend. The meeting will consist of member reports on SIG mission-related activities and invited presentations of professional interest to attendees. SPABA is honored to have Mahabalagiri (Giri) Hegde, retired Professor of Speech-Language Pathology in the Department of Communicative Disorders at California State University, Fresno as the invited presenter for SPABA's Business Meeting at ABAI 2016. His professional interests include stuttering, child language disorders, verbal behavior, research methods, and behavioral treatment procedures in communicative disorders. He has published many research articles and several books related to speech-language pathology. Additionally, his contributions to the field of speech pathology, with a behavior-analytic approach is critical to the field as more and more speech-language pathologists work to understand behavior analysis and to apply its principles to their work. The SPABA award winners -- the Student Research Grant award winner and the Dissemination Award winner -- will present on their winning submissions. The SPABA business meeting will also include information on SPABA's social/networking component to encourage interaction and discussion among SIG members, new members, and interested attendees. Please feel free to join us and bring your friends. To further support the Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group, please consider formally joining and donating to the SIG by registering online at www.behavioralspeech.com. |
Keyword(s): inter-professional collaboration, SPABA, speech-language pathology, verbal behavior |
|
|
|
|
Health, Sports, and Fitness Special Interest Group |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Zurich C, Swissotel |
Chair: Gabrielle Trapenberg Torres (Behavior Basics LLC) |
Presenting Authors: |
All conference attendees interested in behavior analytic applications in health, sports, and fitness are welcome. During this meeting, the business of the special interest group will be conducted. This year, we will review the leadership and membership structures of the group and have a discussion of current and future research projects. The aim will be to increase membership involvement, facilitate collaborations and stimulate discussion. Anyone interested in these areas should attend. Future events and activities will be discussed. |
Keyword(s): Exercise, Fitness, Health, Sports |
|
|
|
|
Washington Association for Behavior Analysis Business Meeting and Social Gathering |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Alpine, Swissotel |
Chair: Christopher Jones (University of Washington) |
Presenting Authors: |
The purpose of this business meeting is to update members and other interested parties of the events and activities that have taken place over the past year that WABA has influenced and/or hosted and/or accomplished. While only two members of the executive committee (President and President-elect) will be able to attend this year, the decision to hold an informal business meeting and social gathering was made. Wine and/or refreshments may be served (TBD). |
Keyword(s): Business Meeting, Chapter, Washington |
|
|
|
|
SIG Español |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Zurich AB, Swissotel |
Chair: Mapy Chavez Cueto (Alcanzando) |
Presenting Authors: |
All Spanish speaking ABAI members are invited to participate, share and exchange information at this meeting. Join us to learn what is happening in the Spanish speaking community of ABAI. |
Keyword(s): español, spanish |
|
|
|
|
Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Columbus Hall IJ, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Chair: J. Adam Bennett (Western Michigan University) |
Presenting Authors: |
This will be the business meeting for the Experimental Analysis of Human
Behavior Special Interest Group (EAHB-SIG). The mission of the EAHB-SIG is
to promote the experimental analysis of behavior with human subjects as a
means of addressing important fundamental questions about human problems
and human nature. In recent years, the energies of EAHB-SIG members have
focused on three continuing projects: (1) The EAHB-SIG Distinguished
Contributions Award: This award is designed to recognize substantive and
sustained contributions to the EAHB literature. The award is presented at the
annual convention. (2) The Student Paper Competition: The competition is
designed to promote and recognize scholarly activity in the Experimental
Analysis of Human Behavior. Students are encouraged to submit original
research that has not been reviewed elsewhere. Participants receive high quality
reviews from experts in their respective areas of research. (3) The Experimental
Analysis of Human Behavior Bulletin: The SIG also maintains an online journal
(ISSN 1938-7237) for the publication of empirical articles, technical reports, and
other types of articles of interest to researchers engaged in the experimental
analysis of human behavior. |
Keyword(s): EAHB, Human Operant |
|
|
|
|
ArkABA |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
St. Gallen, Swissotel |
Chair: Sheila Barnes (NASP) |
Presenting Authors: |
Arkansas ArkABA members and interested members are invited to meet fellow behavior analysts. |
|
|
|
|
IGNITE |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Zurich D, Swissotel |
Chair: Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Presenting Authors: |
IGNITE is a worldwide phenomenon promoting exciting presentations that are only five minutes long. Each speaker submits a slideshow with 20-slides preprogrammed to advance every 15-seconds. The Chair collects the slideshows and organizes them on one laptop so there is no equipment change between speakers. The presentations are intended to IGNITE the interest of audience members and to stimulate conversation and encourage further exploration of topics. Come enjoy a series of fast-paced, explosive presentations aimed to inform and educate. Come get your passion for behavior analysis ignited! |
|
|
|
|
UMass Boston and Global Autism Project: Collaboration for Sustainable Dissemination |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Randolph, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East |
Chair: Mary E. Brady (University of Massachusetts Boston) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Global Autism Project and University of Massachusetts Boston have collaborated for 5 years in order to provide access to university level training in applied behavior analysis outside of the United States. The success of this partnership has led to increased university collaboration, including the creation of university coursework for those who wish to pursue certification in the future. This business meeting is open for all who wish to learn more about sustainable dissemination of applied behavior analysis internationally. |
Keyword(s): Global Autism, UMass |
|
|
|
|
EAB Monday PM |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East |
Chair: Anne C. Macaskill (Victoria University of Wellington) |
|
2. Fast Mapping Vocabulary by Toddlers |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
MariaStella C. Alcantara-Gil (Federal University of Sao Carlos, Brazil), NATÁLIA SERTORI (Universidade Federal de São Carlos) |
Discussant: Jesslyn Farros (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.) |
Abstract: The emergent symbolic mapping is a phenomenon studied by different areas of knowledge and has been documented for adults, people with intellectual disabilities, animals, toddlers and others. In this study the aim was verify the exclusion responding for deletion using the mask (blank comparision) in seven toddlers aged 12-36 months. The study included the following steps: baseline training with defined stimuli, exclusion and learning probes; response learning mask (blank comparision), conditional discrimination of stimuli defined with use of the mask, excluding probes and learning with the mask and probe control. Undefined stimuli received the name, Pafe, Tica, Fafa and Bibi. Defined stimuli were toys and corresponding names used in daily life: cart, doll and dog. All the participants respoding by exclusion with and without the use of masks, The experimental arrangement with the fading in the mask and errorless learning procedures was efficient, corroborating previous studies. The data showed reduction in the number of sessions required for learning, which may indicate that errorless teaching procedure is efficient. Thus, this research contributes to the maintenance of the procedure and vocabulary learning check for toodlers. |
|
|
3. Contingencies Generate Both Rules About What to Do and Particular Emotions While Doing It |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ISABEL L. CUNNINGHAM (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Jesslyn Farros (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.) |
Abstract: In the field of behavior analysis it is commonly accepted that instructions take precedent over contingency-shaped behavior. In particular, research with humans on schedules of reinforcement suggests that experimenter-imposed or self-imposed rules override the schedule contingency (Catania, 2013). Alternatively, another interpretation is that both the performance of the learner and the rules are a product of the contingencies and one cannot override the other. The present research studied the relation between what people say they are doing to earn reinforcement and how they feel about what they are doing as a function of changes to the schedule of reinforcement. The results show that the rules participants use to describe their performance and how they feel varies with the type of schedule used. Variable ratio schedules are more likely to produce varied and unclear rules with the subjects reporting that they feel "confused". Fixed ratio schedules indicate clear rules about what to do to earn reinforcement and the learners report that they feel "confident". |
|
|
4. Determining the Onset of Derived Stimulus Relations |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
STERLING RIPPY (College of Charleston), Kelly Roughgarden (College of Charleston), Madison Fox (College of Charleston), Samm Brenner (College of Charleston), Adam H. Doughty (College of Charleston) |
Discussant: Jesslyn Farros (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.) |
Abstract: The results of multiple experiments examining the onset of derived stimulus relations are presented. In two experiments, the emergence of untested derived relations was observed when recently formed relations were extinguished. This emergence occurred under conditions less complex than previously studied (i.e., when fewer baseline relations are taught and when the emergence of only symmetrical relations are tested). In two other experiments, the emergence of derived relations was investigated when probe trials were interspersed with baseline trials from the start of training. Emergence of the derived relations was unreliable across participants. A final experiment examined the emergence of tested and untested derived relations during tests of adduction and application. The implications of this research are discussed in the context of the necessary and sufficient conditions for generating derived stimulus relations. |
|
|
5. The Effects of Observing Contingencies on the Acquisition of Conditional Discriminations and Equivalence Class Formation |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JENNIFER IRENE DEBASTIANI (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Discussant: Jesslyn Farros (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.) |
Abstract: The present study used an eye-tracking device and matching-to-sample procedures to investigate the effects of four observing contingencies (i.e., the All-Comparisons group, the No-Comparisons group, the S+ Comparison group, and the S- Comparison group) on the acquisition of baseline conditional discriminations and the emergence of equivalence relations. In Experiment 1, 40 undergraduates completed training, two rounds of testing, and a questionnaire to test for awareness of the observing contingency. The All-Comparisons group, the S+ Comparison group, and the S- Comparison had a higher percentage of trials with at least one fixation to the different stimulus options (i.e., the Sample, the S+, neither S-, one S-, or both S-) on baseline conditional discriminations during training compared to the No-Comparison group. Five of the ten participants from the All-Comparisons group demonstrated equivalence relations. Five of the ten participants from the No-Comparisons group demonstrated equivalence relations. Three of the ten participants from the S+ Comparison group demonstrated equivalence relations. Eight of the ten participants from the S- Comparison group demonstrated equivalence relations. Overall, observing S+ and S-stimuli increases the likelihood of developing appropriate stimulus control, leading to more rapid acquisition of baseline conditional discriminations and stronger demonstrations of equivalence relations. |
|
|
6. Effects of Mathematic and Verbal Distractions on Equivalence Class Formation in Delayed Matching to Sample Procedures |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Alyssa Chapman (John Carroll University), ABDULRAZAQ A. IMAM (John Carroll University) |
Discussant: Jesslyn Farros (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.) |
Abstract: Much of the research on delayed matching to sample has shown that participants are more likely to form experimenter-defined equivalence classes under non-zero delay conditions than under a zero-delay condition. Many believe that participants in delayed matching tasks adopt some type of precurrent behavior such as naming of the stimuli. Arntzen and Vie (2013) reported successful disruptions of such precurrent behavior with a distracting math task during the retention interval in a 6-s delayed matching task. Participants achieved equivalence criterion without distraction, but failed with the distraction. This study was a systematic replication of theirs, using math and verbal tasks during the 6-s delay interval, compared to no distraction for nine college students. All participants in the no distraction condition passed all tested relations. Although both math and verbal tasks disrupted equivalence formation, overall performance was worse with verbal than with math distraction tasks. Results implicate naming as precurrent behavior. |
|
|
7. Fast Responding Impede Formation of Equivalence Classes |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
FELIX HOGNASON (ICEABA and NAFO), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Discussant: Jesslyn Farros (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.) |
Abstract: In the present study six adult human participants, five females and one male, age 24 to 32 years, participated. We will extend the number of participants within next 3–4 weeks. The limited hold contingencies for responding to sample and comparisons were set to 0.7 s and 1.2 s respectively, in all phases. In Phase I the participants trained identity matching with three colors. In Phase II the participants trained three classes of potentially 3 members with arbitrary stimuli in a one-to-many (OTM) training structure. After reaching the training criterion with at least 90% accuracy, a test for derived relations was implemented in Phase III. In Phase IV the test was repeated after 12-16 days after the test in Phase III, and again after 40–44 days in Phase V. None of the participant responded in according to stimulus equivalence on the tests in Phases III and IV, indicating that the responding in accordance with a rule of fast responding prevents the participants from responding in accordance with equivalence on tests (see Table 1). |
|
|
8. Dictation Tasks and Echoic Tasks as Distractors in Delayed Matching-to-Sample |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ALEKSANDER VIE (Oslo and Akershus University College), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Discussant: Jesslyn Farros (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.) |
Abstract: Within stimulus equivalence research delayed matching-to-sample have been used to both train baseline relations and in testing for equivalence properties. In two studies done at our lab, math tasks as distractors, have been introduced during testing for equivalence relations in the delay between the offset of the sample stimulus and the presentation of the comparison array. The finding shows that the distractors reduce responding in accordance with stimulus equivalence. In the presented study, dictation tasks were used in Experiment 1 as distractors, echoic tasks as distractors in Experiment 2, and in finally, in Experiment 3, dictation tasks as distractors were introduced when the conditional discriminations were established, without introducing symmetry or equivalence trials. The results showed that the dictation tasks in Experiment 1 reduce equivalence class formation, while the echoic task as distractors in Experiment 2 did not affect responding in accordance with stimulus equivalence as the distractors in Experiment 1. In Experiment 3, with the use of dictation task as distractors, showed that the conditional discrimination was affected by the distractors, but not to the degree as the same distractor had affected the matching performance in Experiment 1 (see Figure 1 to 3). |
|
|
9. The Role of Aspects of the Environment Uncorrelated With the Consequence in the Establishment of Stimulus Control |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ALVARO A CLAVIJO ALVAREZ (National University of Colombia/University of Sao Paulo), Gerson Yukio Tomanari (Universidade de Sao Paulo) |
Discussant: Jesslyn Farros (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.) |
Abstract: This work evaluated how portions of the environment uncorrelated with the consequence influenced the establishment of stimulus control. In seven experiments, graduate students had simultaneous discrimination tasks in which a small portion of the antecedent stimuli correlated with the consequence while the other portions did not. Depending on the experiment, a computer presented human-like stimuli, the same stimuli in a scrambled format, or crosses formed by colored squares. The crosses were formed by squares joined by their corners or squares separated some inches. A categorization task measured the control gained by the uncorrelated portions. In all the experiments, portions of the stimuli uncorrelated with the consequence gained control over some responding. The control gained by uncorrelated portions hindered or totally prevented the gaining of control by the correlated portions in some cases. Uncorrelated portions of stimuli in human format had a greater chance of gaining control over responding than the same stimuli in a nonhuman format. Only the uncorrelated components of the crosses formed by separated squares gained control over responding; those of crosses formed by joined squares did not. The results demonstrate that the arrangement of antecedent stimuli affect the establishment of control by correlated and uncorrelated portions. |
|
|
10. Combining Correlation Based Training and Yes/No Evaluation Procedures for Establishing Equivalence Relations |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
TIMOTHY C. FULLER (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Jesslyn Farros (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.) |
Abstract: Language able humans are readily able to learn interrelations among stimuli such that one may respond to a stimulus as if it were another (i.e. equivalence). Procedural variations in the study of equivalence have remained a concerted effort by the research community for over 40 years. However, much of these variations have been confined to one procedure – namely the Match-to-Sample (Barnes-Holmes, et al. 2004; Sidman, 2009). MTS is a procedure where by arbitrary (i.e. there is no physical resemblance among stimuli) conditional discriminations are arranged such that a participant, when shown as stimulus (the sample) and then given the opportunity to select among comparisons may produce reinforcement if their selection is correct according to pre-determined relations. Concern has been raised regarding how reliant the study of equivalence has been on the one procedure. However, work has been conducted to broaden the procedural variation for equivalence research. This poster presents data depicting an attempt to combine previously distinguished alternative procedures to the commonly used MTS. Training is conduced via a non-reinforcement based correlation procedure with evaluations being conducted using a Yes/No procedure. Individual participant’s data and further research will be discussed. |
|
|
12. An Examination of Conditioned Reinforcement in Stimulus Compounding Procedures |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MICHAEL BROOKS (Central Michigan Univeristy), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University) |
Discussant: Richard Serna (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
Abstract: The presentation of a compound stimulus consisting of independent discriminative stimuli usually produces additive summation, in which the compound produces greater responding than the separate elements. Two experiments were conducted to examine whether such a stimulus compound would also be a more effective conditioned reinforcer. In Experiment 1, four rats lever-pressed for food under a three-ply multiple schedule in which two components of a variable-interval schedule were signaled by either a light or tone and alternated with a component of extinction without those stimuli. After additive summation was demonstrated, extinction probes were conducted in which lever-pressing produced 5-s presentations of either individual or compounded stimuli. Subjects responded at equal rates for both the individual and the compounded stimuli. Experiment 2 utilized the same multiple schedule except that in one condition responding on an alternative lever produced a brief presentation of the other schedule-correlated stimulus in addition to the stimulus currently present. Responding on the alternative lever was maintained but only when those responses produced an additional stimulus. Overall, results indicate that compound stimuli maintain responding (i.e. they function as conditioned reinforcers) but not above rates maintained by the individual stimuli. |
|
|
13. Emergent Symmetry and Transitivity in Pigeons |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MELISSA J. SWISHER (Purdue University), Peter Urcuioli (Purdue University) |
Discussant: Richard Serna (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
Abstract: Previous research has yet to determine whether pigeons will show evidence for multiple emergent relations within the same experiment even though humans readily do this. Eight pigeons simultaneously acquired AA hue identity matching, BB form identity matching, and AB hue-form symbolic matching in a go/no-go procedure. The pigeons were then tested for BA form-hue symmetry. The pigeons then acquired two additional sets of conditional relations—CC hue identity and BC form-hue symbolic matching—that were intermixed with the original three tasks. They were then retested for BA form-hue symmetry, after which they were tested for CB hue-form symmetry and AC hue-hue transitivity. Two pigeons showed evidence for all emergent relations, one pigeon showed no evidence for any emergent relations, and two pigeons showed evidence for some symmetry and/or transitivity. |
|
|
14. Formation of Equivalence Classes as Function of Number of Familiar Stimuli |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Justice Mensah (Oslo and Akershus University College), ERIK ARNTZEN (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Discussant: Richard Serna (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
Abstract: Findings have indicated that, pictures used as C stimuli when employing Linear Series training structure with five members (A BCDE) have shown to be the most efficient in producing equivalence class formation relative to when all stimuli set are abstract. This study extends the literature further by examining the extent to which the number of C as pictures stimuli leads to equivalence class formation. Sixty participants were randomly assigned equally to four experimental conditions: Abstract Group, C1 as 1-Picture Group, C1C3 as 2-Picture Group, and C as 3-Picture Group. The findings from the experiment showed that 2 of 15 participants in the Abstract Group formed classes. In addition, 2 of 15 participants in the 1-Picture Group formed classes, 8 of 15 participants in the 3- Picture Group formed classes, and lastly 12 of 15 members in the 3-Picture Group formed classes. The statistical analysis showed a significant difference in equivalence class formation between the Abstract Group and all the Picture Groups. A significant difference was also found between the 1-Picture Group and the 3-Picture Group but not for the 2-Picture group. This results imply, that the number of familiar stimuli leads to equivalence class formation. |
|
|
15. Comparison of Two Modes of Instructions for Solving a Task in Adults |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MARIA LUISA CEPEDA ISLAS (FES Iztacala UNAM), Hortensia Hickman (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de México, FES-Iztacala), Diana Moreno Rodriguez (FES Iztacala Universidad Nacional Autónoma de Mé), Rosalinda Arroyo (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Maria Bautista (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de Mexico) |
Discussant: Richard Serna (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
Abstract: A different way of studying the role of verbal factors in solving problems is to consider ways to contact the task, considering linguistic and non-linguistic aspects. Under this view, the functional interaction of two ways of contacting the participant with the task of Tower of London in adults was compared. Twenty experimentally naive colleges participated, aged between 18 and 21 years. Group design was used; one with the observation mode and another with how to read. A training session and scheduled another test. The results show no significant differences in training and only in some variables such as the latency test. The role of the history of the modes of interaction of contact with the task in adults is discussed. |
|
|
16. I'll Conform, So Long as I Don't Do More Work: A Behavioral Analysis of Conformity |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Jeremy Vargas (Murray State University), MICHAEL BORDIERI (Murray State University) |
Discussant: Richard Serna (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
Abstract: Conformity can be broadly defined as behaving in accordance with socially accepted rules or standards. This phenomenon has been studied in many traditional psychological experiments, Aschs (1956) study being notable. More recently, studies have emerged demonstrating conforming behaviors in Computer Mediated Conversations (CMC) settings similar to traditional experimental paradigms. The purpose of this study was to determine whether conformity will occur in a CMC setting distinct from Aschs (1956) original conformity paradigm. In particular, a computerized learning and choice task employing matching to sample and concurrent chain schedules was used. Like previous CMC research, participants were presented with little information about the confederate group and their presence was only implied. We hypothesize that, consistent with previous findings, there will be a conformity effect for participants who are given information about how implied others are responding compared to control participants who are given no information regarding responding. Obtained results from 51 undergraduate participants were consistent with experimental expectations and these results are discussed in terms of the traditional conformity literature and as instances of rule governed behavior. |
|
|
17. Implicit Feedback and Generalized Matching-to-Sample in Humans |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MARIO SERRANO (Universidad Veracruzana), Carlos Javier Flores Aguirre (Universidad de Guadalajara) |
Discussant: Richard Serna (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
Abstract: High-school students were exposed to a second-order matching-to-sample task and two transfer tests using familiar and unfamiliar stimuli as well as familiar and unfamiliar matching relations. Incorrect matching responses produced feedback and correct matching responses produced a blank-screen for one group. Correct matching responses produced feedback and incorrect matching responses produced a blank-screen for a second group. The percentage of correct responses was higher for participants exposed to the incorrect-blank feedback combination than for participants exposed to correct-blank feedback combination under all kind of transfer trials. Results suggest that feedback has a discriminative function rather than a reinforcing function under conditional discrimination contingencies. |
|
|
18. Habilitation in Active Modes of Language From the Reading Reactive Mode |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
AGUSTIN DANIEL GOMEZ FUENTES (Universidad Veracruzana), Enrique Zepeta Garcia (Universidad Veracruzana), Zaira Garcia Perez (Universidad Veracruzana) |
Discussant: Richard Serna (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
Abstract: The purpose was to evaluate learning, as a result from exposure to the reading reactive linguistic mode, in active linguistic modes: pointing out, speaking and writing. A conditional discrimination arrangement was used with second order matching-to-sample. The participants were fifteen experimentally nave teenagers, both sexes, 14 years old, who were in eighth grade at a Public Junior High School located in the city of Xalapa, Mexico. Participants were randomly placed in three experimental groups consisting of five members each. An Experimental design with three groups was used. Group One was exposed to reading-writing mode; Group Two was exposed to reading-speaking modes and Group Three to reading-pointing out modes. Each group was exposed to a Familiarization Phase, a Pre-Test, a Exposure Phase, a Habilitation Test and a Post-Test. The results show that the participants exposure to the reading linguistic reactive mode had a higher execution in writing active linguistic mode, then pointing out and with speaking being the lowest. Participants with high execution levels in reading-writing modes and reading-pointing out modes showed similar levels of execution in the three types of matching relations, although results were slightly higher in color and shape similarity, then in difference in color and shape. |
|
|
19. Analysis of Protocol and Verbal Report: Correspondence Analysis |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
DIANA MORENO RODRIGUEZ (FES Iztacala Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Maria Bautista (UNAM-FESI), Rosalinda Arroyo (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Hortensia Hickman (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de México, FES-Iztacala), Maria Luisa Cepeda Islas (FES Iztacala UNAM) |
Discussant: Richard Serna (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
Abstract: One strategy for analyzing the relation between the verbal behavior and non verbal in the complex human behavior, is protocol analysis (concurrent and retrospective), and their relationship with the level of language development of the participants. To establish these relations an alternative analysis is called Correspondence Analysis. This statistical technique is applied to categorical variables, the result is a Cartesian diagram, the proximity between the plotted points is related with the level of association between these variables. This study evaluated the association between the type of protocol and verbal report through correspondence analysis. Participated thirty adults and thirty children assigned to two types of protocol, all the participants were exposed to the Tower of London task, training and tests sessions, the verbal report was colected and classified into six categories. The analysis of the verbal report indicated significant differences between the groups in training and testing (p = .05). The graphic representation of the association between the type of protocol, the verbal report and age, showed different associations adults and children. The use of this tool can be useful for the analysis of complex human behavior. |
|
|
20. Verbal Interaction Facilitates Cultural Selection in a Metacontingency Experiment |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ANGELO A. S. SAMPAIO (Universidade de São Paulo/ Universidade Federal do Vale do São Francisco), Marcelo Frota Lobato Frota Benvenuti (Universidade de São Paulo) |
Discussant: Richard Serna (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
Abstract: In a metacontingency experiment, a combination of responses from 2 or more individuals (a measure of interlocking behavioral contingencies - IBCs) produces stimuli termed cultural consequences (CCs). Results of metacontingency experiments are said to demonstrate cultural selection. We evaluated the effects of verbal interaction among participants on IBCs recurrence in a metacontingency experiment. 3 sets of participants used 4 networked computers (screened by panels) to play an Iterated Prisoner’s Dilemma Game (IPDG), and, in addition to IPDG gains, could produce cents equally divided to all participants (CCs) contingent on 4 equal choices (X in some conditions or Y, in others). Conditions with or without permission to use the computer chat room were arranged in a multiple baseline design. Results demonstrated that verbal interaction quickly and markedly facilitated cultural selection. 1 set of participants showed some control of IBCs by CCs before verbal interaction was allowed, but after chat room interactions, production of CCs by this set greatly increased. We discuss the specific features of verbal interaction that seems critical to the effect we observed and the significance of these results to the scope of a supra individual account such as that implied in the notions of metacontingency and cultural selection. |
|
|
|
|
TPC Monday PM |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East |
Chair: Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas) |
|
21. The Face Validity Fallacy in Animal Models of Human Behavior |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
ESPEN SJOBERG (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
Discussant: Marlene Cohen (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: When establishing validity for an animal model of a human condition, there exists a high risk of false positives. This occurs because an animal model consists of both an experimental group and a control group. When interpreting the results, either group’s performance relative to the other group’s performance can be compared to the original human behaviour. This means that any result other than a null result will establish validity with one of the two groups acting as the post-hoc experimental group. Thus, with random data, there is a 2/3 probability that an animal model is supported. Considering that null results are less likely, both when published (file drawer problem), and when visual graph analysis is employed, this creates a very high probability that any animal experiment conducted with at least two strains will gain empirical support and face validity as a model of a human condition. This problem is labelled as the face validity fallacy. It is proposed that research on animal models must strongly emphasize a priori predictions in order to increase the falsifiability of their hypothesis, as well as reliability, mechanistic validity, and effect size comparisons. |
|
|
22. Assessing the Use of Automated Data Collection Systems in Applied Behavior Analytic Research |
Area: TPC; Domain: Applied Research |
ADDAM J WAWRZONEK (Michigan State University), M. Y. Savana Bak (Michigan State University), Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University) |
Discussant: Marlene Cohen (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Automated data collection systems have the potential to remove much of the human error involved in data collection and preserve the reliability and accuracy of measures in behavioral analysis. The most recent review to determine how much automated data collection is used was a 1977 study which found that 16% of JABA articles utilized automated systems. The present study systematically reviewed the literature of three applied behavior analytic journals in order to determine how many published studies are using automated data collection. It also examined the most recent issue of JEAB in order to compare use of the technology in experimental research relative to applied research. The results demonstrated that while technology has increased over the past 40 years, the use of it to record data in applied research is still limited. In applied journals, less than 12% of published studies utilized automated systems. In JEAB, however, 85% of studies used automated data collection. Implications for future directions in the application of technology in data collection and types of automated systems available will be discussed. |
|
|
23. Data Collection and Measurement Assessment in Behavioral Research: 1958-2013 |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
SETH KING (Tennessee Technological University) |
Discussant: Marlene Cohen (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: The measurement of behavior plays an integral role in behavior analysis. Behavior analysts, as with all scientists, must establish a clear and concise link between observed measures and the actual phenomena under observation. Three measures help establish the link – interobserver agreement, reliability, and accuracy. Authors in the current review surveyed over 2,000 studies from behavioral journals published between 1958-2013. Guiding questions covered how behavior analysts collect data and to what extent and how do they conduct assessments of the dependent variables. Results indicated that the collection of data across behavior analytic research occurs equitably between direct observation, permanent product, and automated recording. Additionally, only a third of studies include dependent measure assessment with the vast majority occurring at the interobserver agreement level. The discussion centers on issues surrounding the reliance on interobserver agreement within our science and the potential of future technological advancements to improve the link between measurement and the natural world. |
|
|
24. A Review of Human Lab Experiments in Recent Behavior Analytic Journals: How Many Participants Were Run at a Time? |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
MICHAEL PALMER (Central Michigan University), Luke Lubbers (Central Michigan University), Carl Merle Johnson (Central Michigan University) |
Discussant: Marlene Cohen (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Scientific works must be precise and thorough to allow for both systematic and direct replication. However, when attempting to replicate experiments researchers may not find details in published studies, such as number of participants run in each session. Decades of research in social psychology has demonstrated that group size can influence the performance of participants. Reviews of 30 years of three behavior analytic journals, The Psychological Record, Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, and Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, were conducted and a total of 692 articles were found to be human lab studies. Approximately 48% of these articles did not specify the number of participants run at a time. Of that 48%, approximately 91% provided descriptive statistics of number of participants run at a time. Little behavior analytic research has systematically explored the presence of observers on performance of participants. Due to decades of research showing consistent effects in social psychology, authors of human behavior analytic research should begin to specify these variables to facilitate both direct and systematic replications and further the field. |
|
|
25. Experimenter Presence in Human Laboratory Studies in Behavior Analysis Journals |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
LUKE LUBBERS (Central Michigan University), Michael Palmer (Central Michigan University), Carl Merle Johnson (Central Michigan University) |
Discussant: Marlene Cohen (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: There has been a push in psychology to reproduce results from published studies. The replication project (Nosek et al., 2015) found that only 26% of studies replicated produced statistically significant results. Factors not reported in the original article’s method section could have led to these failures to replicate. For example, whether researchers were in the lab room with participants during the experiment could have influenced outcomes. Social psychology research has demonstrated that experimenter presence can influence outcomes of human lab studies. Reviews of 30 years of three behavior analytic journals, The Psychological Record, Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, and Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, were conducted. A total of 692 articles were found to be human lab studies and these were reviewed. Approximately 70% of articles across these peer-reviewed journals did not specify experimenter presence. Authors should begin to specify this variable to facilitate both direct and systematic replications and further the field of behavior analysis. |
|
|
26. Utility of Standard Measurement as a Means of Decision Making in Functional Analytic Psychotherapy |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
ABIGAIL LEWIS (University of Nevada, Reno), Elinor Waite (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Marlene Cohen (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: A literature review was conducted to evaluate how research methods have been used historically in Functional Analytic Psychotherapy. Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP) uses a variety of therapeutic techniques grounded in behavioral science to enhance the therapist-client relationship. Data collected from the literature review suggests that Functional Analytic Psychotherapy primarily uses self-report surveys and measures based on topography rather than function. The authors of the poster suggest that directly observable outcomes would be preferred to self-report surveys and may lead to favorable results, especially when looked at in the context of therapy. The authors also propose that in order for Functional Analytic Psychotherapy to be successful, target behavior should be classified into functional classes instead of topographical, as functional classes will provide a stronger therapeutic alliance. Furthermore, authors advise that data ought to be collected during therapy using a standard measurement system. A more reliable method of therapeutic decision-making and data collection will be discussed. |
|
|
27. Believability of Experimental Effects: The Problem of Chance Reliability in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis 1980-2015 |
Area: TPC; Domain: Basic Research |
Xiafei Xue (Missouri State University), MICHAEL C. CLAYTON (Missouri State University) |
Discussant: Marlene Cohen (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: The collection of observational data in applied behavior analysis requires a method of determining the how “believable” the data from human observers can be. In order to ensure that the data collected by the observer are similar to those that would be obtained by other competent observers, researchers conduct reliability checks. A second observer independently records the same target behavior during the same experimental session and then the records generated by the two observers are compared. Reliability checks are used to summarize the results and are reported as interobserver agreement (IOA). The most common methods of calculating IOA have weaknesses when it comes to establishing the believability of the data. Interval by interval (I x I) reliability is the most frequently used and involves dividing the number of agreements by the total number of occasions in which observers agreed and disagreed. I x I has been criticized for inflating the percentage of agreement estimate when response rates are low by including cases of agreement which involve the observers agreeing the behavior has not occurred. In response, scored interval (S-I) and unscored interval (U-I) methods have been suggested, but also have problems. Thirty-five years ago, Birkimer and Brown (1979) and Hopkins (1979) put forward an elegant solution to the problems associated with other methods of calculating IOA and offered a graphical judgment aid to summarize obtained and chance reliability data to assess the believability of experimental effects. Adoption of these recommendations has been unimpressive and is summarized for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis in the years since the solution was first proposed. Possible reasons for this oversight and analysis of the strengths of the graphical aid are also discussed. |
|
|
28. Sampling Error Based on Number of Trials in Acquisition Research |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
MARIANA I. CASTILLO (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Shuyan Sun (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Amber E. Mendres-Smith (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Barbara J. Davis (University of Maryland, Baltimore County; Little Leaves Behavioral Services), Jessica Becraft (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Discussant: Marlene Cohen (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Percentage is a measure of responding that is commonly used in applied research, particularly involving skill acquisition and discrete trial training. When calculating percentages, ideally we would use 100 trials because any percentage calculated with less than 100 is subject to sampling error and should be interpreted with caution. If conducting 100 trials is not a feasible option, what is the ideal number of trials that should be completed when attempting to estimate a participant’s true score? In addition to the number of trials used, a participant’s true ability can also influence the magnitude of the average measurement error observed. In this study we (a) highlight the variation associated with the number of trials conducted, (b) determine the average measurement error associated with the number of trials used and the level of performance, and (c) make recommendations for researchers and clinicians to follow based on an acceptable level of error. |
|
|
29. Using Correlation Notation to Represent Behavioral Phenomena |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
SHELDON ROBERT EBBELER (Quest Kids, Inc.) |
Discussant: Marlene Cohen (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Across scientific disciplines, including behavior analysis, fundamental principles related to the natural world are found by direct analysis of phenomena. However, “everyday language about behavior is not generally precise enough for technical or scientific description of behavior” (J. Michael, 1995). Since the 17th century, precise notations for symbolizing such complex relationships have facilitated not only the communication and refinement of these ideas but also the development of that field. The field of behavior analysis is without such a system. Correlation Notation provides a comprehensive means to systematically depict even complex behavioral phenomena. With just over a handful of symbols, the notation is parsimonious without being simplistic. This system is not aligned with any particular theory but rather simply describes interrelations—as those found between the environment and behavior. The notation constitutes an easy-to-use but powerful technology, for not only newcomers to behavior analysis but also scholars. |
|
|
30. What is Being Produced and Published About Procrastination Recently? A Literature Eeview in Psycinfo Database |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
FANNY SILVA (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Fernanda Castanho Calixto (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Mariana Panosso (Universidade Federal de São Carlos) |
Discussant: Marlene Cohen (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: A literature review was developed using PsycINFO database about procrastination studies, regarding procedure, dependent and independent variables, and participants. It was considered english or portuguese papers, in which procrastination was the main object of investigation, and in the period from 2010 to 2015. From 114 papers, 64 were selected and categorized according to participant characteristics; procedures; independent and dependent variables. Participants were more frequently undergraduate students (59.4%) followed by high school students (14.1%). Procrastination was measured using scales or tests (indirect behavior measures) (n=58; 90.6%), and/or through direct measure of a procrastination behavior (n=17; 26.6%). In most studies (n = 53, 82.8%), procrastination was correlated with personality traits or personal beliefs, measured directly (n = 11; 17.2%) or indirectly (n = 42; 65.6%). Only 6 studies developed an intervention seeking procrastination decrease. Of these, one of them had indirect measure and five had procrastination direct measure, but just one was from Behavior Analysis perspective, through contingence manipulation in responding tests. These results showed that major of studies correlate procrastination with some personality characteristic and assessed procrastination by indirect measures. Behavior Analysis may contribute to this research field with variable control, direct measures and contingencies analysis, expanding dialogue with others disciplines. |
|
|
31. Tracking Frequencies of Inner Behavior Using the Standard Celeration Chart |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
ELINOR WAITE (University of Nevada, Reno), Hilary Sanotsky (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Marlene Cohen (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Private events, such as thoughts, feelings, and recurring dreams, are often referred to as inner behavior. Precision teaching is a series of guiding principles and tools used to count and record behavior, primarily using the Standard Celeration Chart (SCC). Precision Teachers have historically not limited their scope to behaviors which are directly observable to more than one person, and have often placed self-observed inner behavior onto the Standard Celeration Chart. In the following discussion, a literature review was conducted to analyze patterns regarding the years and months in which researchers and practitioners have demonstrated an active interest observing and counting inner behavior. Following a discussion of how much interest has historically been shown towards treating inner behavior as countable units--authors will discuss the future implications and potential directions for the counting and interacting with graphically represented counts of inner behavior including self monitoring, and improving therapeutic outcomes. Authors also suggest that more applied examples of charting inner behavior be made available for more broad academic audiences. |
|
|
32. Publication Trends in the Research of Pediatric Feeding Disorders |
Area: TPC; Domain: Applied Research |
MEARA MCMAHON (University of Maryland, Baltimore County; Kennedy Krieger Institute), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Discussant: Marlene Cohen (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: The assessment and treatment of pediatric feeding disorders is multifaceted and a growing area within the field of applied behavior analysis. Negative reinforcement has shown to be a primary component in the maintenance of pediatric feeding disorders (Piazza et al., 2003; Borrero et al., 2010) with escape extinction (EE) used as a common treatment component to decrease food refusal and increase food acceptance. However, this treatment has perhaps consequentially directed research away from additional assessment or alternatives to treating the complexities of a feeding disorder. The present study evaluated the past 5 years of pediatric feeding literature published in behavior analytic journals. To date, 22 articles from the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis were reviewed. Results showed that 82% of the recent literature has focused heavily on treatment, specifically of food refusal (62%) and selectivity (25%), compared to assessment & reviews (18%). In articles addressing treatment, EE alone was most commonly used, as seen in 56% of articles, followed by EE with noncontingent access to reinforcement at 39%. These treatments frequently target increases in food volume and variety. Antecedent and reinforcement interventions were used infrequently. Considerations for topics within pediatric feeding that might benefit from future research will be discussed. |
|
|
33. Assessing Social Validity of Treatment Using Comparative Probe Data |
Area: TPC; Domain: Applied Research |
LAUREN WITHHART (Marcus Autism Center/Children's Healthcare of Atla), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center/Emory University/Children's H), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center/Emory University/Children's Healthcare of Atlanta) |
Abstract: Social validity of behavioral treatments is an essential component in ensuring outcomes of behavioral treatments result in meaningful changes in the lives of the consumers. Social validity is often difficult to measure objectively, relying on subjective evaluation or normative comparisons (Armstrong, Ernhardt, Cool, & Poling, 1997; Kendall, Marrs-Garcia, Nath, & Sheldrick, 1999). In the current study, consumer goals were developed with caregivers, followed by pre-treatment caregiver probes, collected in the context of the goals under natural occurring antecedents with no structured consequences. Multiple post-treatment probes were collected following a functional analysis, treatment development, and caregiver training. Post-treatment probes were conducted in the home and clinic settings under the same antecedent contingencies as pre-treatment probes. Results show that problem behavior was reduced and maintained at low rates during post-treatment caregiver probes across 10 of 11 participants, demonstrating that caregiver goals can translate into an objective measure of treatment success that is socially valid. |
|
|
34. Desensitization Techniques: Development, Pioneers and Milestones |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
KINGA WOLOS-ZACHMEIER (ABRITE) |
Abstract: Desensitization techniques are powerful and effective tools in the hands of behavior analysts. They have the potential to greatly improve quality of life, especially for individuals whose aversions impact their everyday functioning.
While many ABA practitioners use desensitization techniques in their practice, certain aspects of the history of this approach and some of the major contributors to its development are not widely known.
This poster will present a timeline with the most important milestones in the development of the desensitization techniques that are in wide use today. The timeline begins with Pavlov’s basic research on pairing neutral stimuli with reinforcement; it continues with Watson’s work on conditioning fear of previously neutral stimuli; Wolpe’s systematic desensitization approach to the treatment of simple phobias; and Stampfl’s flooding therapy. Additionally, connections between these milestones will be highlighted. This poster will be of interest to behavior analysts who work with individuals who may benefit from desensitization techniques, as it will direct them to the most relevant literature on the subject. |
|
|
35. The Concept of The 'Whole' Organism in Behavioral Neuroscience |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
DANIELE ORTU (University of North Texas), April M. Becker (The University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center) |
Abstract: Although it seems clear that a hippocampal slice does not constitute a whole organism while an unmolested lab rat does, the intuitive distinction blurs somewhere in the continuous changes and variations that an organism may undergo during a lifetime or within an experimental procedure. Genetically modified organisms, organisms with brain damage or lesions (including injured humans), or even organisms with missing limbs/body parts constitute a challenge to the behavioral community; our verbal behavior categorizing them as whole or not will likely be varied from person to person. We must then challenge ourselves to discover more precisely what function this distinction serves in the behavior of the scientist. As a possible solution, we may expect that behavioral principles will apply differentially to the two categories (a functional definition). If so, differential behavior by the scientist could come in the form of separating mechanism from behavior and studying whole/not-whole organisms separately, expecting whole-part relationships rather than horizontal generality. Yet if we do adopt such a functional definition of intact, we are forced to make that category more inclusive than we have in the past. If activity measured in some part of a body is considered behavior if it acts according to behavioral principles (it is sensitive to antecedents and consequences), then some subset of neural responses must be considered behavior since a number of experimental findings have indeed described how they can enter functional relationships with antecedent and consequential stimulation (e.g., Sommer, 1987; Miltner, Larbig, & Braun, 1986). However, this exclusively functional definition would not rule out some extreme examples, such as of neural responses measured in isolated hippocampal slices. Yet we propose that a truly scientifically useful concept of the whole organism requires this or another functional definition, even if the resulting lines of fracture offend our intuition. |
|
|
36. On Skinner's Philosophy of Technology |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
CESAR ANTONIO ALVES DA ROCHA (Universidade Federal de São Carlos (Federal University of Sao Carlos - Brazil)) |
Abstract: As stated by contemporary philosophers of science, theories can hardly apply to scientific acceptance without anticipating some of their potential technological developments. Behavior analysis is no exception: the two-way street between behavioral basic science and behavioral technologies represents this reciprocal feedback circuit. But when we are to talk about technology in the context of behavior analysis, on what exactly are we talking about? Skinners work encompasses not only the detailed proposal for a science of behavior and its philosophical grounds, but also a particular view on the issue of technology. This work aims to explore Skinners philosophy of technology, with special focus on its view about the relations between science, technology and society. Given the growing trend in applying behavioral technologies in the field of public policy a possible realization of what Skinner envisioned as cultural design this is an effort that deserves to be conducted, as it should be made clear what is meant by technology in general, and by behavioral technologies and their application in society, in particular. |
|
|
37. Feminist Behavior Analysis a Compatible Theoretical Basis for Advancement |
Area: TPC; Domain: Service Delivery |
ELIZABETH BENEDICKT (Capella University) |
Abstract: Over the years feminist scholars have had difficulty finding a solid and compatible theoretical framework in which they could operate in order to further progress the feminist agenda.
In her 1995 publication on radical behaviorism and a feminist reconstruction, Maria Ruiz asks the following; is radical behaviorism conceptually compatible with the feminist agenda and can radical behaviorism serve as a framework for feminists to accomplish their goals? (Ruiz, 1995). One of the criticisms of other theoretical perspectives that have been used in feminism, is that those perspectives are male dominated and highly subjective. Statistics show that the field of applied behavior analysis is dominated by females not only in numbers but also in pay scale. In 2004 56% of all Board Certified Behavior Analysts were female, and 78% of all Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analysts were female (Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2004). For this reason radical behaviorism would be a natural theoretical framework for feminists to operate under for simple gender accountability and social validity reasons. Additionally radical behaviorism's founding principles would lend scientific validity to the feminist agenda. Providing measurable and observable goals enacting real world solutions to the subjugation of females. |
|
|
38. Applied Behavior Analysis and Positive Behavior Support |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
KATHRYN M. ROOSE (University of Nevada, Reno), Ashley Eden Greenwald (University of Nevada, Reno), Jodie Soracco (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Foundations of ABA and PBS The foundations of ABA and PBS will be explored from a vantage point of a classically trained Behavior Analyst who practices in Positive Behavior Support. Early history of ABA influencing the application of PBS will be discussed and arguments over the past few decades will be presented from both sides of the debate. Concluding remarks from the author will be provided as to the present day status of the relationship between ABA and PBS how clinicians in each domain can best address it. Opportunity for renewed collaboration will be discussed. ABA and PBS in Practice A review of common PBS practices and terminology will be provided, highlighting how the practices are rooted to behavior analytic principles. Tier I and Tier II practices will be examined from the perspective of behavior analysis and PBS terminology will be presented in behavior analytic verbal behavior. Additionally, basic behavior analytic principles will be described and application of the principles will be discussed through examples, specifically with regard to Tier III supports. This section of the presentation will enlighten attendees to the different language used within ABA and PBS and demonstrate that the foundational principles are the same. Debunking Myths of PBS In light of the great benefits to conducting interdisciplinary work, it is not uncommon for practitioners to harbor misconceptions without a rich understanding of each contributing discipline. PBS is no stranger to ABA, yet many practitioners of ABA maintain common misinterpretations and misunderstandings of PBS concepts and practices. Common myths of PBS will be presented and addressed. |
|
|
39. Adapt to Survive: Applied Behavior Analysis or Applied Behavioral Science? |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
RUTH-ANNE E. POLI (Virginia Tech), Micah Roediger (Virginia Tech), Keenan Twohig (Virginia Tech), Jeana Herring (Center for Applied Behavior Systems), Devin Carter (Virginia Tech), Trevin Glasgow (Virginia Tech), Alexandra Bazdar (Center for Applied Behavior Systems), E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech) |
Abstract: The term applied behavior analysis has become part of common vernacular in the professional community, but does not sit as well with non-behavioral analysts. Applied behavior science is a more fitting term for a discipline that applies behavioral principles to make positive social changes through structured intervention procedures. Unfortunately, applied behavior analysis has been plagued with a dissemination disadvantage, partially due to the term analysis. For this study, an in-depth examination will be conducted on a population unfamiliar with either applied behavior analysis or applied behavioral science. Perceptions of the terms will be systematically assessed. A preliminary study of 32 research assistants was conducted in a research center focusing on community-based behavioral interventions. Despite a strong understanding of applied behavior analysis, most of these participants still showed a preference for applied behavioral science. For example, on average students reported believing applied behavioral scientists earned more money than applied behavior analysts. Considering these results are from individuals with a strong understanding of applied behavior analysis, the results from a large non-academic sample are expected to be even more extreme. Albeit painful, these findings suggest a shift from the term analysis to science to promote a more prestigious discipline and profession. |
|
|
40. An Analysis of Connotations in Scientific Terminology Following "On Terms" Publications |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
HILARY SANOTSKY (University of Nevada, Reno), Abigail Lewis (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: On Terms have been developed in order to foster similar connotations amongst central terms within Behavior Analysis. On Terms pieces have historically presented a term with multiple definitions, then suggested one to use in the future. In the present discussion a literature review of these articles will provide information on changes in how terms are used in research following publication of a given On Terms. The authors of this poster suggest that terms within research should adopt the idea that On Terms advise, however, it is noted that On Terms might not yield effective outcomes in creating a common language amongst practitioners and researchers. Authors, further suggest new systems and means of making common terms clear and unified. Lastly, authors will discuss whether or not there is a need to improve the function of On Terms or if they are currently being used successfully. If terms are not being used successfully, an analysis of the articles, and connotations used following their publication will speak to whether or not provided definitions were appropriate or not for the use in behavior analysis. |
|
|
41. The Problem of Technical Drift in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis |
Area: TPC; Domain: Basic Research |
STEPHANIE AHOLT (Missouri State University), Brandy Davis (Missouri State University), Michael C. Clayton (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: The problem of technical drift in applied behavior analysis was first described by Hayes. Rincover, and Solnick in 1980. The authors surveyed the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis over 10 years and found that the field was becoming more purely technical and focusing more on maintenance, but less on other forms of generality. The current study surveyed experimental articles in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis from 1980 to 2015. Two of the earlier dimensions (applied, generality) were retained. The journal continues to publish fewer analogue studies and data on generality across time, settings, behaviors, and individuals is mixed. There is some evidence for maintenance over time, but maintenance across settings, behaviors, and persons remains rare. These trends are discussed in terms of a technical drift in the field of applied behavior analysis. |
|
|
42. What Kind of Function Are We Talking About? |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
HENRIQUE POMPERMAIER (Universidade Federal de São Carlos) |
Abstract: In his critics to causal thought, Merleau-Ponty criticizes the analyses of psychological phenomena in terms of functional relations between variables, in a sense borrowed from Math and Logic, accusing this approach of maintaining the analyses in an external and mechanical level. On the other hand, Merleau-Ponty defends a sense of functioning to functional approach the elements get their meaning considering their role on the functioning dynamic of the phenomena. Merleau-Pontys arguments are challenging to Behavior Analyses, considering that functional analysis of variables is the way indicated by Skinner, inspired on Ernest Machs work, to overlap the mechanical linear causal approach. This work aimed to discuss the critical thesis of Merleau-Ponty and explore its impact in a Behavior Analytic approach. Some exerts of Skinners work about functional analysis was analyzed, showing that in spite of functional be predominantly used in a sense of relation between variables, it is possible to find a comprehension of functional related to functioning. Some implications of this discussion to questions on the explanation model in Radical Behaviorism are pointed out. |
|
|
43. Self-Generated Contingencies in Addiction: Verbal Behavior as a Mediating Variable of Maintenance |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
TYLER GLASSFORD (Saint Louis University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University) |
Abstract: Behavior analytic therapies are effective at treating addiction, but continued behavior change during follow-up is limited. Theoretical explanations of the behavioral mechanisms that affect addiction when treatment is removed have been limited. Thus, the purpose of this paper to discuss the role verbal behavior plays as a mediator of healthy behaviors and can influence healthy choices during addiction treatment. Contingency contracting has proven to be an effective treatment, however there is little demonstration of control in maintenance or follow up probes. According to the principle of extinction, it is unlikely that participants that achieve maintenance are not contacting any reinforcement; thus it behooves the field to attempt to identify the mediating variables of maintenance. Verbal behavior also allows humans to respond to reinforcement that are remote, and accrue incrementally through time. Differential negative reinforcement of other behavior occurs verbally, which allows subjects to continue to access reinforcement for continued healthy behaviors. It is hypothesized that if participants were taught to self-generate verbal stimuli that reinforce healthy choices, maintenance of healthy behaviors would increase once treatment is removed. Researchers can benefit from this analysis by analyzing components of treatments that are geared towards teaching participants to verbally self-reinforce their own behaviors. |
|
|
44. Whatever Happened to the Study of Rule-Governed Behavior? The Rise and Fall of a Fundamental Concept |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
ANDRES H. GARCIA-PENAGOS (University of Tennessee) |
Abstract: In the rise of cognitive psychology in the 1970's, Skinner struggled to defend the thesis that the experimental analysis of behavior could indeed address the study of so-called higher mental processes, including knowledge and thinking. To do so he introduced the notorious concept of rule-governed behavior (interestingly, only remotely related to his analysis of verbal behavior): behavior under the control of a particular type of discriminative stimuli that specify contingencies. This conceptual introduction went relatively unnoticed until in the late 70's and early 80's special interest was placed on the extent and nature of the differences between human and nonhuman subjects in operant experiments. The experimental and conceptual analysis of control by rules became an important research topic in the analysis of behavior during the 80's and the early 90's, to only fade in prevalence and interest in later years. The rise and fall of this experimental tradition is explored, paying particular attention to unsolved issues, and using this history to critically illustrate the difficulties and struggles of our discipline to deal with the social behavior of normal-developing, verbal adults. |
|
|
|
|
EDC Monday PM |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East |
Chair: Patrick Romani (University of Colorado School of Medicine and Children's Hospital Colorado) |
|
45. The Autism Knowledge Survey Pilot Project |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
ERIC JOSEPH BIENIEK (Slippery Rock University), Ashlea Rineer-Hershey (Slippery Rock University), Jessica Hall (Slippery Rock University), Matthew Erickson (Slippery Rock University), Natalie Rugg (LaRoche University) |
Discussant: Christina Simmons (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC) |
Abstract: What do teacher's really know when it comes to supporting the needs of students having Autism Spectrum Disorders? Over the recent decades a multitude of post secondary training programs, professional development and similar learning opportunities have become available to educators. This survey is designed to begin to capture what practicing educators are taking from these learning experiences and applying to the their student's day to day learning experiences. Specific areas of focus will include: Role of Reinforcement, Academics, Social Skills, Communication, Behavioral Supports, Sensory needs, Trauma Experiences and Motor Development. The subject group for this pilot study includes over 100 graduate level students described as a mixture of pre-service, post baccalaureate professionals and practicing teachers. Results will be presented with a focus on identifying trends across a variety of demographic variables including urban versus rural schools, socio economic status, professional experience and types of teaching environments. Specific data trends will also be identified in regards to the knowledge of and application evidenced based practices across the domains outlined earlier. Data collection for this survey is currently underway. |
|
|
46. The Reinforcing Effects of Preferred Videos Over the Acquisition of Simple Discrimination of Children With Intellectual Disabilities and Autism |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
FERNANDA CASTANHO CALIXTO (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Liliane D. S. Oliveira (Federal University of São Carlos), Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Discussant: Christina Simmons (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC) |
Abstract: The reinforcement is a central mechanism in the development of operant behaviors. The research evaluated the reinforcing effects of preferred videos over the acquisition of simple discrimination of children with intellectual disabilities and autism. Participants were students aged 8 to 10 years from a school of a city in S?o Paulo. Data collection was held in the school where participants were recruited. The experimental stimuli involved two geometric forms, videos of children's animation series and their representative photographs. Following the interview, familiarization and preference assessment phases, upon selecting a target geometric form (the discriminative stimulus in the simple discrimination), participants were given an opportunity to watch videos. After reaching the criterion, the discriminative reversal phase was introduced. The dependent measure was the percentage of times the participant chose the target geometric form. The results demonstrated that videos were efficient as reinforcing consequences for children with intellectual disabilities and autism. The preference assessment effectively identified these videos more quickly and with low cost of response. The implications of these results for digital stimulus preference assessments are discussed. This study can highlight practices and instructional programs for handicapped and contribute with the research in the fields of Education, Psychology and Special Education. |
|
|
47. Accepting Finished: Decreasing Problem Behaviour and Increasing Compliance to Handover Preferred Tangible Items |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
HANNAH PHILPOTT (Bangor University), Marguerite L. Hoerger (Bangor University) |
Discussant: Christina Simmons (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC) |
Abstract: Compliance with instructions to handover preferred tangible items and transition to the next activity is a required skill in education settings. Problem behavior and non-compliance with the instruction finished can lead to disruption to classroom routines and reduced instructional time. The following study aims to extend Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, and Hanratty (2014) methodology on delay and denial tolerance training to teach two participants diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder to accept finished. The study taught participants to handover preferred items (tolerance response) following the instruction its finished (termination cue) and transition to and complete a less preferred activity without engaging in problem behavior. Initially the tolerance response resulted in immediate access to the reinforcer. Gradually and systematically a delay to reinforcement was introduced and during the delay the participants were required to comply with adult instructions including academic demands. A multiple baseline design across participants was used to evaluate the effects of the intervention. Following high rates of problem behavior at baseline the intervention was introduced and problem behavior immediately reduced to zero levels for both participants consecutively. Furthermore compliance with adult instructions following the tolerance response increased for both participants. |
|
|
48. Using Differential Reinforcement Without Extinction to Decrease Aggression in a Classroom Setting |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
LEANNE ABUSHAR (University of Cincinnati), Nicholas Bowland (HOPE Group, LLC), Sarah Gentry (Gentry Pediatric Behavioral Services), Brianna McCarthy (Arizona Autism Charter School) |
Discussant: Christina Simmons (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC) |
Abstract: The education environment is not always conducive with extinction bursts, as they can be dangerous and are typically disruptive to the milieu of the classroom and surrounding classrooms and to the student displaying maladaptive behaviors. The student in the current study was an 8 year old 3rd grader in a self-contained Autism classroom. He displayed aggressive and self-injurious behaviors. To avoid further disruption and danger, this research team used a differential reinforcement without extinction procedure and placed the above stated behaviors on a Fixed Ratio 1 schedule. This procedure and schedule was set up so that staff provided corrective attention to precursor and aggressive behaviors and provided a Fixed Ratio 1 schedule attention to rule-following behaviors. Aggressive behaviors reduced to zero over five consecutive days. During generalization phases the aggressive behaviors increased. However, following fidelity checks and training, the aggressive behaviors decreased to zero once again. As the research team looked at the data, they were able to determine that it was possible to run a differential reinforcement procedure without extinction to decrease problem behaviors in the classroom setting. |
|
|
49. Using Stimulus Equivalence to Train English-Spanish Stimulus Relations |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
LOURDES LOPEZ (California State University, Los Angeles/Special Education for Exceptional Kids), Mitch Fryling (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Discussant: Christina Simmons (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC) |
Abstract: A growing number of children with Autism Spectrum Disorder receive early and intensive intervention based upon the principles of applied behavior analysis. However, some of these children reside in homes where the family primarily speaks one language (e.g., Spanish), while therapy services are primarily provided in another language (e.g., English). In these situations it is possible that, while children are learning language skills, the social validity of those skills is compromised. Moreover, families may deem learning a second language to be a socially important skill more generally. Using three multiple-probe across stimulus sets designs, the current study used the stimulus equivalence paradigm to evaluate the extent to which English-Spanish stimulus relations emerge with three children with Autism Spectrum Disorder. In addition, once establishing equivalence relations, the extent to which stimulus relations generalize to interactions with parents in the childs natural environment and maintain over time was also assessed. Finally, the social validity of the instructional intervention was also evaluated. |
|
|
50. Assessing Student Work Ethic Using Choice Behavior |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JOHN PARKHURST (Children's Hospital of Wisconsin/Medical College of Wisconsin), Christopher Skinner (The Univesity of Tennessee), David Woehr (University of North Carolina at Charlotte) |
Discussant: Christina Simmons (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC) |
Abstract: Self-report measures suffer from numerous limitations including biases of reference and social desirability. However, these measures continue to be relied upon to provide within-respondent information. This poster outlines the use of behavioral mechanisms to assess a newly developed academic work ethic scale. 171 fifth- through eighth-grade students completed the Academic Work Ethic-Student (AWE-S) measure that was developed using the empirically-supported Multidimensional Work Ethic Profile (Miller et al., 2002). This measure was designed to assess dimensions of academic work ethic for upper elementary and high school-level students in order to better evaluate traits that support school success. Partial Assignment Completion (PAC) procedures were applied to assess the relationship between student choice and self-reported academic work ethic. Step-wise logistic regression revealed that specific AWE-S dimensions (Hard Work and Self-Reliance) were significantly related to student behavior, accounting for 10% of the choice variance. The discussion details the utility and future directions of behavioral mechanisms, including the Partial Assignment Completion Procedures, to develop self-report measures of academic work ethic. |
|
|
51. Training Kindergarten Students Lockdown Drill Procedures Using Behavioral Skills Training |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
KRISTINA VARGO (Sam Houston State University), Misty Dickson (Sam Houston State University) |
Discussant: Christina Simmons (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC) |
Abstract: School shootings are detrimental events that directly affect students, faculty and staff, families, and the broader community. A proactive approach of teaching students to respond correctly during lockdown drills may decrease the number of injuries and deaths that occur during a real lockdown. In this study, we used a multiple baseline design across participant groups to evaluate the effectiveness of behavioral skills training to teach 32 typically developing kindergarten students how to respond during lockdown drills. Students were provided instructions of what to do when a lockdown drill was called followed by a model of the behavior by the experimenter. The students then rehearsed the behavior until mastery with the experimenter while receiving feedback on their performance. Results showed that the participants responded correctly only after behavioral skills training was implemented, as demonstrated by increases in correct steps and decreases in noises/vocalizations from baseline levels. Correct responding maintained following training for all participant groups. |
|
|
52. Family Questionnaire on Educational Inclusion: A Pilot Study |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
PATRICIA PLANCARTE (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Patricia Ortega Silva (National University of Mexico), Hugo Romano Torres (Universidad Nacional Aut�noma de M�xico), Alfonso Valadez Ramírez (National University of Mexico) |
Discussant: Christina Simmons (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC) |
Abstract: Inclusive education is a key strategy for achieving Education to all. These aspects imply changes in the culture, organization and school practices, which minimizing the barriers to learning and promoting the participation of the entire school community. The main objective was to collect the first indications for the content validation of a Questionary that measure inclusion Index in Families Inclusion Index and identify the perspectives of a group of mothers on their children's educational inclusion. Eight mothers of children with specific language disorders (TEL) between 2 and 5 years old participated in this study. The questionnaire is part of Index for Inclusion developed by Booth and Aincow (2002); it is divided into three dimensions: culture, politics and practices. The results showed: 1) All children were accepted at schools, besides encourage their participation; 2) Mothers had good communication with teachers and authorities about the progress of their children and changes in school. In conclusion, it can be noted this instrument is useful for identifying the culture, policies and practices within schools. However, it recognizes the need to increase the population sample to validate the questionary. |
|
|
53. Effects of Video Modeling Training on Teacher Implementation of Evidence-Based Practices |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
RACHEL SEAMAN (The Ohio State University), Matthew Brock (The Ohio State University/Crane Center on Early Childhood Research and Policy), Andrea Ranney (The Ohio State University) |
Discussant: Christina Simmons (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC) |
Abstract: Current practitioner training research has focused heavily on behavior skills training and the individual element of performance feedback. However, this method of staff training is both time and resource intensive, requiring the trainer to make multiple site visits to provide feedback. By utilizing an antecedent-based training method such as video modeling, the trainer only visits the classroom once to consult with the teacher and observe the student. Following, an individualized video model is made and delivered to the teacher. This study uses a multiple probe across participants design to evaluate the use of individualized video models as a training tool to train teachers in the implementation of evidence-based practices with their students. Further, the behavior and learning of both the teacher and student were measured. Results indicate that exclusively using video modeling as training tool resulted in increased evidence-based practice implementation for the teachers, as well as, corresponding increased skill acquisition for the students. |
|
|
54. The Effects of Antecedent Exercise on Subsequent On-task and Challenging Behavior in Young Children |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
KATE TYGIELSKI CHAZIN (Vanderbilt University), Jennifer Ledford (Vanderbilt University), Kirsten Osborne (Vanderbilt University), Sarah Reynolds (Vanderbilt University), Natasha Patel (Vanderbilt University) |
Discussant: Dacia McCoy (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: Antecedent exercise is a treatment with emerging evidence for increasing appropriate behaviors and decreasing challenging behaviors, though a limited number of published studies exist with young children. This study evaluated the effectiveness of moderate-to-vigorous physical activity on increasing appropriate behavior and decreasing problem behavior during subsequent large group activities (i.e., “circle time”) for two 5-year-old children. A single-case, alternating treatments design was used to evaluate on-task behavior, challenging behavior, and out-of-seat behavior during “circle time” following randomly sequenced conditions. Conditions included (a) baseline in participant’s typical classroom setting, (b) one-on-one, outdoor seated activity, and (c) one-on-one, outdoor exercise activity. Both participants showed increases in on-task behavior following the exercise condition, and one participant showed decreases in out-of-seat behavior and challenging behavior following the exercise condition. A simultaneous treatments design was employed to evaluate participant preference between seated and exercise conditions, and both participants preferred exercise activities to seated activities. A normative peer comparison was used to evaluate ecological congruence following each condition, and results indicated an increase in ecological congruence for one participant following the exercise condition only. Results indicated that antecedent exercise may be an effective intervention for increasing on-task behavior and decreasing challenging behavior for some young children. |
|
|
55. An Evaluation of Praise as a Reinforcer for Preschoolers' Behavior |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
LAURA SENN (Jacksonville State University), Makenzie Williams Bayles (Jacksonville State University), Jennifer Lynne Bruzek (Jacksonville State University), Amanda Riley (Jacksonville State University) |
Discussant: Dacia McCoy (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: Descriptive praise statements are widely recommended for use with preschoolers by psychologists and educators, despite little scientific evidence to support this stance. The purposes of this study were to first evaluate the effectiveness of praise as a reinforcer for engagement in maintenance tasks using a concurrent operant arrangement, and subsequently, compare the effectiveness of descriptive and general praise for facilitating skill acquisition using a multielement design. Three boys diagnosed with developmental delays and four children of typical development, two boys and two girls, participated in the first part of this study. For five of the seven participants, praise statements did not function as a reinforcer for engagement with maintenance tasks. These results suggest that praise may not widely function as a reinforcer for maintaining preschoolers behavior. To date, the relative value of descriptive and general praise for increasing behavior during an acquisition task has been evaluated with one of the participants of typical development. For this participant, skills were acquired faster under prompt-only and prompt + neutral statement conditions, compared to descriptive and general praise conditions. These results suggest that prompting may be the primary component necessary for skill acquisition. |
|
|
56. Developing Math Fact Fluency in a College Student With Calculator Accommodations |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
KALIE BIBLE (Jacksonville State University) |
Discussant: Dacia McCoy (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: Over thirty years of evidence based teaching and research, Morningside Academy, a non-profit behavior analytic school in Seattle, WA has found that most students with an Individualized Education Plan can perform multiplication and division facts at high rates without the aid of a calculator. Disability Support Services at Jacksonville State University typically specifies a calculator accommodation for any student with an Individualized Post-Secondary Plan. The Morningside Math Fact Fluency curriculum was implemented with a college freshman who has an Individualized Post-Secondary Plan to determine if the student could improve his rate correct per minute of written answers to single-digit multiply-divide facts. Using the material and protocol of the Morningside Math Fact Fluency curriculum, rate correct per minute was graphed on a Standard Celeration Chart. After each short, timed practice, direct instruction and error correction was implemented as needed. Weekly probes were given to assess maintenance and generalization. Across twenty-six 30-min sessions, the students rate correct per minute improved from 12 to 27 and reached criteria of 40- 50 correct per minute on all materials practiced. After maintenance was measured the student continued to perform with automaticity of 40-50 correct per minute. |
|
|
57. Effects of Video Self-Modeling Procedure on the Out-of-Seat Behaviors and Activity Participation for a Preschooler |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Jinhyeok Choi (Pusan National University), YOON SEON HAN (Pusan National University) |
Discussant: Dacia McCoy (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of the video self-modeling strategy on increase in class participation and decrease in out-of-seat behaviors. The dependent variables were participants out-of-seat behaviors and class participation emitted by the participant across three experimental settings: free-play, transition, and lunch time. The independent variable was the implementation of the video self-modeling strategy to increase participants class participation and decrease his out-of-seat behaviors. For the video self-modeling, participants appropriate participation behaviors were videotaped in the three target settings. During the intervention, the participant was required to watch the recorded appropriate behavior for 1.5 min before each intervention session started. Additionally, he was also required to watch the self-modeling video everytime when he emitted out-of-seat behaviors. The video self-modeling intervention was run three times a week for approximately seven weeks. A multiple baseline design across settings was employed to identify a potential functional relation between dependent and independent variables. Results demonstrated that the video self-modeling intervention would be effective to increase the preschoolers out-of-seat behaviors and class participation. |
|
|
58. University Research Competencies |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
SEBASTIAN FIGUEROA-RODRIGUEZ (Universidad Veracruzana), Dora Granados (Universidad Veracruzana), Gloria Olivares (Universidad Veracruzana), Ana Figueroa (Universidad Veracruzana), Laura Castañeda (Universidad Veracruzana) |
Discussant: Dacia McCoy (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: The practice of research evaluation as a generator of knowledge resources, which consequently leads to the transformation of the training strategies in the undergraduate and graduate programs is an issue that requires more attention of university academics. Research competencies are the skills, abilities and attitudes that are implemented to generate new knowledge as observing, reading, expression, construction and problematization. The aim was to describe the research competencies in the first semester students of the faculty of psychology at a public University in Veracruz, Mexico. A prospective, observational, descriptive study with 133 participants (77 women and 56 men), average age 19 years (SD 1.6) was performed. Participants signed a letter of informed consent. The self-evaluation of abilities and research competencies instrument that assesses six dimensions. The instrument of self-assessment skills and competencies for research that assesses six dimensions used investigation. The instrument consisted of 40 questions with a Likert scale. The scores were pooled in low, medium and high levels. The responses were similar in men and women. 12% of students were placed in low range, 35% medium and 53% high. It is important to encourage the development of research competencies since the beginning of the formation of the psychologist |
|
|
59. The Effects of Observing Errors on the Acquisition of Skills via Observational Learning |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
NATALIA BAIRES (California State University, Los Angeles), Mitch Fryling (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Discussant: Dacia McCoy (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: Inclusion in general education settings is often times the goal for children with autism spectrum disorder and related developmental disabilities. In most learning environments, educators model a behavior or skill, which students observe and engage in themselves at a later time. Thus, it is important to examine factors that influence learning from observation with this population. While previous research has evaluated the role of consequences during observational learning, researchers have not examined the impact of observing errors during observational learning. Participants of the current study observed an adult engage in receptive discrimination skills that the participant was not familiar with where 50% errors were made during the teaching of one stimulus set, and no errors during the other stimulus set. Participants were then asked to engage in the same skills to measure progress regarding their learning new skills via observation with and without errors, by utilizing a multiple-probe across participants and alternating treatments design. No learning occurred during either observation condition; both children were taught skills directly using differential reinforcement. Generalization and maintenance probes showed both generalization and maintenance of skills taught. Implications for more thorough analyses of pre-requisite skills and factors influencing behavior during testing conditions are provided. |
|
|
60. Functional Assessment and Function-Based Treatment in High School Students With Developmental Disabilities Exhibiting Perseverative Speech |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ERICA RANADE (Ivymount School), Brittany Frey (Ivymount School), Lauren Lestremau (Ivymount School) |
Discussant: Dacia McCoy (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorder may engage in perseverative speech that interferes with skill acquisition and social interaction (Dunlap, Dyer, & Koegel, 1983; Jones, Wint, & Ellis, 1990). The present study examines practical applications of clinical procedures for the assessment and function-based treatment of perseverative speech in two students enrolled in a non-public, special education school-based setting. Both students exhibited unique vocalizations that severely impacted their ability to access the educational curriculum and interact with peers and teachers. A functional analysis was conducted in the classroom setting for one of the students, revealing that vocalizations were maintained by attention from teachers. Functional assessment and data collection were conducted for the other student, revealing that vocalizations were maintained by automatic reinforcement. Differential reinforcement of lower rate behaviors (DRL) and differential reinforcement of other behaviors (DRO) procedures addressing each function were implemented, and treatment effects were evaluated using a reversal design. This study demonstrates the importance of function-based treatment in applied school settings. |
|
|
61. The Role of Tact Training on the Emergence of Categorization and Listener |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Daniela M. Ribeiro (Universidade Federal de Alagoas), Rayssa Cavalcante (Universidade Federal de Alagoas), Maria Thaís Bandeira (Universidade Federal de Alagoas), ANA CAROLINA SELLA (Universidade Federal de Alagoas), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
Discussant: Dacia McCoy (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: Children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) may exhibit discrimination deficits, such as those required in categorization tasks. There is evidence that behaving as listener and as speaker towards an object or event may facilitate the emergence of categorization. The present study replicated Miguel and Kobari-Wright (2013) with Brazilian children. Thus, our purpose was (1) to evaluate whether tact training would produce categorization and listener behavior and (2) to determine whether naming (both tact and listener behavior) is necessary for the emergence of categorization as measured via visual-visual matching to sample. Two seven-years old children diagnosed with ASD participated. We used a nonconcurrent multiple baseline design across participants to evaluate the effects of tact training on categorization and listener behavior. Participants were taught to tact the category of nine pictures corresponding to three different categories. Both participants learned to tact the pictures with few errors, and they also categorized and emitted listener behavior. Results replicated those obtained by Miguel and Kobari-Wright (2013), suggesting that tact training may produce categorization and listener behavior in children diagnosed with ASD. |
|
|
62. Respondent and Operant Influences in Military Training |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
ABIGAIL B. CALKIN (Calkin Consulting Center), Kent A. Corso (NCR Behavioral Health, LLC) |
Discussant: Dacia McCoy (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: The MilVet SIG continues to pursue gaining more traction in the use of applied behavior analysis within the military. The primary areas of use continue to be Tricare's ECHO program for autism and small portions of the Department of Veteran Affairs. For millennia, with or without the use of behavioral terminology and deliberate planning, the military has practiced the tenets and technology of operant and respondent behavior conditioning and concepts while training troops. Through an analysis of the military's use of respondent and operant techniques, this poster examines ways in which the military of various countries across time have employed these principles. The authors provide a summary and analysis of how these principles change the behavior of service members, while also summarizing the existing use of practices and terms. The authors include a potential method for re-training service members who have suffered trauma based on the military's current training models. This could reduce the incidence of the personal, military, and financial cost of post-traumatic stress disorder and suicide. |
|
|
|
|
CSE Monday PM |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East |
Chair: Angela Sanguinetti (University of California, Davis) |
|
63. Naturalistic Study of College Drinking |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
SKYLER RUEB (University of North Texas), Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Scott Geller (Virginia Tech) |
Abstract: The prevalence of Alcohol Use Disorders is increasing among college students. Contingency management procedures have been developed to treat alcohol addiction, but their implementation has been hampered by the relatively brief time alcohol remains in the body. Proper management of drinking requires the ability to sample blood-alcohol levels several times per day. The purpose of the present study was to learn more about natural patterns of alcohol consumption in college-aged adults to determine optimal parameters for monitoring drinking. A second goal was to evaluate a novel, handheld technology for obtaining reliable samples remotely over extended time periods. College students were given a SoberLink SL2 breathalyzer for eight weeks to monitor their drinking behaviors and asked to self-report the number of drinks consumed each day. Participants received one to three text messages per day to provide breath samples and earned monetary rewards for submitting samples within the allotted time. The results of this study showed that college students tend to consume alcohol during the evening hours and mostly on the weekends. Compliance with prompts ranged between 77 and 84 percent. Naturalistic observations of college drinking may aid in the development of interventions to prevent excessive drinking and the SL2 breathalyzer may have great potential to be used in a number of therapeutic approaches. |
|
|
64. Effects of Technology on Social Communication: Is Socially Withdrawn Becoming Socially Acceptable? |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
HEIDI L. HILLMAN (Quincy University), Carey McDermott (Quincy University) |
Discussant: Scott Geller (Virginia Tech) |
Abstract: Youth and young adults use technology such as the internet more than any other method through which to communicate. Since smartphones and social media (Facebook, Snap Chat, Twitter) is a mainstay of our social world, how we communicate has changed. However, concern exists among researchers regarding the effects of the Internet on skill development (Mishna, McLuckie, & Saini, 2009; Selfhout, Branje, Delsing, Bogt & Meeus, 2009). We used an ABAB design to study the effects of technology (e.g., smartphones, social media) on communication. Before conducting the study we developed a survey consisting of 11 questions. The purpose of the survey was to ask a group of college students to rate their attitudes involving the use of smartphones, tablets, and social media. Other items on the survey consisted of listing estimated time spent using social media and preference for communicating with others. For the survey, participants included 22 college aged students between the ages of 18-35. For the study, participants included 8 college aged students between the ages of 18-22. Participants were chosen because their RA (dorm residence advisor) complained how many college students don't interact when in the presence of others. Observations were conducted at a small university cafeteria during dinner. Two observers, seated on the same side of the cafeteria, observed the students social behaviors as they ate. Each observation period was 20 minutes in length or until students began to leave the table. During the baseline sessions students were observed and no comments about smartphones were given. During the experimental sessions the college student's RA ate with the students and said he wanted all phones put away during dinner. Results showed a lower rate of social communication between the students during both baseline sessions than during the RA prompt session. |
|
|
65. Developing Intercultural Beliefs and Behaviours Through International Service Trips |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
MICHELLE TURAN (Mohawk College) |
Discussant: Scott Geller (Virginia Tech) |
Abstract: The researcher investigated the "intercultural skills" and "intercultural sensitivity" that are developed in students and faculty through international service learning. That is, students and faculty of Mohawk and Fanshawe College in the Autism and Behavioural Science graduate certificate program and the Child and Youth Worker diploma program have previously travelled to international destinations such as Costa Rica and India, and have had rich experiences that have affected them personally and professionally, however this has yet to be documented in a measurable way, and the way in which their behaviour has been altered has yet to be defined.
This year these students travelled to India and Guatemala alongside their faculty and several assessment tools were used to measure the effects that these service trips had on their intercultural beliefs and their intercultural behaviour. This poster will outline the results of this research project as well as provide a behaviour analytic frame for speaking about intercultural skills and their development. |
|
|
66. Real-Time Energy Dashboards: Key to Behavior Change or Waste of Money? |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
KATHERINE BINDER (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Scott Geller (Virginia Tech) |
Abstract: Real-time energy dashboards display electricity use for individual buildings and entire building networks. They were developed under the premise that if occupants see how much they’re consuming, they will alter their behavior to use less. There is a small body of research touting their effectiveness, but given the recent popularity of these dashboards, more rigorous research is warranted. A literature review is presented that provides arguments against the potential for long-term effectiveness of these interventions, despite the existence of publications claiming significant reductions in electricity use following dashboard installation. An effort to replicate these findings was attempted. The study took place on a university campus and included a number of academic and residential buildings. The intervention included the installation of physical and internet based real-time energy dashboards along with an energy reduction competition. When comparing the results to findings from previous research, it becomes apparent that the efficacy of interventions designed to alter electricity-related behavior must be evaluated against a backdrop of cyclicity in each building’s yearly electricity patterns. The findings from this study contrast those from previous research and a call for critique of the methods typically used to evaluate similar interventions is made. |
|
|
67. The Student Alliance: An Initiative by British Columbia's Association for Applied Behavior Analysis to Increase Student Membership Using a Student Special Interest Group |
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery |
Harley Lang (British Columbia's Association for Applied Behavior Analysis), MARIA TURNER (British Columbia's Association for Applied Behavior Analysis) |
Discussant: Scott Geller (Virginia Tech) |
Abstract: British Columbias Association for Applied Behaviour Analysis (BC-ABA) undertook an initiative to increase student membership. BC-ABAs Student Representatives promptly established the Student Alliance (SA): a BC-ABA special interest group that is mandated to increase student membership and provide workshops and behaviour analytic education opportunities for their peers. First, student representatives presented talks at each behaviour analytic academic program in British Columbia (N=4) regarding membership with BC-ABA and the SA at the beginning of each academic year. Then, professors at each institution were asked to distribute candidacy forms for students to nominate and elect a representative from their school sit on the SA counsel. The SA counsel officially assembled in January 2015. The counsel met 10 times throughout the calendar year to coordinate student-led events. Three different free events were organized between January 2015 and March 2016. The average student membership count prior to establishing the SA was 71. The average student membership count after establishing the SA was 93. The results indicate that establishing a student special interest group that is mandated to increase student membership and stimulate students to host free workshops for their peers may be a reasonable tactic to increase student membership for associations affiliated with ABAI. |
|
|
68. Reducing Student Food Waste in a University Cafeteria |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
Allyson Salzer (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), ANNA HAMER (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Carla H. Lagorio (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire) |
Discussant: Scott Geller (Virginia Tech) |
Abstract: Environmental and social justice movements have emphasized the importance of reducing food waste. In the United States, food is the number one landfill material, producing harmful atmospheric pollutants. Restaurants generate excessive consumer waste from unfinished meals but also serve thousands daily and therefore hold potential for addressing this large-scale issue. This study targeted a University’s primary buffet-style cafeteria, in which students experience no adverse contingencies for taking more than they consume. Researchers weighed compost bins twice daily to assess weight of leftover food from 7am-9pm. Upon stability, several interventions were parametrically assessed. First, infographics were displayed, providing facts about environmental impacts of food waste and encouraging students to only take food they can consume. This produced a fairly immediate waste reduction, with an ultimate return to baseline levels. A second manipulation introduced a competition, challenging students to “beat” their prior week’s food waste number. This intervention was subsequently replicated and both times food waste was reduced, equating to a projected annual reduction in waste of 30,236 and 17,252 lbs. Given the promise of this manipulation, future research could examine how to implement similar interventions in other locations with ease. |
|
|
69. The Effect of Product Characteristics on Recycling Behavior |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
Audrey Campbell (University of the Pacific), MOLLY HANKLA (University of the Pacific), Amir Cruz-Khalili (University of the Pacific), Katrina Michele Ruiz Bettencourt (University of the Pacific), Carolynn S. Kohn (University of the Pacific) |
Discussant: Scott Geller (Virginia Tech) |
Abstract: The United States generated 251 million tons of municipal solid waste in 2012 (EPA), half of which entered landfills; paper and paperboard comprised the largest portion. Recycling paper should reduce waste and its negative environmental impact. Although most research has focused on antecedent and consequent interventions or individual characteristics associated with recycling (e.g., attitudes, knowledge), Trudel and Argo (2013) examined product characteristics. They found size of paper affected whether individuals recycled (e.g., approximately 40% recycled small pieces of paper and 80% recycled large paper). We partially replicated their methods, but conducted individual rather than group sessions, in which all participants (N = 60 typically-developing adults) were asked to dispose of all sizes and conditions of paper (twice, for a total of two trials) rather than only one piece of paper once. Results indicated nearly all participants (93%) recycled all pieces of paper (small, medium, standard, crumpled) when recycling and trash bins were concurrently available. These results are unlike those obtained by Trudel and Argo (2013). Factors including reactivity and increased awareness of recycling may account for these observed differences. We should continue to extend our knowledge regarding how packaging and other stimulus characteristics affect individuals’ recycling. |
|
|
70. Increasing Recycling in Elementary School Classrooms Using Interdependent Group-Oriented Contingencies |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
KACIE A ROBLES (California State University, Fresno), Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno), Steven W. Payne (California State University, Fresno), Criss Wilhite (Fresno State) |
Discussant: Scott Geller (Virginia Tech) |
Abstract: Recycling is one of the simplest yet most impactful methods for reducing the environmental impact of consumer products. However, there is little research on the most effective methods of increasing recycling behavior. The current study analyzed the effects of an interdependent group-oriented contingency targeting recycling behavior of students in general elementary school classrooms. Two classrooms participated in the study. Dependent variables included the percentages of a) all items properly disposed, b) the percentage of properly recycled items, and c) the percentage of properly disposed non-recyclables. Frequency data on student interactions were also collected. A multiple baseline across classrooms design was used. The results demonstrated that there was an immediate increase in performance when the interdependent group-oriented contingency was implemented, but the effect did not maintain for one classroom. Positive and neutral statements regarding recycling and potential prizes gradually increased throughout the three phases for one classroom. For the other classroom, social interactions decreased during the instructions phase and increased during the interdependent contingency condition. Overall, interdependent group-oriented contingencies may be an effective method for schools to modify student recycling behaviors and increase student collaboration. Possible implications and limitations are discussed and suggestions to extend the current study are made. |
|
|
71. Poor Correspondence Between Self-Report and Behavior: College Students' Definitions and Free-Pours of Standard Alcohol Servings |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
NICOLE SCHULTZ (Auburn University), Carolynn S. Kohn (University of the Pacific), Katrina Michele Ruiz Bettencourt (University of the Pacific), Heather Dunn Carlton (University of the Pacific) |
Discussant: Scott Geller (Virginia Tech) |
Abstract: College students have difficulty defining a standard drink of alcohol, calling into question the reliability and validity of aggregated college student drinking self-report surveys. The current study compared 192 college students self-reported definitions of standard portions of beer, wine, and hard liquor to their behavior (free-pours). Aggregated data suggest participants were fairly accurate at defining a standard drink of beer (M=10.8 oz, SD=3.8 oz), but not wine (M=7.7 oz, SD=6.4 oz) or liquor (M=2.6 oz, SD=2.3 oz). Aggregated free-pour data suggest participants were fairly accurate at pouring a standard serving of beer (M=10.7 oz, SD=2.5 oz), wine (M=4.9 oz, SD=1.4 oz), and liquor (M=1.27 oz, SD=0.52 oz). Correlations between individual standard drink definitions and corresponding free-pours of beer, wine, and liquor were low (r=.193, p<01, r=.377, p<.001, and r=.134, p=.13, respectively). When each individuals pour was plotted against his or her definition, there was virtually no correspondence between their definition and their free-pour for all three alcohol types (Figure 1). Aggregate results mirror data from group studies, but single-subject analyses highlight the potential low reliability and validity of self-reported drinking, often the only data used to inform intervention, prevention, and policy decisions. Recommendations and suggestions for future research are discussed. |
|
|
72. Behaviorists for Social Responsibility: The Matrix Project |
Area: CSE; Domain: Theory |
MARK A. MATTAINI (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago; Behaviorists for Social Responsibility), Molli Luke (Behavior Analyst Certification Board/Behaviorists for Social Responsibility), Tara M. Grant (Brohavior/Behaviorists for Social Responsibility), Richard F. Rakos (Cleveland State University; Behaviorists for Social Responsibility) |
Discussant: Scott Geller (Virginia Tech) |
Abstract: Many behavior analysts came to the fieldoften inspired by Skinner and others sincebecause they wanted to contribute to addressing the enormous challenges faced by human societies. Many find themselves frustrated by limited preparation and opportunities for applying our science to such challenges. Behavioral systems science (cultural analysis) now has reached a point where real potential exists for promoting progressive social change, in close partnership with related disciplines, in areas like climate change and sustainability, poverty and income inequality, human rights and violence, among others. A committee of the BFSR SIG and the SIG Board of Planners spent the past year conducting an analysis of practices across 26 sectors (e.g., behavior analysis education, behavior analytic organizations, several levels of government, business, NGOs, foundations and research institutes, religious and political community organizations). This poster will offer examples of the analyses that have been completed, and outline next steps toward advocating for a discipline-wide commitment to expanding preparation and opportunities for behavioral systems science contributions consistent with the mission of the SIG. Portions of the Matrix Project Analysis and Advocacy Report being prepared by BFSR will be available for review. |
|
|
73. A Design-Behavior Theory of Eco-Feedback |
Area: CSE; Domain: Theory |
ANGELA SANGUINETTI (University of California, Davis) |
Discussant: Scott Geller (Virginia Tech) |
Abstract: Eco-feedback is feedback on individual or group behavior that aims to mitigate environmental impacts. Behavior analysts began studying energy feedback in the 1970s. This early eco-feedback typically involved the provision of information about household electricity consumption to the member(s) of that household via private interfaces, e.g., bills, personal devices. Applications of eco-feedback have since expanded to the commercial sector, to other types of resources (e.g., water) and processes (e.g., generation and waste), and to public interfaces targeting the behavior of whole communities. Relatively scant behavioral theory has been advanced to explain the effects of these diverse eco-feedback applications and to guide successful eco-feedback designs. This poster will present a comprehensive, interdisciplinary account of the behavioral functions of eco-feedback and their relationship to various dimensions of eco-feedback design. Specifically, we delineate characteristics of the timing, data, and design of eco-feedback that have implications for its effectiveness as a consequence, discriminative stimulus, or motiving operation with respect to environmentally-relevant behavior. |
|
|
|
|
VRB Monday PM |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East |
Chair: Catia Cividini-Motta (University of South Florida) |
|
74. Establishing Intraverbal Reponses as Tact Repertoires on "Private Events" in a Child With Autism |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
SOICHIRO MATSUDA (University of Tsukuba), Yuka Ishizuka (Keio University), Satoru Sekine (Keio University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University) |
Discussant: Bailey Devine (Texas Christian University) |
Abstract: Difficulties in acquiring a complex tact repertoire have been widely reported in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). However, there are few studies that have examined whether a complex tact repertoire could be established in children with ASD. The purpose of the present study was to examine whether a boy with autism (CA: 5 year 8 months, VMA: 2 year 9 months) could acquire intraverbal responses as tact repertoires on private events via vocal prompts. Pretest results were used to create four word sets that the boy did not answer. Each set consisted of three sentences. A multiple-probe design across word sets was implemented. All session in this study, one session consisted of six trials. The percentage of correct responses for boys baseline, training, and post-tests (post-training probe, and one-week and one-month follow up probes) are presented in Figure. Results showed that the intraverbal responses for all word sets were established and maintained. |
|
|
75. The Controlling Stimuli as an Alternative for the Indirect Access to Private Verbal Responses |
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
JOÃO LUCAS BERNARDY CARDOSO (PUC Goiás), Lorismario Ernesto Ernesto Simonassi (PUC Goiás), Yara Lima de Paulo (PUC Goiás), Bruno Martins Pontes (PUC Goiás), Pedro Henrique Carvalho (PUC Goiás), Sérgio Augusto Ramos França Filho (PUC Goiás), Paula Teixeira Andrade Sousa (PUC Goiás), Isabela Martins Siqueira (PUC Goiás) |
Discussant: Bailey Devine (Texas Christian University) |
Abstract: The goal of the present work was to test the possibility that human participants can indirectly access private verbal responses based on the contact with the controlling variables of that verbal response. The experiment was conduced with twenty nave participants. Four of those participants composed the Control Group. These four participant were individually exposed to a task in which they should try to guess six words using the stimuli presented in a computer screen as hints. They were exposed to six sets of verbal stimuli (one for each word). All words in a set described physical properties of an object. The responses of this group were private due to a physical barrier. The other sixteen participants (Experimental Group) were distributed among four subgroups and considered observers of one of the four participants of the Control Group. Then, they have been exposed to a different task, which was: try to guess a word written by another participant using the stimuli presented in a computer screen as hints. Then, these participants were exposed to the same six set os stimuli with eight words each, but unlike the Control Group, they accessed the eight words cumulatively in a series of trials, so they became increasingly informed about the controlling variables of the verbal responses of the first group. The verbal responses of the observers were compared to the verbal responses of the corresponding participant of the Control Group. If the verbal responses matched they counted as correct inferences, it they were different they counted as incorrect inferences. The results show that correct inferences about the verbal reports of other participants became increasingly more likely as the environmental conditions in which those verbal responses were emitted were known. When the second group accessed all the words of each set they made correct inferences in 71 (16 for the first three verbal responses, 11 for the fourth and 12 for the fifth) out of 80 trials, compared to 2 correct inferences when they had access to one stimulus of each set. The access to environmental conditions also reduced the variability in the inferences made by the second group. These results indicate that, if uniformity is assumed, the self report isnt the only source of indirect access to private verbal responses. Human participants of the same verbal community can infer accurately about private verbal responses of others based on the public controlling variables. |
|
|
76. The Role of Overt and Covert Self-Rules in Establishing a Daily Living Skill in Adults With Mild Intellectual Disabilities: A Replication |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
WILLIAM ROOT (Southern Illinois University), Mariela Castro (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: Bailey Devine (Texas Christian University) |
Abstract: Skinners (1957) Verbal Behavior has generated research in two main areas: the behavior of the speaker and the role of overt verbal behavior of performance. The role of the listener in shaping and maintaining the speakers behavior at the overt level has received little empirical inquiry. The purpose of the current study was to further evaluate the role of covert verbal behavior on ones own performance. This aim was accomplished by replicating Faloon and Rehfeldt (2008), using a different task, making a smoothie, with three participants with mild intellectual disabilities. A multiple baseline design across participants with multielement phases embedded was used to determine the effects of the overt and covert self-instruction training on skill acquisition and maintenance. Similar to Faloon and Rehfeldt (2008), the use of the blocking and non-blocking conditions and following training, allowed researchers the unique ability to observe if a functional relationship existed between performance and behavior within the skin. The results demonstrated that for two of the three participants the overt-self instructions improved the percentage of correct steps, and generalization to novel ingredients. |
|
|
77. The Effects of Differential Reinforcement, With Regard to Magnitude, on Skill Acquisition |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Nona Melvin (Quest Kids, Inc.), SHELDON ROBERT EBBELER (Quest Kids, Inc.), Karen Garcia (Quest Kids, Inc.) |
Discussant: Bailey Devine (Texas Christian University) |
Abstract: There is limited applied research on the effects of differential reinforcement on rate of acquisition. Karsten and Carr (2009) investigated the use of differential reinforcement with respect to quality of a reinforcer, finding that differential reinforcement did, in fact, result in more consistent acquisition of skills. The current study looked at quantity of a reinforcer, comparing the rate of acquisition of target behaviors followed by differential reinforcement with that of behaviors followed by non-differential reinforcement. For one participant, differential reinforcement yielded a faster rate of acquisition for two out of three sets of targets; for the other participant, the non-differential reinforcement condition resulted in a slightly faster rate of acquisition for one set of targets. |
|
|
78. Second Year of Student's Progress Using Verbal Behavior and Functional Skill Assessment and Applied Behavior Analysis Procedures in Qatar |
Area: VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
MOHAMMAD I. AL-ATTRASH (Shafallah Center for Individuals with Disability), Mahmoud Al Sheyab (Shafallah Center for Individuals with Disability), Moyyad Al-Tamimi (Shafallah Center for Individuals with Disability) |
Discussant: Bailey Devine (Texas Christian University) |
Abstract: A verbal behavior and functional skills assessment to individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities (VBFSAIADD) was created in Qatar by Dr. Mohammad Al-Attrash to assess students with autism and other developmental disabilities in their native Arabic language to identify the strengths and weaknesses for effective IEPs. After the successful results of the initial implementation, the implementation was expanded to nine classes from different units. A total of 66 students were chosen to participate. Students ranged in age from 3 to 16 years old with mild to profound intellectual disability. Teaching procedures consisted of a package including discrete trial training and verbal behavior procedures. We employed errorless teaching in the same sequence of traditional DTT but with the emphasis on teaching in regular classroom settings, using naturalistic reinforcers when possible, using multiple exemplars, and planning for generalization. Data were recorded on each trial and were graphed showing the progress of students on each objective. Results 1. Students achieved 86% with range of 65% to 89%. 2. Many teachers and specialists started using the assessment and asking to be trained on ABA procedures when they saw positive results. 3. Parents were pleased with the progress of their children. |
|
|
|
|
DDA Monday PM |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East |
Chair: Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University) |
|
79. A Component Analysis and Generalization Assessment of Behavioral Skills Training to Teach Parents to Implement Escape Extinction and Differential Reinforcement of Compliance |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MELISSA KRABBE (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee) |
Discussant: Sarah Miller (Marcus Autism Center / Emory University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Noncompliance is a common childhood behavior problem leading to referral to behavior analysts and pediatric psychologists that has been effectively treated using three-step prompting and differential reinforcement of compliance. Researchers have successfully taught parents to implement this intervention package using behavioral skills training (BST). Although effective, BST is an intensive teaching strategy and the generality of the effects of training on parent and child behavior have not been assessed. The current study conducted a component analysis of the elements of BST (written instructions, modeling, and rehearsal with performance feedback) to determine the sufficient and necessary elements of training needed to teach parents to implement three-step prompting and DRA. Further, we assessed generalization of these skills across multiple instructional contexts with their children. The results indicated that the full BST package was necessary for all parents to reach mastery levels of correct implementation, but generalization was seen across untargeted tasks. |
|
|
80. Preferences for Distributed and Accumulated Reinforcer Delivery: Effects of Task Difficulty and Schedule Arrangements |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JOHN FALLIGANT (Auburn University), Sacha T. Pence (Auburn University) |
Discussant: Sarah Miller (Marcus Autism Center / Emory University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) often allocate behavior to simultaneously available schedules of reinforcement as a function of the magnitude, frequency, and quality of reinforcement associated with each schedule (DeLeon et al., 2014). Delays (or lack of delays) to reinforcement are also important schedule features, as individuals with IDD are more likely to show preferences for smaller, sooner reinforcers than for larger, delayed reinforcers (e.g., Dixon et al., 1998). Interestingly though, individuals with IDD demonstrate preferences for delayed reinforcement--relative to immediate reinforcement--when the reinforcer is enhanced by continuity of access (DeLeon et al., 2014), such as television time. The purpose of the present study is to assess preferences for delayed and immediate reinforcer delivery as a function of task difficulty and schedule arrangements in children with IDD using an ABAB withdrawal, multielement design and concurrent-chains preference assessment. Preliminary results replicate findings from DeLeon et al. (2014), suggesting that accumulated schedules promote a greater rate of work completion than distributed schedules, and are preferred when completing easy tasks. |
|
|
81. Using Self-Directed Video Prompting to Teach Vocational Skills to Students With Autism and Intellectual Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
IRENE JONES (University of Texas at Austin), Mark O'Reilly (The University of Texas at Austin), Deanna Longino (The University of Texas at Austin) |
Discussant: Sarah Miller (Marcus Autism Center / Emory University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Employment is an influential factor in the quality of life for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (Lewis, 2011), but securing and maintaining gainful employment is difficult. Kaye and colleagues (2011) found that employers are reluctant to hire and retain workers with disabilities due in part to the cost of accommodations, need for supervision, the lack of skills, and the ability to perform a quality job. The importance of improving the vocational skills of students with disabilities has been highlighted in the provision of Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) which stipulates the use of scientifically-based practices to address skill deficits during transition planning. This research examined the use of self-directed video prompting (SDVP) strategies to increase the acquisition of vocational skills for transition-age individuals with autism and mild intellectual disabilities through the use of a multiple probe across tasks design replicated across four participants. The results indicate all four participants acquired and maintained novel vocational skills, independently operated a handheld device from beginning-to-end, and transferred prompt dependence from the trainer to a handheld device. Results further showed that all participants assessed 10-weeks after intervention termination, successfully generalize newly acquired skills to untrained settings and materials at 100% accuracy. |
|
|
82. Parents' Perception on Use and Effectiveness of Naturalistic Behavioral Communication Teaching Strategies |
Area: DDA; Domain: Basic Research |
YUSUF AKAMOGLU (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Hedda Meadan (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign) |
Discussant: Sarah Miller (Marcus Autism Center / Emory University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Children with developmental disabilities may experience delays and impairments in their ability to speak and communicate with their parents, peers, and others. These children often benefit from evidence-based naturalistic behavioral communication strategies (NBC) aimed at alleviating the impact of their delay or disability on their communicative interactions with others and at to leading a more socially interactive life. Fortunately, many NBC strategies with strong empirical evidence of effectiveness exist (e.g., Kaiser, Hancock, & Trent, 2007; Meadan, Angell, Stoner, & Daczewitz, 2014). Some of these NBC strategies include, environmental arrangement, modeling, mand-modeling, and time-delay. These strategies all share the following basic components. First, teaching occurs in the natural environment during ongoing interactions between the child and the adult, typically during play or daily routines. Second, the child initiates the teaching episode by indicating interest in an item or activity, at which point teaching occurs around the childs expressed interest (e.g., snack). Third, the adult explicitly prompts the child to produce the target behavior (e.g., saying "more"). Fourth, the childs production of the target behavior is reinforced with the item or activity of interest (e.g., giving snack) (Delprato, 2001; Kaiser, Yoder, & Keetz, 1992). In our study, we sent parents of young children with communication delays or disabilities (e.g., Autism, Down syndrome) a survey to answer three research questions: (1) parents reported use of specific NBC strategies such as environmental arrangement, modeling, mand-modeling, and time delay, (2) parents perceptions about the effectiveness of their own NBC strategies, and (3) the influences on parent practice such as where and how they learned using NBC strategies. We will report on parental use of different NBC strategies, their perceptions on the effectiveness of these strategies, and their reports on where and how they learned to use NBC strategies. In this poster, we will further elucidate the NBC strategies that parents report using and contribute to extant literature by expanding our understanding of what parents of children with disabilities and language delays do to support the communication skills of their young children. |
|
|
83. The Effects of Train-the-Train (TTT) Model to Disseminate ABA-Based Early Intervention Strategies |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ATSUKO MATSUZAKI (Keio University/CREST, JST), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University/CREST, JST) |
Discussant: Sarah Miller (Marcus Autism Center / Emory University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Growing evidence suggests that effective training programs can be successfully inherited with a train-the-trainer (TTT) model. The TTT model is a system in which trainers who have completed a training program educate new trainees. The authors examined the effects of the TTT model for three cycles to disseminate ABA-based early intervention strategies. The training program consisted of a didactic lecture, role-playing, performance feedback, and video feedback. In the first cycle, the authors served as the trainers, and six practitioners participated as trainees. In the second cycle, four practitioners who had participated as trainees in the first cycle served as trainers, and seven practitioners participated as trainees. In the third cycle, four practitioners who had participated as trainees in the second cycle served as trainers, and four practitioners participated as trainees. Trainees intervention skills were assessed with a 50-item fidelity list, and trainees knowledge level were also examined. The results showed that (a) all participants improved their fidelity and knowledge scores after the training, and (b) there was no significant differences on the scores among the cycles. The study showed that the TTT model was effective to train practitioners effectively and efficiently in the community settings. |
|
|
84. The Use of Trial-Based Functional Analyses in an Early Childhood Setting |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
DANIELLE BARTELMAY (Vanderbilt University), Monica Rigor (Vanderbilt University), Erin E. Barton (Vanderbilt University), Jennifer Ledford (Vanderbilt University), Kate Tygielski Chazin (Vanderbilt University), Kristen Stankiewicz (Vanderbilt University), Erin Sweeney (Vanderbilt University) |
Discussant: Sarah Miller (Marcus Autism Center / Emory University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Trial-based functional analyses were developed as a modification of traditional functional analysis procedures that can be conducted in applied settings by teachers and caregivers. Trial-based functional analyses might be as useful as traditional functional analyses for identifying maintaining consequences of problem behaviors and informing behavioral interventions. Trial-based functional analyses have been effectively conducted with young children in early childhood settings; however, this line of research is burgeoning and a limited number of published studies exist with young children with disabilities. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effectiveness of trial-based functional analyses conducted in early childhood settings with two young children who engaged in severe, persistent problem behaviors in collaboration with their teachers. One participant was a 34 month old boy with multiple disabilities who engaged in self-injurious behavior; the other was a 41 month old boy with autism who engaged in frequent tantrumming and object throwing. A trial-based functional analysis and a variation of the control-test ordered trial-based functional analysis were used to determine the functions of their problem behaviors. Results indicated maintaining functions of the problem behaviors for both children, which were used to develop and conduct interventions to reduce problem behaviors. |
|
|
85. Assessing the Correlation Between Sensory Impairment and Repetitive Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ALYSSA FISHER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Sarah Miller (Marcus Autism Center / Emory University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: A number of research studies have indicated that repetitive behaviors (RRB) may create barriers to social and communicative opportunities by limiting access to educational and social opportunities (e.g., Boyd, Conroy, Mancil, Nakao, & Alter, 2007). Individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities are likely to engage in RRBs; however, individuals with sensory impairments (e.g., blindness) may be more likely to engage in RRBs due to reduced stimulation from the external environment. The purpose of this study was to evaluate differences in the occurrence of RRBs among individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities who did and did not have sensory impairment. The Repetitive Behavior Scale (RBS-R) was used to assess the RRBs of 52 individuals (10 with impairment and 42 without impairment) admitted to a hospital in patient unit for the treatment of severe problem behavior. Results indicate that children with sensory impairment had significantly higher scores on the RBS. These results suggest that individuals with sensory impairment may be more likely to engage in more severe RRBs due to the lack external stimulation, and that sensory impairment may be a risk factor for the development of RRBs. |
|
|
86. Evaluating the Effectiveness of Brief Mindfulness Exposure to Increase Work Productivity in Individuals With Intellectual Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MEGAN FULTS (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), William Root (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mariela Castro (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Ruth Anne Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: Sarah Miller (Marcus Autism Center / Emory University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: The current study serves an importance as it may provide individuals with disabilities a portable method for contacting the present moment during their work routines. To add, this method may allow individuals to therefore increase their work productivity and as a result, increase their pay. The present study aims to identify the role brief mindfulness, a component of Acceptance and Commitment Theory, plays on work productivity using a reversal design. The number of permanent products created by three participants diagnosed with intellectual disabilities and who held jobs at a rehabilitation site, were recorded. These data were recorded by counting the number of products created for a duration of one hour. During the intervention, a researcher will provide a mindfulness session that is specific to the type of job each participant engages in for 15 minutes, immediately before the participant reengages in their job task. The mindfulness package will include the participant being asked to notice five things in their work environment and then participate in a guided mindfulness session of completing one of their work products. Preliminary baseline data are included. Intervention will first begin with participant number two and data collection is expected to be completed within 3 months |
|
|
87. Teaching a Mother to Train Her Autistic Child to Use an Alternative and Augmentative Communication Device |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
PEI-FANG WU (National Kaohsiung Normal University) |
Discussant: Sarah Miller (Marcus Autism Center / Emory University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: The current study examined whether a mother of a 7 year-old autistic girl could be taught to train her daughter to use an alternative and augmentative communication (AAC) device to communicate. In Study 1, a multiple treatment design (A-B1-B2-B3 design) was used to increase the child's communication spontaneity using pictures. The mother provided verbal prompts and extinction with different amount of communication opportunities across the intervention phases. In Study 2, a multiple treatment design (A-B-BC-D1-D2-A') was used to teach the child to use a communication app on an iPad to communicate. Verbal prompts, response blocking and least-to-most prompting were applied in different phases. Results showed the child succesfully taught by her mother to use an AAC device to communicate basic needs. The child's communication behaviors were also generalized to a different communication partner, and maintained for a month. |
|
|
88. Evaluation of a Variable-Momentary Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior in the Treatment of Attention-Maintained Aggression: A Replication |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MADELYNN LILLIE (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee) |
Discussant: Sarah Miller (Marcus Autism Center / Emory University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Variable Momentary Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior (VMDRO) schedules involve delivering reinforcement for the non-occurrence of problem behavior at variable "check-in" intervals (i.e., if problem behavior is absent at the moment of check-in). The current data set describes a replication of this procedure with a single participant receiving treatment for high-rate attention-maintained aggressive behavior. The VMDRO procedure began with an initially dense schedule of reinforcement delivery and was gradually leaned up to 10-min intervals while maintaining nearly zero levels of aggression. These data add to the limited literature supporting the efficacy of these procedures. |
|
|
89. Analysis of Home and Work-Based Behavioral Interventions to Support an Adult With Mental Illness |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
BETHANY DEITZ (Shenandoah University), Brandon Greene (Shenandoah University) |
Discussant: Sarah Miller (Marcus Autism Center / Emory University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Two analyses were conducted with a 34-year-old male who presented multiple mental health diagnoses and a history of repeated psychiatric hospitalizations following disruptions in his vocational placements and capacity for independent living. The first analysis was conducted in his home and focused on garbage disposal associated with the accumulation of food and food products. A system to measure the accumulation of such material was adapted from studies of homes involving child neglect. A token-based reward system was used in a changing criterion design to encourage his disposal of such material. Tokens were exchangeable for items the participant requested. The results indicated a change in this aspect of household management and these results were maintained in a follow-up phase. The second analysis was conducted at the participant’s workplace and involved his interactions with co-workers whom he had alienated by making threatening and rude comments. This analysis employed a multiple baseline across behaviors(greetings, smiles, waving) and included a limited component analysis of the effects of in-situ coaching, social praise for socially appropriate greetings, and physical prompts (a wristband) to "remind" him to greet peers in a friendly manner. Coaching and prompts were gradually faded and normative data on his peers' engagement in these "friendly behaviors" were gathered. The results indicated significant levels of improvement in his social behavior which, according to his employer, enabled the participant to retain his job. |
|
|
90. Using Differential Reinforcement and Prompting to Increase Showering Skills of a Girl With Multiple Diagnoses |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
HAYLEY SEDGWICK (St. Lawrence College), Gary A. Bernfeld (St. Lawrence College, Behavioral Psychology) |
Discussant: Sarah Miller (Marcus Autism Center / Emory University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Deficits in adaptive behaviour are commonly shown by children with developmental disabilities (Ase et al. 2012). Stokes et al. (2004) stated that hygiene skills affect ones quality of life and social relationships. Differential reinforcement is an effective method of promoting appropriate behavior (Petscher & Bailey, 2008). In addition, prompting is a commonly used and effective in teaching new skills to children with developmental disabilities (Grow et al., 2009). Using indirect assessment and direct observation the factors relevant to the accelerate target behaviour of shower hygiene routine were identified, for a 14-year-old girl in a residential treatment program, diagnosed with a developmental disability and ADHD. A changing-criterion design was used, and a task analysis of the target identified its key components DRA and prompting was implemented to increase the showering target behaviour. The participant gained immediate points in the residential programs existing token economy and received backup social reinforcement. The data showed that the target behaviour increased 170.60% from baseline. A visual analysis, using PND, of the intervention designed to increase all components of the shower hygiene routine, showed that it was effective. The data showed an increasing trend, as the behaviour improved throughout the intervention, and it demonstrated social validity. |
|
|
|
|
AUT Monday PM |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East |
Chair: Julie L. Thompson (Michigan State University) |
|
91. Evaluating the Preliminary Outcomes of Clinic Based Behavior Intervention for Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
EVELYN JO HORTON (The Homestead), Samantha Cermak (The Homestead), Lisa Daniel (The Homestead), Martin Ikeda (Heartland Area Education Agency) |
Discussant: Katherine Rousseau (The New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: The purpose of the research was to evaluate the outcomes of behavior intervention program utilizing applied behavior analysis (ABA). The participants include children ages 2-11 that have a primary diagnosis of autism and received services for at least six months. Intervention included 12 hours each week of clinic based ABA treatment with an additional approximate 60 minutes of parent training each week. Multiple intervention strategies were used including discrete trial teaching and natural environment teaching to teach communication, social, cognitive, and behavior targets. Outcome measures included the use of the Autism Treatment Evaluation Checklist (ATEC; Rimland & Edelson, 1999), conducted through parent interview and the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment (VB-MAPP; Sundberg, 2008), and conducted by the clinic supervisor through direct observation. Scores were taken at intake and reported on annual basis. Results suggest that implementation of treatment resulted in improvement in both ATEC and VB-MAPP scores with largest gains in first two years of service. These outcomes are preliminary measures and suggest socially significant changes occurred. |
|
|
92. Systematic Desensitization to Reduce Problem Behavior Evoked by an Aversive Stimulus |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
GEORGE MILLER (Bancroft), Joshua LaForte (Bancroft), Patrick Thulen (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft) |
Discussant: Katherine Rousseau (The New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Systematic desensitization, including stimulus fading and positive reinforcement, have been used to help individuals with intellectual disabilities overcome aversive stimuli, including medical and dental procedures (e.g., Conyers et al. 2011, Schiff et al. 2011). This study extends previous research by using desensitization procedures to increase compliance and decrease problem behavior evoked by the presence of an aversive stimulus in a 16 year old male diagnosed with autism and an anxiety disorder. An antecedent only functional analysis showed that problem behavior was evoked by the presence of a vacuum cleaner, suggesting that the vacuum was an aversive stimulus. Reinforcement was provided for gradually moving closer to the target stimulus. Precursor and problem behaviors continued to produce escape from the stimulus. The desensitization procedure was effective in reducing problem behavior and increasing compliance with standing near the aversive stimulus. In a non-concurrent multiple baseline, treatment was replicated for the individual approaching nursing staff. Results will be discussed in terms of the generalization, as treatment effects were established more quickly across a second aversive stimulus. |
|
|
93. Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention Effects on Joint Attention and Cognitive Performance in Toddlers With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CAROLYN WALKER (New England Center for Children), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children), Diana E. Parry-Cruwys (The New England Center for Children) |
Discussant: Katherine Rousseau (The New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to compare cognitive performance, initiating joint attention (IJA), and responding to joint attention (RJA) in toddlers with autism at entry into Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention and after one year of treatment. This study included 28 1-year-olds, 65 2-year-olds, and 26 3-year-olds. Cognitive performance was evaluated using the Early Skills Assessment Tool that tested imitation, answering social questions, and following directions. Percentage of change was used to evaluate differences in cognitive performance scores. RJA was defined as following a point and following a gaze shift. IJA was defined as gaze shifts, verbalizations, and gestures to books or activation toys. Data was collected on the occurrence or nonoccurrence of responding and was summarized as number correct out of total number of trials. Results showed that cognitive performance, IJA, and RJA all increased after one year of treatment, with 1-year-olds showing the greatest gains. IOA was collected in 75% of cognitive samples and 27% of joint attention samples and averaged 98% (range, 90- 100%) and 95% (range, 67- 100%), respectively. These findings are discussed as they relate to the importance of early identification and treatment for children with autism. |
|
|
94. Effects of Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention on Play in Toddlers With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
BRIANNA RACHEL HOLOHAN (Western New England University), Diana E. Parry-Cruwys (The New England Center for Children), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children) |
Discussant: Katherine Rousseau (The New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the level of play in toddlers with autism at entry into early intensive behavioral intervention and after 1 year of treatment. This study included 28 1-year-olds, 65 2-year-olds, and 26 3-year-olds. Each of the participant?s play was scored as no play, indiscriminate actions, discriminative actions on single objects, pretend play, or repetitive play. Positive social behavior was also scored. The highest level of play was scored using partial interval recording in 10 s intervals for 5 minutes. A total composite score was calculated for each sample by multiplying the total frequency of play in each category by the value of that play category, then adding the scores together. IOA was collected on 29% of samples and the data averaged 100% for no play; 88% for indiscriminate actions (range, 75- 100%), 88% for discriminate actions (range, 67- 100%); 98% for pretend play (range, 92- 100%), and 91% for repetitive play (range, 75- 100%). Results showed that all participants acquired higher levels of play after treatment, with 1-year-olds showing the greatest gains. The implications of early intensive behavioral intervention on levels of play in toddlers with autism following 1 year of treatment are discussed. |
|
|
95. Examining the Role of Response Effort on the Outcome of a Reinforcer Assessment for an Individual With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
STACY LAUDERDALE-LITTIN (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutger), Melanie Erwinski (Rutgers University), Robert W. Isenhower (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Meredith Bamond (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Kate E. Fiske Massey (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University) |
Discussant: Katherine Rousseau (The New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: For students with Autism Spectrum Disorder learning tasks and appropriate behavior is often contingent on access to reinforcing stimuli. The rapid reinforcement assessment (RRA; Smaby et al., 2007) alternates between extinction and various reinforcement conditions to evaluate reinforcement effectiveness. Although the RRA has the potential to evaluate reinforcing value of stimuli in less time than other assessments and, thus, has the potential to be an efficient classroom instrument, the choice of task is an often neglected aspect of running reinforcer assessments. Therefore, in the current study we evaluated the role of task selection on the outcome of the RRA for a 12-year-old boy with autism by systematically manipulating response effort across three similar tasks. The tasks, in increasing order of response effort were: a single touch response, a response that required alternation between two large targets, and a response that required alternation between a small and a large target. For the tasks that required the least and most effort responding was suppressed or exaggerated across all conditions (Figures 1 and 2, respectively). However, the task of moderate difficulty (Figure 3) resulted in differentiation of the reinforcing value among stimuli. Considerations when determining the appropriate task will be discussed and implications for using RRA will be presented. |
|
|
96. An Assessment of Caregiver Compliance With Child Mands |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MONICA URICH (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Discussant: Katherine Rousseau (The New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: In an effort to improve ecological validity, primary caregivers may be asked to serve as therapists within experimental functional analysis conditions (Thomason-Sassi, Iwata, & Fritz, 2013). However, no published studies have used primary caregivers to assess adult compliance with child mands as a function for problem behavior. Adult compliance with child mands was first described in a study by Bowman, Fisher, Thompson, and Piazza (1997). The experimenters hypothesized the function of destructive behavior was to increase the probability that the childs requests would be honored. The current study replicated Bowman et al. (1997) with an 8-year-old male diagnosed with a chromosomal abnormality and moderate intellectual disability, who was admitted to an inpatient hospital. Data were collected on aggression, disruptive behaviors, and child mands. Next, a compliance with mands assessment was conducted with the patients mother as therapist. Frequent prompts and feedback were delivered by experimenters within the session to ensure integrity of session contingencies. Results of both assessments demonstrated adult compliance with child mands as a function for problem behavior. Reliability data were collected for 57% (staff) and 75% (parent) of the sessions. Interobserver agreement averaged 99.2% and 99.8% respectively, across all dependent measures. |
|
|
97. Increasing Choice Responding, Preference, and Consumption in a Child With Autism and Severe Food Selectivity |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz), VICTORIA PHAM (Clinic 4 Kidz) |
Discussant: Katherine Rousseau (The New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Children who have autism spectrum disorder (ASD) have an increased risk for food selectivity. Food selectivity is characterized as food refusal by type or texture, limited food repertoire and high frequency single food intake. This study was conducted to observe the effects of escape extinction on choice responding, preference and consumption of a 6-year-old boy diagnosed with autism and severe food selectivity. Wade was admitted to an intensive home-based interdisciplinary feeding program. Upon admission he was only eating very limited variety of foods. Prior to this study we were able to increase consumption of different foods; however, he was not choosing to eat foods when presented in a choice paradigm or try new foods. For this study treatment included escape extinction and contingent reinforcement for choice making behavior. Preference assessment prior to and post training trials were conducted. During the pre-treatment preference assessment Wade only choose 2 foods below 80%. Post-treatment preference assessment data showed that choice making behavior increased for a larger array of foods presented. Six different foods were chosen and consumed post-treatment; however choice responding remained below 80% for majority of the foods. Wade was willing to consume more variety of foods post treatment but not consistently. Data are discussed in relation to negative and positive reinforcement, generalization and long-term treatment effects. |
|
|
98. Evaluating the Effects of Mirror Training on the Acquisition of Complex Imitation in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SATORU SEKINE (Keio University), Soichiro Matsuda (Faculty of Engineering, Information and Systems), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University) |
Discussant: Katherine Rousseau (The New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) often show imitative errors. Though many researchers and therapists taught imitation skills in the face-to-face setting, recent studies used the mirror to provide visual feedback regarding the correspondence between the modeled and imitative response to teach imitation skills (Du & Greer, 2014; Miller, Rodriguez & Rourke, 2015). This study examined whether the mirror promoted the acquisition of motor imitation in two children with ASD (CA: 5;0, 6;5, FSIQ: 56, 49). The method was mainly adopted from Miller et al. (2015). In baseline phase, the experimenter and the child sat facing each other and the experimenter demonstrated the targeted gesture. Training phase included two conditions. In non-mirror condition, they sat facing each other. In mirror condition, the child sat next to the experimenter both facing the mirror. The experimenter first reinforced the correct response and provided physical prompt to incorrect response, then applied 2 second time-delay procedure. The result indicated that children have difficulties in acquiring motor imitation of arm-cross and the palm orientation in both conditions, though they showed all of correct imitations in 0 sec. time delay full prompt procedure. Additional training would be needed for the acquisition of such complex motor imitations. |
|
|
99. Evaluating the Effectiveness of Functional Communication Training Without Extinction |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KRISTIN LEFEVRE (Melmark), Elizabeth Dayton (Melmark), Lauren Marie Palmieri (Melmark), Amanda Finlay (Melmark) |
Discussant: Katherine Rousseau (The New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Functional Communication Training (FCT) is a frequently used treatment for reducing problem behavior exhibited by individuals with developmental disabilities (Hagopian, Fisher, Sullivan, Acquisto & LeBlanc, 1998). The efficacy of FCT without extinction was evaluated because treatment is unlikely to be implemented with perfect integrity in the natural environment (Hagopian et al., 2007; Perry & Fisher, 2001). A reversal design was utilized to determine the effectiveness of FCT without extinction in reducing inappropriate touch maintained by access to vocal and physical attention. Different forms of attention were taught to the individual using picture icons, one for each form of attention. Contingent upon the individual touching or vocally stating a type of attention, the therapist would deliver the specific form of attention. If the individual engaged in the targeted behavior, attention would be delivered in the form of brief eye contact. Results indicated that FCT without extinction was effective in reducing the targeted behavior and increasing functionally equivalent responses. |
|
|
100. Evaluating the Effectiveness of Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior and Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior to Increase Delay Tolerance to Meals |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LAUREN MARIE PALMIERI (Melmark, PA), Elizabeth Dayton (Melmark) |
Discussant: Katherine Rousseau (The New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: A reversal design was utilized to compare the effectiveness of differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) and differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) to increase delay tolerance and decrease self injurious behavior prior to meal times for one individual. The individual engaged in severe self-injurious behaviors (SIB) while waiting at the table during meal time, which inhibited him not only from eating meals at home but also eating meals in the community. A preference assessment was conducted to determine competing items while waiting for meal time. DRO with edibles and DRA with edibles and preferred activities were utilized to decrease challenging behavior and increase waiting for meals (Wallace & Najdowski, 2009; Hagopian et al.). The edibles delivered for appropriate waiting were thinned for both the DRO and DRA conditions (Hagopian et al., 2005). The treatment was then generalized into the community at various fast food restaurants. The results indicated that the DRO and DRA were equally effective in decreasing SIB and increasing appropriate waiting across both settings. |
|
|
101. Using Stimulus Fading to Facilitate Discrimination of a Multiple Schedule During Functional Communication Training |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Brian D. Greer (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Ashley Fuhrman (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), SOYEON KANG (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Melissa Swartzmiller (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Katherine Rousseau (The New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Multiple (mult) schedules and response restriction (RR) are two procedures that can be used to facilitate reinforcement schedule thinning during functional communication training (FCT). However, some individuals may have difficulty discriminating between the reinforcement and extinction components during mult FCT (Fisher, Greer, Querim, & DeRosa, 2014). Fisher et al. examined the effectiveness of RR FCT with individuals who exhibited difficulty discriminating between these two components of mult FCT. Results showed that RR FCT produced high rates of correct functional communication responses (FCRs), while maintaining low rates of problem behavior. One limitation of Fisher et al. was that when teaching the discrimination, gradual stimulus-fading procedures were implemented in RR FCT, but not in mult FCT. In the present case study, we employed Fisher et al.s stimulus-fading procedures used during RR FCT to facilitate discrimination during mult FCT. The participant was a three-year old boy diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder who engaged in aggression and self-injurious behavior. Our results provide some evidence that the gradual stimulus-fading procedures implemented during mult FCT were successful in teaching the successive discrimination of the multiple schedule. Limitations and implications for future research are discussed. |
|
|
102. Empirically Identifying Alternative Reinforcers Used to Thin Reinforcement Schedules During Functional Communication Training |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Ashley Fuhrman (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Brian D. Greer (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), ERIN HOWARD (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Melissa Swartzmiller (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Julie Thompson (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: Rooker, Jessel, Kurtz, and Hagopian (2013) found that functional communication training (FCT) can be enhanced when alternative reinforcers are provided during periods in which the functional reinforcer is unavailable (i.e., during periods of extinction) and when multiple schedules are used to thin the reinforcement schedule. In the present study, we used a multielement design to compare the efficacy of various alternative reinforcers available during the extinction component of a multiple schedule during FCT. The first participant (Jacob) was a six-year old male referred for aggression and property destruction. The second participant (Alan) was a three-year old male referred for aggression and self-injurious behavior. For Jacob, we compared noncontingent therapist attention or instructions during the extinction component to a condition with no alternative reinforcement. For Alan, we compared noncontingent therapist attention or noncontingent access to alternative tangibles to a condition with no alternative reinforcement. Results for both participants indicated that at least one form of alternative reinforcement led to lower levels of problem behavior. However, not all forms of alternative reinforcement decreased levels of problem behavior, and for Alan, at least one form of alternative reinforcement exacerbated problem behavior. Implications for future research are discussed. |
|
|
103. An Evaluation of High and Low Preferred Tokens During a Time-Based Schedule |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Monica Urich (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins Univer), BO KIM (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Julie Thompson (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: Research has examined a number of components of token systems to determine the variables (i.e., token production, exchange schedule) that affect responding (Sran & Borrero, 2010). To date, only one study examined the token itself and found that tokens with obsessive items were more valuable than arbitrary tokens (Charlop-Christie & Haymes, 1998). This suggests that preference may be an important factor in token selection. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate whether or not the preference of a token would affect responding when earned on a time-based schedule (i.e., differential reinforcement of other behavior). The participant was an 8-year-old boy with a chromosomal abnormality and intellectual disability who was admitted to an inpatient unit for the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior. An alternating treatment design was used to evaluate problem behavior between the highest and lowest preferred tokens as identified in a paired choice preference assessment (Fisher, Piazza, Bowman, Hagopian, Owens, & Slevin, 1992). Aside from the token earned, sessions were identical (e.g., back-up reinforcers, schedule thinning). Little to no difference was observed across token conditions (over 90% reduction achieved in both conditions). Reliability data were collected for 38.94% of sessions and averaged above 90%. |
|
|
104. The Comparison Between Stimulus Pairing Training and Matching-to-Sample Training in Relational Learning of Children With Typical Development and Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KOSUKE TAKAHASHI (Nagasaki University), Fumiyuki Noro (University of Tsukuba) |
Discussant: Julie Thompson (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: There are many challenges in language and social cognitive development of children with Autism Spectrum Disorders and Intellectual Disabilities. Behavior analysts have hypothesized that relational learning are functioned as a basal unit of language and cognitive development. Therefore many training methods that intended to enhance language and cognitive skills in children with ASDs involve the component of relational learning. Most of these training methods are consist of conditional discrimination paradaigm (i.e.Matching-to-Sample training). Meanwhile, recently, Stimulus Pairing training that is consist of observing the paired stimuli to learn the stimulus relations is showed to be effective to establish relational learning in children with ASDs. In this study, we compaired Matching-to-Sample training to Stimulus Pairing training in 19 young children with typical development and 3 children with ASDs and IDs. The results showed that young children with TD tend to learn stimulus relations more effectively in Matching-to-Sample training. However, there were some young children who learned stimulus relations only in Stimulus Pairing training. The result of children with ASDs and IDs was that 1 child learned stimulus relations only in Stimulus Pairing training. We discussed these results in term of stimulus control topography and the applied possibility of Stimulus Pairing training. |
|
|
105. Preparing Students With Autism for the College Transition: A Pilot Study |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
HUGO CURIEL (Western Michigan University), Kourtney Bakalyar (Western Michigan University), Alan D. Poling (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Julie Thompson (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: The demands accompanying the transition from high school to college are high and supports are warranted for college students with autism spectrum disorder (Mitchell & Beresford, 2014). Glennon (2001) has proposed that the transition process should be addressed prior to beginning the college experience. In this pilot project we developed and provided to five students with autism spectrum disorder a one-day workshop focused on transitioning to college. The workshop targeted five areas of transitioning: completing a college application, comparison of support services, self-awareness, self-advocacy, and interview skills. Content was presented through lectures, interactive participation, small group interactions, and in-vivo practice. Some lessons were presented using parallel teaching of small groups to allow for more individualized instruction. Pre- and post-workshop data regarding each participants knowledge in each area were collected on all but one content area, completing a college application. Data were collected by having participants answer the same three to eight questions (open-ended and multiple-choice) about each content area prior to and immediately following the workshop and are expressed as the percentage of questions answered correctly. Group results show that for each content area the percentage of questions answered correctly was higher after than before attending the workshop, suggesting that further work to develop and deliver such training is merited. |
|
|
106. Functional Living Skills and Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Meta-Analysis of Single-Case Studies |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SAWAKO KAWAMINAMI (University of Tsukuba), Jennifer Ganz (Texas A&M University), Kristi Morin (Texas A&M University), Jennifer Ninci (Texas A&M University), Leslie Neely (Texas A&M University), Margot Boles (Texas A&M University), Ee Rea Hong (University of Tsukuba), John Davis (Texas A&M University) |
Discussant: Julie Thompson (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this meta-analysis was to evaluate the magnitudes of effect of educational interventions for teaching functional living skills to adolescent- and adult-aged individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), differentiated by participant diagnoses, independent variables, and dependent variables. In addition, to identify statistically significant differences based on categories of the evaluated variables, we conducted the Kruskal-Wallis analysis and a Dunn post-hoc test. A total of 32 single-case studies was included in this analysis. Results indicated that interventions to improve functional living skills with individuals with ASD had overall strong effects. Moderate to strong effects were noted across categories for diagnosis. Findings indicated strong effects across categories for dependent and independent variables. Limitations and implications for practice and future research were discussed. |
|
|
108. Implementation of a Small Group Social Skills Training for Children Receiving Center-Based Behavioral Treatment |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
DANA F. LINDEMANN (Western Illinois University/Quad Cities Autism Center), Suzanne Johnson (Quad Cities Autism Center), Brittany Williams (Western Illinois University/Quad Cities Autism Center), Kinsey Johnson (Quad Cities Autism Center), Caroline Mather (Quad Cities Autism Center), Michelle Smyth (Quad Cities Autism Center) |
Discussant: Julie Thompson (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: One-on-one direct intervention presents limited opportunities to strengthen and generalize social skills beyond those between the instructor and child. Yet, for many school-aged children diagnosed with autism the need for effective social skills with peers is high, as a social skills deficit can negatively impact a childs successful integration into a school system. This research evaluates the effectiveness of a brief, small group social skills intervention implemented among children concurrently attending center-based behavioral treatment and grade school. Data collection will continue through March 2016. Participants are 2 males diagnosed with autism, aged 7 and 9 years old, receiving treatment services at a VB-based center. Training involves twice weekly, 30-minute small group sessions led by one instructor. Themed sessions incorporate a story read aloud, calendar and weather discussion, and a hands-on group task, such as a craft or joint building activity. Anecdotally, the small group social skills training was easily implemented and integrated into the childrens programming and the data indicate improvement on various social skills, such as social responses (see Figure 1). Upon completion, this research may support the relatively simple implementation of small group social skills programming at VB-based treatment centers. |
|
|
109. Examining Parental Stress in Relation to Evaluations of Behavioral Parent Training Programs |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
BHAVNA KANSAL (Marcus Autism Center), Ashley Baker (Marcus Autism Center), Caitlin H. Delfs (Marcus Autism Center) |
Discussant: Julie Thompson (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: As the prevalence of ASD has steadily increased in recent years, with the most recent estimates from the CDC indicating the disorder affecting 1 in every 68 children in the United States (Center for Disease Control and Prevention, 2014), behavioral intervention programs are becoming more necessary for families with a child diagnosed with ASD. Although intensive behavioral interventions are effective, some can be costly and lack the procedural fidelity following the intervention sessions (Jacobson, Mulick, & Green, 1998). An alternative is behavioral parent training (BPT) based on the principles of applied behavior analysis. These programs are relatively inexpensive and place an emphasis on the importance of caregiver involvement, training, and education (Serketich & Dumas, 1996). Existing literature has examined the effects of such BPT programs on parenting skills and stress in a diverse sample of parents of children with autism. This investigation furthers the literature by examining parental stress in relation to caregiver evaluations of such BPT programs. Participants included over 70 families consisting of at least one caregiver and a child with ASD who completed a structured BPT program at a large clinical facility in the Southeast. The BPT program consisted of didactic, role-play, and in-vivo training sessions spread across 12, 2-hour sessions to address language delays, mild to moderate problem behavior, and other issues such as toileting or sleep. The primary dependent variables were pre- and post- assessments of caregiver stress level measured by Parent Stress Index questionnaire, and a program evaluation and caregiver satisfaction survey conducted at the conclusion of the sessions, aimed to measure the social validity of the program. Data was analyzed to determine if participation and satisfaction in BPT programs correlate to a decrease in parental stress by the end of the program, further determining efficacy of the program intervention based on parental goals. |
|
|
110. A Data-Based Protocol for Reducing Pharmacological Restraints in an Adolescent With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JESSICA ZAWACKI (PAAL), Gloria M. Satriale (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life (PAAL)), Thomas L. Zane (Institute for Behavioral Studies, Endicott College) |
Discussant: Julie Thompson (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: Medication is often used solely or in conjunction with behavioral procedures to treat behavior problems in individuals with autism. However, the synergetic effect of multiple medications are known to cause other difficult challenges that must be addressed in addition to the original dangerous behavioral concerns. Data-based decisions and consistent behavioral programming can be used in conjunction with medical oversight and review to systematically reduce medication use so that the individual over time is demonstrating appropriate behavior on the smallest level of medication necessary. This case study demonstrates a formal protocol used when reducing the number and amount of medications used with an adolescent male with autism. He demonstrated such serious self-injurious and aggressive behaviors that he was a danger to himself and others, and that resulted in him being on a cocktail of several different medications to deal with his specific problematic behaviors as well as other alleged psychiatric issues. The number and dosage of these medications were such that he was sedated and interfered with skill acquisition. Close collaboration with his medical neurologist , along with consistent behavioral programming and comprehensive data collection, resulted in gradual reduction and elimination of medications along with continued low-to-no rates of the original target behaviors. The protocol was successful due to the collaboration, gradual pace of medication reduction, consistent implementation of the behavior intervention plans, and the systematic collection of behavior data. The lessons learned and the protocol details will be presented. |
|
|
111. Experiences of African American Caregivers Accessing Services for Their Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
TEMPLE S LOVELACE (Duquesne University), Rachel E. Robertson (University of Pittsburgh) |
Discussant: Julie Thompson (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: Research into the experiences of families of children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) has been conducted with relatively little participation from African American families, leaving the generalizability of findings to this group largely unknown. The purpose of this poster is to present a qualitative analysis of interviews with African American caregivers of children with ASD regarding their experiences seeking and receiving autism services for their children. Participants were three socioeconomically diverse African American mothers of boys with ASD, ranging in age from 7 to 15. Each mother was interviewed regarding her experiences seeking and receiving services for her child using a semi-structured interview protocol. Interview durations ranged from 20 to 120 minutes. Interviews were transcribed and coded for major themes across families, including Difficulty Getting a Diagnosis, Racial Bias in Service Providers, and Family Resistance to Seeking Treatment. Overall, the data indicate unique aspects to the experiences of African American families seeking and receiving autism services that are not currently addressed in the general autism practice community, however more research is needed to confirm these findings. Implications for improving access to and reception of autism services for African American families are provided. |
|
|
112. Early Intervention for an Infant at Risk for Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Single Case Study |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KIM MOORE (The Portia Learning Centre), Charlene Gervais (The Portia Learning Centre), Amy O’Neill (Queen's University), Vanessa Schell (Queen's University), Rachael Riethman (Connecting Early) |
Discussant: Julie Thompson (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: Recent advances in early identification of autism symptoms have allowed for intervention with infants as young as 6 months old. This study evaluated the impact of a 12- week parent- training program based on the Early Start Denver Model (ESDM) on the developmental trajectory of an infant at-risk for autism. The results of the Mullen Scales of Early Learning showed gains in all areas of development with the exception of gross motor skills. The Infant Toddler Checklist revealed a total score in the 4th percentile at 6 months with an increase to the 73rd percentile at the 12- month follow up. Significant improvements were shown in the social composite with a score in the 5th percentile at 6 months with an increase to the 75th percentile at the 12- month follow-up. The results of the study support the notion of early autism screening for infants and a parent-training model for intervention using principles of applied behaviour analysis. |
|
|
113. A Comparison of the Effects of Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior and Differential Reinforcement of Low Rates Schedules on Problem Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JULIENNE FAIRCHILD LEBLANC (New England Center for Children), Jessica L. Thomason-Sassi (New England Center for Children), Ashley McMullen (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) and differential reinforcement of low rates of responding (DRL) are two schedules that may be used to reduce behavior; however, there are not many studies on the use of DRL to treat problem behavior. This study compares the effects of DRO and DRL schedules on problem behavior for two male students diagnosed with autism. A functional analysis was conducted to determine the variable maintaining the target response, prior to the introduction of DRO and DRL schedules. During DRO and DRL treatment sessions, the maintaining reinforcer was delivered at the end of a time interval, contingent on responding at or below the specified criterion rate (DRL) or the absence of behavior (DRO). A reversal with an imbedded multielement design was used to assess treatment effects. Data were also examined for the possible presence of extinction-induced side effects, such as extinction bursts and emotional responding, as well as the relative reinforcement rate. DRO and DRL both produced similar reductions in behavior, and no extinction-induced side effects were observed for either participant. Interobserver agreement was calculated at 93% for 36% of sessions. |
|
|
114. Water Conservation via Differential Reinforcement of Shower-Taking Durations |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KIMBERLY TRUONG (SEEK Education), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: Water conservation, particularly in California, continues to be an increasingly pressing issue. A conventional showerhead typically discharges between seven to ten gallons per minute, with a daily 20 minute shower utilizing between 4,200 and 6,000 gallons per month. This study was a component analysis which evaluated the combined and individual role of a shower timer, differential reinforcement of shower durations, and verbal caretaker prompts. Results show a significant reduction in shower durations after implementation of one of the differential reinforcement components. The performance maintained after differential reinforcement, caretaker prompts, and the shower timer were removed. Results suggest that differential reinforcement of different shower lengths may significantly reduce overall time spent in the shower, thereby conserving large amounts of potable water. |
|
|
115. The Effects of Pairing Procedures on Subsequent Item Engagement and Challenging Behaviors During Operant Play Conditions |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
GREGORY R. MANCIL (Louisiana Tech University), Suzanne Mancil (Louisiana Tech University) |
Abstract: Several research studies have demonstrated the success of using preferences as reinforcement for children with autism and other developmental disabilities (Roane, et. al., 1998). However, children with autism often become obsessed with just one or small set of items, which can relate to higher levels of challenging behaviors (Mancil, 2009). Thus, the purpose of this study was to examine the effects of pairing procedures between preferred items and novelty items and the effects on subsequent item engagement and challenging behaviors during operant play conditions. A multi-element design was used to compare engagement time and challenging behaviors between highly preferred items and novelty items. Data was collected via iPad during 5-minute sessions. Prior to pairing procedures, preference assessments were conducted keeping response effort levels equal across items to identify the highly preferred items. A multiple stimulus with replacement and a paired stimulus preference was conducted on each participant. In addition, novelty items were identified for each participant and tested to ensure a zero level of engagement prior to pairing Novelty items were paired with highly preferred items for each participant. Pairing procedures consisted of requiring the participant to engage with the novelty item with the highly preferred item simultaneously. Results indicate that participants engaged in play with novelty items for significantly higher periods of time and challenging behaviors decreased following pairing procedures with highly preferred items. This study potentially impacts planning for individuals with limited preferences and obsessive interests. IOA was 95% across all conditions and reliability with each observers data was 100% across all observers. |
|
|
116. A Component Analysis of the Reinforcing Value of an iPad for an Individual With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ETHAN A. EISDORFER (Rutgers University), Audrey Torricelli (Rutgers University), Zachary Brown (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Robert W. Isenhower (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Kate E. Fiske Massey Massey (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University) |
Abstract: One of the core deficits of autism includes restricted and repetitive patterns of behavior, interests, and activities. Therefore, finding suitable reinforcers can be difficult for some learners with autism. James, a 17 year old boy with autism, participated. Classroom staff reported that only the iPad was motivating, but also that James had difficulty making the transition from periods of reinforcement back to work as he perseverated on the iPad. Therefore, in the current study we adapted a rapid reinforcer assessment (Smaby, MacDonald, Ahearn, & Dube, 2007; Cividini- Motta & Ahearn, 2013) to conduct a component analysis of different visual and auditory elements of the iPad by alternating these elements with extinction conditions. In the component analysis we examined the iPad (video and audio), only the video, only the audio, and only the audio played over headphones. Results revealed that the video only condition achieved a comparable rate of responding to the full iPad (video + audio) condition. Music only had some reinforcing value, and music over the headphones had the least reinforcing value. All conditions yielded higher responding than extinction. Implications for incorporating the results of this analysis into Jamess classroom programming will be discussed. |
|
|
117. A Comparison Between Measured Caregiver Investment and Treatment Outcomes |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER M. HODNETT (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah J. Miller (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Past research has examined the effects of treatment integrity on the effectiveness of interventions for challenging behavior (Sterling-Turner, Watson, & Moore, 2002; Van Den Hoofdakker et al. 2007). Acceptability is a precursor to treatment integrity (Witt & Elliott, 1985), and acceptability may be thought of in terms of how bought-in a caregiver is to the treatment procedures. However, there has been only limited research on how to best measure acceptability or buy-in. In addition, the studies that have been conducted have used self-report (usually from teachers) and have assessed only pre- or post-treatment as opposed to analyzing buy-in throughout. This study extends the past research by examining caregiver buy-in (assessed by a 6 item, likert-scale questionnaire completed by a therapist observing the caregiver). Data for 2 participants from an intensive outpatient treatment facility will be presented to determine if therapists ratings of buy-in relate to direct observation measures of rates of challenging behavior and outcomes of a function-based treatment for problem behaviors. Interobserver agreement of therapist ratings will also be presented. |
|
|
118. Arranging and Ordering by Individuals With Autism: What, Where, and Why? |
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory |
FANNY SILVA (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Frans Van Haaren (Autism Early Intervention Clinics), Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University), Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: Children diagnosed with ASD often engage in repetitive behaviors, such as lining up objects. Using an on-line survey, we sought to identify the main variables associated with this behavior, such as type of objects, environmental conditions, and possible social consequences delivered by others. Respondents (n=55, with n = 86 children) identified most often as female (96.4%) and as a parent (94%) of a male child (66.3%). Respondents report that some lined up objects are more frequently used (toys, books, videos, or movies) than others (paper, silverware or erasers). The environmental factors involved when the children line up objects were: (a) mostly at home, but rarely in school; (b) most often in the afternoon or evening; and (c) someone is usually around, and sometimes they help to line up objects. Most respondents did not consider the behavior to be concerning. When the items are disturbed, the child either lines things back up again, may get a little bit upset, or engage in serious problem behavior (tantrums and crying). The results suggest that repetitive behavior in children with ASD may be acquired and maintained through the involvement of social positive and negative reinforcement. Further recruitment and analysis will be required. |
|
|
120. A Consecutive Case Review Looking at the Effectiveness of a Multi-Disciplinary Treatment of Encopresis |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CLARISSA PRIORE (Marcus Autism Center/Children's Healthcare of Atlanta), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center/Children's Healthcare of Atlanta/Emory University School of Medicine), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center/Children's Healthcare of Atlanta/Emory University School of Atlanta), Barbara McElhanon (Emory University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Encopresis, or the inability to achieve continence with bowel movements, is a particularly big challenge among individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) and other developmental disabilities. There are many negative consequences associated with encopresis such as limiting access to community settings, social stigma and hygiene problems. Past treatments for encopresis have used behavioral strategies, medications such as suppositories, laxatives, or enemas, and in a few studies researchers have combined of these approaches. Although these studies have demonstrated some success they have also had weak experimental designs or prolonged treatment. The current study includes a clinical case review of 20 participants, from an outpatient clinic focused on the treatment of encopresis for children diagnosed with ASD or other developmental disorders. Treatment included scheduled sits, glycerin suppository and reinforcement for continent bowel movements. Medication was faded once consistent continent bowel movements were observed. Results show that most participants achieve bowel continence within 10 days of treatment in addition maintain bowel continence at 1 month follow-up. |
|
|
121. The Cognitive Behavioral Therapy to Reduce Anxiety in Autism Spectrum Disorder: Quality Review of Literature |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
CELAL PERIHAN (Texas A&M University) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are at greater risk for experiencing higher levels of anxiety symptoms than typically developing children. Cognitive-behavioral therapies (CBTs) are highly researched evidence-based treatments for anxiety in children (Walkup et al., 2008). However there is a growing body of evidence of CBTs in reducing anxiety in ASD with modifications and additions to CBTs protocol (Attwood, 2004); these modifications and additions may affect the outcomes of studies significantly and can weaken the power of the studies. To address the need for standards of research in special education, the Council for Exceptional Children (CEC) categorized and identified essential quality indicators to determine trustworthy intervention studies. The main purpose of this review is applying the rubric that adapted from the CEC (2014) research quality criteria to evaluate the quality of the CBTs studies to reduce anxiety levels of children with ASD. Fourteen group comparison research studies included in the final review. 28 quality components across eight quality indicators categories were coded and analyzed for each study. Results of the review demonstrated that only two of these studies met all components of the quality indicators. Each quality component and future direction will be discussed in detail. |
|
|
122. A Systematic Review of Behavior Analytic Treatments for Food Selectivity of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
BRYANT C. SILBAUGH (The University of Texas at Austin, Special Education Department), Becky Penrod (California State University, Sacramento), Colleen Whelan (California State University, Sacramento), David Hernandez (California State University, Sacramento), Hollie Wingate (The University of Texas at Austin, Special Educati), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos) |
Abstract: Food refusal (FR) and food selectivity (FS) are pediatric feeding disorders (PFD) with adverse effects on social, developmental, and/or health outcomes. FS is highly prevalent in autism spectrum disorders (ASD). Applied behavior analysis is the leading approach to treating FS of individuals with ASD, yet some reviews of the literature pertaining to PFD more broadly have suggested the evidence is tenuous. This study extends previous reviews of the literature by (a) providing a comprehensive, systematic review of behavior analytic treatments for FS of children with ASD, excluding other PFD, and (b) comparing methodological quality and outcomes to the Council for Exceptional Childrens (CEC) standards for evidence-based practices (EBP) in special education. Twenty eight single-subject design studies published between 1984 and 2014 were identified and included. Participant and study characteristics, methodological quality, and correspondence to the CECs standards of EBP in special education were reviewed and summarized. The results suggest (a) behavior analytic treatments for FS of children with ASD are generally effective at improving consumption (e.g., volume or variety of non-preferred foods), (b) evidence for reduction of mealtime challenging behavior to clinically acceptable levels is lacking, and (c) the evidence base as a whole met several quality indicators but fell short of meeting the CECs standards for EBP in special education. A wide range of opportunities for researchers to expand and strengthen the evidence base in a manner that may facilitate dissemination of effective behavior analytic treatments for FS of children with ASD is highlighted. |
|
|
123. Efficacy of Training a Paraprofessional to Implement Video Prompting To Teach a Vocational Skill |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
RACHEL SEAMAN (The Ohio State University), Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University), Matthew Brock (The Ohio State University/Crane Center on Early Childhood Research and Policy) |
Abstract: Very few individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) have been trained in the vocational skills needed to obtain gainful employment. Subsequently, the costliest repercussions have arisen from the lack of research evaluating transition planning and employment outcomes. Although there has been an abundance of research evaluating the practice of training practitioners of students with ASD to use evidence-based practices to teach a wide variety of skills, there have been few that apply this training to the acquisition of vocational tasks. This study uses a multiple baseline across behaviors design to evaluate the training methods used to train a paraprofessional in the preparation and implementation of video prompting with their student with ASD. Further, the behavior and learning of both the paraprofessional and student are measured. Results indicate that the evaluated training package resulted in increased video prompting implementation behavior for the paraprofessional, as well as corresponding, increased vocational skill behavior for the student. |
|
|
124. The Effects of a Social Skills Program on Initiations, Responses, and Turn-Taking With Two Young Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MARY ELIZABETH ORTMAN (Missouri State University), Linda G. Garrison-Kane (Missouri State University), Megan A. Boyle (Missouri State University), David Goodwin (Associate Professor, Missouri State University) |
Discussant: Amanda Verriden (The New England Center for Children/Western New England University) |
Abstract: This single-subject ABAB withdrawal design utilized a social skills curriculum, self-monitoring, and video-modeling to increase the initiations, responses, turns-taken, and total duration involved in social play in two first grade males with autism. Across the 15-minute data sessions, participant ones initiations increased from a mean of 2 during A1 to 28 during B2, responses increased from a mean of 3 to 26, turn-taking increased from a mean of 10 to 29, and duration engaged in a social interaction increased from a mean of 4 minutes and 19 seconds to 14 minutes and 5 seconds. Participant twos initiations increased from a mean of 4 to 24, responses increased from a mean of 5 to 21, turn-taking increased from a mean of 7 to 23, and duration increased from a mean of 3 minutes and 45 seconds to 14 minutes and 16 seconds. Limitations included time constraints and the setting of a busy classroom. It is recommended that future research utilize parent-delivered social skills training programs, lower functioning participants, siblings as peer-trainers, generalization probes, and component analysis. |
|
|
125. Evidence-Based Reading Comprehension Strategies for Learners With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
GLEIDES LOPES RIZZI (The Ohio State University), Celine Lopes (The Ohio State University) |
Discussant: Amanda Verriden (The New England Center for Children/Western New England University) |
Abstract: The current systematic synthesis compiles and evaluates strategies used to improve the reading comprehension outcomes for learners with moderate- to high-functioning autism (M-HFA). The data analysis adopts the Council for Exceptional Children (CEC, 2014) Standards for Evidence-Based Practices (EBP) in Special Education. The purpose of these standards is twofold: (a) to provide eight criteria for the evaluation of a studys quality and (b) to offer a standard for the classification of "methodologically sound" experiments as evidence-based. A multidisciplinary database search rendered 2,761 documents, yielding the inclusion of 27 experiments, from which nine strategies derived. These strategies were implemented with 110 learners with M-HFA from grades 1-12. This synthesis aims to inform teachers, providers of professional development training, teacher preparation programs, and researchers of methodologically sound reading comprehension strategies for the instruction of M-HFA. Implications for practice, alignment with the National Reading Panel (2000), and suggestions for future research are included. |
|
|
126. Self-Management as Treatment for Body Rocking |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LISA MARIE KUTZLEY (Haugland Learning Center, Western Michigan University), Bryan Droesch (Haugland Learning Center), Alaina C Valentine (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Amanda Verriden (The New England Center for Children/Western New England University) |
Abstract: Research suggests that stereotypic behavior such as non-functional hand flapping, mouthing, vocalizations, and rocking may occur in one-third to two-thirds of individuals with intellectual disabilities (Shabani, Wilder, & Flood, 2001). The current study used self-management techniques to reduce body rocking, which interfered with appropriate social functioning as well as fine and gross motor skills for an individual with an intellectual disability. The participant was a 14-year-old girl diagnosed with autism and a seizure disorder. The dependent variable was the number of intervals during which the participant emitted body rocking behavior. The independent variable was self-management training during which the participant monitored the occurrence and nonoccurrence of her own rocking behavior. During baseline, the participant emitted high rates of body rocking. During the self-management intervention, the participant accurately monitored occurrences and non-occurrences of rocking behavior, decreased body rocking, and generalized the behavior to a social setting. These results suggest that self-management may be an option individuals with developmental disabilities who are affected by pervasive stereotypic behavior. |
|
|
127. Further Evaluation of the Displacement of Leisure Stimuli by Food During Preference Assessments |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LUIZA ANDAKYAN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Mitch Fryling (California State University, Los Angeles), Kimberly Benjamin (Behavioral Learning Center, Inc/ The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Discussant: Amanda Verriden (The New England Center for Children/Western New England University) |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysts have developed and researched a number of methods to identify preferred stimuli, and also examined the extent to which those stimuli then function as reinforcers during subsequent reinforcer assessments. One area that has received relatively little attention in the research literature is the displacement of leisure stimuli by food during stimulus preference assessments. While early research on the area has shown that food stimuli reliably displace leisure stimuli when they are combined in preference assessments, this body of research is small, and has been conducted with adults with developmental disabilities. Given that applied behavior analysts increasingly work with children with autism spectrum disorder it seems prudent to examine the extent to which displacement occurs during preference assessments with this population. This poster presents data which evaluate this phenomenon with four children with autism spectrum disorder. For 2/4 children food reliably displaced leisure stimuli, for 1 child leisure stimuli reliably displaced food stimuli, and 1 child had mixed results throughout. |
|
|
127a. Effects of Video Modeling With a Script on the Behavior of a Child With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
DAISUKE NAGATOMI (University of Tsukuba
), Fumiyuki Noro (University of Tsukuba) |
Abstract: We used two procedures, Video Modeling (VM) and Video Modeling with a script (VM+Sc), to teach a child with Autism Spectrum Disorder to initiate question asking and answer questions. We compared the effect on his verbal versus non-verbal behavior. In the video, an adult modeled how to pose a question by asking, Where is X? 1. Approaching the teacher, 2. Making eye contact with the teacher, 3. Calling for the teacher, 4. Asking the teacher using Where? (e.g., Where is it?), and 5. Asking the teacher using an items name (e.g., Pen?). After an adult set out some items, the child was asked, Where is X? The childs role was to answer the question. 1. Looking at the place where the item was, 2. Pointing to the place where the item was, 3. Answering verbally with information about the place, and 4. Answering with a preposition. We used a multiple treatment reversal design (A-B-C-B-C). After the child watched VM+Sc, his verbal and non-verbal behaviors increased in both initiating and answering questions, compared to after he watched VM only. We showed that VM+Sc increased both verbal and non-verbal behavior, and encouraged generalization. |
|
|
129. Treatment Evaluation for Decreasing Automatically Reinforced Arranging and Ordering |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
DANIEL FREDERICKS (New England Center for Children/Western New England University), Kaitlin Andrews (New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children), Amanda Verriden (The New England Center for Children) |
Discussant: Amanda Verriden (The New England Center for Children/Western New England University) |
Abstract: Arranging and ordering is frequently observed among individuals with an autism spectrum disorder (Bodfish, Symons, Parker, & Lewis, 2000). However, there is little research on the assessment and treatment of this behavior. In the present study, we conducted a treatment evaluation of automatically reinforced arranging and ordering in an individual with an autism spectrum disorder. A functional analysis indicated that arranging and ordering was automatically reinforced. An indirect assessment was conducted with caregivers to identify socially acceptable punishers. During the treatment evaluation, noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) and differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) treatment components were evaluated first. If NCR and DRA were ineffective, five potential punishers, informed by the indirect assessment, were evaluated in the NCR + DRA context using a multielement design. A variety of dependent variables were measured, including arranging and ordering behavior, emotional responding, and appropriate item engagement. Punishment, in the form of product disruption, combined with NCR + DRA was the most effective treatment for decreasing arranging and ordering. Interobserver agreement data were collected in 32% of sessions and averaged 91% across all measures. |
|
|
130. Cross Price Elasticity in Stereotypy |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AMANDA KWOK (New England Center for Children), Allison Josephine Castile (Western New England University; New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children) |
Discussant: Amanda Verriden (The New England Center for Children/Western New England University) |
Abstract: Reinforcing items are often used in skill acquisition and behavior management programming for children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The purpose of the present study was twofold. First, to evaluate the generality of preference assessment outcomes across an array of unit prices. Second, to evaluate cross price elasticity between each item tested and stereotypy. Cross price elasticity refers to the degree of sensitivity of a reinforcer as price increases. Duration of motor and vocal stereotypy was calculated across a variety of work requirements (FR3, FR12, FR24, and FR48) in a concurrent schedule. Participants were required to stuff envelopes in the context of a paired stimulus preference assessment. If the participant did not respond within one minute, it was scored as a no response. Results showed an increase in the duration of stereotypy as price increased. The results have implications for identifying reinforcers that are substitutable for, or compete with, the reinforcer maintaining stereotypy. Interobserver agreement data were collected for 92% of sessions, averaging 98% for percent selection of items and 35% of sessions, averaging 70%, for motor and vocal stereotypy. |
|
|
131. The University of California, Los Angeles Early Learning Measure: Does Early Performance Predict Later Clinical Outcome? |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AINSLEY B. LEWON (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno), Daylee E. Brock (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Amanda Verriden (The New England Center for Children/Western New England University) |
Abstract: Developed by Ivar Lovaas and his colleagues at the University of California, Los Angeles, the Early Leaning Measure (ELM) is an instrument designed to evaluate child behavior in four domains: following simple instructions, imitating motor movements, vocally labeling common objects, and imitating sounds and words. The ELM is sometimes used in early intensive behavioral intervention programs both to assess a child with autism at intake and to periodically measure the child’s progress through the early parts of a curriculum. Ten young children diagnosed with autism enrolled in the University of Nevada, Reno Early Childhood Autism Program participated in the study. The ELM was administered at intake and again every three months throughout treatment until a score of 90% or above was achieved in each of the four domains. Results show that the number of ELM administrations was positively correlated with pre- and post-treatment changes in scores on both the Gilliam Autism Rating Scale-2 and the Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scale as well as whether or not a child was receiving special education services at discharge. The results show that early mastery of the ELM may be related to favorable clinical outcomes. |
|
|
133. An Evaluation of Treatment Outcomes Across Home and Community Settings |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KIMBERLY DIGGS (The Autism Community Therapists), Kevin J. Schlichenmeyer (TACT, LLC), Kara LaCroix (The Autism Community Therapists) |
Discussant: Amanda Verriden (The New England Center for Children/Western New England University) |
Abstract: An abundance of empirical demonstrations offer support for the use of functional analyses (FAs) in guiding function-based intervention. Despite this, very few studies have garnered such support in community settings, perhaps due to ethical and logistical constraints. Recent advances in behavior analytic research (e.g., trial-based and latency based FAs) have mitigated some of these limitations, making it more feasible to conduct functional analysis and treatment in community settings. This study extends current research by comparing functional analysis outcomes when similar antecedent and consequent stimuli are included in test and control conditions across home and community settings for one individual displaying challenging behavior. First, a pairwise functional analysis was conducted in the participant’s home including putative reinforcers identified via an open-ended indirect assessment. Second, a trial based functional analysis was conducted in the community emulating conditions similar to those in the home setting. Because functional analysis outcomes were identical across settings, an effective function based-intervention was conducted primarily in the home-based settings, making transfer to community settings more efficient, limiting intervention time in the community. This research suggests a practical and efficient model for developing function-based intervention in the community. Interobserver agreement data were collected for greater than 36% of sessions and exceeded an average agreement of greater than 80%. |
|
|
134. The Use of Animal Assisted Intervention to Increase Activity Levels in Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
Henrietta Hand (Applied Behavior Center for Autism), RACHEL DYAL (Applied Behavior Center for Autism) |
Discussant: Amanda Verriden (The New England Center for Children/Western New England University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to collect empirical data based on the paper, Integrating Therapy Dog Teams in a Physical Activity Program for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder, which only provided anecdotal findings. The paper proposed that the introduction of therapy dog teams increased the participants compliance with and enjoyment of the activities. This study looked at a single indicator of effectiveness as an intervention: the length of time the subject will engage in three phases of activity independently compared with the duration of activity in the three phases with the introduction of a therapy dog. The three phases are individual: the dog is simply present for the activity, competitive: the subject competes against the dog, and cooperative: the subject and dog work as a team. The focus looked into extending the duration each child is active during a 30-minute activity session. The total duration and the duration of each subjects participation in each phase will be evaluated. It is hypothesized, based on the information in the paper, that the presence and interaction with the dog will function as a reinforcer for engaging in physical activity and therefore increase the duration of activity. |
|
|
135. Behavior Analysis’ Beliefs in Population Specific Treatment Effects |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
AMANDA GONZALES (Penn State University), Kimberly A. Schreck (Penn State Harrisburg), Thomas L. Zane (Institute for Behavioral Studies, Endicott College) |
Discussant: Kimberly Berens (Fit Learning: New York) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts are often called upon to help those with autism (ASD). Schreck and Mazur (2008) show evidence of behavior analysts using fad (non-scientifically based) interventions for the treatment of ASD. Schreck et al. 2015, a five year follow up, found that believes in effectiveness, ease of implementation, and persuasion by other there the top three reasons behavior analysts chose the treatments they did. The purpose of this manuscript is to determine BCBA’s and BCBA-D’s beliefs in what treatments work for specific (e.g., ASD, ID, severe behavior, only children, only adults) and general populations (e.g., no one, all people). It was found that BCBA’s and BCBA-D’s had similar beliefs concerning ABA for specific and general populations. Unfortunately, less than one in five behavior analyst believe that ABA is an effective treatment for ASD and less that three fourth of behavior analysts believe ABA to be effective for all people. Keywords: behavior analysts, autism, treatment effectiveness |
|
|
136. Treatment of Self-Injury to the Head Through Evoking an Incompatible Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
REBECCA HOLDEN (Bancroft), Renjason Patulot (Bancroft) |
Discussant: Kimberly Berens (Fit Learning: New York) |
Abstract: Previous research has proven that targeting precursor behavior can lead to a reduction in other high intensity problem behavior, however only one study investigates targeting a precursor behavior for automatically maintained self-injury (Fahmie & Iwata, 2013). The purpose of this study was to evaluate a treatment to decrease rates of low-intensity self-injury which due to the high frequency have caused injury. The participant, an adolescent male diagnosed with Autism, has had limited success with other evidence based treatments including, noncontingent access to competing items, contingent physical restraint, and differential reinforcement of other behaviors. A trial based functional analysis determined self-Injury to be maintained by automatic reinforcement. An alternating treatments design was used to control for variable rates while evaluating the effectiveness of response blocking, wearing a hat, and wearing a hat combined with response blocking. The incompatible precursor behavior of removing the hat combined with response blocking of the Self injury led to Low and stable rates were observed during the hat and blocking condition. The efficacy of blocking was increased as the removal of the hat led to an increase in latency of self-injury. Reliability data was collected for 58% of sessions across conditions with an average agreement of 71%. |
|
|
137. Rapid Assessment via Latency-Based Functional Analysis and Treatment for Behavioral Inpatient Hospitalization for Children and Adolescents With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JOHN E. STAUBITZ (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), A. Pablo Juàrez (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), Sarah Marler (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), Nealetta Houchins-Juarez (Vanderbilt University), Michelle Hopton (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), Kathleen Simcoe (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), Jessica Torelli (Vanderbilt University Medical Center) |
Discussant: Kimberly Berens (Fit Learning: New York) |
Abstract: Latency-based functional analysis (LBFA) may be a viable alternative to traditional functional analysis when evoking and reinforcing high rates of problem behavior is not advisable, or when client time, appropriate and safe assessment space, and/or staffing are limited. Embedded within a randomized controlled trial (RCT) to assess for potential cost-benefit of behavior analytic services within typical inpatient hospital settings, we conducted latency-based functional analyses of problem behavior of 18 children and adolescents diagnosed with autism in inpatient hospital settings. Therapists also tracked latency to occurrence of non-targeted problem behavior during functional analyses. Because latencies for these topographies were obtained within the context of highly controlled antecedent manipulations, we conceptualized this secondary analysis as a structured descriptive assessment (SDA), with latency to unconsequated problem behavior as its dependent variable. For patients assigned to the treatment group, assessment-informed ABA treatment was delivered within the hospital unit by behavior analysts. Despite considerable resource constraints, functional relations were successfully identified during 38.9% of these brief assessments. Four latency-based SDAs were simultaneously conducted on the secondary responses of four subjects. Differentiated response patterns emerged for two patients. Data that reflects various aspects of this project and its outcomes are shared. |
|
|
138. Application of Response Interruption and Redirection in an Intensive Behavioral Intervention Setting |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MELISSA ANN ISAAK (Bethesda Services), Alison Cox (Hamilton Health Sciences), Jo-Ann M. Reitzel (McMaster Children's Hospital) |
Discussant: Kimberly Berens (Fit Learning: New York) |
Abstract: There are a few different methods practitioners may use to reduce vocal or motor stereotypy, which can often impede learning. Response interruption and redirection (RIRD) is a procedure where demands are delivered contingent on stereotypy. An alternative strategy includes presenting preferred stimuli that apparently match or do not match the sensory by-product produced by the self-stimulatory behavior. We conducted a modified multiple baseline across settings for one child with autism spectrum disorder to evaluate the impact of RIRD variations on vocal stereotypy. None of the variations of RIRD were effective in reducing vocal stereotypy, even though agency instructor therapists were able to implement RIRD procedures with acceptable levels of treatment fidelity. RIRD was discontinued and preferred matched and unmatched stimuli were evaluated on their impact in reducing vocal stereotypy. The clinical implications, social validity and treatment feasibility of implementation in an applied setting are discussed. |
|
|
139. The Effects of the “Self & Match” System on Vocal Stereotypy Maintained by Attention and Automatic Reinforcement During Independent Work Time |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SARAH SCHMITT (Western Michigan University), Andrew Bulla (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Kimberly Berens (Fit Learning: New York) |
Abstract: The vast research database within applied behavior analysis is lacking in the area of reducing vocal stereotypy that is multiply maintained. The current intervention was designed to help reduce vocal stereotypy maintained by automatic reinforcement and attention. The “Self & Match” system (Salter & Croce, 2013), a self-monitoring intervention, was utilized to address both functions. The participant was a 9-year-old male student placed in an autism spectrum disorder classroom. After a specified length of independent work time, both the participant and the researcher would record whether target behavior occurred, and the student could receive a preferred item if enough matches were recorded. The intervention was eventually faded out, and the behavior remained at low levels during normal classroom management practices. The results suggested that the self-monitoring procedure helped the student to acquire proper self-monitoring skills. This intervention could be a useful tool for future practitioners that work with individuals presenting similar needs. |
|
|
140. Promoting Derived Symmetrical Responding Through Fine Arts: An Application of the PEAK-E Curriculum |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CALEB STANLEY (Southern Illinois University), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Allison Ribley (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: Kimberly Berens (Fit Learning: New York) |
Abstract: A common criticism of behavioral instructional approaches include possible limitations in promoting creativity in the topographies of behaviors that are taught. The purpose of the present set of analyses was to evaluate the efficacy of two discrete-trial-training procedures in promoting the emergence of symmetrical relational responding using fine arts-based activities. In the first study, three participants with autism were taught to provide names for fictional characters created by the experimenters, and were subsequently tested for their ability to draw the fictional characters when provided the name without direct training. The results suggest that the participants were both able to name the characters, as well as draw the characters, following direct training of the character to name relation. In the second study, participants were taught to identify an emotion when provided a musical composition, and were subsequently tested for their ability to produce the musical composition when provided an emotion. The results of the second study also suggested that the participants were able to demonstrate the symmetrical music production response following direct training of the musical composition to emotion relation. |
|
|
141. The Effect of Tact Training on the Emergence of Listener Responding Among Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MAHMOUD AL SHEYAB (Shafallah Center for Persons with Disablities), Hani Ahmed Sayed (Ahafallah Center for Children with Special Needs), Hakam Abu Al-Khair (Shafallah Center for Children with Special Needs), Mohammad I. Al-Attrash (Shafallah Center for Individuals with Disability), Moyyad Al-Tamimi (Shafallah center for Persons with Disablities), Faten Saleh (Shafallah center for persons with disabilities), Mossab Osman (Shafallah center for persons with disabilities), Karam Mohamed (Shafallah center for persons with disabilities) |
Discussant: Kimberly Berens (Fit Learning: New York) |
Abstract: We evaluated the effects of tact training on the emergence of listener behavior (receptive labeling) using a pre-post treatment design, for four children with autism. Before tact training began, all participants exposed to baseline probes of their ability to receptively label (non-verbal responding) a five-stimulus set. During tact training session participants learned to accurately tact (expressive labeling) five novel stimuli (i.e. participants were unable to receptively label these stimuli). Then we assessed whether participants could accurately responded non-verbally (i.e. receptively label) to the same five stimulus set. After Tact training, all participants accurately selected (i.e. touch, gave, and point to) the correct stimulus when asked to do so. The results suggest that tact training may be an efficient way to produce appropriate listener behavior in children diagnosed with autism. in other words, expressive before receptive protocol may be superior for receptive before expressive, further research should be done to explore more on this topic. |
|
|
142. Teaching a Four-Year-Old Child With Autism to Mand for Information by Contriving Existing Establishing Operations |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SMITA AWASTHI (Behavior Momentum India) |
Discussant: Kimberly Berens (Fit Learning: New York) |
Abstract: Teaching manding for information by contriving and manipulating establishing operations (EO) as an independent variable is highly effective in language development in children with autism. (Sundberg, Loeb, Hale and Eigenher, 2002; Williams Donley & Keller, 2002). In the current study a 4 year old boy with autism with grabbing behavior was taught to mand using What is it ? followed by Where is it? when the establishing operation was contrived. Different coloured and sizes of boxes were used to teach. A within subject mutiple baseline across behaviors suggested the participant acquired manding skills for missing items within five teaching trials. The study was extended to novel materials like poleythene bags, plastic containers, wooden boxes across different people and generalisation of mand using What is it? and Where is it? was achieved within two trials. 100% IOA was observed in 50% of the sessions across both behaviors. The results suggest despite an existing establishing operation trainers of children with autism might need to contrive situations to teach language. |
|
|
143. The Assessment of Basic Learning Abilities: Predicting Phonological Awareness Acquisition Among Learners With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
TERYN BRUNI (Central Michigan University), Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University) |
Discussant: Kimberly Berens (Fit Learning: New York) |
Abstract: The Assessment of Basic Learning Abilities-Revised (ABLA-R) measures the ease with which a learner acquires simple discrimination tasks in a limited number of learning trials. There has been limited research however on the relationship between discrimination ability and early reading skills, particularly the role of auditory discrimination in learning such skills. This study evaluated the ability of the ABLA-R and additional AAIM/AANM tasks to predict acquisition of phonological awareness skills among learners who demonstrated different levels of auditory discrimination learning ability as assessed by the ABLA-R. Participants included 34 children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) sampled from four Early Intensive Intervention (EIBI) programs across Michigan. Using prediction accuracy statistics, it was found that ABLA-R Level 6 best predicted early phonological awareness tasks (i.e., compound word blending) and was a better predictor of learners who would easily acquire such tasks than those who would have difficulty. The more advanced auditory tasks better predicted the more advanced phonological awareness skills (i.e., sound blending and compound word and sound segmenting) and similarly predicted positive performance better than negative performance on these tasks. Results suggest that auditory discrimination may be an important component skill to consider when teaching early reading skills to children with ASD. |
|
|
144. The Role of a Board Certified Behaviour Analyst in the Diagnosis of Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
NADIA ABOUZEID (UQAM), Natalie Mongeau (UQAM), Malena Argumedes (UQAM) |
Discussant: Kimberly Berens (Fit Learning: New York) |
Abstract: Introduction. According to best practices, interdisciplinary teams are favoured when diagnosing Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). The See Things my Way Assessment Center has chosen to include a Board Certified Behaviour Analyst (BCBA) on its team. Considering BCBAs training in Applied Behaviour Analysis (ABA), we would argue that their involvement in the evaluation process of ASD is beneficial. Objective: This exploratory study aims to describe the BCBAs role and impact in the context of an ASD evaluation. Method. 42 children's charts and families' reports were collected and submitted to qualitative and quantitative analyses (ongoing data collection). Results. Results reveal that the BCBAs expertise and knowledge in specific intervention strategies facilitated the administration of assessments. Also, behavioural observations by the BCBA contributed to greater understanding and helped inform practitioners clinical judgement and decision-making. All families (n=42) appreciated the BCBAs suggestions, modeling and written recommendations throughout and after the evaluation. Some parents (n=10) followed-up with the assessment team, seeking additional recommendations to target areas not previously addressed, or for modifications to a previously suggested approach. One family inquired about the availability of other strategies, such as training, that would assist parents in optimally interacting with their child. Conclusion. Including a BCBA on an interdisciplinary evaluation team for ASD is beneficial as her behavioural analysis enhances clinicians comprehension, facilitates the management of behaviours during the evaluation process and helps families implement intervention strategies while waiting for much needed ABA services. Further research should assess the impact of ABA-based recommendations to parents post-evaluation on their child's behaviours as well as on the family's stress, quality of life and coping strategies. Further studies could measure the specific impact of BCBAs involvement on the process and outcomes of ASD assessment. |
|
|
145. A Comparison of Parent Training Intervention Outcomes for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder in English-Fluent and Monolingual Spanish-Speaking Families |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MARIE MARTINEZ (Vanderbilt University Medical Center/ Treatment and Research Institute for Autism Spectrum Disorders), Alacia Stainbrook (Vanderbilt University Medical Center/ Treatment and Research Institute for Autism Spectrum Disorders), A. Pablo Juàrez (Vanderbilt University Medical Center; Treatment and Research Institute for Autism Spectrum Disorders), Zachary Warren (Vanderbilt University Medical Center/ Treatment and Research Institute for Autism Spectrum Disorders), Kathleen Simcoe (Vanderbilt University Medical Center/ Treatment and Research Institute for Autism Spectrum Disorders) |
Discussant: Kimberly Berens (Fit Learning: New York) |
Abstract: Quality early intervention programs highlight the caregivers role in skill acquisition required for child development of communication, play, and daily routines. These programs can often be difficult to access, particularly for non-English-fluent families. Research, primarily focused on English-fluent families, suggests caregivers of children with autism spectrum disorder have the ability to learn and implement evidence-based intervention strategies. In order to provide equal-quality services to monolingual Spanish-speaking families, language interpreters may be required. In this pilot study, we compare the impact of caregiver training services delivered across five to ten English-fluent families and an equal number of monolingual Spanish-speaking families, requiring interpreter services. Preliminary data on service delivery to English-fluent families suggest caregivers are confident implementing strategies taught within training services, and report generalizability of their skills across needs and routines. Importantly, child outcome improvements across service delivery are also reported. Preliminary data collection will continue through April, 2016 for service delivery to monolingual Spanish-speaking families. We predict monolingual Spanish-speaking families will report similar outcomes as English-fluent families, including improved child outcomes. We will also report a cost analysis of services delivered across both groups, as well as challenges and limitations to implementation of services to monolingual Spanish-speaking families. |
|
|
145a. Assessment and Treatment of Mand Compliance: A Replication |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MAYRA PEREZ (University of Texas - Rio Grande Valley), Ana Ramirez (University of Texas - Rio Grande Valley), Kattie Guerrero (University of Texas - Rio Grande Valley), Zina A. Eluri (University of Texas - Rio Grande Valley) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to replicate assessment and treatment procedures for problem behaviors maintained by mand compliance. The researchers attempted to identify a strategy for determining function of problem behavior (aggression, disruption, and elopement) when a standard functional analysis proved to be inconclusive. When the standard FA produced inconclusive results, the researchers used procedures first conducted by Bowman and colleagues (1997) to identify the function as mand compliance. A token system was then used to treat problem behaviors using a multiple baseline design across behaviors, following procedures similar to Eluri, Andrade, Trevino, & Mahmoud (in press). This poster will describe the study in detail and discuss the need to broaden our assessment procedures to help better identify alternative functions of problem behavior and to assist in the development of more effective treatments. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analyst Certification Board Approved Course Sequence Coordinators Reception |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Montreux 1, Swissotel |
Chair: Mai-Linh Pham (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
Coordinators for BACB approved course sequences are invited to join us for an informal gathering. Come connect with BACB staff and other coordinators in a relaxed, social atmosphere. |
|
|
|
|
Friends of SABA Reception |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Zurich D, Swissotel |
Chair: Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
ABAI members who donated to the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis (SABA) in 2014 and 2015 are invited to a reception in honor of their contributions and commitment to the field. We are grateful for the generosity of those who support the activities of ABAI and SABA. |
Keyword(s): ABAI, Friends, SABA |
|
|
|
|
Florida Institute of Technology Reunion |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Lucerne II, Swissotel |
Chair: Jose A. Martinez-Diaz (Florida Institute of Technology and ABA Tech) |
Students, faculty, alumni and friends of the Department of Continuing Education and the School of Behavior Analysis are invited to reunite with old friends and meet new ones at this annual reunion! |
Keyword(s): FIT, Florida Institute, Jose, Martinez-Diaz |
|
|
|
|
Western Michigan University Reunion |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Lucerne III, Swissotel |
Chair: Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University) |
Students, faculty, alumni, and friends of the Department of Psychology at Western Michigan University are invited to attend this event to enjoy fellowship amongst friends and colleagues and to celebrate the department's long history of behavior analysis. |
Keyword(s): psychology, reunion, western michigan |
|
|
|
|
On Jay Moore: A Retirement Celebration |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Vevey 2, Swissotel |
Chair: Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee) |
After a lengthy and distinguished career as a teacher, researcher, and scientist, Jay retired from the faculty of the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee in December of 2015. We wish to invite all friends and colleagues who have been influenced by Jay and his work to join in a celebration of his career and to help wish him health and happiness while he and his lovely wife Betty sit on a beach in the Caribbean laughing at the rest of us. Bon Voyage, Jay! |
|
|
|
|
Standard Celeration Society (SCS) Reunion |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Zurich F, Swissotel |
Chair: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy) |
We'll have a gathering of standard celeration chart users and colleagues interested in learning more about our measurement technology and the growing SCS community. Now that the Standard Celeration Society is on a brand new footing, expanding and improving its organizational structure and processes to sustain growth and greater service to its constituents, we're excited about getting together to share what's happening with our fellow charters and behavior analysts. The reunion will feature lots of friendly communications, access to refreshments and to our colleagues in nearby reunion meetings. There will be standard celeration chart projects on easels in poster session format to prompt discussion, feedback, and new ideas. We'll be touting our new Behavioral Entrepreneurs special interest group, the expanded forums and resources on our new web site, and opportunities for getting involved in the revitalized Standard Celeration Society. The gathering will also reflect expansion of the SCS from a focus on educational applications to OBM, self-management, and other areas where precise measurement of performance and change over time provides added precision and power to behavioral methods and data-based decision making. Please join us to celebrate a new era in the Standard Celeration Society! |
Keyword(s): Precision Teaching, SCC, SCS, Standard Celeration |
|
|
|
|
The Chicago School, B. F. Skinner Foundation, and Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies Reunion |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Vevey 3, Swissotel |
Chair: Leslie A. Morrison (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
This event provides an opportunity for all ABAI convention attendees involved with or interested in the B. F. Skinner Foundation, the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, and the Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Departments of The Chicago School of Professional Psychology (Chicago, Los Angeles, Washington, DC and Online campuses) to get together, get updates on activities, and make plans for the future. Dr. Julie Vargas will be present on behalf of the BF Skinner Foundation; Dr. Hank Pennypacker will represent the Cambridge Center; and Drs. Ashley Whittington-Barnish, Leslie Morrison, Mary Caruso-Anderson and Robyn Catagnus are the Department Chairs of the ABA departments in Chicago, LA, DC, and Online respectively. This event is a great time to meet a diverse group of behavior analysts and friends of behavior analysis, from students to seasoned faculty, to well-known researchers in the field. All ABAI attendees are invited to network, discuss common interests, and have an all-around good time! |
|
|
|
|
Beacon ABA Services and Friends ABAI Annual Get Together |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Zurich B, Swissotel |
Chair: Steven Woolf (Beacon ABA Services) |
All Beacon ABA staff, MassABA members, and friends are invited to our annual ABAI reunion. The reunion includes a variety of appetizers, drinks, and the Beacon annual trivia battle. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis Program at University of Nevada Reno: 25th Year Anniversary |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Lucerne I, Swissotel |
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
This year marks the 25th Anniversary of the Behavior Analysis Program at UNR. We look forward to celebrating our 25 years of accomplishments with our colleagues and students at ABAI 2016:We were awarded the Organizational Enduring Contribution to Behavior Analysis by the Society for Advancement of Behavior Analysis in May 2010.The Program has Conferred over 40 Ph.D. degrees.The On-Campus Masters program has conferred over 80 Masters degrees.The Satellite Masters program has conferred over 100 Off-campus Masters degrees in multiple national and in international locations. |
|
|
|
|
University of North Texas Department of Behavior Analysis Reunion |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Alpine II, Swissotel |
Chair: Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas) |
Students, faculty, alumni, and friends of the Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas (UNT) are invited to reunite with old friends and meet new ones. This year we celebrate the long and fruitful career of Sigrid S. Glenn, the founder of the department of Behavior Analysis and Regents Professor of UNT emeritus. Join us as we celebrate Sigrid! |
|
|
|
|
Speech Pathology - Applied Behavior Analysis, Verbal Behavior, and Gerontology Special Interest Groups - A Tri-SIG Reunion, Social, and Networking Reception |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
St. Gallen 2, Swissotel |
Chair: Nikia Dower (Dower and Associates, Inc.) |
The Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis (SPABA), Verbal Behavior, and Gerontology Special Interest Groups welcome its members, and any other ABAI attendees, for an occasion of informal social interaction and dialogue. This is an opportunity for speech-language pathologists, behavior analysts, and students in the fields of speech/language pathology and/or ABA to meet and talk about areas of common professional interests in clinical practice and research as well as to further inter-professional collaboration. This social reception will provide our members and other interested professionals with ample opportunity to connect and converse. All current, previous, and future SPABA, VB, and Gerontology members welcome. Bring your friends! |
Keyword(s): gerontology, SPABA, speech-language, verbal behavior |
|
|
|
|
Columbia University Teachers College and CABAS |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
St. Gallen 3, Swissotel |
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
This event is a social gathering for current students and graduates of the programs in Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis of Teachers College and Columbia University Graduate School of Arts and Sciences, as well as CABAS professionals and friends from around the world. |
Keyword(s): CABAS, Columbia University, Reunion, Teachers College |
|
|
|
|
Friends of India |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Arosa, Swissotel |
Chair: Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India) |
Educators, behavior analysts, students and friends are invited to join us for an evening of networking, cultural exchange, and stories about colourful, ethnic and vibrant India. Behavior Momentum India invites you to 'Look East' at the expanding horizon of behavior analysis. |
|
|
|
|
Carpe Diem Reunion! Bay Path University |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Montreux 2, Swissotel |
Chair: Susan Ainsleigh (Bay Path University) |
A gathering for graduates and those supporting the mission of Bay Path University in Longmeadow, Burlington, and Springfield Massachusetts. |
Keyword(s): ABA, graduate, massachusetts |
|
|
|
|
SkillCorps Reunion |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
St. Gallen 1, Swissotel |
Chair: Sara Costello (Global Autism Project) |
Past, present, and future SkillCorps members are invited to share stories from the field, reminisce about past travels, and celebrate the future of the Global Autism Project SkillCorps program. |
Keyword(s): international training, skillcorps, volunteer abroad, volunteer opportunities |
|
|
|
|
Allegheny College: 25 Years of Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Monte Rosa, Swissotel |
Chair: Rodney D. Clark (Allegheny College) |
Students, alumni, and friends are invited to reconnect as Allegheny College celebrates 25 years of behavior analysis. |
|
|
|
|
St. Cloud State University 2016 Alum and Friends Reunion |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Zurich E, Swissotel |
Chair: Gerald C. Mertens (St. Cloud State University) |
Alum and Friends - Join us for an interesting and fun time |
|
|
|
|
Fresno State Reunion |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Montreux 3, Swissotel |
Chair: Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno) |
Students, faculty, alumni and friends are invited to join us as we celebrate the continued achievements of the ABA programs at Fresno State. Enjoy refreshments and good conversation as we reunite with old friends and meet new ones who share our passion and commitment to behavior analysis. |
Keyword(s): alumni, friends, reunion, students |
|
|
|
|
Florida State University Friends and Alumni Reception |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Zurich C, Swissotel |
Chair: Jon S. Bailey (Florida State University) |
This event is open to all Master,s and Ph.D. grads and friends of FSU in celebration of our #1 ranking in the country. |
|
|
|
|
University of Kansas Reunion |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Vevey 4, Swissotel |
Chair: Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas) |
The year 2014 marked the 50th anniversary of the founding of the University of Kansas behavior analysis program. It began in 1964 as the Department of Human Development and Family Life (1964-2004) and evolved, 40 years later, into the Department of Applied Behavioral Science (2004-2014). the ABAI reunion offers anyone associated with the program a chance to meet again and to meet anew, including current and past faculty members, undergraduate and graduate students, alumni and friends of the departments, and their families. The next 50 years have begun. |
Keyword(s): Kansas |
|
|
|
|
Northeastern University |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Zurich G, Swissotel |
Chair: Laura L. Dudley (Northeastern University) |
Northeastern University is celebrating the 40th anniversary of the MABA Program. Since 1976, hundreds of students have graduated from one of Northeastern University's graduate programs in applied behavior analysis and have gone on to become Board Certified Behavior Analysts. Alumni, students, faculty, and friends are welcome to join in as we celebrate our 40-year history and share information about our current programs. Whether you graduated in 1979 or 2009, we invite you to join us! |
Keyword(s): Northeastern University |
|
|
|
|
Endicott College Reunion |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Alpine I, Swissotel |
Chair: Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College) |
Alumni, faculty, students and friends are invited to gather during this convention for an evening of social networking and conversation. |
|
|
|
|
University of Florida |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Vevey 1, Swissotel |
Chair: Jesse Dallery (University of Florida) |
We will be hosting a reunion for University of Florida alumni, current students, current and past faculty and friends of the program. |
|
|
|
|
Simmons College, Department of Behavior Analysis Reunion |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Currents, Swissotel |
Chair: Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College) |
All current students, faculty, alumni, staff and friends are invited to join us at this year's Simmons College reunion. |
|
|
|
|
Victor G. Laties Celebration |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Zurich A, Swissotel |
Chair: A. Charles Catania (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Vic Laties was appointed Executive Editor of JEAB in 1966, so this year marks the 50th anniversary of that event. Vic has held that post since that time, along with stints as JEAB Editor and SEAB Secretary-Treasurer, among many others. Please join us as we celebrate Vic's many contributions to behavior analysis. |
|
|
|
|
Rowan University Alumni and Students |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Lugano, Swissotel |
Chair: Denise Kerth (Rowan University) |
Alumni, students and friends are invited to gather for an evening of social networking and conversation. |
|
|